Publication - Schiffer Publishing

Transcription

Publication - Schiffer Publishing
SPRING | SUMMER 2016
trade catalog
new books: 2–33
general: 34
children's: 52
regional: 60
R
2 2016 NEW BOOKS
CONTENTS
2016 new books
reasons to smile:
celebrating people
living with down
syndrome
4
coulter & payne
farm distillery's
101 uses for
moonshine
collector's
guide to texas
cretaceous
echinoids
9
unstrung heroes:
fifty guitar greats
you should know
10
marching band
techniques
11
6
the sinister
beauty of
carnivorous
plants
7
senior dogs
across america
8
14
american coasters 2:
coast to coast
15
coasting around
the uk: roller
coasters of the
united kingdom
15
5
a guide to
building natural
swimming pools
vile: peeking under
the skin of
murderers
sweet 16: a new
numbers puzzle
ufos over america:
scariest cases
11
16
nature mandalas:
wonders of the
garden
aliens among us:
exploring past and
present
12
16
nature mandalas:
wonders of the earth,
wind, and sea
12
mineralogy of
uranium and
thorium
painterly days:
watercoloring
books for adults
9
13
little gray bastards:
the incessant alien
presence
16
trudy the tree frog
17
2016 NEW BOOKS
dexter the very
good goat
four seasons
of cape cod
18
24
the president
and me: george
washington and
the magic hat
in my footsteps:
a traveler's guide
to martha's vineyard
19
do not open
the box!
20
the patapsco:
baltimore’s river of
history
29
miami at night
30
25
in my footsteps:
a traveler's guide
to nantucket
25
keeping austin
weird: a guide to
the (still) odd side
of town
31
building boston:
stories of
architectural and
engineering feats
in the company of
evil: thirty years of
california crime,
1950—1980
26
32
two long ears
surf nyc
22
27
ashland oregon:
day trips
rupert's tales:
learning magick
pennsylvania: a
portrait of the
keystone state
am i big enough? a
fun little book on
manners
21
23
my heart rocks
24
33
scenic seattle
33
28
philadelphia:
portrait of a city
28
CONTENTS
2016 new books
4
2016 NEW
2016 NEW
BOOKS
BOOKS
REASONS TO SMILE: Celebrating People Living with Down Syndrome
Edited by Andrea Knauss & Elizabeth Martins, Foreword by Keith Harris
• 56 inspirational writings by people living and working with those with
Down syndrome
• Candid stories from authors across the globe, including Singapore,
England, Canada, the US, and more
• Foreword by Keith Harris, father of Tim Harris, owner of Tim’s Place,
the “World’s Friendliest Restaurant"
This compilation of 56 encouraging and eye-opening short writings
by a variety of authors across the globe celebrates the lives of people
living with Down syndrome. Together with 56 inspiring “slice of life"
photos, these candid true stories, including the renowned “Welcome
to Holland," provide inspiration and connection. Parents and families
of children living with Down syndrome will discover a wealth of
positivity and valuable guidance. Special education teachers, social
workers, mental health professionals, and policy makers will find
helpful information and insight from stories regarding behavioral
health. And anyone who is looking to learn more about Down
syndrome will discover a world full of possibilities they never knew
existed.
andrea knauss and elizabeth martins are from Philadelphia.
Andrea works in counseling, and Elizabeth works in publishing.
keith harris is the father of Tim Harris, owner of Tim’s Place, the
first restaurant in the US owned by a person with Down syndrome.
Size: 7" x 7" • 56 color & b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5040-5 • hard cover • $14.99
AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
2016 NEW BOOKS
COULTER & PAYNE FARM DISTILLERY’S 101 USES FOR MOONSHINE
Chris Burnette & Elise Coulter Burnette, Foreword by Donald Snyder
• A tongue-in-cheek look at moonshine and its place in our society today
• Chris and Elise are farm-to-bottle craft producers—growing their own
ingredients to make their own spirits
• Dozens of photos show scenes of daily work and life at this small
Missouri craft distillery
Treat yourself to a tongue-in-cheek—but very practical—glimpse into
the world of moonshine, from its history and American heritage to its
uses and creation today. These 101 ways to interact with moonshine
are wide-ranging and include practical housekeeping hints (glass
cleaner, anyone?), medicinal uses, recipes, and more. Coulter & Payne
is a farm-to-bottle distillery—that is, it not only makes spirits, but
also grows its own ingredients. Dozens of photos offer a glimpse into
the daily world of this small craft producer’s operations on the farm
as they bring moonshine, vodka, and bourbon to America. In these
pages you’ll enjoy learning about moonshine’s benefits and potential
applications, and understanding what it means to produce a farm-tobottle, artisanal distilled spirit. This great resource for adventurous
foodies, homesteaders, and home distillers will bring whiskey out of
the backwoods for the rest of us to enjoy.
chris burnette and elise coulter burnette own Shawnee
Bend Farms and the Coulter & Payne Farm Distillery in Union,
Missouri, where they produce moonshine using traditional
Appalachian musican methods. Donald Snyder is founder and
president of Whiskey Resources, LLC and Whiskey Systems Online.
Size: 6" x 9" • 65 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5117-4 • hard cover • $19.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 36 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL
5
6
2016 NEW BOOKS
A GUIDE TO BUILDING NATURAL SWIMMING POOLS
Michael Littlewood
• Beautiful images depicting finished projects as well as the steps involved
• Detailed schematics and drawings
• Clear, concise instructions mean anyone can design and build a natural
swimming pool
This book is specifically designed for those interested in creating natural
swimming pools. It covers all stages, from understanding the system,
management, excavation, lining, walling, plumbing, electrical, planting,
structures, and last but not least, the maintenance, to ensure a successful
project. Comprehensive information is presented in an easy to understand
style with many illustrations showing methods of building. These are
supported by the helpful inclusion of detailed scaled drawings, a plant
guide with hardiness zones, and other useful information. The techniques
will provide confidence to tackle the project and on completion give a huge
sense of satisfaction and many hours of enjoyment.
mich a el littlewood is a natural landscape architect and
environmental planner with extensive experience in successfully
designing and implementing sustainable land use projects. He is the
author of numerous articles and publications.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 286 color and b/w photos • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5083-2 • hard cover • $49.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 38 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
ALSO BY THE AUTHOR
Natural Swimming Pools:
Inspiration for Harmony
with Nature.
Michael Littlewood
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2183-2
$49.95
2016 NEW BOOKS
THE SINISTER BEAUTY OF CARNIVOROUS PLANTS
Matthew M. Kaelin
• The allure of carnivorous plants is displayed in this collection of fine
art-style botanical photos
• The plants are filmed in a controlled studio setting as well as their
natural environment
• Includes a natural history reference of carnivorous plants native to
Long Island, NY
The alluring nature of carnivorous plants is on stunning display in
this fine art-style collection of botanical photographs. Over 140
color images show in minute detail species, hybrids, and cultivars
from around the world, many painstakingly cultivated by the author
in his native New York. The images were taken in a studio setting
as well as in their natural environment. Detailed captions and text
contain horticultural information like genus, specie, and common
names, ranges, and conservation status. Additional sections offer a
primer on equipment and conditions for growing the specimens;
identify threats to the plants’ natural habitats and the conservation
organizations that are working to protect them; and present a survey
of Long Island’s native carnivorous plants, making this a valuable
horticultural reference as well. This book will appeal to both fine art
photography aficionados and horticultural enthusiasts.
matthew m. kaelin has been cultivating carnivorous plants for
more than two decades. His photography has been exhibited in fine
art galleries, he has authored natural history articles, won horticultural
awards, and named two Nepenthes cultivars.
Size: 9" x 12" • 145 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5098-6 • hard cover • $34.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 38 • AVAILABLE IN MAY
7
8
2016 NEW BOOKS
SENIOR DOGS ACROSS AMERICA: Portraits of Man’s Best Old Friend
Nancy LeVine
• 84 iconic photographs of man’s best old friend from 29 states in America
• Dogs from all walks of life honored in their old age and vulnerable times
• Foreword by Dr. Marty Becker, “America’s Veterinarian”
Anyone who has ever loved a dog, young or old, will warm to
this stirring tribute to our best animal friends. Award-winning
photographer Nancy LeVine has traveled the length and breadth
of America — from Kauai to Martha’s Vineyard, from Seattle to
Natchez — to meet and photograph some of our most endearing
senior canine citizens. Included here are 84 of her finest portraits.
These gallant companions ride on our tractors, doze on our couches,
happy to be in our company. They remind us of the best in ourselves,
and as they lose their vigor and youth, they reflect our own inevitable
aging with courage and calm. Nancy’s photographs perfectly capture
the enduring appeal of these elderly dignified beings in the places
where they belong — all across America. As “America’s Veterinarian,”
Dr. Marty Becker, says, “These images can make you laugh, cry, and
simply feel the nobility of elder dogs."
nancy levine’s 12-year project “Senior Dogs Across America” has
been featured on The Today Show, blogs around the world (including
the New York Times LENS Blog, BBC, and Lens Culture), in The Bark
magazine, and has opened at the Houston Center for Photography
in 2012.
Size: 12" x 9" • 84 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5111-2 • hard cover • $29.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 40 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL
2016 NEW BOOKS
MINERALOGY OF URANIUM AND THORIUM:
Robert J. Lauf
• Comprehensive treatment of radioactive minerals—their chemistry, structure, classification, properties, and occurrences
• Detailed entries, maps of uranium resources, and 130 crystal structures viewable in 3-D
• Uranium minerals are not only beautiful, but are a critical energy resource as well
For students of geology, this book offers a systematic overview of uranium and thorium minerals, which are are known
for their intense ultraviolet fluorescence and are critically important as our source of nuclear energy. Learn about the
geochemical conditions that produce significant ore deposits and view more than 600 maps, structure diagrams, color
photos, and electron micrographs. A web link allows readers to view the more than 130 crystal structures in three
dimensions for a richer appreciation of their details. The minerals are arranged to emphasize how they fit into chemical
groups, and a thorough description is provided for each mineral. Major occurrences of interest to mineral collectors
are arranged geographically, with maps showing the important deposits in uranium-producing countries. With the
resurgence of interest in nuclear power, this book will be invaluable to mineral collectors and exploration geologists
as well as to nuclear scientists and engineers interested in radioactive deposits.
robert j. lauf holds a PhD in metallurgical engineering, and has conducted scientific research in fields ranging from
nuclear fuel to microwave processing and biomineralization. He has been granted over 40 US patents, and has written
14 books on mineralogy for the collector.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 656 color images • 352 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5113-6 • hard cover • $59.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 43 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL
COLLECTOR’S GUIDE TO TEXAS CRETACEOUS ECHINOIDS:
William W. Morgan
• Explores why Cretaceous marine deposits occur in Texas and defines those fossil echinoid species
• 368 color photographs help readers evaluate and appreciate these gorgeous specimens
• Gives Texas Cretaceous echinoid enthusiasts the tools to differentiate the different species in their own collections
Texas is known worldwide as a rich resource for the intricate Cretaceous-age echinoids widely sought by professional
and amateur paleontologists. With much of the scientific literature on Texas Cretaceous echinoids decades old, here
is an updated and detailed guide for identifying this rich fossil fauna. After a brief description of the climatic events
that led to the formation of these marine deposits, readers are introduced to the terminology needed to understand
the morphology and biology of echinoids. More than 350 high-quality color photographs and detailed descriptions
provide a visual guide to identifying, usually to the species level, most of the Cretaceous echinoids found in Texas. The
information will be of interest to nature lovers, new and advanced collectors, and students of invertebrate paleontology
looking for in-depth, updated insights into the morphology, classification, and identification of these striking fossils.
william w. morgan holds a PhD in anatomy and physiology from Indiana University in Bloomington. For forty
years he was a neuroscientist and a teacher in the Department of Cellular and Structural Biology at the University of
Texas Health Science Center in San Antonio, where he is now professor emeritus.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 368 color and 14 b/w images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5031-3 • soft cover • $29.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 43 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL
9
10
2016 NEW BOOKS
UNSTRUNG HEROES: Fifty Guitar Greats You Should Know
Pete Braidis
• Interviews with 50 guitar players you’ve no doubt heard but may not
know by name
• Guitar players from pop to jazz to heavy metal and folk, from the 1960s
to the present day
• An insider’s look behind the scenes of some of the greatest music
ever recorded
There may be plenty of books on guitar players, but there are very
few, if any, that delve into the guitar players who have been somewhat
“under the radar" through the years. This book gives exposure and
long-overdue attention to 50 players who have certainly received
some accolades in their careers but yet still remain outside of the
mainstream and the typical lists of “guitar greats." Interviews give
insight into guitar players from various genres—including hard
rockers Rik Emmett, Dave Meniketti, and Pat Travers, heavy metalists
Andy LaRocque and Uli Jon Roth, funk masters Michael Hampton
and Howard E. Scott, jazz-fusion players Frank Gambale and Carl
Verheyen, prog-rockers Steve Hackett and Martin Barre, and singersongwriters Bruce Cockburn and Richie Furay. The musicians get
personal, speaking about their careers in their own words. Also
included are short biographies on each player and photographs.
pete braidis was born in Bristol, PA, but was raised in Haddon
Township, NJ, and graduated from Haddon Township High School,
and earned a BA in history and journalism from Rutgers-State
University of New Jersey-Camden. He has written and been published
in Metal Rules Magazine, Goldmine Magazine, Indie-music.com and The
Philadelphia Inquirer.
Size: 7" x 10" • 50 color and b/w images • 304 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5088-7 • hard cover • $24.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 45 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL
2016 NEW BOOKS
MARCHING BAND TECHNIQUES: A Guide to the Successful Operation of a High School Band Program
M. Gregory Martin and Rachael L. Smolinsky, contributions by Brian W. Cox
• Provides instructions, tips, suggestions, and ideas to assist young music educators in their first years
• Show designs, drill design techniques, rehearsal techniques, and tips on managing a band program
• A life saver for the young music educator’s first year
This book can be used as an accompanying text for the collegiate marching band techniques course and to
help build a successful marching band program at a high school. Topics include everything from developing
a program handbook to student leadership and adult staffing, budgets, rehearsal techniques, sample forms,
and basic information regarding the development process of a marching band show, as well as basic drill
design techniques. It also addresses typical mistakes made by young teachers and offers suggestions on how
to avoid/handle those mistakes. Finally, workbook-style activities at the end of each chapter help support
and reinforce the material presented.
m. gregory martin is an Associate Professor of Music Education and the Associate Director of Bands
at West Chester University in Pennsylvania. rachael l. smolinsky is a music educator in Southeastern
Pennsylvania.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 138 color and b/w photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5087-0 • soft cover • $39.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 45 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL
SWEET 16: A New Numbers Puzzle
Michael J. Polaski
• A new concept in numbers games, using common arithmetic principles in a 16-cell puzzle
• 150 brain-boosting puzzles for all ages, ranging from supersimple to “hand me that eraser"
• Entertaining narrative commentary, sample puzzles, hints, and back-of-the-book solutions providing help if needed
Sharpen your pencil and get ready to boost your brain with this brand-new numbers game. To solve each
puzzle, fill the 16 cells with the numbers 1 to 16 using each number only once. Each puzzle has just one
solution, and uses math you learned in grade school: addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division. The
games, which all call for logic, imaginative thinking, intuitive elimination, and sheer persistence, are grouped
in three categories, and range from relatively simple to superchallenging. The author’s spirited instructions
and sample puzzles walk you through the basics; clues for some puzzles provide what might be necessary
encouragement. With 14 bonus puzzles aimed at children and those who want to start with the super-easy,
these 150 puzzles will keep you thinking whether you’re a student honing your math skills, a puzzle-lover
looking for a challenge, or someone who just wants to get those brain synapses snapping!
michael polaski has been an information systems analyst and software developer his entire career. His
interest in numbers puzzles led him to put those skills to work to create the puzzles used in this book.
Size: 6" x 9" • 150 puzzles • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5054-2 • soft cover • $9.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 48 • AVAILABLE IN MARCH
11
12
2016 NEW BOOKS
NATURE MANDALAS WONDERS OF THE GARDEN: Life Circles of Biodiversity and Conservancy
Written and illustrated by Tim Phelps
• Garden and insect biodiversity is elegantly illustrated in vivid mandala patterns
• Over 130 full-color nature mandalas celebrate the symmetrical glory of garden plants and insects
• An artist’s interpretation of nature’s intricate tapestries and humankind’s critical role in nurturing it
From buckeye butterflies to ladybugs, milkweed, and dandelions, Tim Phelps’s mandalas cast an artistic eye on
the real and imagined micro-architecture of plants and insects. Vibrant illustrations and an engaging narrative
invite the reader to wonder at nature’s seemingly endless variety of forms, from the simple to the complex.
Using the graphic and symbolic patterns of mandalas, the artist combines color, texture, and fluidity to tell the
story of each organism and the role it plays in a healthy ecosystem. These elegant artworks have been shaped by
the artist’s interest in art nouveau and art deco, the works of Charley Harper and Ernst Haeckel, and Victorian
ornamental art, Asian art, batik, hot rod flame painting, swirling tie dye, and iconography. By exploring the
how, what, and why of garden flora and insects, the book encourages us to look closely at the rich biodiversity
in our own backyards.
tim phelps, MS, FAMI, an associate professor and medical illustrator at Johns Hopkins, is a published author
on surgical pathology dissection and artist techniques including hot rod flame painting. His artwork has received
over 40 regional and national awards.
Size: 11" x 11" • 79 color images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5044-3 • hard cover • $34.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 42 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
NATURE MANDALAS WONDERS OF THE EARTH, WIND, AND SEA: Life Circles of Biodiversity and Conservancy
Written and illustrated by Tim Phelps
• Fauna biodiversity is elegantly illustrated in vivid mandala patterns
• Over 130 full-color nature mandalas celebrate the symmetrical glory of animals
• An artist’s interpretation of nature’s intricate tapestries and humankind’s critical role in nurturing it
From common toads and turtles to sea horses, cephalopods, and triggerfish, Tim Phelps’s mandalas cast an
artistic eye on the real and imagined micro-architecture of animals. Vibrant illustrations and an engaging
narrative invite the reader to wonder at nature’s seemingly endless variety of forms, from the simple to the
complex. Using the graphic and symbolic patterns of mandalas, the artist combines color, texture, and fluidity
to tell the story of each organism and the role it plays in a healthy ecosystem. These elegant artworks have been
shaped by the artist’s interest in art nouveau and art deco, the works of Charley Harper and Ernst Haeckel,
and Victorian ornamental art, Asian art, batik, hot rod flame painting, swirling tie dye, and iconography. By
exploring the how, what, and why of fauna, the book encourages us to look closely at the rich biodiversity
in our own backyards.
tim phelps, MS, FAMI, an associate professor and medical illustrator at Johns Hopkins, is a published
author on surgical pathology dissection and artist techniques including hot rod flame painting. His artwork
has received over 40 regional and national awards.
Size: 11" x 11" • 72 color images • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5064-1 • hard cover • $34.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 42 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
2016 NEW BOOKS
PAINTERLY DAYS: Watercoloring Books for Adults
Kristy Rice
• 25 watercolor sketches give adults a means to discover joy in small moments of art making
• Printed on lovely watercolor paper, the intricate sketches appeal to beginners and experienced artists alike
• Lively floral artwork, woodland sketches, and elegant patterns designed to inspire deeper artistic experience
These three books consist of of 25 floral sketches, 25 woodland scenes, and 25 unique patterns, respectively.
Printed on lovely watercolor paper, the artist is invited to experiment with only a brush and paint. Pages are
double-sided, offering the opportunity to paint the same page in different ways. The author shares painting
tips for each sketch and advice for discovering the artist within. Also included is a painting tutorial and
handy color wheel. Each book is small enough to carry anywhere and simple to use. Creativity is an escape,
and these books offer a delightful way to make art regardless of skill level.
kristy rice is a trailblazer of hand-painted wedding stationery. Her company, Momental Designs, garners
attention from wedding publications and celebrity couples worldwide. Her artwork has also been used in
well-known brands such as Envelopments®, Papyrus, and BHLDN.
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 49 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
PAINTERLY DAYS: The Flower Watercoloring Books for Adults
Size: 9" x 12" • 25 floral patterns • 60 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5091-7• soft cover • $24.99
PAINTERLY DAYS: The Woodland Watercoloring Books for Adults
Size: 9" x 12" • 25 woodland patterns • 60 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5092-4 • soft cover • $24.99
PAINTERLY DAYS: The Pattern Watercoloring Books for Adults
Size: 9" x 12" • 25 patterns • 60 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5092-4 • soft cover • $24.99
13
14
2016 NEW BOOKS
VILE: Peeking Under the Skin of Murderers
Benjamin S. Jeffries
• 37 horrific graphic stories about the world’s sickest killers
• Usage of criminal profiling, forensic psychology, and victim impact
are explored
• Not only what they did, but why they did it is uncovered
Experience 37 horrific stories about the world’s more extreme killers
in this comprehensive tome of grisly lusts and depraved pleasures of
people who started out human and became something else. Read not
only what they did, but why they did it—often from the killer’s own
words. Meet legendary murderers Jack The Ripper, Jeffrey Dahmer,
Henry Lee Lucas, and Ed Gein. Become intimate with lesser knowns,
such as Edmund Kemper, Louis Wagner, and Carl Panzram. Bear
witness to depraved sexual sadists Albert Fish, Gary Heidnik, and
Richard Ramirez. Discover the insanity of Joseph Kallinger, “The
Shoemaker," Tsutomu Miyazaki, Japan’s demented child killer, and
Gordon Stewart Northcott, twisted ax murderer and pedophile.
Take a sinister trip to where violence is the beginning and death is
a welcome release.
Often regarded as too weird for words, benjamin jeffries is the
author of Lost in the Darkness and Grim Shadows Falling, published
by Schiffer in 2013 and 2014. He is currently writing his fourth book
for Schiffer.
Size: 6" x 9" • 18 b/w images • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5090-0 • hard cover • $24.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 50 • AVAILABLE IN JUNE
2016 NEW BOOKS
AMERICAN COASTERS 2: Coast to Coast
Thomas Crymes
• A thrilling, close-up look at roller coasters around the country
• Dynamic photographs of more than 100 coasters in 17 states
• Examples of some of the oldest and newest coasters and their record-breaking features
Thrill-seekers are invited to join a roller-coaster enthusiast’s journey across the United
States to photograph these marvels of engineering. From Maine to Minnesota to
California and points in between, this book contains breath-taking photographs
of more than 100 roller coasters in 38 parks and 17 states. See the oldest operating
roller coaster in the world, as well as the recent record-breakers. Get statistics on their
gravity-defying feats, and learn the inside scoop from one of the nation’s premier roller
coaster manufacturers.
thomas crymes has spent a lifetime riding roller coasters and has a keen eye for
photographing them.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 311 color photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5114-3 • hard cover • $34.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 48 • AVAILABLE IN JUNE
COASTING AROUND THE UK: Roller Coasters of the United Kingdom
Peter Andrews
• A photographic guide with facts and statistics for all major roller coasters within the UK
• 80 roller coasters, 39 parks, and nearly 400 photographs from angles average parkgoers can’t see
• Made to recreate that feeling you get at the top of the climb looking down...
The United Kingdom has been entertaining the public with its amazing selection of parks
and rollercoasters since the late 19th century. This book features in-depth profiles of 80
roller coasters, from the 7,442-foot Ultimate in Lightwater Park to Thorpe Park’s Stealth,
which goes from 0 to 80 mph in 1.9 seconds. A compelling series of photographs, gathered
from 39 of Great Britain’s most famous amusement parks, includes many behind-thescenes perspectives and rare views that prove these compelling structures are not merely
fun rides, but mechanically magnificent, and at times, visually stunning, machines.
Covering the length and breadth of the UK, this photographic and historic guide takes
you from Brighton up to Glasgow, and from Gwynedd over to Great Yarmouth, and
provides the ultimate adrenaline rush.
peter andrews is a self-confessed roller coaster addict and is in his element when
combining his passion for coasters, theme parks, and photography. He loves traveling
to parks and riding roller coasters in the search for the ultimate ride experience.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 397 color photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5015-3 • hard cover • $34.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 48 • AVAILABLE IN MARCH
15
16
2016 NEW BOOKS
UFOS OVER AMERICA: Scariest Cases
Joseph Flammer
• Over 70 Ufology topics across the US are explored
• New scary cases, along with abductions, chases, mysteries, government involvement, and other grave topics
• Written by NY MUFON investigator who believes the government is on “our side"
In this collection of terrifying possibilities, follow a New York Field Investigator for the Mutual UFO Network
(MUFON) as he investigates and discusses over 70 important Ufology topics that gravely affect the US. This book is
broken into three parts—The Biggest, Baddest, Scariest UFO Events In America; Crashes, Chases, Shoot-downs, and
Mysteries; and Alien Abductions. Find out how ordinary citizens are involved with the Greys, insectoids, reptilians,
and Nordics. Follow military jets, trying to protect the populace, as they hunt down and chase alien craft; and meet
abductees who may never be the same after horrifying nonhuman encounters. Discover that government agents may
be around you: soldiers of the Anti-UFO-Army. Be careful how you approach the study of UFOs and aliens. The author
believes that if you want to meet extraterrestrials and experience their high strangeness or abductions, you will; find
out how at your own risk.
jospeh flammer is an award-winning reporter and a New York Field Investigator for the Mutual UFO Network
(MUFON). He covers the spectrum of UFO close encounters on Long Island and the Hudson Valley Region of upstate
New York, a documented UFO hotbed.
Size: 6" x 9" • 17 b/w images • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5099-3 • hard cover • $19.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 51 • AVAILABLE IN JUNE
ALIENS AMONG US: Exploring Past and Present
Barry Strohm
• The history of aliens on the earth, from an alien’s perspective, via channeled communications
• Includes truths about aliens in Heaven, abductions, high-profile ongoing UFO cases, and more
• Written by an author specifically chosen by an alien to deliver the messages
If you had the opportunity to ask an extraterrestrial questions, what would they be? What mysteries would you like to
see declassified? Learn the true history of the Earth, from an alien’s perspective, as author and channeler Barry Strohm
communicates with and receives information from the spirit of an alien named Mou. Discover that aliens have the ability
to communicate through psychic channeling and explain our deepest planetary mysteries. Unearth the real truth about
Roswell, the Rendlesham Forest Lights, alien abductions, heaven, alien references in the Bible, types of extraterrestrials,
their effects on human development, and their influence on ancient structures (such as the Nazca Lines in Peru and
the pyramids in Egypt). Find out the role played by the governments of the world in suppressing information about
intergalactic visitors. The truth about aliens is not only out there, it’s presented right here for you to explore!
Born near Hershey, the author has a scientific background and currently owns and operates Golden Lane Antique
Gallery in New Oxford, Pennsylvania. The gallery is known for antiques and a large spirit presence.
Size: 6" x 9"" • 53 b/w & color images • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5006-1 • hard cover • $19.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 51 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
LITTLE GRAY BASTARDS—THE INCESSANT ALIEN PRESENCE
Jordan Hofer & David Barker
• Biographical accounts and explanations of an alien “experiencer" and stories detailing the menacing Gray aliens
• Includes abductions, artist communications, ghosts, and other paranormalphenomena
• Includes a history of Gray alien attacks on humans
Join two ufology researchers as they stare into the cold, black eyes of alien visitors—those little Gray bastards who are
omnipresent in our daily lives. Watch the skies! Grays secretly reveal their outrageous spacecraft to selected, awestruck
witnesses. Watch your bedrooms! Grays materialize silently beside beds to abduct paralyzed victims. Every aspect of
human life is impacted by their incessant presence, from genes of the individual to the fate of humanity. Explore the
story of Earl Heriot, rich in details of bizarre experiences with these Gray aliens over a lifetime. Discover specific aspects
of the alien menace, including abductions; communications through artists; interconnections between Grays, ghosts,
and other paranormal phenomena; and a history of alien attacks on humans. What emerges is a strange, often terrifying,
glimpse into the machinations of the Gray aliens as they lurk at the fringes of human consciousness. Read with caution!
jordan hofer is a MUFON Research Specialist and author of Evolutionary Ufology, Saucerville, and Evidence for the
Personhood of Chimpanzees. David Barker is the author of Death At The Flea Circus and The Revenant of Rebecca Pascal
(with W.H. Pugmire).
Size: 6" x 9" • 8 b/w images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5005-4 • hard cover • $16.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 51 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
2016 NEW BOOKS
TRUDY THE TREE FROG:
Jennifer Keats Curtis, Illustrated by Laura Jacques
• Gloriously illustrated, funny tale about a tree frog who spies a young girl’s
comfy-looking bed
• What happens when Trudy decides to leave her scratchy tree for cozier digs?
• Artistry that magically captures the emotions of a girl and a frog
In this classic grass-is-greener-elsewhere tale, the amphibious Trudy is happy
sleeping in a bark-covered tree until one wide leap lands the little tree frog
on a young girl’s bedroom windowsill. There, she spies the girl’s wondrous
sleeping quarters and becomes desperate to get out of her scratchy limb bed
and onto those fluff y pillows. See what happens when she gets her wish.This
rhyming tale will make young readers smile and encourage them to think
about slumbering in their own comfy beds. For ages 5 to 8.
Award-winning author jennifer keats curtis is frequently found among
students and teachers, talking about literacy and conservation. laura
jacques is an award-winning artist whose illustrations for children’s books
and educational products focus on wildlife, nature, and environmental
awareness.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 18 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4997-3 • hard cover • $16.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 53 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
OTHER BOOKS BY THE AUTHOR YOU MAY ENJOY!
Osprey Adventure.
Jennifer Keats Curtis; Illustrated
by Marcy Dunn Ramsey
ISBN: 978-0-8703-3593-8
$13.95
Saving Squeak: The Otter Tale.
Jennifer Keats Curtis; Illustrated
by Marcy Dunn Ramsey
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3588-4
$14.99
Squirrel Rescue.
Jennifer Keats Curtis; Illustrated
by Laura Jacques
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4246-2
$16.99
17
18
2016 NEW BOOKS
DEXTER THE VERY GOOD GOAT
Jean Malone & Jia Min Lim
• Dexter is a very good goat, except when it’s time for hoof trimming
at the zoo
• Although Dexter runs the show in his petting zoo, he must learn to be
brave even when he’s scared
• Offers a snapshot of animal life at the zoo, including some exotic
inhabitants
Dexter is the top goat at the petting zoo, but he’s not the bravest, much
to his embarrassment. He has the longest, smoothest, and straightest
horns of all eleven goats, and he’s very good at using them to keep
the others in line. He’s also a very good boy. Dexter never grabs the
paper maps out of visitors’ hands or sneaks into the alpaca pen for
an afternoon grain snack. But he’s secretly afraid of some things, like
the generator, the big green ball, and—horror of horrors—having his
hooves trimmed. Follow the zoo-yard adventures of this irascible goat
and find out what goes on inside his head as he learns to overcome
his fears.
jean m. malone is a librarian, author of three All-Aboard Readers
for Penguin, and a former Nashville Zoo volunteer. Jia Min Lim is a
Hertfordshire creative who specializes in illustration, character design,
and making bespoke stuffed toys.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 18 color images • 28 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5051-1 • hard cover • $14.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 53 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
2016 NEW BOOKS
THE PRESIDENT AND ME: George Washington and the Magic Hat
Deborah Kalb, Illustrations by Robert Lunsford
• A magic hat helps a fifth-grader visit George Washington and learn
something about friendship
• Time travel puts school social pressures in perspective
• Adventure, eighteenth-century history, and the drama of school life
wrapped up in one poignant package
Adventure, history, and the drama of school life intertwine in this
engrossing tale of a fifth-grade boy struggling to find his place after
his best friend abandons him. Find out what happens when Sam’s
class takes a trip to Mt. Vernon, where he accidentally buys a bossy
three-cornered hat that sweeps him off to the eighteenth century and a
warm friendship with George and Martha Washington. As Sam travels
back and forth between his present-day life and incredible adventures
with George Washington, he learns about history, himself, and the
nature of friendship and families.
deborah kalb is a freelance writer and editor in Washington, DC,
and is the co-author of Haunting Legacy: Vietnam and the American
Presidency from Ford to Obama.
Size: 6" x 9" • 18 b/w images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5110-5 • soft cover • $12.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 56 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL
19
20
2016 NEW BOOKS
DO NOT OPEN THE BOX!
Timothy Young
• A charmingly illustrated picture book captures a little boy’s dilemma
• Should Benny succumb to his curiosity or follow the instructions on
the box?
• A child comes to terms with imagination and reasoning
Benny spots a big cardboard box with a note taped to it saying, “Do
Not Open." His imagination runs wild, and it’s almost too much for
a curious boy to bear. He thinks about all of the things, good and
bad, that could be inside that box. A birthday robot? A wolverine?
An entrance to another world? What should he do? This endearingly
illustrated tale of a classic childhood dilemma has a surprise ending
and offers a peek into a young boy’s mind as he weighs tantalizing
possibilities against the risks of breaking the rules.
timothy young has done design work for Pee-Wee’s Playhouse,
the Muppets, Disney, the Simpsons, and Universal Studios. He is the
author/illustrator of six published picture books including I Hate
Picture Books! and The Angry Little Puffin.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 13 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5043-6 • hard cover • $16.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 53 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
OTHER BOOKS BY THE AUTHOR YOU MAY ENJOY!
Shadows On My Wall.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4224-0
$16.99
I Hate Picture Books!
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4387-2
$16.99
The Angry Little Puffin.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4805-1
$16.99
2016 NEW BOOKS
AM I BIG ENOUGH? A Fun Little Book on Manners
Julia Pinckney & Timothy Young
• A young child realizes his ability to use good manners in everyday
settings
• Children learn if they are big enough to do the things they see grownups
doing
• Teaches manners in a fun, interactive way
Finn cautiously observes his family doing all kinds of daily activities
and wonders if he is big enough to do them, too. Join the young boy
as he goes from cautious to confident and learns when and how to
use good manners. Preschool-age children will delight in placing their
hand on the clever handprint to see if they, like Finn, are big enough
to do things like use their quiet voice at the library, share a cookie,
and shake hands with grown-ups.
julia pinckney lives in Charleston, South Carolina, and is the proud
mother of two sons with impeccable manners. timothy young has
done design work for Pee-Wee’s Playhouse, the Muppets, Disney,
the Simpsons, and Universal Studios. He is the author/illustrator of
six published picture books including I Hate Picture Books! and The
Angry Little Puffin.
Size: 8 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 29 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5053-5 • hard cover • $16.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 53 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
21
22
2016 NEW BOOKS
TWO LONG EARS
Jacob A. Boehne
• This counting book teaches 1 to 10, plus the many ways people decorate
their bodies
• A colorful, fun start to talking with children about accepting differences,
from piercings to tattoos
• Introduces kids to a culture that’s rarely displayed in other materials;
great resource for educators
Along with learning to count from 1 to 10, in these charming pages
children and their adults can explore the many ways people decorate
their bodies. With its fun pictures and words, the book is a simple
way to start talking about accepting differences, from piercings to
tattoos. The illustrations are inspired by traditional tattoo designs as
well as not-so-traditional body modification styles. Also included is
a full-color wall poster that offers a color-it-yourself version on the
back. Introducing kids to a culture that’s rarely displayed in other
materials, this is a perfect resource for early childhood educators,
parents, and all adults who value diversity.
jacob a. boehne is an early childhood educator, parent, artist, and
writer who is interested in body art. He lives in Cincinnati with his
wife and two children.
Size: 6" x 6" • 10 color illustrations • 24 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5039-9 • board book • $9.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 55 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
INCLUDES A TWO-SIDED
15" x 20" POSTER!
2016 NEW BOOKS
RUPERT’S TALES: Learning Magick
Kyrja, Illustrated by Tonia Bennington Osborn
• 2 Rupert’s Tales adventures in which children learn about magick along
with our furry friend
• Includes concepts for using intentions, understanding the tools of
magick, and more
• 5th Rupert’s Tales , this one encouraging the use of thoughtful
imagination and time-honored Pagan practice
Follow the adventures of Rupert the rabbit as he learns that intentions
and imagination are two of the most important ingredients in all
things magickal. In “Tools of the Craft,” Rupert meets a family who has
come to teach their children about tools they use in crafting magick.
“Rupert’s Magickal Imagination” has him watching children practicing
using their intentions when one of them wonders what happens if
you don’t believe in magick. With two rhyming stories and 23 vibrant
illustrations, this book offers an enchanting way to help your child
begin a journey to learn about magick. For readers aged 5 to 8.
kyrja has authored the Rupert’s Tales, Gatekeeper’s Choice, Shards of
Light series, along with The Monster Got Mom titles. tonia’s life-long
labor of love is exploring and expressing the miracles that make up
her world. Her work is displayed internationally.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 23 color illustrations • 48 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4973-7 • hard cover • $16.99
AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
OTHER BOOKS BY THE AUTHOR AND ILLUSTRATOR YOU MAY ENJOY!
Rupert's Tales: Rupert Helps
Clean Up.
Kyrja; Illustrated by
Tonia Bennington Obsorn
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4284-4
$19.99
Rupert's Tales: A Book of
Bedtime Stories.
Kyrja; Illustrated by
Tonia Bennington Obsorn
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4694-1
$19.99
Rupert's Tales: The Wheel of the
Year Activity Book.
Kyrja; Illustrated by
Tonia Bennington Obsorn
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4020-8
$9.99
23
24
2016 NEW BOOKS
MY HEART ROCKS
Amy M Dykens
• 136 images of heart rocks along with words of calm introspection
• Images inspire a joy of spending time along the water’s edge and exploring the heart rocks found there
• A wonderful gift for those who love nature and the sea
Imagine finding a perfectly shaped heart rock on the beach: a gift from the sea symbolizing the universal
image of love, while also crystallizing the simple joys of walking by the water’s edge. Inspired by these
wonders of nature, photographer Amy M Dykens presents here 136 beautiful images of heart rocks in
their native environment along with her words of calm introspection and an appreciation of generosity
and love. Some of these treasures are heart shaped, some have a heart image through or on them, but all
are precious creations.
Photographer amy m dykens sees and captures the world in ways that surprise and delight others. She
has a degree in art from Smith College and is a successful beach, wedding, and portrait photographer on
Cape Cod where she lives with her two sons.
Size: 10" x 7" • 136 color photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5063-4 • hard cover • $24.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 60 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
FOUR SEASONS OF CAPE COD
John Tunney
• Book of fine-art photography capturing Cape Cod in all four seasons
• Cape Cod’s beaches, harbors, dunes, and wildlife in winter, spring, summer, and fall
• First book to focus on Cape Cod throughout the seasons
Each season paints Cape Cod with a unique palette of light and color. Winter’s low sun casts long shadows
and reveals the muted tones that cover windswept dunes and empty harbors. Spring starts with a hard light,
but soon brings splashes of bright color as flowers emerge and the landscape comes back to life. Summer’s
rich, vibrant colors are followed by autumn’s softer and warmer tones. Photographer John Tunney has
created the first book to focus on the beauty of the Cape’s different seasons. With 170 photographs of
beaches, dunes, harbors, wildlife and people, this beautiful book captures the shifting light, colors and
moods of Cape Cod - from Falmouth to Provincetown - throughout the year.
john tunney is fine-art photographer based on Cape Cod. A frequent exhibitor in art shows and festivals,
his work has met with popular and critical success. In addition, John leads photography classes, workshops,
and tours.
Size: 10" x 7" • 174 color photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4993-5 • hard cover • $34.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 60 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
2016 NEW BOOKS
IN MY FOOTSTEPS: A Traveler’s Guide to Martha’s Vineyard
Christopher Setterlund
• A concise guide to popular and lesser known spots on Martha’s Vineyard
• A trip around the island with over 75 locations showcased
• An original member of Saturday Night Live has their final resting place on Martha’s Vineyard
For centuries, Martha’s Vineyard, the Massachusetts island off the coast of Cape Cod, has attracted everyone from
celebrities and presidents to everyday folks seeking a respite from the busier pace of the mainland. This travel guide
takes you on a complete tour around the island, showcasing more than 75 locations. A mix of quaint charm and
stunning natural beauty gives the Vineyard a truly unique allure. Historic homes, lighthouses, renowned restaurants,
and miles of pristine beaches are only the starting points for the wonders that have made this island of not quite 100
square miles a coveted vacation spot. Through clear and concise directions, including addresses, distances, and GPS
coordinates, this unique guide whisks you around the island, stopping at both must-see popular spots and lesser-known
hidden gems treasured by the locals.
christopher setterlund is a 12th generation Cape Codder whose passion for travel, adventure, and visiting
new places is apparent in his writing. He does his best to share every place he visits with the love of a native and the
wonder of a first-time traveler.
Size: 6" x 9" • 189 color photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5019-1 • soft cover • $16.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 62 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
IN MY FOOTSTEPS: A Traveler’s Guide to Nantucket
Christopher Setterlund
• One of the most beautiful and historic islands in the world from a local’s perspective
• Everything from famous landmarks and restaurants to out of the way places
• Features attractions, restaurants, and places to stay
Thirty miles off the Cape Cod shore sits the quaint historic island of Nantucket, the Far Away Island. Once one of the
richest towns in America thanks to its leading role in the whaling industry, the island reinvented itself in the twentieth
century as a destination spot for tourists. This traveler’s guide takes you on a round-the-island tour, noting its infamous
cobblestone streets, world-renowned restaurants, museums, fabulous shops, and acres of conservation lands. You’ll
discover the historic homes, lighthouses, and beaches that make the island famous, but also some truly incredible
locations only a local would know. Brant Point Lighthouse, the Nantucket Whaling Museum, Madaket Beach, and
Sconset Village are only the beginning. See why Nantucket is a favorite vacation spot for everyone from families with
young children to corporate executives looking for a paradise to truly get away from it all.
christopher setterlund is a 12th generation Cape Codder with some famous names from the area decorating
his family tree. His vivid descriptions and crisp photos help paint pictures for the reader, making them feel as if they
are walking in his footsteps.
Size: 6" x 9" • 195 color and b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5094-8 • soft cover • 16.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 62 • AVAILABLE IN JUNE
25
26
2016 NEW BOOKS
BUILDING BOSTON: Stories of Architectural and Engineering Feats
Ted Clarke
• An engaging history of Boston’s architectural treasures, urban design,
and engineering feats
• Fast-paced narrative takes readers along the Boston Marathon route
and past mythic landmarks
• More than 150 photographs illustrate Boston’s storied past and present
Take an expertly guided tour of Boston’s historic landmarks and epic
past. Follow the history of the Boston Marathon and the architectural
gems that grace the Copley Square/Back Bay area where the race ends.
Take a deep dive into the subway dig. Learn how fabled landscape
architect Frederick Law Olmsted figured out how to put a salt marsh
inside the city to prevent flooding, paving the way for today’s green
ribbon of parks. Interwoven with anecdotes about landmarks such
as the Boston Common, the Boston Red Sox Fenway Park, and the
esplanade are observations about the character of a city that took the
2013 Boston Marathon bombing in stride. Perfect for both armchair
reading and for use as a unique visitors’ guide.
Bostonian ted clarke has written 21 books, holds three masters
degrees, is a frequent public speaker, and has narrated five television
programs on history. He has a Facebook page to which he contributes
daily posts of historical interest.
Size: 6" x 9" • 102 color and 51 b/w photos • 208 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5112-9 • hard cover • $24.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 60 • AVAILABLE IN MAY
2016 NEW BOOKS
SURF NYC
Andreea Waters
• A visual story and celebration of ocean community, passion, and the
New York surfer soul
• More than 60 photos with stories by 13 New York surfers
• You never want to hear those famous words, “You should have been
here an hour ago."
New York surfing is mad. Breaks are hard to access, waves are
inconsistent, winter (which produces the best waves) is brutal.
You might risk almost anything just so you don’t hear those
famous words, “You should have been here an hour ago." Follow
dedicated wave hunters to the end of the A-train and beyond and
peek into this passionate way of life through authentic photography
and several surfers’ personal journeys. Discover what it takes to
brave the cold Atlantic Ocean and get a fresh insight on the Big
Apple’s hidden surf sub-culture. An adventurous photographer
has developed relationships with local surfers, absorbed scarcely
available knowledge about the ocean and climate, and placed herself
in these elements without reservation. To respect the locals and their
undergroundculture, there is no mention of where the action takes
place. Locations may include Rockaway, Montauk, Long Beach, Lido
Beach, and Northern New Jersey.
Originally from Bucharest, Romania, andreea waters discovered
Rockaway Beach, NY, where her surf photography began, in May
2012. When you least expect it she is on the beach, taking powerful
photographs that represent timeless moments in New York surfing.
Size: 12" x 9" • 64 color photos • 136 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5029-0 • hard cover • $34.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 68 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
27
28
2016 NEW BOOKS
PENNSYLVANIA: A Portrait of the Keystone State
Michael P. Gadomski
• 125 photographs capture the beauty, culture, and history of Pennsylvania
• Insight into Pennsylvania’s importance and why it is called the Keystone State
• Learn about Pennsylvania’s many “firsts" that spread throughout the nation
Discover every corner of Pennsylvania, from the place where the United States began on the shores of Lake
Erie to the first-class city of Pittsburgh, historic Scranton, and the rural farmland, forestland, and small
towns in between. Visit Pennsylvania’s historic sites, which are also the nation’s historic sites because so
many important events took place here. View the birthplace of the only US president from Pennsylvania,
trees over 450 years old, the place where oil was first discovered, the peaceful Amish countryside, historic
colonial buildings, and modern metropolitan cities. Through striking images and detailed captions, join the
photographer on a journey of one of the country’s most significant and diverse states.
michael p. gadomski, a third-generation Pennsylvania native, is an internationally published photographer
and former state park ranger. He has spent his lifetime exploring Pennsylvania’s natural and cultural history.
Size: 9" x 9" • 125 color photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5107-5 • hard cover • $19.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 72 • AVAILABLE IN MARCH
PHILADELPHIA: Portrait of a City
Michael P. Gadomski
• A compact photographic guide to Philadelphia and its most important cultural and historical aspects
• 117 color photos capture the city’s neighborhoods, history, landmarks, and cultural diversity
• The City of Brotherly Love is one of wondrous contrasts, with architecture from four centuries
This vibrantly illustrated dedication to Philadelphia presents one of the United States’ oldest and most
historically and culturally significant metropolises with photographs, from the detailed to the panoramic,
of its architecture, art, and parks. The City of Brotherly Love has it all: the largest concentration of colonial
architecture in the country, modern skyscrapers, and plenty of open green space. Take an armchair tour of
the Liberty Bell, Independence Hall, and the Betsy Ross House; head over to UPenn’s Morris Arboretum;
then venture out to nearby Valley Forge Park. Through creative vantage points, absorb Philly’s local color
as you stroll around Old City and the 18th-century homes of Society Hill…you might even sneak a peek at
the New Year’s Day Mummers. From the Schuylkill to the Delaware, along the old cobblestones and among
the towering monuments, Philadelphia welcomes you with open arms.
michael p. gadomski, a third generation Pennsylvania native, is an internationally published photographer
and a former state park ranger. He has spent his lifetime exploring Pennsylvania’s natural and human history.
Size: 9" x 9" • 117 color photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5108-2 • hard cover • $19.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 72 • AVAILABLE IN MARCH
2016 NEW BOOKS
THE PATAPSCO: Baltimore’s River of History, Second Edition
Paul J. Travers
• With new photos and maps, updates, and six new chapters, includes
the river’s most recent developments
• The main resource detailing this key American river’s impact on
Maryland and the nation
• Covers early native settlements on its shores, to 20th-century harbor
revitalization, through ongoing 21st-century changes
Long the main resource on this key American river, this book’s
expanded second edition includes dozens of new photos and maps,
updates, and six new chapters recording the twenty-first century’s
most recent developments on the Patapsco River. Along with
insightful narration of its impact on its watershed and on Baltimore
in particular, the book contains the entire recorded history of the
Patapsco River. It moves from the early Native American camps on
its shores, through the late twentieth-century revitalization of its
harbor, and to the environmental and economic changes the Patapsco
has been a part of during these first decades of the twenty-first
century. The Patapsco’s story contains some of the most important
and fascinating events of Maryland’s past, and this book allows the
reader to dip at will into the exciting and unexpected blend of people,
places, and events that have had such great impact on the state of
Maryland and the nation.
paul j. travers was born near the Patapsco River in Baltimore,
and holds degrees from the University of Maryland and Pepperdine
University. His work as a park ranger with the Maryland Park Service
fostered his interest in the river’s history.
Size: 6" x 9" • 42 photos, illustrations, and maps • 320 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-644-7 • hard cover • $29.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 76 • AVAILABLE IN MAY
29
30
2016 NEW BOOKS
MIAMI AT NIGHT
Bill Brothers
• Over 70 color photographs highlighting the beauty and color of Miami
at night
• Focuses on telling a unique visual story of the city
• One of the only photography books featuring Miami specifically at night
Miami is one of the United States’ most fascinating cities. While the
rest of the country endures snowstorms and cold weather, Miami is
always hot and sexy. By day, the sun, sea, and Art Deco architecture
highlight Miami’s unique history and heritage. However, it is truly
at night when the city comes alive. Miami at Night is a cityscape
photography book featuring over 70 photos, including over 40
large panoramic photos that capture the essence of the energy that
pulsates through nocturnal Miami. The book tells a unique visual
story of the city (Brickell, Brickell Key, Key Biscayne, Coral Gables,
Coconut Grove, Downtown Miami, and Miami Beach) through
photography at angles and vantage points that are rarely seen by the
average Miamian or tourist.
bill brothers has lived in Miami for the past 10 years and is a selftaught photographer. He is the owner of Golden Dusk Photography,
which focuses on cityscape photography. The website can be located
at www.goldenduskphotography.com
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 73 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5028-3 • hard cover • $24.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 84 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
2016 NEW BOOKS
KEEPING AUSTIN WEIRD: A Guide to the (Still) Odd Side of Town
Red Wassenich
• A fun-filled guide to the people, places, and events in one of the weirdest
cities in America
• Over 250 photos and text reveal the town’s flair for the strange and
spectacular
• Learn where Willie Nelson’s DNA is kept on public display
Take a whimsical photographic tour of the people, places, and
events in Austin that collectively make it one of the weirdest cities
in America. City native Red Wassenich is tour guide to the odder
side of town, which has grown enormously in size and reputation
in recent years. Marvel at the Cathedral of Junk, a three-story, 60ton behemoth made of flotsam and jetsam. Join the fun at Eeyore’s
Birthday Bash, a day-long bacchanalia celebrating the beloved fictional
character. Meet Dr. Dumpster, who lived in a tricked-out trash bin for
over a year. Visit the Museum of the Weird in the city’s “Dirty Sixth"
neighborhood. While locals fret endlessly over the forces of normalcy
and consumerism that threaten its quirky existence, this book reveals
the town’s still-unconventional underbelly. So whether you’re into
art, food, politics, music, or sports with a flair for the strange, Austin
has just the place for you.
red wassenich coined the phrase “Keep Austin Weird" in 2000.
He was born in Austin and has been a librarian at Austin Community
College since 1984. He is now happily married to Karen Pavelka.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 266 color and B/W photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5096-2 • hard cover • $24.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 92 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL
31
32
2016 NEW BOOKS
IN THE COMPANY OF EVIL: Thirty Years of California Crime, 1950-1980
Michael Thomas Barry
• 64 true crime cases in California from the early 1950s into the 1980s
• Inside look at serial killers, assassins, sadistic rapists, bank robbers,
kidnappers, Satan worshippers, and more
• Provides crime overview, parties involved, evidence gathered, and
theories for solutions
California’s picturesque shores have always been a magnet for
outcasts and criminals. Read about 64 of the most horrifying crimes
ever committed in The Golden State, from the early 1950s into the
1980s. These accounts tell of man’s inhumanity toward his fellow
man and provide an inside look at infamous serial killers, assassins,
sadistic rapists, bank robbers, kidnappers, Satan worshippers, and a
plethora of other notorious criminals. Revisit “The Sex Club Slaying,"
“The Chowchilla School Bus Kidnapping," and the “Real House
on Haunted Hill." Be glad you’re not on the helpful list of “The
Lonely Hearts Killer" or “Souls for Satan." Written in an accessible,
chronological sequence and enhanced by over 60 photographs,
each entry provides an overview of the crime, the parties involved,
evidence gathered, and leading theories about solutions. This
reference is indispensable for the study of the history of modern
crime in California.
Award-winning author and columnist michael thomas
barry is a graduate of Cal State Fullerton and is a columnist for
Crimemagazine.com. He is the author of six nonfiction books and
is the recipient of numerous awards that include the 2014 Readers
Favorite International Best Book Awards (gold medal).
Size: 6" x 9" • 65 b/w images • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5003-0 • hard cover • $24.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 97 • AVAILABLE IN MARCH
2016 NEW BOOKS
ASHLAND, OREGON, DAY TRIPS
Barbara Tricarico
• A photographic essay of the region within three hours of Ashland, Oregon
• A narrative tour of Southern Oregon and Northern California through the lenses of 55 photographers
• Ashland, a cultural gem, is the starting point for scenic day trips
The Oregon Shakespeare Festival in Ashland, Oregon, draws hundreds of thousands of visitors each year.
Many wonder, “What else can we do while in town?" The answer lies in this book, a photographic essay of
natural, historic, and iconic sites within a three-hour drive. Fifty-five area photographers capture notable
landmarks such as Crater Lake National Park, the wild and scenic Rogue River, giant redwoods, the Klamath
Wildlife Refuge, and Lassen Volcanic National Park. On-the-road and armchair travelers alike are invited to
take in the idiosyncratic culture of towns such as Jacksonville, Yreka, Bandon, and Brookings. There’s plenty
here for history buffs, too. Readers are invited to savor the culture and biodiversity of Ashland, but also step
out into its spectacular surroundings.
barbara tricarico is the author of Ashland, Oregon. She photographed and co-authored Quilts of Virginia:
1607-1899. Barbara has a master’s degree in deaf education from Gallaudet University. She and her husband
Bill live in Ashland and have two grown sons.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 218 color, 3 b/w, 1 artwork • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5014-6 • hard cover • $34.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 96 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
SCENIC SEATTLE: Touring and Photographing the Emerald City
Joe Becker
• A tourist’s and photographer’s guide to 100+ scenic and historic attractions in Seattle
• Covers sites in and around Seattle with technical advice for amateur and professional photographers
• Extremely helpful even if all you have is a smartphone
This guide is designed to help visitors to Seattle tour and photograph the city. Descriptions of more than
100 destinations include travel and historical information, as well as specific advice for recreational and
professional photographers on capturing the best shots, including ISO settings, angles of view, best shooting
times, and any photographic restrictions. Example images and maps are also provided, and many locations are
accessible by foot, or with simple mass-transit connections, from downtown. Areas covered include Seattle
Center, Pike Place Market, the waterfront, South Lake Union, the University of Washington, and specific
spots such as the Space Needle, Pioneer Square, the Great Wheel, Discovery Park, Fishermen’s Terminal, the
Hiram Chittenden Locks, Fremont, Volunteer Park, Kubota Garden, Alki Beach, the Museum of Flight, and
a dozen viewpoints. With its rich maritime history, eclectic architecture, and endlessly photogenic seascapes,
landscapes, and cityscapes, the Emerald City contains something special for everyone.
joe becker is an award-winning freelance photographer and author living in Tacoma, Washington, with his
wife and 160-pound Newfoundland. Joe’s images have been published by the National Geographic Society,
EOSMagazine, Northwest Travel Magazine, and others.
Size: 6" x 9" • 126 color photos & maps • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5116-7 • soft cover • $19.99
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 96 • AVAILABLE IN JUNE
33
34
GENERAL BOOKS
FOOD ART & PRESENTATION
Creative Ideas for Garnishing & Decorating. Elisabeth Bangert. Step up your plating and
decorating techniques with this ideal cookbook
for those who regularly entertain. A wide spectrum of ingredients and products, including fruits
and vegetables, dairy, meat, chocolate, and
marzipan demonstrate just how creative you can
be. More than 330 images capture step-by-step
procedures. Includes holiday-specific ideas.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 339 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3645-4 • hard cover • $19.99
Food Art: Garnishing Made Easy. John
Gargone. Takes readers step-by-step through the
process of creating garnishes that are stunning
works of edible art. Straight-forward, systematic
instructions create salad border garnishes, salad
and table centerpieces, fruit displays ranging
from bird cages to watermelon wedding vases,
melon sculpture displays.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 371 color photos • 96 pp. •
ISBN: 0-7643-1960-4 • soft cover • $19.95
Food Presentation: Tips & Inspiration.
Michelle Valigursky. Food that looks beautiful
does taste better! Learn hundreds of tips and
tricks that restaurant chefs rely on to wow their
guests. Basic techniques and ordinary household
items will become your tools in adding drama,
interest, and impact to your food presentation.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 234 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3481-8 • soft cover • $24.99
FOOD ART & PRESENTATION ...................................... 34
COOKBOOKS ............................................................... 34
SPIRITS ......................................................................... 36
FOOD HISTORY ............................................................ 37
CAKE DECORATION ..................................................... 37
ENTERTAINING ............................................................. 37
WEDDINGS................................................................... 37
FLOWER ARRANGING & DESIGN ................................ 37
CONTEMPORARY LANDSCAPE & GARDEN DESIGN .. 38
HISTORIC GARDEN DESIGNS ...................................... 39
HOLIDAYS .................................................................... 39
PETS.............................................................................. 40
BUSINESS & LEGAL ...................................................... 40
NATURAL HISTORY...................................................... 40
THE WORLD ................................................................. 44
WOMEN ....................................................................... 44
HISTORY: BIOGRAPHY................................................. 44
HISTORY: GENERAL ..................................................... 44
HISTORY: SIDESHOWS ................................................ 44
HISTORY: MOTION PICTURES ..................................... 45
The Art of Food Sculpture. Yuci Tan. Explores different
carving techniques and offers a broad range of projects
simple enough for anyone to accomplish, beautiful enough
to astonish any guest. Experienced food sculptors will find
this book a gold mine of ideas, packed with images and
stencil templates for creating amazing centerpieces, plate
and platter garnishes. And here, finally, is the solution to
that annual conundrum – what to do with the garden’s
overabundance of zucchini. Explore the possibilities!
Size: 6" x 9" • 287 color photos/160 drawings • 192 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1454-8 • soft cover • $19.95
Edible Art: Tricks & Tools for Master Centerpieces. Narahenapitage S.P. De Costa.
Simple techniques and tools make it possible to
create absolutely stunning centerpieces that will
be the talk of the party. Butterflies and rosebuds
from colorful beets, carrots, and radishes are easily
crafted. Elaborate melon lanterns and flower" filled
vases with step-by-step in pictures. Twenty-five
splendid projects.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 305 photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2513-7 • soft cover • $19.99
Table Decoration: with Fruits and Vegetables. Angkana and Alex Neumayer. Learn
to create remarkable decorations for the table
and garnishes for glasses and plates. Many tips,
440 color photos, and practical, step-by-step
directions guide you through works of art that
are easy to produce. Carve a flower, shape a
fish, a bell, the sun, and the moon. You will
be adding light touches to your meals from
here forward.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 440 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3510-5 • hard cover • $24.99
HISTORY: MUSIC & MUSICIANS .................................. 45
HISTORY: THE OLD WEST............................................ 45
HISTORY: LOGGING ..................................................... 45
HISTORY: MINING ........................................................ 46
HISTORY: FARMING ..................................................... 46
HISTORY: UNDERTAKING ............................................ 46
HISTORY: LINCOLN & U.S. PRESIDENTS...................... 47
HISTORY: U.S. CIVIL WAR ............................................ 47
HISTORY: TRANSPORTATION ...................................... 48
HISTORY: CAMPING & RECREATIONAL VEHICLES ..... 48
HISTORY: TRANSPORTATION CALAMITIES ................. 48
GENERAL INTEREST ..................................................... 48
GAMES, PUZZLES, & ACTIVITIES ................................. 48
FISHING ........................................................................ 49
PARANORMAL & GHOSTLY PHENOMENA ................. 50
UFOS ............................................................................ 51
ZOMBIES ...................................................................... 51
CRYPTOZOOLOGY ....................................................... 51
VAMPIRES .................................................................... 51
Garnishing & Decorating: Ideas for all Seasons. Georg Hartung, photographs by Thomas
Schultze. Step-by-step instructions to pep up your
small dishes and fingerfood, for plates pleasing
to the eye–and your tastebuds. All of the recipes
are grouped seasonally to honor the freshest
produce available, for the most beautiful results!
With creative tips and ideas, including a tutorial
on making your own piping bags for precise,
professional results, you’ll learn how to turn simple
ingredients into fantastic eye catchers. Bon appétit!
Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 120 color photos • 88 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4627-9 • soft cover • $16.99
Garnish and Decorating Made Easy. Georg
Hartung. Tomato roses, fresh cheese on salad
cucumbers, leek flowers, or melon stars – learn
simple step-by-step directions on how to give the
final, eye-catching touch to a buffet or to your
dinner table. These “little works of art” will add to
the appetizing flavor of any meal or dinner party.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 183 color images • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3932-5 • soft cover • $19.99
COOKBOOKS
Meet Me in My Cape Cod Kitchen: Recipes
for Seaside Living. Linda Maria Steele. With
more than 60 delicious recipes, celebrate good
food shared with family and friends, inspired by
life on the beach. With food photography and
inspiring Cape Cod landscapes, chapters focus
on baked goods such as cakes, cookies and
quick breads, as well as appetizers, entrees,
salads, and summertime drinks.
Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 75 color images • 96 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4984-3 • hard cover •
$24.99
COOKBOOKS
The Athlete’s Cookbook: The Favorite
Recipes of Red Bull Athletes, Prepared
at Hangar-7. Gernot Hörwertner, Matthias
Nelke, Marc Eggers & Lara Soenmezay. More
than 30 Red Bull athletes, including American
ski queen Lindsey Vonn, team up with a master
chef to prepare their favorite dishes with an
international flair. Through pictures, text, interviews, and recipes, discover the flavors that
inspire some of the world's top competitors and
expand your culinary horizons.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 587 color images • 232 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4966-9 • hard cover •
$34.99
Aroma Kitchen: Cooking With Essential Oils. Sabine Hönig and Ursula
Kutschera. The recipes in this book focus
on using fresh, local (if possible) ingredients
and scented essential oils to nourish your
loved ones in a healthy and varied way.
Included are the basics of essential oils,
including recipes for creating your own
spiced oils, vinegars, butters, salts, syrups,
honey, and sugars.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 478 color photos
156 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4793-1• soft cover • $29.99
On an Open Fire: Barbecuing, Roasting, Cooking. Carston Bothe, Editor. Why make a mess in your
indoor kitchen when you can build your own fire pit
outside? There is something about roasting suckling
pig on a spit, duck on a rope, or just chestnuts over a
handmade fire pit that makes eating with friends and
family more special. Here are a dozen different cooking
methods and nearly a hundred recipes.
Size: 7" x 10" • 295 color photos • 168 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4483-1 • soft cover • $29.99
The New Bread: Great Gluten-free Baking.
Jessica Frej, Maria Blohm, photos by Filippa
Tredal. Learn to bake gluten-free breads, rolls,
and tortillas that promise better taste and texture
than many commercial brands. Buckwheat,
cornmeal, and rosehip flour open the way to
endless possibilities for the gluten-intolerant.
With this book, you’ll find it’s nice and easy to
bake without gluten.
Size: 7" x 10" • 96 color images • 144 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4968-3 •hard cover • $24.99
Serbian Cooking: Popular Recipes
from the Balkan Region. Danijela Kracun
and Charles McFadden. Danijela Kracun was
born in Serbia and, at the age of ten, moved
to New York. The recipes in this book have
been passed down from Danijela's mother
and some from her Serbian and Romanian
grandmothers. She and Charles McFadden
enjoy family, writing books, meditating,
being in nature, walking, hiking, and simple
living. They hope their books inspire peace and love. If you want peace and
love to reign in your life, you have to be peaceful and loving.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 49 color photos • 104 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4760-3 • hard cover • $24.99
Cooking Wild Game: Thirty-Six Hearty
Dishes. G. Poggenpohl. Impress your guests
with dishes from this classic collection of 36
European game dishes. Mouthwatering flavors
and cooking styles combine with a variety of venison, wild boar, hare, duck, pheasant, and more.
Accompanied by color photos, each recipe offers
ingredients and cooking instructions. Prepare
these hearty dishes for your next dinner party.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 36 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3646-1 • hard cover • $19.99
Grill Skills: Professional Tips for the
Perfect Barbeque: Food, Drinks, Music,
Table Settings, Flowers. Liselotte Forslin,
Mia Gahne, Jan Gradvall, Bengt-Göran Kronstam, Catharina Lindeberg-Bernhardsson, Tove
Nilsson, and Mia öhrn. Would you like to be
more confident in your grilling skills? Or, do you
consider yourself king of the grill? Either way, this
book for you. In The Grill Fixers, professionals
generously offer their very best tips, advice, and
recipes. This is the book where Tex-Mex meets
the islands, the Mediterranean meets Sweden,
and the tropics meet urban balconies.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4768-9 • hard cover • $34.99
Pure Steak. Steffen Eichhorn, Stefan Marquard,
and Stephan Otto. Star cook Stefan Marquard,
meat expert Stephan Otto, and German grillmaster Steffen Eichhorn present 39 extraordinary
steak recipes. From exciting twists like Ribeye
Stirred and Not Shaken and Sirloin Meets Scallop
to traditional offerings like Garlic Steak and Filet
Mignon, this soulful cookbook is ideal for all meat
lovers. Nothing will stand in the way of preparing
pure steak perfection on the stove or the grill.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 84 color images • 136 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3927-1 • hard cover $29.99
French Fries: International Recipes, Dips &
Tricks. Christine Hager & Ulrike Reihn. 50-plus
recipes celebrate the versatility of the french fry.
From prepping the perfect potato to selecting
the right oil, and serving the perfect dipping
sauce, this book presents french fries as both
an accompaniment or a main course, like the
french fry burger or chili french fries.
Size: 6" x 8 1/4" • 41 color images • 80 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4965-2 • soft cover • $9.99
What’s Your Potion?: Liquid Refreshments
to Nourish Body, Mind, and Spirit. Morwyn.
Create over 100 liquid refreshment recipes to
enhance good health and uplift your body,
mind, and spirit. Charming and easy-to-make
beverages for smoothies, teas, coffees, cocoas,
soups, and sauces. Open your heart to the potion
that will nourish your soul!
Size: 6" x 9" • 43 color photos • 192 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4954-6 • soft cover • $29.99
Medieval Cooking in Today's Kitchen.
Greg Jenkins. This cookbook contains 78 recipes for delicious drinks, hearty breads, soups
and hors d’oeuvres, robust entrées, and rich
desserts from folkloric foundations of individual
cultures throughout Europe and the English Isles
in the Middle Ages. Ancient and exotic foods,
libations, and flavors turn your kitchen into a
festive time machine.
Size: 7" x 10" • 87 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4842-6 • hard cover • $24.99
Pickled Delicacies: In Vinegar, Oil, and Alcohol.
Eva Aufreiter, Bernadette Baumgartner, Birgit Hauer,
Christine Mahringer-Eder & Anna Obermayr. Experts
have compiled 174 recipes with instructions for pickling
fruit, vegetables, mushrooms, eggs, fish, cheese, and
more in numerous types of alcohol, vinegar, and oil as
well as sweet syrups, savory salts, and other seasonings,
to indulge in or give away as gifts.
Size: 6" x 9" • 199 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4872-3 • hard cover • $24.99
Great Grilling and Hot Sauces: Recipes and
Tips. Ralf Rowack. Whether you're a newcomer or
an expert chef, this book lets you kick up your grill
skills by adding homemade sauces to your repertoire.
Along with fun barbecue lore and kitchen tips, there
are recipes for one-of-a-kind barbecue sauces, salsas
and jams, Texas and Louisiana style sauces, and more.
Size: 6" x 9" • 138 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4851-8 • soft cover • $16.99
The Little Smoker Book: Getting Into the Top
Level of Grilling. Franz-Christoph Heel, Editor. Learn
the basics of various kinds of smokers to determine
the best one for you and get tips for determining the
right type of firing, selecting your home-smoking
accessories, and the maintenance of your smoker.
With 22 recipes for delicious pork, chicken, and side
dishes, you will be enjoying the “low and slow” in
no time at all.
Size: 6" x 9" • 44 color images • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4772-6 • hard cover • $19.99
Dutch Oven: Cast-Iron Cooking Over an Open
Fire. Carsten Bothe. The Dutch oven has been popular
on the grill and barbecue scene, and cooking with
the “black pots” over an open fire has become a
fashionable cult. Now you can learn to conjure such
dishes as juicy roasts, hearty casseroles, or baked crisp
bread. Desserts, bean dishes, or casseroles, become
child’s play through simple directions making cooking
easy and fun, even for a beginner.
Size: 7" x 10" • 147 color images • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4218-9 • soft cover • $29.99
Pure BBQ! Steffen Eichhorn, Stefan Marquard,
& Stephan Otto. Powerhouse German foodies
Steffen Eichhorn, Stefan Marquard, and Stephan
Otto tackle grilling and smoking everything from
oysters to mini beer keg suckling pigs. Through
many hours spent BBQing and tasting, the trio
has developed 34 excellent recipes including
pierced perch, melon and halibut skewers, beech
plank salmon, and antipasti, as well as classics
for the smoker—pulled pork and beef brisket.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 47 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4013-0 • hard cover • $24.99
Grilling Like a Champion. Rudolf Jaeger, Editor. Learn how to impress friends and family
by perfecting their favorite cuisine, and find out
how to win grilling competitions. Professional
grill masters share some of the best-kept secrets
of the trade, including information on purchasing
the most reliable equipment, using the right type
of grill and fueling method, and shopping for the
freshest ingredients.
Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 396 color photos • 232 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4498-5 • hard cover • $34.99
The Granite Iron Ware Cook Book. Both a cookbook/housekeeping guide and an 1877 catalog of
enameled iron cookware, this unusual book has
practical, old fashioned food recipes as well as images
of 99 different antique kitchen vessels. Also, you
can cook authentic meals (from soup to dessert) and
preserve fresh fruit. This is a basic household guide
your great-great grandmother may have used.
Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 98 b/w drawings • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-8953-8121-7 • soft cover • $6.95
Home Smoking Basics: For Meat, Fish, and
Poultry. Maria Sartor. Step-by-step instructional
guide for smoking meats, fish, and poultry using
different techniques and woods, plus how to
smoke on an alcohol stove or barbecue grill or in
a roasting pan, wok, or home-built barrel smoker.
Instructions for preparing and smoking your own
food also come with delicious recipes for both the
hot and cold smoking of pork, beef, fish, game,
and chicken. For chefs of all skill levels.
Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 59 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4653-8 • soft cover • $29.99
The Ultimate Wood-Fired Oven Book. Anna
Carpenter. Revised & Expanded 2nd Edition.
Wood-fired ovens are enormously popular today
because of the unique taste only real wood fire
can instill into meat and fish, vegetables, fresh
bread, and of course, pizza. A wide variety of
indoor and outdoor brick, stucco, and stone
structures will inspire you to design the perfect
setting for your own oven. This second edition
features 4 new recipes.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 206 color photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4417-6 • hard cover • $29.99
The Big Smoker Book. Karsten “Ted” Aschenbrandt and Rudolf Jaeger. Smoking is a very special kind of barbecue using the low temperature
range. This book, with 138 color photos and
enticing recipes, introduces the basic techniques
of smoking, along with expert tips on appliances,
fuel, and accessories. Readers will find instructions
for a perfect barbecue experience—from sauces,
rubs, and marinades to the best recipes for spicy
ribs, incredibly tender brisket, or juicy salmon.
Size: 9" x 12" • 138 color photos • 152 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4328-5 • hard cover • $34.99
35
36
COOKBOOKS • SPIRITS
The Perfect Sausage: Making and Preparing Homemade Sausage. Karsten “Ted”
Aschenbrandt Join BBQ master Karsten “Ted”
Aschenbrandt as he demonstrates how to make
the perfect sausage. From raw ingredients to
kitchen gear and gadgets to secret tips for better
flavor, this cookbook covers everything you need
to know in easy illustrated steps.
Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 88 color images • 120 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4302-5 • soft cover • $19.99
The Farmer’s Market Guide: With Identification
Guide and Recipes. Jennifer Loustau. Designed to
carry in your shopping bag, this simple cookbook takes
the uncertainty out of farmers’ markets. Accompanied
by 251 color photographs, quick descriptions help
identify American herbs and vegetables and easyto-prepare recipes teach you what to do with them.
Size: 6" x 9" • 251 color images • 208 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4077-2 • spiral bound • $24.99
The Great Taste of Virginia Seafood: A Cookbook and Guide to Virginia Waters. Mary Reid
Barrow & Robin Browder. Over 300 of the best seafood recipes in the state, including prizewinners from
celebrated Virginia chefs.
Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 284 pp.
ISBN: 0-89865-323-1 • soft cover • $12.95
Off the Hook: Rudow’s Recipes for Cooking Your Catch. Lenny Rudow. Learn proper
use of ice for the cooler, techniques for cleaning and filleting fish, and correct packaging
methods to ensure freshness. Cooking advice
and simple-to-gourmet recipes are perfect for
a wide variety of saltwater, freshwater, and
shellfish from watermen and chefs who made this the ultimate fish cookbook.
Size: 8 1/2" x 5 1/2" • 20 b/w photos, 8 drawings • Index • 252 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-574-7 • hard cover • $19.95
The Yankee Chef: Feel Good Food for
Every Kitchen. Jim Bailey. The heritage of
New England cookery unfolds in this charming collection of more than 550 traditional
recipes tweaked for today’s palate. Create
a range of comfort foods in typical New
England style, including easy-to-follow
recipes for classics like chowders, steamers,
and cornbread.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 200 color images •
304 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4191-5 • hard cover • $34.99
The Great Chefs of Virginia Cookbook. Virginia
Chefs Association. Almost two hundred delicious recipes are presented, with mouth-watering illustrations
and short bios.
Size: 6" x 9" • 200 pp.
ISBN: 0-89865-242-1 • soft cover • $10.95
Clams, Oysters, and Scallops:
An Illustrated History. James D.
Ristine. Over 350 color postcards and
trade cards illustrate clams, oysters,
and scallops. Some cards date back
over 100 years.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 384 color photos
• Price Guide • 128 pp. • ISBN: 9780-7643-3160-2 soft cover • $24.99
Today I Cook: A Man’s Guide to the Kitchen. Felix Weber. More than 40 dishes for today’s
man to master. Carefully-tested instructions
break the preparation into easy-to-digest steps,
including tips for ensuring things go smoothly.
Classic dishes and impressive meals for your
culinary repertoire.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 61 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3644-7 • hard cover • $19.99
Cooking Together: Having Fun with Two or
More Cooks in the Kitchen. G. Poggenpohl.
Everyone pitches in with this cookbook designed
for multiple cooks in the kitchen. More than 30
recipes have two sets of instructions: for each
cook or team of cooks. There’s a game, puzzle,
or riddle with each recipe to guarantee a fun
time in the kitchen for all.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 36 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3647-8 • hard cover • $19.99
Cooking with Mustard: Empowering Your
Palate. G. Poggenpohl. Create aromatic masterpieces by unlocking the secrets of mustard.
Sixteen types of mustard in a variety of flavor
profiles enable you to create sauces, soups,
and entrees. Completed with more than 30
recipes, this detailed cookbook has a dish for
every palate.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 33 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3643-0 • hard cover • $19.99
Squash & Zucchini: Pumpkin, Butternut,
Musk, Hokkaido, and Zucchini. Elisabeth
Bangert. With cooking tips and 67 color images,
you’ll find ideal uses for squash and zucchini.
Thirty-five recipes cover soups, chili, quiche,
strudel, and muffins, along with instructions
for spicing up antipasto salad, sandwiches,
pancakes, and omelets. Whether raw, cooked,
fried, or grilled, every taste is catered to.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 67 color images • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3779-6 • hard cover • $19.99
Asparagus & Strawberries. Elisabeth Bangert. Seventy-five delicious asparagus dishes
and strawberry desserts unlock the secrets to
these two palate-pleasing, spring crops. Build
a healthy menu with ideas for meal-by-meal
plans and more than 100 inspiring images.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 113 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3648-5 • hard cover • $19.99
Cape Cod and the Islands: Where
Beauty & History Meet. Kathryn
Kleekamp. Original art by the author
and rare historic photos accompany an
informative text, capturing the nature
of Cape Cod, Nantucket, and Martha’s
Vineyard. They bring to life those who
farmed the land, fished the seas, captained the schooners, or waited for a
loved one’s return. Historical vignettes,
beautiful illustrations, and traditional Cape Cod recipes.
Sieze: 11" x 8 1/2" • 159 photos & illustrations • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3317-0 • hard cover • $29.99
A Cook’s Tour of the Eastern Shore. 2nd Edition.
Easton, Maryland, Memorial Hospital Junior Auxiliary.
This cookbook of regional fare includes 460 recipes
for fish, crabs, clams, and oysters; breads, pones,
beaten biscuits, vegetables, sauces, salads, candies,
cookies, cakes, and icings. Create from this wellspring
of gourmet delights.
Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 213 illustrations • 384 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3591-4 • spiral binding • $19.99
My Favorite Maryland Recipes. Helen Avalynne
Tawes. The Maryland Governor’s wife spent many
hours experimenting in her kitchen, perfecting the
familiar recipes, and refining them for the busy modern
homemaker. Here are traditional favorites blended
with elegant dishes that were served to guests at the
governor’s mansion.
Size: 6" x 9" • 69 illus • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3819-9 • soft cover • $12.99
Mrs. Kitching’s Smith Island Cookbook. Frances
Kitching & Susan Stiles Dowell. On tiny Smith Island,
Maryland, Frances Kitching operated a widely renowned
restaurant and inn, and gathered many recipes from
the local generation-to-generation oral tradition. A
regional cookbook with forty evocative photographs,
this book reflects the colorful people and places from
which the recipes derive.
Size: 6" x 9" • 42 b/w photos • index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3817-5 • hard cover • $13.99
Queen Anne Goes to the Kitchen. The Episcopal
Church Women of St. Paul’s Parish, Centreville, MD.
Recipes are inspired by regional ingredients including
saddle of venison, roast partridge, rabbit pie, shellfish,
geese, ducks, and terrapin. Bread recipes from the
colonists’ johnnycake to today’s delicious brandied
pumpkin bread and flavorful orange kuchen rolls.
Beaten biscuits, once prepared with the blunt end
of an axe, are a specialty still enjoyed on the shore.
Size: 6" x 9" • 20 illustrations • Index • 416 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-438-2 • spiral binding • $19.95
T h e C h e s a p e a ke Co ll e c t io n: A Tre a sury of Recipes and Memorabilia from
Maryland’s Eastern Shore. Woman’s Club of
Denton, Inc. The “tads” and “smidgens” have been
compiled into recipes that any creative cook can use
and enjoy. Local ingredients combine in traditional
recipes and new concoctions for variety and pleasure
at the dinner table.
Size: 6" x 9" • 19 b/w photos & illus. • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3824-3• spiral bound • $14.99
The Great Chicago Melting Pot Cookbook. Agnes
M. Feeney & John L. Leckel. Chicago is the melting
pot of America. Here 20 of the city’s nationalities are
presented with over 400 recipes.
Size: 7" x 10" • 200 pp.
ISBN: 0-89865-028-3 • soft cover • $12.95
The Legendary Illinois Cookbook: Historic and
Culinary Lore from the Prairie State. Agnes M.
Feeney & John L. Leckel. Cooking from each of 6
geographical areas is featured in over 600 recipes.
Size: 7" x 9" • 352 pp.
ISBN: 0-89865-199-9 • soft cover • $9.95
Cooking in Alaska, the Land of the Midnight
Sun. Pat Babcock & Diane Shaw. Over 400 recipes
that are beautifully offered along with native folklore,
photography, and exquisite illustrations.
Size: 6" x 9" • 380 pp.
ISBN: 0-89865-628-1 • soft cover • $14.95
SPIRITS
The Umami Factor: Full-Spectrum Fermentation
for the 21st Century. Robert Rivelle George. You’re
about to be introduced to the umami factor: the secret
to sensational custom-made beverages, including
spirits, wine, beer, soft drinks, and more. More than
75 recipes, sharp insight, and handy tips help both
amateur and professional fermentation chefs conquer
the next frontier in beverage science.
Size: 7" x 10" • 242 color photos • 272 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4876-1 • hard cover • $39.99
Distilling Fruit Brandy. Josef Pischl. This comprehensive, technical guide offers the distiller pretty
much everything there is to know about distilling
fruit brandies. Raw materials, fermentation, mashing,
alcohol determination, clarifying and filtering, and
storage are all presented in great detail through text,
diagrams, and photos.
Size: 7" x 10" • 145 color & b/w images • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3926-4 • hard cover • $34.99
How to Brew Honey Wine. Karl Stückler. With
home-brewing and smaller distilleries more popular
than ever, this book offers valuable DIY assistance to
the hobbyist and the professional alike. The first part
of the book discusses mead and how to make it. Also
included is a more in-depth, scientific analysis about
fermentation, fining, and stabilization, as well as legal
requirements, bottling, and a collection of recipes.
Size: 6" x 9" • 104 color images & diagrams • 120 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4457-2 • hard cover • $24.99
FOOD HISTORY • CAKE DECORATION • ENTERTAINING• WEDDINGS •FLOWER ARRANGING & DESIGN
Beer Brewing for Everyone. Michael Hlatky. This
extensive reference book is your technical guide to
easy home brewery and covers every single aspect
of the process in great detail. From establishing your
workspace to assembling your raw materials to stepby-step coverage of the brewing process, Beer Brewing
for Everyone is an essential ingredient in your home
brewing operation.
Size: 7" x 10" • 179 color photos & diagrams • 184 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4499-2 • soft cover • $24.99
FOOD HISTORY
The Culinary Lives of John & Abigail Adams:
A Cookbook. Rosana Y. Wan. John and Abigail
Adams enjoyed hearty, diverse cuisine in their native
Massachusetts, as well as in New York, Philadelphia,
and Europe. They feasted on cod, roast turkey, mince
pie, and plum pudding. These recipes, as well as
dishes settlers brought from the Old World, such as
roast duck, Strawberry Fool, and Whipt Syllabub, are
included in this historical cookbook.
Size: 7" x 10" • 40 images • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4669-9 • soft cover • $29.99
Folklore and Food: Folktales that center on
family, food, and down-home cooking. Theresa
Bane and Cynthia Moore Brown. History is steeped
in wonderful and strange folklore. Storyteller, Cynthia
Moore Brown tells 17 old-timey favorites, each one
including a special home-style recipe connected to the
story that is beautifully put to paper by mythologist,
Theresa Bane. So bake a batch of biscuits or brew
some Southern Brunswick Stew as you curl up to
some mighty exciting stories heard for generations!
Size: 6" x 9" • 37 b/w images • Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4220-2 • soft cover • $19.99
Tea Art: A Modern Look at Vintage Tea
Graphics. Gregory Suriano. Historical survey
of strong images about tea and a modern guide
to collecting tea graphics. Over 160 rare images
organized as postcards, prints, posters, sheet
music, book illustrations, periodical advertisements, and more. Survey of tea history with
emphasis on its marketing and advertising.
Current prices and advice for collectors.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 169 color photos • Price
Guide • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2811-4 • soft cover • $24.99
Tea & Taste: The Visual Language of Tea.
Tania M. Buckrell Pos. Never before has there
been a book focusing on the theme of tea as
it relates to both the fine and decorative arts.
Through over 330 beautiful color images and
a fascinating and informative text, explore the
history of tea and its impact on the development
of porcelain, furniture, silver, and the other
decorative arts. In addition to tea pots, cups
and saucers, there is a wide selection from the
fine arts, from maritime painting, to portraiture
and still life.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 330+ color photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1959-0 • hard cover • $35.00
Coffee and Coffee Houses. Ulla Heise. A
comprehensive history of the growth of the
coffee industry and the coffee house. This vastly informative, compellingly interesting, and
beautifully illustrated work is a complement to
everyone’s personal library.
Size: 9 5/8" x 10 3/4" • 107 b/w photos, 9
drawings, 54 color photos • 246 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-101-5 • hard cover • $35.00
Herbs and Spices of the World. Hermie
Kranzdorf. The story of herbs and spices and
their use for medicinal and culinary purposes.
Learn to grow, store, and use them in many
fragrant and delicious recipes.
Size: 9" x 12" • 205 pp.
ISBN: 0-916838-84-6 • hard cover • $45.00
CAKE DECORATION
Dare to Bake!: Cupcake Recipes to
Awaken Your Sweet Tooth. Ady Abreu
Learn to bake new and creative cupcakes
using everything from the standard vanilla
and chocolate to fruits and vegetables.
These proven cupcake recipes can be easily
recreated at home and also provide a fresh
twist to some classics. This book is perfect
for the avid bakers who want to look beyond
the typical cupcake recipe.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 48 color images •
88 pp. • 978-0-7643-4796-2 • hard cover • $19.99
The Art of the Wedding Cake. Mary Anne
Pirro. Through 346 images, a delicious variety
of cakes will whet your appetite for your big day.
Choose the details that reflect your personality
— all white or Bohemian chic, buttercream
roses or fondant flowers, traditional tiers or
sculpted? Details of the cakes’s creations accompany each image. A great resource for any
bride (and groom)-to-be, wedding planner, and
bakery owner.Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 346 color
images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3924-0 • hard cover • $29.99
A Year of Cupcakes: Designs for All Occasions. Geraldine Kidwell. Mini-cake designs
addressing every level of decorator. They range
from simple ideas for novice bakers to intricate
work from a Food Network Cake Challenge gold
medal winner. Be inspired to make delightful
creations for birthdays, special occasions, and
holidays and even enter a cupcake category
at a future cake show. Helpful tips for making
cupcakes accompany over 340 photographs of
cupcake designs and techniques. Size: 8 1/2"
x 11" • 340 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3198-5 • soft cover • $19.99
Cakes For All Occasions. Geraldine Kidwell.
Learn to create 18 beautiful decorated cakes for
children, teens, weddings, holidays, and special
celebrations with these sequential instructions.
Useful patterns will help get you started and
the cake recipes and list of suppliers will inspire
you for years to come.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 334 color photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2904-3 • soft cover • $24.95
37
Creative Napkins and Table Settings.
Jimmy Ng. The practical guide to traditional
table setting concepts for popular holidays,
wedding receptions, picnics, buffets, and
other meal-related experiences. Practical
advice and affordable decorating suggestions will help everyone celebrate holidays
in style and plan unforgettable parties.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 309 color photos •
96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4401-5 • hard
cover • $19.99
WEDDINGS
Before You Buy An Engagement Ring: With
a 4-step Guide for Making the Right Choice.
Nancy N. Schiffer. Learn how to determine what to
pay, where diamonds come from, and how to judge
them. Learn about colored stones, different metals,
and ring settings. Over 160 color photos of antique
and modern rings make this the perfect gift for your
fiancee, before the ring!
Size: 6" x 9" • 174 color photos
Price Guide/Index • 104 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0611-1 • soft cover • $12.95
Indian Weddings. Simran Chawla. This book
is a visual guide to Indian American weddings
today. It will inspire couples to recreate the
beauty of a rich Indian culture—one that is
famous worldwide for its wedding celebrations.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 177 color photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3547-1 • soft cover • $24.99
The White Dress in Color: Wedding Inspirations. Beth Lindsay Chapman, Candice
Dowling Coppola, & Carla Ten Eyck. Filled with
colorful eye candy for the modern bride, this is
a compilation of styled photo shoots meant to
inspire couples as they embark on the journey
of planning their wedding.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4567-8 • hard cover • $45.00
FLOWER ARRANGING & DESIGN
Sugar Art. Geraldine Kidwell and Barbara
Green. The worlds of sugar art and cake decorating come together in this new how-to book,
featuring decorative panorama eggs and sugar
moldings. Includes 371 color images and stepby-step directions for 15 cake designs for a
baby shower, June bride, fruitful harvest, and
ice-skating puppies.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 371 color images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3382-8 • soft cover • $24.99
ENTERTAINING
Seasonal Table Settings: 21 Designs Inspired by Nature. Catharina Lindeberg-Bernhardsson. Photography by Roland Person. View
21 table settings, all imaginatively designed and
each with a distinctive character. Each season
is represented, displaying holiday themes like
Christmas, Easter, and Halloween. You’ll find
most of the decorative items in the woods, in
the meadow, or in the garden.
Size: 8 ½" x 11" • 115 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4018-5 • hard cover • $29.99
Table Decor. E. Ashley Rooney. With over
500 color illustrations and many practical and
inventive solutions, this book provides ideas
for every occasion and taste. By keeping the
focus on texture, color, simple containers, and
lots of ordinary household items, you can turn a
simple meal into something fabulous by varying
the items you use together.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 511 color photos • Index
• 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2472-1 • soft cover • $24.95
The Bridal Bouquet Book. Ginny
Parfitt. The largest portfolio of bridal
bouquets available on the market today.
More than 400 gorgeous color photos illustrate a wealth of fresh ideas to inspire
brides, floral designers, and wedding
planners. Offers helpful advice on identifying individual flowers for your bouquet,
choosing colors, bouquet styles, and
even wedding flower etiquette.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 400+ color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2197-8 • hard cover • $39.95
Bridal Flowers: Bouquets - Boutonnières
- Corsages. Ginny Parfitt, Bill Murphy, AIFD, &
Tina Skinner. Over 300 gorgeous bouquets for
brides and their maids, along with boutonnière
designs for the gentlemen and some ideas for
hairpieces, corsages, and items for flower girls
and ring bearers. Includes tutorials for creating
bouquets, boutonnières, corsages, a tussie-mussie, and a floral sphere for the flower girl.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 387 color photos • 128 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3485-6 • soft cover • $24.99
Taking the Flower Show Home.
Bill Schaffer, aifd, aaf, pfci, & Kristine
Kratt, aifd, pfci. In this extensively and
beautifully photographed compendium,
veteran flower show exhibitors reveal the
excitement and challenge of realizing
large scale artistic visions. The book
includes all you need to bring the show
home to you, with construction tips,
ideas, material lists and flower selection,
and insightful techniques to help you create floral designs of your own.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 303 color photos & diags. • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4430-5 • hard cover • $45.00
38
FLOWER ARRANGING & DESIGN • CONTEMPORARY LANDSCAPE & GARDEN DESIGN
Creating Floral Centerpieces. Bill Murphy, AIFD. A professional floral designer takes
you step-by-step through the creation of more
than 25 impressive floral displays, from charger
plates and napkin rings to kettle-sized, exotic
centerpieces. From basic bouquet tying skills
through the latest techniques using wire and
floral adhesive, you will be inspired to adorn
every event with flowery creations.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11 • 288 color photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3459-7 • hard cover • $29.99
Landscape Design for Architectural Style:
United States Original Styles. Scott Bradstreet. Over 320 beautiful, color photos and
96 line drawings illustrate landscape design
for specific architectural styles: Pueblo, Spanish Revival, Ranch, Cabin, Craftsman, Prairie,
Cape Cod, and Mediterranean styles. Includes
paving, shade covers, fences, and seating with
suggestions for appropriate plant color palettes.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 324 color photos & 96
illus. • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3107-7 • hard cover • $49.99
Designs for Garden Paths. Heidi
Howcroft. Using diagrams, layouts, and
brilliant color photographs, the innumerable possibilities for garden walkways,
terraces, steps, and cozy sitting areas are
shown. Includes natural stone, modern
concrete, and fantasy-filled mosaics,
as well as wooden decks and other
garden structures.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 149 color photos
• 127 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0383-X • hard cover • $29.95
Entertaining with Flowers: The
Floral Artistry of Bill Murphy. Bill
Murphy, AIFD. Floral designs for a spring
bridal shower, tropical dinner party,
garden party, retirement celebration,
and weddings winter, spring, summer
and fall. Murphy illustrates step-by-step
how he creates some of his charming
illusions.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 235 color photos
• 112 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2556-6 • hard cover • $29.95
Mexican Gardens & Patios. Sandy
Baum. Over 325 full color photos take
you into a little-known world of magic,
mystery, and color, behind the walls of
some of the most exclusive homes in
Mexico. Mexico’s private gardens and
patios illustrate outdoor living and dining
rooms, rooftop terraces and shelters,
garden walks and sculpture, outdoor
fireplaces, and gardens in all the colors
of the rainbow.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 320 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3267-8 • soft cover • $29.99
Landscaping for the Mid-Atlantic. Terry
Wallace. Celebrated landscape designer Terry
Wallace guides you in the creation of the landscape of your dreams in the Mid-Atlantic United
States. Create a garden that complements and
enhances your lifestyle. This book guides you
step-by-step through the process of creating a
beautiful and sustainable garden, with basic
design, planning, and maintenance advice.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 232 color photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2700-1 • soft cover • $24.95
Kinder Gardens: Autumn Fun. Lisa Ely
& Michael Glassman. With a little planning
and a bunch of fun ideas, you can extend your
gardening season and exploration into the
autumn. Karden® is there waiting to make
garden glove puppets and garden art brushes,
go on a scavenger hunt, or play garden tic tac
toe. With over thirty projects, the possibilities
are endless!
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 235 color images • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3853-3 • soft cover • $16.99
Atlanta’s Garden Plants. Roy Heizer. Photographs
by Nancy Heizer. This botanical guide to the greater
Atlanta region is teaming with more than 200 color
photographs, informative gardening tips, and fun
facts and stories about the diverse garden flora of
the region. Whether used as an identification guide,
gardening reference, or as an informative and entertaining botanical encyclopedia, green thumbs from all
over will appreciate the abundance of Atlanta’s plant
life featured in Atlanta’s Garden Plants.
Size: 6" x 9" • 225+ color photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3810-6 • soft cover • $14.99
Kinder Gardens: Games and Adventures.
Lisa Ely & Michael Glassman. Kinder Garden
shows adults and children how gardening is a
great form of exercise that will help kids learn
about good healthy eating and building brain
muscles by stimulating all the senses. Includes
over 25 games for fun-in-the-sun gardening days
to play along with Karden®, the puppet pal.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color photos • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3811-3 • soft cover • $12.99
Savannah’s Garden Plants. Roy Heizer; Nancy Heizer,
Photography. For more than 275 years Savannah has
served as a gardener’s paradise. Enjoy original tales
and folklore pertaining to the history and science of
Savannah’s flowers, plants, and trees, and enjoy more
than 160 photographs of flora from the Historic District,
squares, the house museum gardens, the Savannah
Botanical Garden, Bamboo Farm, and Coastal Gardens.
Size: 6" x 9" • 163 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3265-4 • soft cover • $9.99
The Rain Garden Planner. Terry Wallace.
Teaches methods to conserve water by restoring
natural processes for filtering and returning rain
to groundwater reservoirs. In addition to detailing
the installation and maintenance of rain gardens,
this book provides garden plans and plant lists
for different conditions and styles, including
wildlife habitat, a pretty cottage border rain
garden, and a formal garden.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 142 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3116-9 • hard cover • $29.9
Kinder Gardens: Growing Inspiration for
Children. Michael Glassman & Lisa Ely. Join
Kinder, a puppet pal who teaches a bucket-load
of fun activities that encourage experimentation
in the garden. Fun projects include turning
umbrellas, rain boots, and old toys into gardens.
Learn where vegetables come from, then grow
your own. Nearly 200 color photos bring the
book to life, and start your children on their
own horticultural adventure.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 198 color photos & drawings • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3453-5 • soft cover • $12.99
Coastal Garden Plants: Florida to Virginia.
Roy Heizer. Photography by Nancy Heizer. Learn the
history, folklore, and ethno-botany of 131 of America’s
coastal plants from Florida to Virginia. The plants are
arranged in alphabetical order by botanical name with a
common name cross-reference guide for easy use. Over
230 full color photographs make plant identification
easy and accurate.
Size: 6" x 9" • 243 color images • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4181-6 • soft cover • $24.99
Petscaping: Training and Landscaping
with Your Pet in Mind. Scott Cohen & Carolyn
Doherty. Through 170 images, you'll be treated
to residential landscape designs nationwide that
feature "pet friendly" zones, including shade
and sun areas, a pet shelter, an edible garden,
and containment. The designs will inspire your
own layout ideas. For landscapers, architects,
and anyone who owns a dog, this book is a
great resource and offers plenty of ideas for
co-habitation.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 170 images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3854-0 • soft cover • $24.99
Scott Cohen’s Family Friendly Landscapes:
Backyards Built for Fun and Games. Scott
Cohen. Illustrated with 265 color photos and
friendly text, the author’s sense of outdoor
design is evident. He provides the guidance you
need to help you make the most of your space
outdoors, creating the proper landscape for the
games you choose to play. Successfully create
the ideal setting for ping-pong tournaments,
imaginative space to inspire kid’s games, or add
splash-happy features to your pool.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 265 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4427-5 • soft cover • $24.99
Coastal Garden Plants: Maine to Maryland.
Roy L. Heizer. Photography by Nancy Heizer. In this
informative book, over 400 color photos taken in
natural settings around the northern coastal region
allow readers to see the flora in the garden. While this
book contains historical, mythological, and original tales
about garden plants of the northern coastal region,
with a cross reference names index, this book is also
a quick reference guide.
Size: 6" x 9" • 431 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4402-2 • soft cover • $24.99
Landscape Design for Architectural Style:
European Influenced. Scott Bradstreet. Over
350 color photos and 87 line drawings illustrate
landscape design possibilities that complement
architecture. Includes Classical, Gothic, Early
American, Georgian, Victorian, Italian, and
French styles. Site elements and suggestions for
appropriate plant color palettes for each style.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 344 color photos & 87
illus. • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3106-0 • hard cover • $49.99
Creating Curb Appeal. Michelle Valigursky
& Lisa Vail with Photography by Theresa M.
Grant. Create personality and presence for
your home. 300 full-color photographs and
well-researched text explore design elements
from lighting, color, and landscaping, to doors,
windows, paths, driveways, and accessories.
Discover and magnify the design impact of your
home’s front spaces.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 291 color photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3278-4 • soft cover • $24.99
Fresh Floral Jewelry: Creating
Wearable Art with Wendy Andrade, ndsf, aifd, fbfa. An instructional
introduction to the world of floral design
jewelry making, is the first of its kind.
Learn how to make beautiful, intricate
jewelry with wire, beads, and little else,
to resemble foliage in which to set your
orchids, succulents, and many more
floral varieties.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 421 color photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4411-4 • hard cover • $29.99
CONTEMPORARY LANDSCAPE & GARDEN DESIGN
The Sustainable Landscape: Recycling Materials • Water Conservation. Damon Lang. More than 300
color photos detail 10 diverse projects.
Each incorporates recycled materials
and principles of water efficiency. A
valuable resource for home-owners,
landscape designers, contractors, and
architects, this will help create a personal
and ecologically responsible paradise.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 370 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3452-8 • hard cover • $29.99
Diplomatic Gardens of Washington. Photography by Ann Stevens. Text
by Giles Kelly. An exclusive look behind
the embassy walls of Washington, DC,
and the gardens found there. Included
are the residences at the embassies of
Australia, Great Britain, Denmark, the
European Union, France, Germany, the
Apostolic Nunciature of the Holy See,
Italy, the Netherlands, South Korea,
Norway, and Sweden.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 168 color images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3978-3 • hard cover • $34.99
CONTEMPORARY LANDSCAPE & GARDEN DESIGN • HISTORIC GARDEN DESIGNS • HOLIDAYS
The Architect’s Garden: 45 Original
Landscapes. Lucy D. Rosenfeld. Take a
pictorial tour of 45 landscapes. Ranging
from traditional to contemporary in style,
these innovative design ideas can be used
to expand your outdoor living space.
Included in this idea book are ecologically
friendly strategies like roof planting and
container gardening as well as water
features and art inspired by nature.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 211 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3130-5 • hard cover • $39.99
Heavenly Hydrangeas: A Practical Guide
for the Home Gardener. Joan Harrison. A
comprehensive hydrangea handbook for the
home gardener with expert advice on selection,
planting, pruning, propagation, and providing
basic care. More than 250 vivid color photos
clarify such topics as flower color and seasonal
changes. With single topic chapters and answers
to frequently asked questions, this is a handy
and easily accessible guide for both beginning and experienced gardeners.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 277 color photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4419-0 • hard cover • $29.99
Victorian Gardens. Caroline Holmes. Many
restorations and re-creations of Victorian gardens
are highlighted, including Osborne House, on
the Isle of Wight (Queen Victoria’s country
home), Biddulph Grange in Staffordshire, and
Down House in Kent (home to Charles Darwin).
Authentic Victorian writings, design instructions,
and illustrations guide the modern gardener.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1889-6 • hard cover • $29.95
All the Garden’s a Stage. Jane C. Gates.
Enjoy discovering the hows and whys behind
growing a beautiful garden through nearly
300 color images. Learn how to choose the
right plants, with tips for lighting, temperature,
drainage, and developing a sustainable landscape. This book is great for both the beginner
and seasoned gardener.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 333 color photos & plans
• 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3979-0 • soft cover • $29.99
Hydrangeas: Cape Cod and the Islands.
Joan Harrison. Over 340 striking color photos
introduce readers to the quintessential flower
of the Cape and the Islands, the hydrangea.
This book inspires as it captures the beauty of
hydrangeas used both outdoors and indoors,
including appearances in wedding bouquets.
Hydrangeas grace gardens throughout the
region from early spring’s climbing hydrangeas to the rich burgundy flowers of late fall.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 341 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4055-0 • hard cover • $24.99
California Gardens of the Arts & Crafts
Period. Eugene O. Murmann. Historic California garden design as recorded by Eugene
O. Murmann (1900-1962). Released in 1914,
the book details 50 garden plans with 103
photographs of actual gardens. This book is
a wealth of imagery and ideas about Arts &
Crafts era sensibilities, Japanese gardens, and
Mission-influenced landscape design.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 154 b/w photos & illustrations • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2861-9 • hard cover • $24.95
Sacred Gardens. Michel & Judy Marcellot.
Find the joy expressed within and through gardens. Personal stories show how the simple
act of gardening changes lives and individuals.
Examples illustrate varied elements of sacred
sites and suggest ways readers might create
the sacred in their own gardens and attain their
own backyard bliss.
Size: 8-1/2" x 11" • 320 color photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2724-7 • soft cover • $24.95
Anyone for Orchids? Georgiana Webber. A manual
of orchid growing, this book covers all you need to
know in order to grow the queen of flowering plants,
the orchid.
Size: 6" x 9" • 10 line drawings, 24 color plates, 66
b/w photos • 204 pp.
ISBN: 0-916838-12-9 • hard cover • $15.00
HOLIDAYS
Pumpkin Cinema. Nathaniel Tolle. Pumpkin Cinema
recommends over 100 titles guaranteed to make
your Halloween fun and frightening! Inside are film
reviews, quirky trivia, various top 5 lists, and a special chapter devoted to the greatest Halloween TV
episodes of all time.
Size: 7" x 10" • 76 color & b/w images • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4723-8 • hard cover • $24.99
HISTORIC GARDEN DESIGNS
Sky Gardens: Rooftops, Balconies, and
Terraces. Signe Nielsen. Great design ideas
are combined with practical tips on transforming
an outdoor living space into a personal oasis.
Lavishly illustrated with hundreds of examples,
this book guides you through steps toward
composing a sky garden, beginning with key
principles of design.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 326 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2004-1 • hard cover • $39.95
Fairy Homes and Gardens. Barbara Purchia
and E. Ashley Rooney. Using natural and
contemporary mediums, 30 designers portray
their fairy worlds in a variety of settings.
More than 200 images take you on a virtual
wonderland tour around the world. Sit back
and revel in their creativity or be inspired to
make your own fairy home or garden.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 265 color images
• 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4698-9 • hard cover • $24.99
Beardless Irises: A Plant for Every Garden
Situation. Kevin C. Vaughn. This complete illustrated guide gives all the information you need
to choose, grow, and appreciate the beardless
iris—from basic planting information to help
beginners, to the essential hybridizing info that
horticulturists need. All five major groups are
covered in detail: Siberian, Japanese, Pacific
Coast Native, spuria, and Louisiana.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 166 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4906-5 • soft cover • $29.99
Geraniums: The Complete Encyclopedia.
Faye Brawner. This beautiful and comprehensive
volume on easy-to-grow geraniums (pelargoniums) provides a wealth of new information for
hobby growers from all climates, including valuable tips on the challenges each region presents.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 490 color photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1738-5 • soft cover • $19.95
Heritage Gardens, Heirloom Seeds: Melded Cultures with a Pennsylvania German
Accent. Michael B. Emery & Irwin Richman.
Heritage gardens and heirloom seeds are joined
at the hip, but previous books have separated
them. This is the first holistic look at the most
vibrant trends in contemporary horticulture.
Lavishly illustrated, it is a how-to manual, a
history, and a guide to sources, gardens, and
historic landscapes.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 672 color and b/w images
272 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4863-1 •
soft cover • $34.99
Olmsted Parks in New Jersey. Jeanne Kolva.
A historic overview of the parks in New Jersey
that the Olmsted landscape architects created
primarily for three county park commissions.
Illustrated with more than 200 historic and
contemporary photographs, vintage postcards,
and Olmsted sketches and plans, this survey
chronologically details the development of each
park or reservation as it was transformed from
former farmland, swamp, forest, or previous park.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 205 images • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3872-4 • hard cover • $39.99
Holidays and Other Weird Events. Irwin
Richman. Explore America’s best-loved “no
work” days through 380 beautiful and fun
postcard images from the early 20th century.
They portray specific animals, children, flowers,
and symbols that have come to identify each
holiday, and some pretty “weird” events as well.
Fascinating histories of each holiday are included.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 382 images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3362-0 • soft cover • $24.99
Delicious Christmas Decorations at
Historic Houses and Your Home. Patricia Hart McMillan. Essential details from
historic homes across the nation for creating
colorful decorations for your entryways, consoles, mantels, bedrooms, dining rooms, and
the kitchen using fruits and greens. Color
photos showcase authentically made and
faux botanical decorations, with instructions
for drying your own fruit.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 75 color images • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3726-0 • hard cover • $19.99
The Art of Garden Design in Italy. H. Inigo
Triggs. Study great gardens in Rome, Florence,
Milan, and visit the Vatican, royal palaces, and
secluded cloisters at the turn of the century
with one of Britain’s most important architects.
Inspiration for anyone planning an estate garden
and an indispensable reference for historians.
Size: 9" x 12" • 156 b/w photos & 94 line drawings • 272 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2666-0 • hard cover • $49.95
Christmas at Historic Houses: 2nd Edition. Patricia Hart McMillan and Katharine
Kaye McMillan. In this second edition, see how
Christmas is celebrated in some of the thirty
specially decorated houses from across America. Engaging text and over 420 color photos
provide the history, customs, and traditions of
these historic homesteads. Both magnificent
estates and simple residences offer a variety
of styles, tastes, and ideas to inspire your own
celebrations.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 449 color photos • Index
• 224 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4690-3 • hard
cover • $45.00
Spanish Gardens & Patios. Mildred Stapley
Byne and Arthur Byne. This book offers a multitude of ideas in the forms of architecture, hardscaping, and landscaping. It is also a wonderful
tour of historic gardens, including the Alhambra,
and gardens of notables including the Duke of
Medinaceli, the Duke of Alva, Seville, and the
Marques de Viana, Cordova. Regions covered
include Granada, Ronda, Las Ermitas, Sierra de
Cordova, and Majorca.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 194 images • 272 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2834-3 • soft cover • $29.95
Christmas at America’s Landmark Houses. Patricia Hart McMillan & David Strahan.
Three-hundred and sixty-three gorgeous, inspiring images provide leisurely looks at historic
house interiors magically decked out for Christmas. Some houses' Christmas decorations are
period correct; others are joyfully au courant.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 363 color images • 256 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4996-6 • hard cover •
$45.00
39
40
HOLIDAYS • PETS • BUSINESS & LEGAL • NATURAL HISTORY: BIRDS
Thanksgiving: An Illustrated History. John
Wesley & Sandra Lynn Thomas. Foreword by
Daniel Zimmer. The oldest American holiday
is Thanksgiving, with nostalgic memories of
family gatherings set around the dining room
table. See how illustrators have portrayed this
day of thanks through the years. More than
700 illustrated newspapers, magazine covers,
postcards, and prints trace this holiday’s history.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 737 color images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3829-8 • soft cover • $29.99
37¢ a Fart and other Infamous Animal Stories.
Henry Harvey. The stars of 37¢ a Fart and other Infamous Animal Stories aren’t heroic animals. They fart,
they play you for a sucker, they hump your leg, they
get sick, and sometimes die. These 44 bittersweet
and pee-in-your-pants-funny stories are about re al
creatures. Illustrated with 60 charming illustrations,
this is a warm, candid, and entertaining book for all
pet owners and animal lovers.
Size: 6" x 9" • 63 b&w illustrations • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4064-2 • hard cover • $16.99
BUSINESS & LEGAL
Christmas Through the Decades. With
Revised Prices. Robert Brenner. A chronological
illustrated history of how people decorated
and celebrated for Christmas. Many antique
ornaments from German origins project various
customs. Includes newly revised price guide!
Size: 9" x 12" • 500 photos
Price Guide/Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 0-88740545-2 • hard cover • $69.95
Green Business: The Five Elements of an
Environmentally Responsible Company.
A. K. Townsend. This groundbreaking book
details why businesses are choosing to become
more environmentally friendly. It provides many
examples of companies that have chosen to be
greener and the benefits they have enjoyed.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180 color photos • 256 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2503-5 • hard cover • $29.95
Colonial Law in America. Robert M. Reed. Forty
lashes for committing adultery? Children taken away
for being unruly? Loss of an ear for stealing? These were
the harsh punishments doled out for such crimes in the
seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Accompanied
by 30 images, more than twenty-five “crimes” are
covered in this view of law and justice in the thirteen
original colonies.
Size: 6" x 9" • 30 images • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3780-2 • soft cover • $16.99
NATURAL HISTORY: BIRDS
Northern Goshawk, the Gray Ghost: Habits, Habitat, and Rehabilitation. Scott
Rashid. The Northern Goshawk is a large and
powerful bird of prey capable of catching and
killing pheasants, grouse, and rabbits. Read
firsthand accounts of the species' fearless hunting
prowess and find out how injured birds are
rehabilitated.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 122 color& b/w images •
112 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4990-4 • hard
cover • $34.99
PETS
Cooking for Dogs: New Recipes from
Dog’s Deli®. Friederike Friedel, with photos
by Thomas Schultze. Spoil your canine companion with homemade muffins, bisquits,
elaborate feasts, and much more. More than
twenty of the latest doggy delicacies. Treat
your pooch to healthy, all natural snacks and
meals that are easy to make and even easier
to watch disappear.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 70 color photos •
80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3642-3 • soft cover • $12.99
Baking for Dogs: The Best Recipes
from Dog’s Deli. Friederike Friedel. With
photographs by Thomas Schultze. More
than twenty new baking recipes for our
four-footed friends. The recipes, despite
their delicious sounding names, use natural,
healthy ingredients and are dog-tested!
Following the kitchen-proven recipes is
child’s play and lots of fun. Spoil your darling with the best recipes from Germany’s
renowned dog-cake bakery
Size: 8 1/4" x 9 1/4" • 71 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3248-7 • soft cover • $12.99
Business Ecology: Why Most Green Business
Practices Don’t Work...and What to Do About
It. Amy K. Townsend, Ph.D. Learn green business
practices that can improve environmental performance.
The author suggests a new set of ecologically based
principles that companies can embrace in their journey
to sustainability.
Size: 5 1/4" x 8 1/2" • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3302-6 • soft cover • $24.99
Turning Eighteen and the Law: A Complete
Guide to your New Rights and Responsibilities. Fredric J. Friedberg. Illustrations by Joy
Friedberg. Systematically reviews the legal environment teenagers face in the United States
upon their eighteenth birthday. Complete with
illustrations and cautionary “busted” anecdotes
that present relevant legal topics such as shoplifiting, drug use, contracts, employment, automobiles, the Internet, and more. upon their
eighteenth birthday. Ideal for teens, parents,
and educators.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 44 illustrations • 128 pp. PROFESSIONAL
soft cover • $24.99
Trade Edition: ISBN: 978-0-7643-3608-9
Professional Edition: ISBN: 978-0-7643-3617-1
Ambassador Dogs. Lisa Loeb. Dogs are ambassadors
to the world and our own local communities. They
come to serve and love us as only they know how.
In 24 delightful and inspiring stories, discover the
remarkable connection between dogs and humans,
from service dogs that make life easier for those in
need to the much-loved household pet.
Size: 6" x 9" • 175 illustrations • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4468-8 • hard cover • $19.99
The Real Ryman Setter: A History with Stories
from the Appalachian Grouse Covers. Walter
A. Lesser and Lisa M. Weisse. This book explores the
origins of the Ryman setter, George Ryman’s breeding
program, what George Ryman’s setters were really
like, and lays to rest pervasive myths regarding the
development of Ryman setters, and English setters
in general. Hunting stories provide valuable insights
into the handling and training of setters and working
them on grouse and woodcocks. Includes 67 Ryman
setter pedigrees.
Size: 7" x 10" • 208 illustrations • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4513-5 • hard cover • $34.99
Petscaping: Training and Landscaping
with Your Pet in Mind. Scott Cohen & Carolyn
Doherty. Through 170 images, you’ll be treated
to residential landscape designs nationwide that
feature “pet friendly” zones, including shade
and sun areas, a pet shelter, an edible garden,
and containment. The designs will inspire your
own layout ideas. For landscapers, architects,
and anyone who owns a pet, this book is a
great resource and offers plenty of ideas for
co-habitation.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 170 images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3854-0 • soft cover • $24.99
TRADE
Surviving Your Deposition. Fredric J. Friedberg. An easy to read, concise, and helpful
handbook for those who are facing a legal
deposition. It takes them step by step through
the process, from the basic ground rules to the
follow-up. It covers the many “dos and don’ts”
in plain language, and with the aid of humor
explores the pitfalls and mistakes that you will
face and how to avoid them.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 128 pp.
soft cover • $24.95
Trade cover: ISBN: 978-07643-2681-3
Professional cover: ISBN: 978-07643-2674-5 PROFESSIONAL
TRADE
The Great Horned Owl: A Photographic
Study. Scott Rashid. Through more than 130
images, take a look into the lives of the Great
Horned Owl. Ranging between 18 and 24 inches
tall and a wingspan of more than four feet,
this very impressive and formidable bird is the
largest owl found throughout most of North
America. Explore their food habits, nest sites,
how they raise their young, and rehabilitation
of injured owls.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 112 illustrations • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4766-5 • hard cover • $34.99
An Illustrated Guide to the Common Birds of
Cape Cod. Peter Trull, Illustrations by Catherine E.
Clark. Includes 147 color illustrations of common Cape
Cod birds and species accounts providing locations
where many bird species may be found. The text
provides advice on the best bird watching techniques
and six field trips. The field trips focus on different
environments and the bird species that populate them.
Perfect for novice bird watchers.
Size: 6" x 9" • 151 color illustrations • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3877-9 • soft cover • $19.99
Birds of Cape Cod & The Islands.
Roger S. Everett. A field guide, travelogue, and photo-essay, this book
features nearly 300 varieties of birds,
both native and migratory, and some
rare visitors from far-off lands, in their
Cape and Islands habitats. The images reveal beauty, both in the birds
themselves and the artistic eye of the
photographer. For bird lovers, visitors
to the area, and connoiseurs of fine wildlife photography, this will be is a
welcomed treasure, enjoyed time and again.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 404 photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2461-6 • hard
cover • $45.00
Birds of Cape Cod & the Islands in Postcards.
Roger S. Everett. Forty of the birds of Cape Cod,
Nantucket, and Martha’s Vineyard, captured by noted
bird photographer, Roger S. Everett, are gathered in
this book of beautiful color postcards. Perforated, they
can be detached and sent to friends (at 40 cents apiece
they are a good bargain), framed and hung on your wall, or kept intact as a
souvenir of your summer vacation.
Size: 5" x7" • 40 5" x 7" postcards • 80 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2448-9 soft cover • $14.95
Visions: Earth’s Elements in Bird
and Nature Photography. Kevin T.
Karlson, Lloyd Spitalnik, & Scott Elowitz.
A varied collection of more than 450 bird
and nature photographs from ten wildlife
photographers. Explore the elements of
the planet (earth, fire, air, and water)
through an assortment of exciting action
and moody nature photographs that
capture their essence.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 460 color photos • 240 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4075-8 • hard cover • $50.00
NATURAL HISTORY: BIRDS
The Nature of the Meadowlands.
Jim Wright, The New Jersey Meadowlands Commission. The 30.4-squaremile New Jersey Meadowlands has
transformed from ravaged landscape
to a place where daily surprises and
small miracles occur. From the days of
the Lenape tribe and industrial pollution
to a place where birds, Ospreys, ducks,
and other wildlife call home, this is the
story of a region's triumphant return.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 171 photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4186-1 • hard cover • $34.99
Inside A Bald Eagle’s Nest: A
Photographic Journey through
the American Bald Eagle Nesting
Season. Teena Ruark Gorrow & Craig
A. Koppie. Documents American Bald
Eagles during nesting season, offering
a rare glimpse into the behaviors of
America’s national symbol as it prepares
a nest, mates, lays eggs, and raises its
young. Observe how eaglets grow from
hatching to fledging and experience first flight.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 160 color images • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4464-0 • hard cover • $24.99
Complete Waterfowl Studies: Volume II:
Diving Ducks. Bruce Burk. Volume II covers
ducks of the deeper waters, often salty, who
have marvelously adapted themselves to feeding
below the surface, sometimes at incredible
depths.Diving Ducks covers our ducks of the
deeper waters, often salty, who have marvelously
adapted themselves to feeding below the surface,
sometimes at incredible depths.Size: 8 1/2" x 11"
• 107 color plates & 680 b/w illust. • 280 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-026-4 • hard cover • $39.95
Birds of Cape May, New Jersey.
Kevin T. Karlson. Cape May, New Jersey,
is one of the best bird-watching locations
in the world. Exquisite photographs
represent birds commonly seen here,
with action and flight themes. Birds
are shown in foliage appropriate to
different seasons, with anecdotes and
natural history in concise photo captions.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 446 color photos
• 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3534-1 • hard cover • $49.99
Small Mountain Owls. Scott Rashid. This
guide provides detailed information and over
160 photos and drawings of four species of
small mountain owls: the Flammulated Owl,
Northern Pygmy-Owl, Northern Saw-whet Owl,
and Boreal Owl. Detailed information about
these owls includes their ranges, anatomy, coloration, vocalizations, ranges, courtship, nesting
behaviors, egg laying, fledgling raising, hunting
habits, diets, mortality, longevity, and more.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 166 images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3282-1 • hard cover • $39.99
Complete Waterfowl Studies: Volume
III: Geese and Swans. Bruce Burk. Volume
III covers our goose and swan species of North
America, plus the nene goose of Hawaii, the
barnacle goose of Europe, the beautiful little
red-breasted goose and lesser white-fronted
goose of Europe and Asia, and the mute swan,
a native of Europe.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 pp. • 53 color plates
& 216 b/w illustrations
ISBN: 0-88740-027-2 • hard cover • $29.95
New Jersey Birds and Beyond.
Susan Puder. New Jersey offers ample viewing opportunities for birders,
photographers, and nature lovers alike.
358 striking color images and delightful
observations of over 180 bird species,
along with other native flora and fauna.
These photographs will give a sense of
the great diversity in habitats and species
that can be found in New Jersey all year
round.Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 434 color photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4021-5 • hard cover • $34.99
The Traveling Nature Photographer: A Guide for Exploring the
Natural World through Photography. Steven Morello. Over 220
color photos present stunning nature
photography and the equipment used
to capture it. This detailed reference is
designed to prepare readers for photographic adventures in the wild. Learn to
choose lenses, photograph local people,
join a tour or go alone.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 222 color photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3055-1 • soft cover • $29.99
Waterfowl Illustrated. Tricia Veasey. A
beautiful waterfowl source book for carvers,
taxidermists, ornithologists, and waterfowl
enthusiasts. Close-up photographs show detailed
feather patterns, color, and species information.
Full species descriptions accompany these beautiful and important illustrations. A state-by-state
guide for observing the waterfowl in natural
habitats includes wildlife refuges, zoos, and
other preserves.
Size: 9" x 12" • Index • 296 pp.
364 color plates/476 b/w photos
ISBN: 0-916838-89-7 • hard cover • $45.00
Birds & Marshes of the Chesapeake Bay Country.
Brooke Meanley. A remarkably diverse population of
bird life, migratory and indigenous, lives in the region.
It is one of the finest locations on the eastern seaboard
for observing wild birds. Among the cattail and wild
rice are the imperiled canvasback, the boat-tailed
grackle, the secretive king rail, the fragile egret, and
the evasive snowy owl Illustrated with photographs
and line drawings, this book is indispensable to bird
watchers and conservationists in the region.
Size: 6" x 9" • 95 b/w photos, 7 illustrations, 1 map
• Index • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-207-4 • soft cover • $12.99
The Birds We Live With. Catherine E.
Clark. The avian creatures that populate
our backyards, forests, and seashores in
nearly 200 drawings and paintings, with
observations about the birds and their
habits and on the process of creating the
paintings. Will encourage the reader to
take a look out their windows, to stroll
in a field, and, perhaps, to take some
small action to save what they see.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 209 color & b/w illustrations • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3260-9 • hard cover • $24.99
Geese: A Pictorial Study. Tricia
Veasey. This useful reference presents
over a hundred full-color photographs
of the common Canada Goose, the
Cackling Goose, Richardson’s Goose,
and the Brandt in natural positions. A
photographic study of structural details,
feather patterns, colors, and body forms
of geese as they appear in both land
and water locations.
Size: 9" x 6" • 123 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-117-1 • soft cover • $9.95
Birdlife at Chincoteague and the Virginia
Barrier Islands. Brooke Meanley. The chain
of islands along the Eastern shore of Virginia
exist today pretty much as they must have in
pristine times and has the richest assortment of
bird life in the Middle Atlantic states. Includes
200 species of shorebirds, seabirds, and marsh
birds that attract bird-watchers to the area. This book deals with the nearly
200 species of shorebirds, seabirds, and marsh birds that have attracted
bird-watchers to the area since the late 1800s.
Size: 9" x 6" • 88 b/w photos, 17 illustrations, 2 maps Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-257-9 • soft cover • $7.95
Favorite Songbirds. Roger S. Everett. 120
full-color photographs of exquisite beauty,
Favorite Songbirds offers images of the birds we
know and love the best: cardinals, chickadees,
goldfinches, robins, and orioles. These are the
birds that inhabit our yards and neighborhoods.
They also are favorite subjects of painters and
carvers, who will welcome this collection of clear accurate images.Roger’s
work has graced the pages of some of the nation’s leading nature magazines
and has been sought after by collectors. Now you may share in its beauty.
Size: 9" x 6" • 120+ color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-151-1 • soft cover • $12.95
Mallards: A Pictorial Study. Tricia
Veasey. This handy book is a comprehensive photographic study with over 150
full-color photos of mallards from diverse
regions in many natural environments
and body positions. Most of the ducks
shown are wild, but some are penned.
Size: 9" x 6" • 166 color photos • 128
pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-116-3 • soft cover • $14.95
Birds of Coastal South Carolina.
Roger S. Everett. Birds along the South
Carolina shore displayed in beautiful,
full color images. Organized by habitat, the various species are shown in
yards, gardens, woodlands, beaches,
and nature reserves. While not a field
guide, it will aid dedicated birders and
casual visitors to see the aviary that
surrounds them.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 276 color photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2845-9 • hard cover • $29.95
Wading and Shore Birds: A Photographic
Study. Roger S. Everett. One of New England’s
foremost bird photographers presents here for
the first time a study of wading and shore birds,
with over one hundred full-color pictures. The
pictures delight the eye while providing an important resource for naturalists, artists, carvers,
and taxidermists. Over 38 varieties of shore and wading birds are shown, most
in several poses and perspectives. Roger Everett’s photographs, the results
of his keen eye for beauty, his technical brilliance, and his appreciation of the
wonder of these small creatures, are available in book form for all to share.
Size: 9" x 6" • 110 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-88740-132-9 • soft cover • $9.99
Wading and Shore Birds of the Atlantic Coast.
Roger S. Everett. The Atlantic coastand, is part of a
major flyway for migrating birds, and an important
destination for birdwatchers. Noted bird photographer
Roger S. Everett has selected his best for this book of
postcards. Perforated, they can be detached and sent
to friends, framed and hung on your wall, or kept intact. This is also the perfect
gift for the bird enthusiast or collector of wildlife photography.
Size: 5" x 7" • 40 5" x 7" postcards • 80 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2447-0 • soft cover • $14.95
Complete Waterfowl Studies: Volume I:
Dabbling and Whistling Ducks. Bruce Burk.
A comprehensive, in-depth study of North American waterfowl. This study is covered in three
lavishly illustrated volumes. Volume I covers our
most-colorful group of waterfowl: ducks of the
ponds, lakes, and rivers.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 94 color plates & 481 b/w
illustrations • 240 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-025-6 • hard cover • $35.00
Canvasbacks: A Pictorial Study. Tricia Veasey. The excellent color photos of
these interesting varieties of waterfowl
in their natural settings provide study
material for bird enthusiasts, artists,
and all manner of hobbyists who need
factual visual material in their work.
Size: 9" x 6" • 120+ color photos •
96 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-154-6 • soft
cover • $12.95
Wood Ducks: A Pictorial Study.
Tricia Veasey. A close look at wood
ducks with over 120 color photographs
depicting them in various poses and
settings. This joins Tricia Veasey’s series
of bird studies photographed in their
natural habitats.
Size: 9" x 6" • 120+ color photos •
96 pp. I SBN: 0-88740-155-4 • soft
cover • $12.95
41
42
NATURAL HISTORY: MARINE LIFE • OTHER WILDLIFE • GEOLOGY • FOSSILS
NATURAL HISTORY: MARINE LIFE
Butterflies of Delmarva. Elton N. Woodbury.
Field guide to butterflies on the Delmarva Peninsula,
with 132 color photographs. Learn the anatomy,
metamorphosis, habitats, enemies, longevity, and
migration of butterflies. Differences in color or wing
patterns between the sexes are illustrated to aid in
identification. Hints for photographing butterflies and
attracting them to your garden also included.
Size: 4 1/2" x 7 3/8" • 132 color photos, 9 illus., 1
map, 2 tables • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-453-5 • soft cover • $12.99
Collector’s Guide to Crawfordsville Crinoids. William W. Morgan. The book provides
the new or advanced collector or the student of
invertebrate paleontology with a concise but in
depth understanding of the Mississippian Age
crinoids found at Crawfordsville, Indiana. The
information provided will enable the reader to
understand the geological history, the classification, and the features which differentiate the
crinoid species found at this locality.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 97 color & 14 b/w photos
• 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4604-0 • soft cover • $19.99
Closer to the Great Whales. Peter Trull.
Over 50 color photos depict whales in their
natural habitat. Learn behavior, external
anatomy, and physical features. Includes
the Humpback, Baleen, Minke, Finback,
and the rarely seen Right whales.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 117 photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3507-5 • soft cover
• $12.99
Chesapeake Bay Nature of the Estuary: A Field
Guide. Christopher P. White. Drawings by Karen
Teramura. The most important field marks of more
than 500 species are shown in 350 superb pen-andink drawings, which make this benchmark work as
beautiful as it is useful. The book is designed as a
user-friendly introduction to the natural history of
the Chesapeake Bay.
Size: 6" x 9" • 396 illustrations, 4 maps, 6 charts
Glossary/Index • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-351-4 • soft cover • $14.99
Paleozoic Fossil Plants. Bruce L. Stinchcomb.
Over 670 color photos reveal the Paleozoic plants
that covered the earth from 500 to 260 million
years ago. Included in this millennia spanning
volume are plant fossils from the Devonian,
Carboniferous, and Permian. Marine plants
also make their appearance in the world during
this period, as do various puzzling fossil tracks
and burrows previously thought to be marine
plant fossils.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 673 color photos • Index
• 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4327-8 • soft cover • $29.99
Whales and Seals: Biology and Ecology.
Pierre-Henry Fontaine. With new data and 678 color
diagrams and illustrations, this book presents a detailed
picture of the lives and environments of whales and
seals is provided, including chapters on anatomy,
physiology, and the ecology of whales and seals. The
interaction of man with these marine animals is also
explored, as is their paleontology.
Size: 6" x 9" • 678 color images • 448 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2791-0 • soft cover • $34.95
The Assateague Ponies. Ronald R. Keiper. In 1965
twenty-one ponies were released into the northern
portion of Assateague Island, within the Assateague
Island National Seashore, where their numbers have
risen gradually and the animals have flourished—free
to roam, forage for their own food and water, and live
and reproduce as they choose. These feral horses were
studied and photographed over a ten-year period. In
this book, Keiper presents the fascinating results of
his investigations.
Size: 6" x 9" • 29 b/w photos & 1 map
Index • 104 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-330-9 • soft cover • $8.75
The Gray Curtain: The Impact of Seals,
Sharks, and Commercial Fishing on
the Northeast Coast. Peter Trull. Discover,
through informative text and 120 vivid images, the relationship between commercial
fishing, expanding gray seal populations,
and great white sharks along the beaches of
Cape Cod and the northeast coast.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 121 color photos
80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4947-8 • soft
cover • $12.99
Underwater Photography: A Guide
to Capturing the Mysteries of the
Deep. Trent Burkholder. A guide to
underwater photography written in
simple language, covering the technical,
mechanical, and compositional factors.
View 120 beautiful color photographs
and 18 instructional images illustrating
the successful use of the techniques
described. A must have for any scuba
enthusiast, aspiring underwater photographer, or ocean lover.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 138 color images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4234-9 • hard cover • $34.99
Dangerous Marine Animals That Bite, Sting,
Shock, or Are Non-edible. 3rd Edition. Bruce W.
Halstead, M.D. Learn to identify the dangerous marine
animals, their noxious effects, treatment of ailments
resulting from them, and how to avoid mishaps. 200+illustrations showing animals in natural habitats. Practical
handbook for sailors, marine biologists, ecologists,
naturalists, physicians, students, and scuba divers.
Size: 6" x 9" • 120 color & 21 b/w photos, 87 color &
82 b/w illus., 4 maps • Index • 288 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-474-0 • soft cover • $24.95
NATURAL HISTORY: OTHER WILDLIFE
Chesapeake Wildlife: Stories of Survival
and Loss. Pat Vojtech. Historical data used to
tell the story of wildlife of the Chesapeake region
and how close mankind came to eliminating
forever many beautiful wildlife species, including
skins, furs, feathers, and even live animals taken
for granted today. Relates the struggle to bring
wildlife species back from the brink of extinction.
Mirrors society’s impact on wildlife worldwide.
Size: 9" x 12" • 188 color photos • 168 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-536-5 • hard cover • $34.95
Amphibians and Reptiles of Delmarva.
2nd Edition. James F. White, Jr., Amy Wendt White.
This field guide explains the 73, highly diverse species
of amphibians and reptiles of the Delmarva peninsula
that divides north and south geographic sections of
the Atlantic coast. Learn their life history, behavior,
and distribution. Useful to students, naturalists, and
professionals.Outstanding color plates aid in identifying the species.
Size: 4 1/4" x 7 3/8" • 96 color photos, 90 illus., 2
maps, & 2 tables • Glossary/Index • 292 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-596-9 • soft cover • $14.95
Naturalist on the Nanticoke: The Natural History
of a River on Maryland’s Eastern Shore. Robert
A. Hedeen. The Nanticoke River, flowing thirty-six
miles to the Chesapeake Bay, is surrounded by mosquito-ridden, low-lying marshland. Its natural history
and ecology have given rise to fascinating stories and
legends that are shared here.
Size: 6" x 9" • 18 illustrations, 1 map
Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-467-2 • soft cover • $14.95
Chesapeake Waters:: Four Centuries of Controversy, Concern, and Legislation. 2nd Edition.
Steven Davison, Jay Merwin, John Capper, Garrett
Power, Frank Shivers. Public attitudes about the health
of the bay, from 1607 to the close of the 20th century,
reveal wide-ranging measures that influenced how
people use the water. Complex programs are clarified,
placed in historical context, and shown to have improved
the quality of the bay.
Size: 6" x 9" • 8 illustrations, 35 b/w photos, 3maps
• Index • 288 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-501-3 • hard cover • $29.95
NATURAL HISTORY: GEOLOGY
Maryland’s Geology. Martin F. Schmidt, Jr.. Explains
geological processes and how they created Maryland’s
beautiful land forms, including sandy beaches, flat fields
of the Coastal Plain, rolling hills and tumbling rivers,
and mountainous terrain in the west. Describes patterns
of settlement, farming, mining, manufacturing, and
transportation that are results of the unique underlying
structures. Diagrams and maps clarify the text.
Size: 6" x 9" • 55 diagrams & 15maps
Index • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3593-8 • soft cover • $24.99
NATURAL HISTORY: FOSSILS
World’s Oldest Fossils. Bruce L. Stinchcomb.
Covers the earliest fossil record of life from strata
called Precambrian and Cambrian by geologists.
Illustrated and discussed are structures formed by
very primitive photosynthetic life forms, Cambrian
trilobites, problematic fossil-like objects, and
fascinating paleontological “puzzles.” Includes
collector information, glossary, value ranges.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 509 color photos
Price Guide • 160 pp.•ISBN: 978-0-7643-2697-4
• soft cover • $29.95
Paleozoic Fossils. Bruce L. Stinchcomb. The
rich fossil record of the Paleozoic Era (545 to
300 million years ago) illustrated with 650
high quality color photos and detailed with a
very readable text. The photos show the fossil
remains of the earth’s early animals and plants. A
great book for fossil hunters of all ilks interested
in early remnants of life.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 659 color photos
Value Guide • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2917-3 • soft cover $29.95
More Paleozoic Fossils. Bruce L. Stinchcomb.
Over 840 Paleozoic specimens are provided,
organized by biologic (taxonomic) position.
Discover the sponges, archaeocyathids (reef
builders), cnidaria, worms, brachiopods, bryozoans, mollusks, arthropods, echinoderms,
and chordates that populated the oceans and
inhabited the land from 535 to 235 million years
ago. This is the period when clear evidence for
plants and animals appears in hard rock.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 848 color photos
160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4030-7
soft cover • $29.99
Mesozoic Fossils I: Triassic and Jurassic
Periods. Bruce L. Stinchcomb. Over 400 color
photos present the fossilized plant, animal, and
avian life from the Mesozoic era. Presented
along with dinosaur fossils large and small, are
collectible Triassic and Jurassic period ammonites,
belemnites, crustaceans, insects, Araucarian
conifers, cycads, and crinoids. Dinosaurs tracks,
“stomach stones,” and coprolites are shown, too.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 415 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3163-3 • soft cover • $29.99
Mesozoic Fossils II: The Cretaceous Period.
Bruce L. Stinchcomb. Over 500 photos show
the fossils of the Cretaceous Period, the last
period of the Mesozoic Era, dating from 120
to 67 million years ago, including ammonites,
belemnites and other fossil mollusks, a variety of
plants, well-preserved arthropods such as crabs
and insects, turtles, crocodiles, and dinosaurs.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 516 color photos • Price
Guide • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3259-3 • soft cover • $29.99
Cenozoic Fossils 1: Paleogene. Bruce L.
Stinchcomb. Over 370 color photos detail the
fossil record of the early Cenozoic Era–the Age
of Mammals–from small sea creatures to the
lumbering rhinoceros and rare fossilized bats.
Included are fossils from famous sites including
Florissant, Colorado; Grube Messel, Germany;
the Green River Formation; and the Oligocene
White River Group.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 371 color photos • Price
Guide • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3424-5 • soft cover • $29.99
NATURAL HISTORY: FOSSILS • METEORITES • MINERA LS
Cenozoic Fossils II: The Neogene. Bruce L.
Stinchcomb. 560 color photos and engaging text
reveal the Miocene, Pliocene, Pleistocene, and
Holocene Epochs and the fossils associated with
them, ranging from plants, mollusks, and sharks
to insects, mammoths, and mastodons. This is
the age when familiar plants and animals arise.
Early human tools are included. Current value
ranges of the fossils are included.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 560 color photos • Price
guide • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3580-8 • soft cover • $29.99
The Collector's Guide to Herkimer Diamonds.
Michael R. Walter. 210+ vivid color images of
Herkimer diamond specimens, associated minerals,
and field shots illustrate the informative text. This
text includes the most recent scientific information
regarding Herkimer diamonds' geological and mineralogical history, where these brilliant quartz crystals
can be found, descriptions of historic locations, and
the inclusion of noteworthy peripheral localities.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 219 color & 7 b/w photos
96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4710-8 • soft cover
$19.99
Collector’s Guide to the Garnet Group.
Robert J. Lauf. This book explains how garnet
minerals are formed and the unique conditions
that create the rarer garnet species. It covers
the chemistry, structure, and taxonomy of the
minerals of the garnet group. Detailed entries
for each mineral provide locality information
and full-color photos that show what good
specimens look like and which minerals are
found with them.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 129 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4003-1 • soft cover • $19.99
Jewels of the Early Earth: Minerals and
Fossils of the Precambrian. Bruce L. Stinchcomb. The fossils and minerals associated with
the first two billion years of earth’s history. The
geology of shield areas and their associated
rocks and minerals, along with pegmatite and
pegmatite minerals, those attractive minerals
and crystals like emerald and aquamarine, are
explored. Perfect for anyone who is passionate
about geology and paleontology.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 659 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3880-9 • soft cover • $29.99
Gems & Minerals. Dr. Andreas Landmann.
More than 150 photos with descriptions provide
an overview of minerals from all parts of the
world and relate how minerals originate, how
they are found, and what significance they had
in ancient times. Learn to identify the stones,
including quartz, feldspar, beryl, tourmaline,
corundum, diamond, garnet, spinel, fluorite,
precious metals, and more.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 166 color photos • 180 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3066-7 • hard cover • $29.99
Collector’s Guide to Granite Pegmatites.
Vandall T. King. Granite pegmatite crystals
have long been admired by gem and mineral
collectors as a source of fine specimens and gem
materials. 209 color photos and authoritative
text provide a thorough discussion of granite
pegmatites. The chapters cover pegmatite forms
and distributions, interior structures, crystal,
mineral, and gem pockets, and references for
further study. Examples are from North America
as well as worldwide.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 209 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3578-5 • soft cover • $19.99
NATURAL HISTORY: METEORITES
Meteorites. Bruce L. Stinchcomb. Over 500
color images and engaging text provide insight
into these interesting and informative collectibles
from “out of this world.” Meteorites link back
to the early stages of the Milky Way galaxy.
Readers can explore metallic, stony-iron, and
stony meteorites, meteorite falls, Northwest
Africa meteorites, and rare meteorites.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 511 color photos • Price
Guide • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3728-4 • soft cover • $29.99
NATURAL HISTORY: MINERALS
Collectors' Guide to the Amphibole Group.
Robert J. Lauf. Find out how the amphiboles
are organized and named, and how to relate
obsolete names to currently-accepted ones.
Over 135 full-color crystal images help the
reader visualize the important structural features that define amphiboles and control their
physical properties. Also: locality information
and identification photos.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 144 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4870-9 • soft cover • $19.99
Stromatolites: Ancient, Beautiful, and
Earth-Altering. R. J. Leis, Bruce L. Stinchcomb,
Illustrations by Terry McKee. A look at 3.5 billion
years of stromatolites, structures produced by
primitive life forms living over vast spans of geologic time. Stromatolites and cyanobacteria were
responsible not only for fossils & for the introduction
of free oxygen into the planet's atmosphere. A
non-technical account, along with 636 images.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 636 color photos • Index 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4897-6 • soft cover $29.99
Collector’s Guide to the Axinite Group.
Robert J. Lauf. Over 90 color photos provide
examples of good specimens of axinite minerals.
This concise monograph provides a timely review,
including an explanation of the chemistry and
taxonomy of the group and an illustration of
the crystal structure and the morphologies of
real crystals. Detailed entries for each mineral
provide information on notable localities and
full-color photos wherever possible.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 97 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3216-6 • soft cover • $19.99
Collector’s Guide to the Beryl Group.
Robert J. Lauf. This book explains how beryl
is formed and the unique conditions that create fine aquamarines and emeralds. It covers
the chemistry, structure, and taxonomy of the
minerals of the beryl group. Detailed entries
for each mineral provide locality information
and full-color photos that show what good
specimens look like and which minerals are
found with them. An extensive bibliography is
provided for further study.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 103 color & 2 b/w photos
• 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3878-6 • soft cover • $19.99
Collector’s Guide to the Epidote Group.
Robert J. Lauf. Over 90 color photos display
epidote group minerals, well known to collectors
for their rich colors. The text provides a review of
all presently known species, along with detailed
entries for each of the eighteen minerals, and
extensive locality information. This book will
be of interest to those interested in developing
a better understanding of silicate minerals.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 92 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3048-3 • soft cover • $19.99
Collector's Guide to the Zeolite Group.
Robert J. Lauf. With 250 color photos and detailed text, this book explains how zeolite minerals are formed and the conditions that create
the beautiful crystals. It covers the chemistry,
structure, and taxonomy of the zeolite group
minerals. Detailed entries for each mineral
provide locality information and full-color photos
that show what good specimens look like and
which minerals are found with them.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4675-0 • soft cover • $19.99
Collector’s Guide to the Feldspar Group.
Robert J. Lauf. How feldspar minerals are formed
and the conditions that create the striking colors of
amazonite, sunstone, and labradorite. It is illustrated
with over 100 color photos and covers the chemistry,
structure, and taxonomy of the minerals of the feldspar
group. Detailed entries for each mineral provide
locality information. The photos show what good
specimens look like and which minerals are found
with them. An extensive bibliography is provided
for further study.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 107 color & 2 b/w photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4329-2 • soft cover • $19.99
Mineral Treasures of the Ozarks. Bruce L.
Stinchcomb. Over 500 images represent the collectible minerals of the western Ozarks tristate district
and Missouri’s Viburnum Trend. Barite and Fluorite
as well as a variety of colorful copper, cobalt, nickel,
and iron minerals grace the pages of this book, as
do various forms of calcite and quartz. The text
explores the mineral localities and depositions
found in the Ozarks. This unique book is a must for
anyone fascinated with the earth’s natural beauty.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 521 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4715-3 • soft cover • $29.99
Collector’s Guide to Fluorite. Arvid Eric
Pasto. Over 140 full-color photos present fluorite
in a fascinating array of colors. The extensive
text provides references to fluorite’s habits,
associated minerals, availability, and locations
where spectacularly large specimens are found.
Learn information for the hobby collector or
rock hound, as well as technical information
for those who want to understand fluorite in
greater depth. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 143 color
photos, 10 illus. • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3193-0 • soft cover • $19.99
Collector’s Guide to the Mica Group.
Robert J. Lauf. A thorough review of the mica
group, includes examples recently described. 115
color photos and electron micrographs illustrate
the informative text, which provides a detailed
entry for each mineral, including information on
where each is found. This fascinating guide is
for those interested in minerals.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 115 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3047-6 • soft cover • $19.99
Collector’s Guide to the Pyroxene Group.
Robert J. Lauf. Over 115 color photos display
pyroxene group minerals in all their forms and
colors. The informative text provides an introduction to their chemistry and taxonomy,
formation and geochemistry. A detailed entry
for each mineral includes color reference photos.
This book is essential for every mineral collector.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 116 color & 5 b/w images
• 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3404-7 • soft cover • 19.99
Introduction to Radioactive Minerals.
Robert J. Lauf. A systematic overview of the
mineralogy of uranium and thorium, generously
illustrated with nearly 200 color photos and
electron micrographs of representative specimens. It covers the history of the discovery of
radioactive elements, the geochemical conditions
that produce significant deposits of minerals and
their major occurrences arranged geographically.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 196 color & b/w photos
• 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2912-8 • soft cover • $29.95
The Collector’s Guide to Silicate Crystal
Structures. Robert J. Lauf. Over 140 color
photos, diagrams, and incisive text reveal crystal
structures, habits, names, and changing family
relationships of silicate crystals. Provides an introduction to crystallography, current classification
of silicate structures, and reviews orthosilicates,
disilicates, chain silicates, sheet silicates, and
framework silicates.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 142 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3579-2 • soft cover • $19.99
Collector’s Guide to Quartz and Other
Silica Minerals. Robert J. Lauf. This book
explains how silica minerals are formed and the
unique conditions that create the rarer species.
It covers the chemistry, structure, and taxonomy
of quartz, opal, and the silica minerals that are
stable at high temperatures or pressures. Detailed
entries for minerals provide locality information
and over 130 color photos show what good
specimens look like and which minerals are
found with them.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 136 photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4161-8 • soft cover • $19.99
43
44
NATURAL HISTORY: MINERALS • THE WORLD • WOMEN • HISTORY: BIOGRAPHY • GENERAL • SIDESHOWS
Collector's Guide to the Three Phases of
Titania: Rutile, Anatase, and Brookite.
Robert J. Lauf. Over 100 color photos display
three of the common titanium dioxide minerals:
rutile, anatase, and brookite, along with a variety of interesting mineralogical phenomena.
The informative text lists the classic localities
for these popular minerals and describes both
their fascinating diversity of forms and such
phenomena as oriented growth, twinning, and
pseudomorphism.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 107 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3268-5 • soft cover • $19.99
Global Thirst: Water and Society in the 21st
Century. John R. Wennersten. An environmental
historian turns an unflinching eye on today’s global
water problems, critically analyzing pollution, drought,
dying rivers, and the privatization of water utilities. He
also offers commentary on what kinds of sustainable
water options we should be pursuing in the 21st century.
Size: 6" x 9" • 12 b/w & color images • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3973-8 • hard cover • $24.99
Collector’s Guide to the Tourmaline Group.
Robert J. Lauf. Over 120 photos show each
tourmaline mineral in its geological context. The
text explains the chemistry and taxonomy of the
group, the environment in which tourmalines
form, provides a detailed entry for each mineral
including locality information and full-color
photos showing good specimens and which
minerals one are associated with them.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 129 color & 1 b/w photos
• 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3775-8 • soft cover • $19.99
Close Quarters: A Woman’s Guide to Living and
Working in Masculine Environments. Captain
Tuuli Messer-Bookman. Delightful and gritty advice
to women. The author’s first-hand experience can
help women work smoothly in close quarters, such
as law enforcement, firefighting, any aspect of the
maritime industry, construction, forestry, and the
military. It applauds the merits of being a “lady,” not
just a woman, no matter what the setting.
Size: 6" x 9" • 23 line drawings • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3631-7 • soft cover • $14.99
Collector’s Guide to the Vesuvianite
Group. Robert J. Lauf. Over 90 full-color photos of vesuvianite show what good specimens
look like and what minerals one might expect to
find associated with vesuvianites. Detailed text
explains the chemistry and taxonomy, discusses
ongoing research into problems such as color,
structure, and optically anomalous crystals, and
important localities.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 97 color photos, 4 illus.
• 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3215-9 • soft cover • $19.99
An Illustrated History of Hairstyles: 18301930. Marian I. Doyle. Illustrates how everyday
men, women, and children wore their hair.
Demonstrates the common use of supplemental
hairpieces, and illustrates the popular Grecian
coiffures, center parts, French twists, and bobbed
hair. Informative and easy-to-use.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 23 color & 465 sepia & b/w
photos • Index • 176 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1734-2 • hard cover • $39.95
WOMEN
HISTORY: BIOGRAPHY
The Life and Times of Mary Vaux Walcott. Marjorie G. Jones. The watercolors of Philadelphia Quaker
Mary Morris Vaux Walcott (1860-1940) comprise a
significant catalog of North American wildflowers.
Catapulted to the highest levels of society and national
politics by a late and bold marriage, her story affords
insights into the transformative times in which she lived.
Size: 6" x 9" • 22 color & b/w images • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4972-0 • hard cover • $24.99
Local Heroes: Portraits of American Volunteer Firefighters. Ian
Spanier, Marek Fuchs, Florian Bachleda,
& Grace Martinez. Firefighters protect
our communities, risk their lives, and
give up their free time when the alarm
sounds. This collection of intimate photographic portraits and brief biographies
of firefighters around the country will
leave you inspired and thankful for these
local heroes.
Size: 12" x 12" • 69 images • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4150-2 • hard cover
• $45.00
17 Women Who Shook the World. Preethi Burkholder. In this motivational and historical book, discover
how you can master the inner game of success. Read
about 17 successful women such as Susan B. Anthony,
Marie Curie, Amelia Earhart, Suze Orman, Eleanor
Roosevelt Mother Teresa, and Oprah Winfrey. Like the
women showcased, build your own Global Positioning
System (GPS) for success.
Size: 6" x 9" • 20 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4141-0 • soft cover • $19.99
Collecting Fluorescent Minerals. Revised
and Expanded 2nd Edition. Stuart Schneider.
Over 850 beautiful color photos illustrate how
fluorescent minerals look under UV and day
light. Minerals include Aragonite, Celestine,
Feldspar, Microcline, Picropharmacolite, Quartz,
Spinel, Smithsonite plus many more from the
US, Canada, Mexico, Greenland, Italy, Sweden,
and other places. Includes advice on caring for,
collecting, and displaying minerals.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 870 photos • 208 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3619-5 • soft cover • $29.99
The Life and Times of Lilian J. Rice: Master
Architect. Diane Y. Welch. Award-winning author
Diane Y. Welch resurrects the story of architect Lilian
J. Rice, retelling the life and times of this controversial
woman. Eleven of Rice’s homes are listed on the
National Register of Historic Places, more are county
landmarks, and several garnered her honor awards
from the American Institute of Architects.
Size: 7" x 10" • 94 color & b/w images • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4958-4 • hard cover • $34.99
Classic Beauty: The History of Makeup.
Gabriela Hernandez. This colorful reference
book chronicles historic trends for the eyes, lips,
and face, and offers in-depth aesthetic reviews
of each decade from the 1920s to today. Over
430 images, timelines, and detailed vintage
color palettes show the diverse definition of
beauty and the evolution of cosmetics from
ancient times.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 359 color & 74 b/w images
224 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3690-4 • hard
cover • $49.99
The World of Fluorescent Minerals. Stuart
Schneider. A sweeping survey of the fluorescent
minerals of the world shown both in daylight
and under the ultraviolet light. Written for the
collector and the merely curious, this pictorial
reference will capture your attention with its
825 color photos and informative text. It is an
essential source for enjoying and identifying
fluorescent minerals.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 825 color photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2544-2 • soft cover • $29.95
Nature’s Ambassador: The Legacy of Thornton W. Burgess. M. Christie Palmer Lowrance.
With historical pictures and engaging text, this book
presents an in depth overview of Thornton Burgess,
children’s author and conservationist. Read about
his life and legacy from 1874 to present and how his
books continue to impact society today starting with
his first release Old Mother West Wind.
Size: 6" x 9" • 35 color & 128 b/w images • 320 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4445-9 • hard cover • $24.99
Graphic History of Antisemitism. Jerome J.
Forman. American and European antisemitism
is exposed in a unique collection of postcards,
letters, newspapers, advertisements, and cartoons captured in 276 photos. The text explores
the motives and rationales for creating and
purchasing these dangerous items. Antisemitism is the most vicious and longest lasting of
bigoted human beliefs. Its consequences have
been fatal for millions.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 213 color & 63 b/w photos
144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4617-0 • hard
cover • $39.99
The Collector’s Guide to the Minerals of
New York State. Dr. Steven C. Chamberlain
and Dr. George W. Robinson. The first New
York mineralogy text in over 35 years presents
detailed information about the most important
mineral localities of interest to mineral collectors.
It includes the significance, collecting history,
geology, origin, and important minerals for
collectors incorporating the latest research
and nomenclature. Localities are organized by
how they occur.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 153 color photos, 1 chart
• 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4334-6 • soft cover • $19.99
THE WORLD
Flags of the World. Revised & Expanded 2nd
Edition. K.L. Jott. This revised and expanded second
edition features updated facts and flags for 219 nations
and more than 100 flags of international organizations,
including the UN, the EU, and the Red Cross. Each of
the 326 flag’s historical background and significance
are recounted, along with explanations of its colors
and symbols. This resource book is for anyone with
a passion for international affairs or world history.
Size: 6" x 9" • 330 color photos • 148 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4111-3 • hard cover • $19.99
HISTORY: GENERAL
Fraternally Yours: Identify Fraternal Groups
and Their Emblems. Peter Swift Seibert. A look at
the rich and diverse heritage of American fraternal
societies from the late 1800s through present times.
Focusing upon larger organizations, this book covers
the basic symbols and emblems of groups such as
the Freemasons, Odd Fellows, Redmen, Knights of
Columbus, Elks, Knights of Pythias, and even the
Ku Klux Klan.
Size: 6" x 9" • 163 color images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4060-4 • hard cover • $19.99
Ku Klux Terror: Birmingham, Alabama from
1866-present. Michael Newton. Everything you
need to know about the bloody history of the Ku
Klux Klan in Alabama, from its inception in 1866 to
its current abominations, is here. The Klan’s most
devastating hate crime of that era, the deadly bombing
of Sixteenth Street Baptist Church, remained technically
unsolved until 1977. Even today, the KKK and its evil
philosophy endure.
Size: 6" x 9" • 71 b/w photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4364-3 • soft cover • $16.99
HISTORY: SIDESHOWS
How We Lived: Everyday Furniture, Fashions, & Settings 1880-1940. Peter Swift
Seibert. What did normal farm, town, and city
dwellers really look like between 1880 and
1940? This extensively illustrated book looks
at the homes, occupations, pastimes, and
transportation.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 27 color, 10 b/w, & 219
sepia photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1743-1 • soft cover • $29.95
Freaks of Sideshow and Film. Mary
Brett & Stevan Gould. The true biographies of over 150 of the top sideshow
freaks of yesteryear, plus the history of
the circus and sideshow. Also, a look
behind the scenes at the banner artists, gaff artists, photographers, and
showmen who made the freak show
as American as apple pie.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 663 color and b/w
images • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4845-7 • hard cover • $34.99
HISTORY: SIDESHOWS • MOTION PICTURES • MUSIC & MUSICIANS • THE OLD WEST • LOGGING
Midget Exhibit: Images from the Heyday of
Dwarf Display. Mary L. Martin and Tina Skinner.
P. T. Barnum introduced a real-life Tom Thumb in the
1800s, spawning a huge movement of midget exhibits.
Explore this little world in postcard mementoes from
an era when the unabashedly curious feasted their
eyes on the unusual.
Size: 6" x 6" • 22 color & 93 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2114-5 • hard cover • $14.95
The Early Years of Rhythm & Blues. Alan
Govenar. Benny Joseph made his living as a
professional photographer in Houston’s black
community. Joseph photographed everything
from teen hops to speeches by civil rights leaders
Martin Luther King, Jr., and Thurgood Marshall
to popular recording artists of the day, including
B.B. King, Mahalia Jackson, Buddy Ace, Della
Reese and more.
Size: 9" x 12" • over 120 b/w & color photos
• 112 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1983-3 • soft cover • $29.95
Cowboys. John Eggen. In 1903,
Frank Sherman photographed a cattle roundup, including a surprise visit
from President Theodore Roosevelt, to
make postcards for his souvenir shop in
Colorado Springs. Here are his images
preserved on glass negatives all these
years later. Enjoy authentic views of
the cowboys.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 100 photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-436-7 • soft cover • $19.95
Pickled Punks and Girlie Shows:
A Life Spent on the Midways of
America. Rick West. Take a strange
and wonderful trip through behindthe-scenes tales of life in the sideshow.
The strange, the bizarre, the unusual
are all here along with rare images of
two-headed cows, a Bigfoot creatures,
pickled punks, showgirls, humongous
hogs, 3,500-pound steers, and more.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 210+ color & b/w images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3703-1 • soft cover • $24.99
Ghosts and Ballyhoo: Memoirs of a Failed L.A.
Music Journalist. Thomas Wictor. A chronicle of
Thomas Wictor’s ten years in the Los Angeles music
industry and his quest to free himself from the past.
Thomas Wictor’s experiences include multiple failures across multiple spectra and an endless series of
coincidences that always returned him to the notion
that there is a Plan. Written with profane humor
and no self-pity, it includes previously unpublished
articles, excerpts from interview transcripts, personal
correspondence, and photos.
Size: 6" x 9" • 59 photos • 272 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4338-4 • soft cover • $19.99
Harvey Caplin’s Real Cowboys &
the Old West. Abbie Caplin. Photographer Harvey Caplin recorded ranch life
in the American West from the 1940s
to the 1980s, capturing magnificent
landscapes and picturesque people.
See 173 of his beautiful images and
revel at the grandeur of the land and
drama of its life.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 173 b/w photos
• 176 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3434-4 • hard cover • $39.99
HISTORY: MOTION PICTURES
Hollywood Celebrates the Holidays: 1920–
1970. Karie Bible & Mary Mallory. Marvelously
illustrated with more than 200 rare images from
the silent era through the 1970s, this joyous
treasure trove features film and television’s
most famous actors and actresses celebrating
the holidays in lavishly produced photographs.
Size: 7" x 10" • 221 color & b/w photos • 192 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4964-5 •hard cover • $29.99
Hollywood Café: Coffee with the Stars.
Steven Rea. Enjoy nostalgic photos of screen
icons from the Silent Era through the eighties,
making and drinking their cups of joe, java,
pour-overs, and percolated brews. The dream
cast includes Marilyn Monroe, Humphrey Bogart,
Audrey Hepburn, Charlie Chaplin, Clara Bow,
Lucille Ball, Sammy Davis Jr., Elvis, Sinatra,
and more!
Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 180 b/w photos • 192 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4989-8 • hard cover • $29.99
The Good, the Tough & the Deadly: Action
Movies & Stars 1960s–Present. david j.
moore. This massive study on action movies
and stars from around the world is filled with
over a thousand in-depth movie reviews and 70
exclusive interviews that cover every action star
who's crossed over from the world of martial arts,
sports, professional wrestling, and stunt work.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 773 color images • 560 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4995-9 • hard cover • $45.00
Nashville Steeler: My Life in Country Music.
Don Davis, as told to Ruth B. White. This true account
of the rise of country music is told by a 1940s’ band
musician, Don Davis, who became a music business
executive and worked with all the Grand Ole Opry
stars. View 100 photographs showing real people,
places, and instruments that have become country
music legends.
Size: 7" x 10" • 100 b/w images • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4279-0 • soft cover • $19.99
A People and Their Music: The Story Behind the Story of Country Music. John Rice
Irwin. Meet the Carter family, Jack Jackson,
Bob Douglas, Grandpa Jones, Bashful Brother
Oswald, Mac Wiseman, Earl Scruggs, Raymond
Fairchild and other greats, and learn their touching personal stories.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 190 b/w photos • 208 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0942-0 • soft cover • $29.95
Musical Instruments of the Southern Appalachian Mountains. John
Rice Irwin. Brings to life the distinctive
“bluegrass” music made for hundreds
of years with dulcimers, violins, jew
harps, mouth bows, and such from the
Appalachian mountain areas.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 132 illus. • 108 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-916838-80-5 • soft cover
• $9.99
Pawnee Bill’s Historic Wild West:
A Photo Documentary of the 19011905 Show Tours. Allen Farnum.
Amazing images taken on tour by
cowboy/amateur photographer Harry
Bock. Offers Western, historical, and tent
show buffs a visual look back in time.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 155 photos • Index
• 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-437-5 • soft cover •
$19.95
Cowgirls: Early Images and Collectibles.
Revised and Expanded 2nd Edition. Judy
Crandall. The saga of the American cowgirl,
unlike that of the cowboy, is not well-chronicled,
but her history is as appealing as it is colorful.
Three dimensional collectibles, rodeo lore, and
biographical accomplishments of these extraordinary women is presented for the first time in
a cohesive format.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 314 photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2238-9 • soft cover • $24.95
Stagecoach: Rare Views of the Old
West, 1849-1915. Sandor Demlinger.
Vintage photographs explore stagecoaches, the horse drawn wagons,
the towns, and the frontier people
with first-person narratives.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 283 photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2124-2 • soft cover
• $24.95
HISTORY: THE OLD WEST
World Gone Wild: A Survivor’s Guide to
Post-Apocalyptic Movies. david j. moore.
Foreword by Vern. Containing over 800 movie
reviews, 60 exclusive interviews with filmmakers
and actors who’ve made films in the genre,
and a vast subgenre index, World Gone Wild
chronicles humanity’s struggles through nuclear
war, global natural disasters, and the zombie
apocalypse in film.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 427 color photos • 544 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4587-6 • hard cover • $34.99
HISTORY: MUSIC & MUSICIANS
Blues Hands. Joseph A. Rosen. Through
captivating images of hands of blues musicians,
this book conveys the strength, beauty, diversity, depth and power of the Blues, the root
of all American music. Includes noted music
personalities, from B.B. King and Buddy Guy
to James Brown and Gary Clark, Jr.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 88 photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4963-8 • hard cover $29.99
No Greater Calling: A Chronological Record
of Sacrifice and Heroism During the Western
Indian Wars, 1865-1898. Eric S. Johnson. Even as
the American Civil War ended, violence continued in
the West. Native Americans, pushed ever westward by
the encroachment of civilization, fought back, making
war upon settlers, the infrastructure, and the economy.
This comprehensive book explores the role of the U.S.
Army in resolving the issues on the frontier, and lives
of over 1,200 men who died in service to their country.
Size: 7" x 10" • 300+ b/w images • 400 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4255-4 • hard cover • $39.99
Whips of the West: An Illustrated History of
American Whipmaking. David W. Morgan. From
homemade horsewhips to fancy carriage whips, braided
leather straps have worked to move livestock forward. Illustrated inventions that have revolutionized
the whipmaking industry are covered and analyzes
important points in American history.
Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 307 illustrations, 100+ b/w
photos • 168 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-589-1 • soft cover • $12.95
The West that Was. John Eggen.
Images taken from the original glass
negatives made in the early 20th century,
these photos give an unprecedented look
at life on the ranch and trail. Authentic
people doing their rugged jobs and
living free on the range.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 106 photos • 184 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-330-1 • hard cover
• $29.95
Early Logging Tools. Kevin Johnson. Over 330
photos display collectible logging equipment,
including axes, saws, filing tools, springboards,
oil bottles, undercutters, wedges, marlin spikes,
drag saws, and chainsaws. Historical photos
show loggers at work.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 333 color & 12 b/w photos •
Price Guide • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2740-7 • soft cover • $29.95
HISTORY: LOGGING
45
46
HISTORY: LOGGING • MINING • FARMING • UNDERTAKING
This Was Sawmilling. Ralph W. Andrews.
The true story of the triumphant growth and
promise of the sawmill industry is shown with
superb photography and told with exciting
text. Anecdotes of the men who transformed
logs into the building materials of a nation is
augmented with thorough research, bringing to
life the industry in the early 1900s. The reader
takes a step back in time, as the history of the
industry which has gone on continuously since
1825 is brought to life.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 240 photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-88740-594-5 • soft cover • $15.99
Glory Days of Logging. Ralph W. Andrews.
Chronicles logging in the Northwest U.S. and
Canada. This book contain the best photographs
of a dozen famous collections: Davis and Benson
rafts, river drives, hand logging spar topping big
wheels in the pine, saw mills of 1890 to 1915,
historical ox teams, tractors, blumes. In this
chronicle of the Big Woods, bunk house ballads,
humorous sketches and eyewitness accounts of
work and life in the tall uncut as well as the rich
photographs help the reader to actually feel the
old logging atmosphere.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 213 photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-88740-593-8 • soft cover • $15.99
This Was Logging: Drama in the Northwest
Timber Country. Ralph W. Andrews. Visit the
Pacific Northwest’s “Big Woods” with the superb
work of timber photographer Darius Kinsey.
Comprising more than 200 views, the author
dramatically recalls lumbering’s great days. Then
the story continues into the “highball” days, the
high production period with the steel tower
skidders and miles of steel rigging.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 199 b/w photos • 157 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-88740-035-3 • soft cover • $14.99
Timber: Loggers Challenge the Great
Northwest Forests. Ralph W. Andrews. Photos
transport the reader into the former world of
logging. The greatest stand of Douglas fir timber
in existence lured Poles, Finns, Swedes, and
Norskies out of the Midwest to help build the
West Coast cities.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 171 b/w photos
Index • 182 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-036-1 • soft cover • $12.95
Redwood Classic. Ralph W. Andrews. A
memorial to the magnificent natural redwood
Sequoia trees in California, which today number
only a fraction of the groves of 125 years ago
through outstanding, sometimes even haunting,
photographs by Ralph Andrews.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 239 b/w photographs •
174 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-88740-049-0 • soft cover • $14.99
Logging Long Ago: Historic Postcard Views. Mary Martin, Edward
Thompson & Tina Skinner. Follow the
history of logging as it unfolds across the
United States, from the virgin forests of
the east, to the towering redwoods of
the West Coast. Historic photos, many
hand tinted, capture the early woods,
woodsmen, and logging machines.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 278 color, 63 b/w
images • Price Guide • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2619-6 • soft cover • $19.95
Cut & Run Logging. Mike Monte.
Between the 1880s and 1940s, the
wooded landscape in the northern Great
Lakes region of America was irreversably
and completely changed, along with the
society and ecology. Meet the lumberjacks, river pigs, and railroad loggers.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 168 b/w photos
• 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-1529-9 • soft cover
• $19.99
Aerial Firefighting. Wolfgang Jendsch. The
aircraft used around the globe to fight forest
and open-range fires are presented here in over
400 color photos, many showing them in action.
Includes airtankers, firefighting helicopters,
transports, and direction and command planes.
The text provides tactical descriptions of actions
taken in the field.
Size: 9" x 12" • 415 color photos • 352 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3068-1 • hard cover • $39.99
This Was Wheat Farming. Kirby Brumfield.
The lore of the harvest is the keynote of Brumfield’s presentation. He approaches this vast
subject with considerable facility lifting farming
right out of the soil into fascinating history, with
accent on the Northwest. Wheat in the Northwest? Yes, it’s all here, acres of it in Oregon,
Washington, and Idaho, all graded and sacked.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 293 vintage photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0188-8 • soft cover • $19.95
HISTORY: MINING
Mine to Mill: History of the Great
Lakes Iron Trade. Phillip J. Stager.
The history of the iron ore trade on
the Great Lakes, from 1900 to 1980,
is perhaps best related in visual form.
Historians and enthusiasts alike can
now learn about this important part
of our country's industrial heritage in
nearly 300 views of the mines, railroads,
loading docks, and ships of the Great
Lakes through the medium of the picture postcard.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 321 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4767-2 • hard cover • $29.99
Mine to Mill: History of the Great
Lakes Iron Trade: From Sault Ste.
Marie to the Lower Lake Ports.
Phillip J. Stager. Book one ended at
the international locks at Sault Ste.
Marie; this picks up at the Soo and
proceeds to the Lower Lake ports on
Lakes Erie and Michigan. Explore the
wide variety of shore-based machinery
for unloading iron ore and loading coal
for the return to the Upper Lakes.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 323 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4901-0 • hard cover • $29.99
This Was Mining in the West. David W.
Pearson. The real lives of the brave ‘49ers of the
California Gold Rush are exposed and followed
through the expansion of mining to other states
and to silver, and copper. Significant mines in
eleven western states are discussed, including
their dates of operation and production records.
Mining stock certificates, currency, and newspapers from the day are also shown, along with
antique mining tools.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225 photos • 166 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-933-4 • soft cover • $24.95
Antique Mining Equipment & Collectibles.
David W. Pearson & Ron Bommarito. Mining’s
fascinating and dangerous nature is reflected
in the text and over 450 color photographs of
specialized tools and artifacts. Thirty categories, from advertising and assay equipment to
surveying equipment and tokens, chronicle
old mining methods. This is an important and
valuable reference for all concerned.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 459 color prints
Price Guide • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1495-5 • soft cover • $29.95
HISTORY: FARMING
Yesterday’s Farm Tools & Equipment. Irwin Richman and Michael
Emery. 100s of old farm tools and
equipment from America’s past. Major
chapters cover haying, grains, tobacco,
orchards, poultry, dairy, horses and
mules in farm practices.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 614 images • 208 pp.
ISBN:978-0-7643-3603-4•hardcover•$39.99
Living Crafts, Historic Tools: The Craftspeople and Collections of the Landis
Valley Museum. Michael Emery and Irwin
Richman. This book celebrates the hand tool
as a medium of expression and salutes those
who wield it with skillful pride. Each tool was
a beautiful, clever marriage of form and function, uniquely forged and perfectly suited for
its purpose.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 592 images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4297-4 • soft cover • $29.99
The Farm: An American Living Portrait.
Joan and David Hagan. Beautiful images capture
glimpses of everyday chores, the bountiful land,
the unique and varied architecture, and the lives
of the people, animals, and crops they support.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-259-3 • soft cover • $29.95
The Big Book of Flax: A Compendium
of Facts, Art, Lore, Projects and Song.
Christian and Johannes Zinzendorf. Learn the
fascinating story of the flax to linen process in
history, legend, song, crafts, lesson plans, and
recipes. With 414 images, this comprehensive
book offers suggestions for flax projects, collecting flax-related tools and clothing, and planting
and harvesting flax.
Size: 9" x 12" • 414 images • 240 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3715-4 • hard cover • $59.99
Linen: From Flax Seed to Woven Cloth.
Linda Heinrich. Follow the saga of this remarkable
fiber from seed to woven fabric. Learn about flax
cultivation, processing and spinning, natural and
synthetic dyeing, and weaving and finishing linen
cloth. 233 color and 156 black-and-white photos
and drawings reveal the characteristics of linen
and emphasize its practical use throughout history.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 233 color photos 156 b/w
photos & drawings • Index • 232 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3466-5 • hard cover • $49.99
HISTORY: UNDERTAKING
Stiffs, Skulls & Skeletons: Medical
Photography and Symbolism. Stanley
B. Burns, MD and Elizabeth A. Burns. This
is an intriguing and comprehensive exploration of the skeleton and the dead body
through more than 400 rare photographs.
In this work, Dr. Burns reveals the nineteenth-century fascination with the dead
body and body parts. The classic visual
iconography of postmortem, dissection,
and bone photography is presented and
expanded to include early autopsy images
and X-ray studies.
Size: 12" x 12" • 450 photos • 328 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4746-7 • hard cover • $75.00 • Schiffer LTD
Cemetery Gates: Death and Mourning Through
the Ages. Corvis Nocturnum. A study of death and
mourning around the globe and through the ages.
Examine death, its significance in religious and ethnic
views, cultural myths, and its use in art and literature
throughout the ages. Find out how different religions
and ethnic groups understand death, the mourning
that accompanies it, and the implications that people
have given it.
Size: 7" x 10" • 150 color images • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3787-1 • soft cover • $24.99
The Upside of Undertaking. Catherine Olen. Ever
wonder what goes on behind closed doors at your local
cemetery or funeral home? You won’t want to put down
this delicious collection of real-life tales of mortuary
experiences. Read hilarious stories of the dead and living
that will keep you laughing for hours.
Size: 6" x 9" • 20 b/w illustrations • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3586-0 • soft cover • $12.99
HISTORY: LINCOLN & U.S. PRESIDENTS • U.S. CIVIL WAR• TRANSPORTATION
Postmortem Collectibles. C. L. Miller.
Intended to be intriguing but not morbid,
this book takes readers on an amazing
journey through past, present, and evolving postmortem practices. A remarkable
array of collectible items includes embalming products and instruments, photos of
funeral homes and funeral processions,
promotional materials, postcards, and
original postmortem photographs. Text
covers caskets, floral arrangements, burial garments, mourning etiquette, and more.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 198 color photos, 135 b/w photos • Price Guide/Index
160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1330-4 • soft cover • $29.95
LINCOLN & U.S. PRESIDENTS
Abraham Lincoln: An Illustrated Biography
in Postcards. James D. Ristine. Abraham Lincoln’s life story is told from childhood and young
adulthood to becoming a businessman, soldier,
surveyor, lawyer, politician, and eventually the
16th president of the United States. The author’s
unique use of more than 250 postcards illustrates
Lincoln’s story.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 270 postcards • Price Guide/
Index • 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2857-2 •
soft cover • $24.95
Lincoln’s Funeral Train: The Epic Journey from
Washington to Springfield. Robert M. Reed. The
Lincoln Funeral Train traveled nearly 1,700 miles through
eastern and mid-America with the remains of President
Abraham Lincoln. This captivating account documents
its journey through more than 440 communities in
seven states on the way to bury the President, using
photographs and historical accounts. There were funerals
in 11 major cities and ceremonies in hundreds of others.
Size: 7" x 10" • 131 illustrations • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4594-4 • hard cover • $39.99
Collecting Lincoln. Stuart Schneider. Look at
Abraham Lincoln through others’ eyes, seeing history
in an entirely different light. While historical text details
what Lincoln thought or did and how he planned
his actions, the collector of Lincoln holds tangible
items, revealing how society saw or portrayed the
president. 950 photos present a multi-faceted look
at Abraham Lincoln and how society still reveres
him more than 100 years after his death. Includes
artifacts, pictures, coins, and much more.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 950 photos • Value Guide 288
pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0270-1 • hard cover • $69.95
Meet the Presidents. Walter Eckman.
Get to know the Presidents of the United
States, from George Washington to Barack
Obama. Visit the only surviving residence
of James Polk in Columbia, Tennessee, or
the Lyndon Baines Johnson ranch near
Johnson City, Texas. Divided into three
geographical regions, these presidential
sites reflect the lifestyles and economic
status of our country’s leaders.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 418 b/w & color images • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3838-0 • hard cover • $29.99
The 1924 Coolidge-Dawes Lincoln Tour.
Larry Krug. A caravan highlighting the 1924
presidential campaign of Calvin Coolidge, and
his running mate, Charles G. Dawes, was a
political masterpiece for its day. See first-hand
eyewitness accounts of the Coolidge-Dawes
Lincoln Tour and 140 vintage photographs and
political artifacts.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 141 illustrations • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2763-6 • soft cover • $29.95
HISTORY: U.S. CIVIL WAR
Frank Leslie’s Illustrated Famous Leaders
and Battles of the Civil War. This 19th century concise history of the American Civil war is
illustrated with 740 wood cuts. Include portraits
of political and military leaders, famous forts,
pivotal battles and naval engagements, military
encampments, and major events. These images
were created by a corps of war artists employed
by Frank Leslie for his illustrated newspapers.
Size: 11 3/4" x 16" • 740 b/w illustrations •
Indexes • 544 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3996-7 • hard cover • $99.99
Lincoln’s Senior Generals: Photographs and
Biographical Sketches of the Major Generals
of the Union Army. Tom Glass. Lincoln appointed
133 Major Generals to lead the union army. Their
photographs and biographical sketches are provided
in this candid view of the union war effort and its high
command.. Featured here are rare cartes de visite
(CDV), as well as other rare period images.
Size: 6"x9" • over 250 b/w images • 400 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4035-2 • hard cover • $59.99
The Paranormal Presidency of Abraham Lincoln.
Christopher Kiernan Coleman. From his early youth to
the very day of his death, Abraham Lincoln was visited
by premonitions and visions of the future. He had an
innate faith in prophetic dreams, omens, and other
paranormal phenomena. View highlighted features
of Abraham Lincoln and his presidency not otherwise
seen in standard portraits of our sixteenth president.
Size: 6" x 9" • 28 b/w images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4121-2 • soft cover • $16.99
Camp William Penn: 1863-1865. Donald Scott,
Sr. Located just outside of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,
Camp William Penn was the largest and first Civil War
facility to exclusively train black soldiers. Almost 11,000
soldiers trained there, many runaway or ex-slaves,
forming 11 regiments that were involved in major
battles and actions during the war. When America’s
very existence was threatened, the warriors and freedom
fighters from Camp William Penn were a major factor
in the Union’s victory. The complete story is told here.
Size: 6" x 9" • 130+ b/w images • 384 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4253-0 • hard cover •$29.99
Where the Presidents Were Born: The
History & Preservation of the Presidential
Birthplaces. Louis L. Picone. From George
Washington to Barack Obama, this book provides the history and preservation efforts of the
birthplace of every American president, visitor
information, and personal observations. From
the grand monuments of Lincoln and Buchanan
to the simple roadside markers for Harrison
and Taylor, these places all have fascinating
stories to tell.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 65 color images • Index
• 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4079-6 • soft cover • $29.99
Firestorm at Gettysburg: Civilian Voices
June-November 1863. Jim Slade & John
Alexander. From one of the most pivotal events
of the American Civil War, Gettysburg civilians
recount the battle. Accounts gleaned from diaries, letters, newspapers, interviews, and books.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • over 160 b/w photographs
• 192 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0618-9 • hardcover • $39.95
The United States Presidents Illustrated.
Robert M. Reed. This comprehensive volume
includes all 44 American presidents, from George
Washington to Barack Obama. Concise text
highlights their lives, each political climate, and
the times in which they lived. 475 Illustrations
include postcards, engravings, newspapers,
product premium cards, trading cards, magazine illustrations and official White House
photographs.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 475 photos • Index • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3280-7 • soft cover • $24.99
Chesapeake Bay in the Civil War. Eric Mills. A
rich panorama of fascinating Civil War history, this is
the story of gunboats and smugglers, privateers and
street-brawlers—the chronicle of mighty armies and
ironclads, shoreline artillery and tidewater guerillas,
blockade-running oystermen, and the unsung sailors of
the Potomac Flotilla. This is the story of the Chesapeake
Bay in the Civil War.
Size: 6" x 9" • 35 b/w photos, 56 illustrations & 5 maps
Index • 328 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3592-1 • soft cover • $29.99
Colonels in Blue: Union Army Colonels
of the Civil War. Roger Hunt. A series that
features the colonels of the Union Army in the
Civil War. Most of them were citizen soldiers
from a wide variety of backgrounds. Motivated
by patriotic enthusiasm and personal ambition
but often lacking any real military expertise, they
nevertheless offered their services in defense
of the Union. Through photos and biographical
sketches their lives are now being remembered.
Vol.1: The New England States - Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont
Size: 8.5"x11" • over 430 bw photos • 288pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1290-1 • hard cover • $59.95
Vol.2: New York
Size: 8.5"x11" • over 640 bw photos • 288pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1771-7 • hard cover• $59.95
Soldiers at the Doorstep: Civil War Lore. Larry
S. Chowning. During the Civil War, significant events
were going on in the lives of those who stayed behind
to keep the home together. Areas in the South were
behind enemy lines, and the people dealt with the
threat of Union soldiers arriving on their doorsteps.
This was a heartbreaking and emotional time for
those on both sides. While these particular chronicles
are southern, the same sort of narrative could have
come from people in Pennsylvania, where southern
troops roamed.
Size: 6" x 9" • 33 b/w photos • Index • 142 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-519-8 • hard cover • $19.95
In the Saddle: Exploits of the 5th Georgia
Cavalry During the Civil War. Timothy Daiss.
In the Saddle is the story of a memorable Civil War
unit. The unit distinguished itself in battle from the
coasts of Florida, Georgia and South Carolina, to
the pathos and drama of the Atlanta battles, and
in harassing Sherman’s blue hosts. The story is told
using narratives, military sketches, and letters of
members of the 5th Georgia. Supplemented with
vintage photographs and drawings, In the Saddle
offers rich and rewarding reading.
Size: 6"x 9" • over 30 photos, line art • 152pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0972-2 • hard cover • $29.95
Their Horses Climbed Trees: A Chronicle of
the California 100 and Battalion in the Civil
War, from San Francisco to Appomattox. Larry
Rogers & Keith Rogers. This book tells the little known
story of the five hundred volunteers from California
known as the “California Hundred and Battalion,”
who fought in the East during the Civil War years
1863-1865 as a part of the Second Massachusetts
Volunteer Cavalry Regiment.
Size: 6"x 9" • 20 bw photos • 480pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1391-6 • hard cover • $35.00
Civil War Re-enactment. David and Joan
Hagan. For novice and historian alike, the human
drama of the Civil War is brought alive through
study, folk skills and stories, and re-living the
events of a hundred and thirty years ago. David
and Joan Hagan portray this drama through
their poignant pictures taken during re-enacted battles.
Size: 8.5"x11" • over 290 color photos • 112pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-949-0 • soft cover • $19.95
HISTORY: TRANSPORTATION
Iron Trails of North America : 1978-2008.
Robert W. Burns. See and read about modern
trains that captivate onlookers and the new
railroad companies, including the famous Santa
Fe Railway to CSX and ALCO lines, that crossed
North America in the last thirty years. Over 450
color photos show engines and trains in use at
breathtaking locations across the continent.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 453 color photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3262-3
hard cover • $49.99
47
48
HISTORY: TRANSPORTATION • TRANSPORATION CALAMITIES • CAMPING & RVS• GENERAL INTEREST • GAMES, PUZZLES & ACTIVITIES
HISTORY: CAMPING & RECREATIONAL VEHICLES
Fast Trains Worldwide. Thomas Estler. The
quest for greater speed is almost as old as
the railroad itself. In the 19th and in the first
half of the 20th centuries, notable things were
being done under the slogan “Speed is the
key.” This book outlines the history of high
speed locomotives, from more than 20 countries
representing Europe, Asia, Australia, and the
United States, and is essential for the train and
railway aficionado.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 151 color images • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4447-3 • hard cover • $29.99
Camper & RV Humor: The Illustrated Story
of Camping Comedy. John Brunkowski & Michael Closen. This book tells the story of camping
and RVing through humor and comedy, and does
it through colorful picture postcards. Over 230
photos of more than 290 separate illustrated
postcards from the early 1900s to the present
are covered–most dating from the 1900s to the
1950s. The cards come from the US, Canada, England, France, Germany, Netherlands, and more.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 215 color and 17 b/w photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4705-4 • hard cover • $24.99
Baldwin Locomotives. 100s of detailed etchings and diagrams of this
illustrious firm’s locomotives, complete
with detailed descriptions of the locomotives, parts, and construction direct
from the company that produced them.
Founded in Philadelphia in 1831, the
Baldwin Locomotive Works was known
for their 2-8-2 Mikado locomotives.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • Over 200 images
• 328 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3376-7 • hard cover • $39.99
KOA and the Art of Kamping. John
Brunkowski & Michael Closen. The first
book about Kampgrounds of America and the artwork the organization
commissioned. Each original work of
art is related to camping and RVing, and
includes paintings, sculptures, drawings,
photographs, and other forms. All of the
artwork is housed in the company’s Art
of Kamping Gallery.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 225 color & 5 b/w photos • 104 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4520-3 • hard cover • $29.99
Sailing Fascination. Heinrich Hecht.
Text by Hans-Harald Schack. Sailing
competitions fascinate professional
photographer Heinrich Hecht, whose
work over twenty years (1984 to 2008)
is presented here. 12 chapters show
SAILING
highlights of the sport: the sail, speed,
dinghies and keelboats, crew, regattas, F A S C I N AT I O N
Heinrich Hecht
sailors, wind, waves, and light.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 300+ color images
• 264 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4268-4 • hard cover • $50.00
Text by Hans-Harald Schack
Schiffer
Great American Schooner Yachts.
Rudolph Arp. The greatest classic American schooner yachts built in the U.S.
and how their designers influenced
their beauty and technical innovations.
This will be a resource for designers of
these vessels, historians, and shipping
enthusiasts.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 389 color & b/w
photos • Index • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4089-5 • hard cover • $49.99
HISTORY: TRANSPORTATION CALAMITIES
Smashups: The Hazards of Travel.
Robert C. Reed. An intriguing iconography
of travel accidents of all genres—air,
highway, railway, and water-wrecks involving trucks, buses, cars, light planes,
jetliners, seaplanes, freight trains, and
ships. Over 180 photographs.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 186 b/w photos •
176 pp.• ISBN: 0-7643-0766-5 • soft
cover • $19.95
Train Wrecks: A Pictorial History of Accidents on the Main Line. Robert C. Reed.
American railroad history is filled with accounts
of misadventure. Steam boilers blew up. Bridges
collapsed under the weight of heavy engines.
Locomotives crashed head-on because of signal
failures. Passenger cars derailed, often with dire
results.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 298 b/w photos • 184 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-0136-0 • soft cover • $19.99
Crash! Travel Mishaps and Calamities. Robert
Reed. With over 150 photos, this book captures on
film wrecks and crashes of all kinds: air, highway,
railway, and water as well as accidents involving
trucks, buses, cars, light planes, jetliners, seaplanes,
freight trains, and ships. Pore over the photographs
and captions and experience the thrill of danger
in the comfort and safety of your own home.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 182 b/w photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0813-0 • soft cover • $19.95
Ready to Roll: The Travel Trailer in America.
Arrol Gellner and Douglas Keister. Over 260
color photos capture these ingenious homesaway-from-home. Includes details of the travel
trailer’s rise, which was fueled by improvements
in both automobiles and roadways. Included are
many classic examples of travel trailers over the
decades, include Hammer Blow’s honeymoon
trailer, the Zeppelin-shaped Road Chief, the
iconic Airstream, and more.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 263 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4644-6 • hard cover • $34.99
Airstreams: Custom Interiors. David
Winick. Details of David Winick’s re-creations of custom-built Airstream home
trailers that date from 1948 to 2007,
including his 75th Anniversary Bambi
Airstream. The challenge of creating
functional and beautiful small spaces in
which to live helped drive the restoration
work, making living spaces that reflect
the Airstream design.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 212 color photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3539-6 • soft cover • $29.99
Airstream Memories. John Brunkowski & Michael Closen. Airstream travel
trailers, with their shiny bullet-shaped
aluminum design, have been the most
recognized RVs in the world for over 80
years. This unique book is the first-ever
to tell the Airstream story through 100s
of collectibles and memorabilia in over
370 photos. Includes Airstream history,
advertising, rallies, international connections, look-a-likes, art, and humor.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 372 photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4163-2 • soft cover • $24.99
Amateur Radio Goes Camping & RVing:
The Illustrated QSL Card History. John
Brunkowski & Michael Closen. Over 250 pictures document the practice of amateur radio
enthusiasts who took their radio equipment
camping and RVing and distributed QSL cards
and postcards containing graphic images of their
tents and RVs. Covers such topics as tenting,
travel trailers, truck campers, motor coaches,
mobile homes, and more.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 230 color & 36 b/w photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4529-6 • soft cover • $19.99
Pictorial Guide to RVing. John
Brunkowski and Michael Closen. RV
history from the early 1900s through the
1970s told With 350 photos of postcards
and an engaging text. Topics illustrated
include early car and cycle camping, RV
campgrounds, travel trailers, Airstreams,
mobile homes, motorized RVs, roadside
RV scenes, amateur radio and RVing,
and RVing humor.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 350 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3546-4 • soft cover • $24.99
Hello Mother, Hello Father: Celebrating Summer Camp. Daniella K.
Garran. Celebrate the experiences of
millions of campers, providing a transformative life event for children and adults
alike for the past 150 years. However,
as you will read, all these camps share
one important goal: the education and
growth of children.
Size: 12" x 9" • 303 photos • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4645-3 • hard cover • $39.99
GENERAL INTEREST
Rhymes of Early Jungle Folk: A Replica of the 1922
Edition Featuring the Poems of Mary E. Marcy with
Woodcuts by Wharton Esherick. The Wharton Esherick
Museum, Mary E. Marcy, Wharton Esherick. This true-to-theoriginal new edition of a controversial 1922 children's book
features 73 dynamic, whimsical woodcut illustrations, the first
woodcuts American craftsman Wharton Esherick produced.
The illustrations frame poems that introduce children to the
principles of evolution, a radical topic then 3 years before the
Scopes "Monkey" trial. Size: 6" x 9" • 73 b/w woodcut illus •
128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4937-9 • hard cover • $19.99
Into the Pensieve: The Philosophy and
Mythology of Harry Potter. Patrick McCauley.
This book takes a look at the arc of the storyline in
Harry Potter, digging below the surface to explore
ethical, mythological, and religious meanings in
J.K. Rowling's best-selling series. This analysis
shows while the book is about Harry's destiny,
it also gives the reader a sense of his own fate.
Size: 7" x 10" • 12 color images • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4945-4 • hard cover • $24.99
American Coasters: A Thrilling Photographic Ride. Thomas Crymes. One
coaster enthusiast’s photographic journey
across the country in search of the next
great thrill. From Massachusetts to Florida,
from New Jersey to California, here are
more than 100 different roller coasters
from 21 different parks in 12 states, as
well as nearly 40 featured coaster profiles.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 285 photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4158-8 • hard cover • $34.99
No Lumps, Thank You. A Bra Anthologie. Meg Spielman Peldo. This is an
uplifting and entertaining photographic
collection of playful brassieres created
from a wide and wild variety of common
objects. From Nest Enhancement, two bird
nests adorned with delicate flowers and
string, to Hot Ta-tas, colorful Mexican
bowls filled with peppers sporting braided
green onion straps, artist Meg Spielman
Peldo creates images that appeal to both
sexes and virtually all age groups.
Size: 10" x 9" • 30 color photos • 72 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4193-9 • hard cover • $24.99
GAMES, PUZZLES & ACTIVITIES
SumSearch. Jonathan Meck. Challenge yourself with
numeric puzzles in SumSearch, a modern twist on the
classic word search. Featuring 100 puzzles of escalating
difficulty, use addition and perseverance to find all
combinations within the puzzle that add up to the goal
number. Try to find them all!
Size: 6" x 9" • 100 black & white puzzles •
128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4880-8 • soft cover
• $9.99
Kansuko: A New Game Based on Classic Sudoku.
Jonathan Meck. Kansuko, the latest twist on the popular
Sudoku number game, combines logic and reasoning
with simple addition to create an all-new and exciting
type of puzzle that challenges and stimulates your mind.
Using just the numbers 1 through 9, fill in the empty
squares in the three 3 x 3 grids and the sum column to
complete the puzzle.
Size: 6" x 9" • 114 puzzles • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4203-5 • soft cover • $9.99
GAMES, PUZZLES & ACTIVITIES • FISHING
The Uncolored Book for You to Color. Matt
French. This 80-page coloring book will both
delight and entertain. Drawn in pen and ink,
these “uncolored” images for your kids to color
will open their imagination and inspire their own
creativity. Children will love it and even adults
will get into the action trying to decipher all
the little details in each of the drawings. Young
Adult/Teens: Ages 13-18.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 80 b&w illustrations • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4087-1 • soft cover • $12.99
Falvey’s Guide to Fishing Long Island. Kevin
Falvey. The most comprehensive how-to/where-to
fishing book you’ll find, focusing on New York’s popular
saltwater species and the tactics, tackle, rigging,
lures, and baits used to target them. Includes secret
tricks of the trade; custom-marked charts detailing
hotspots in Long Island’s sounds, bays, and ocean;
species-by-species “crib sheets”; and an illustrated
knot tying guide.
Size: 6" x 9" • 117 b/w images • 232 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-9787278-2-6 • soft cover • $19.99
The Journey Coloring Book. Adrienne Trafford. A coloring extravaganza created from The
Journey Oracle, enjoy hours of coloring fun
with 46 pretty drawings for long-time coloring!
Interesting artwork with color suggestions on
back cover! Not only for children, teens and
adults will enjoy coloring, too!
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 46 b/w art images • 48 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3784-0 • soft cover • $9.99
Rudow’s Guide to Modern Jigging: • Inshore
• Offshore • Species-Specific. Lenny Rudow.
Jigging may be an ancient technique, but it’s also
the hottest, newest way to fish. Thanks to advances
in tackle technology and the development of new
methods like speed jigging, meat jigging, and yo-yoing, today you can target everthing from panfish to
pelagics - with light tackle that’s comfortable to use
even on the biggest fish.
Size: 6" x 9" • 49 b/w images • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-9787278-7-1 • soft cover • $19.99
FISHING
Saltwater Tales: Offshore, Bay, and Surf Fishing
Adventures with Proven Tips and Techniques for
the Saltwater Angler. John Unkart. For years, fishermen
have relied on John Unkart to help them catch more fish.
Learn professional fishing strategies while embarking on
entertaining saltwater journeys that are seeded with tips,
tricks, and information that will help everyone become a
better fisherman—from the beginner to the seasoned angler.
Size: 7" x 10" • 179 b/w & color images • 208 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4902-7 • soft cover • $24.99
Rudow’s Guide to the Mid Atlantic: Coastal
Bays & Ocean. Lenny Rudow. Comprehensive howto/where-to fishing book covering coastal bay, inlet,
inshore, and offshore angling from New York to North
Carolina. Includes more than 300 hotspots (some with
GPS coordinates); in-depth look at sportfish found in
the Mid Atlantic and information on when, where,
and how to catch them; details on tackle and tactics,
and how and when to employ the most effective
methods of fishing.
Size: 6" x 9" • 103 b/w images • 265 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-9787278-0-2 • soft cover • $19.95
Basic Fishing Lure Carving. Greg Hays.
In 220 detailed color photos, this book takes
you through every step necessary to create
a working broke back fishing lure. Every tool
needed is listed, every technique employed
is described, including painting instructions.
The book includes a pattern for the lure and
illustrated instructions on assembling a box
for lure storage. A gallery featuring a variety
of lures is also provided.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 242 color photos • 64 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2505-1 • soft cover • $14.95
Vintage Fishing Reels of Sweden. Daniel
Skupien. Comprehensive guide to forty years of
collectible Swedish-made reels with background
information on every manufacturer and every
production model made between 1940 and
1980. It includes baitcasters, spinning, and fly
reels. Includes over 675 color photos, vintage
advertisements, and patent drawings, plus
a guide to current values.There are several
international collector clubs dedicated to the
Ambassadeur alone, and many models bring
top dollar at the auction block.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 678 color photos • Price
Guide • 208 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1602-8 • hard cover • $39.95
Collectible Fishing Reels. Carl Caiati. This
book surveys basic fly, casting, bait casting,
spinning, and spin casting reels produced in
America and Europe during the nineteenth
and twentieth centuries. Over 180 photos and
drawings display reels produced by J. C. Conroy &
Company™, William Mills™, Julius Von Hofe™,
and the Kentucky reel smiths B.F. Meek & Sons™
and B.C. Milam™. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 4 color
& 184 b/w photos • Price Guide • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1767-9 • soft cover • $29.95
Voices of the Chesapeake Bay. Michael Buckley.
Photography by David W. Harp. Features interviews of
people who live, work, and play on the Chesapeake
Bay. Radio host Michael Buckley brings us a fascinating
collection of these interviews in written form. A view
of the Chesapeake through which we see history,
ecology, economy, and how they intertwine with
the human soul.
Size: 6" x 9" • 52 b/w photos • 464 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-9787278-5-7 • soft cover • $19.95
ISBN: 978-0-9787278-8-8 • hard cover • $29.95
Rudow’s Guide to Rockfish. Lenny Rudow. This
book will help you catch more and bigger striped bass
(rockfish). Understand factors that have an effect on
the way you fish: tidal patterns, water quality, sun and
moon, weather changes, etc. Learn major tactics used
by recreational and professional anglers, and find which
is most effective - when, where, and why. Discover
top 10 hotspots for catching stripers.
Size: 6" x 9" • 43 b/w images • 208 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-9787278-3-3 • soft cover • $19.95
Folk Art Fish Decoys. Donald J. Petersen.
Decoys made earlier in the century as well as
examples of contemporary design, and the
background of their Minnesota makers. The
construction and special attributes of fishing
decoys are discussed in detail and information
is also provided on spear makers and the varying
designs of their spears, jigging sticks, and decoy
boxes. A price guide completes the work.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 558 photos • Price Guide •
240 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0053-9 • hard cover
• $59.95
Offshore Pursuit: A Complete Guide to Blue-water Sport Fishing. John Unkart. Revised & Expanded
2nd Edition. This expanded second edition has bonus
chapters on rigging techniques and deep dropping,
information you need to catch big game fish offshore.
Experience what ultimate sport fishing has to offer:
Surface eruptions on trolled baits, rods bent in half,
drags screaming, and adrenaline pumping. From rigging
techniques to fighting trophy fish, it’s all in this book.
Size: 6" x 9" • 129 b/w photos & diagrams • 232 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4308-7 • soft cover • $19.99
A Tale of Two Rivers. Ronald F. Lasko. An intimate
portrait of fly fishing on Cape Cod’s Quashnet and
Mashpee rivers, seeking the unique species of Sea Run
Brook Trout that once inhabited many locations. In 50
color photos, watercolor illustrations, and engaging
text, presented here is a unique blend of the author’s
personal experience and the romance of fly fishing.
Size: 7" x 10" • 56 color images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4440-4 • hard cover • $34.99
Vintage Folk Art Fishing Lures and Tackle.
Jeff Kieny. Over 700 color photos and fascinating
text focused on vintage and contemporary folk
art lures, largely from the first half of the 20th
century. See lures by folk artists, fisherman
modified factory lures, folk art tackle, and contemporary artists. The text assesses an individual
lure’s quality, condition, authenticity, and value.
This book is a treasure for fishermen and folk
art collectors, displaying lures from both known
and anonymous makers.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 718 color photos • 240 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3694-2 • hard cover • $49.99
Flounder: Fishing Tactics and Techniques. Keith
Kaufman. Tackle, tactics, and techniques of the masters
are exposed. Learn how, when, and where you can
boost your catch rate. Examine drift fishing, trolling,
jigging, and several secret techniques. Explore how
and when to choose one type of bait over another,
the most effective lures in each fishing situation, and
top flounder hotspots.
Size: 6" x 9" • 115 b/w images • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-9787278-4-0 • soft cover • $19.95
Rudow's Guide to Fishing the Chesapeake. Lenny
Rudow. Specific bay sport fish and the most effective
methods of catching them during each phase of the
season are discussed on a fish-by-fish basis. Modern
and traditional tackle and rigs used. If you want to
boost your catch rate, this book is for you.
Size: 6" x 9" • 18 b/w photos, 4 illustrations
30 maps • 318 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-568-6 • soft cover • $14.99
Modern Sharking. Mark Sampson. Captain Mark
Sampson has stood watch over chum lines, ran shark
tournaments, worked with biologists, chased IGFA
records, and guided thousands to shark encounters.
Here, he shares the knowledge and experience that
allowed him to guide enthusiasts to 17 IGFA world
records for sharks. Sampson examines how to chum,
rig for, bait, hook, land, clean, cook, or release.
Size: 6" x 9" • 122 b/w photos • 264 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-9787278-6-4 • soft cover • $19.95
Fisherman’s Knots and Nets. Raoul Graumont &
Elmer Wenstrom. Professional and novice fishermen
alike can learn to make hundreds of ties and bends to
connect line to hooks, leaders, lures, nets, traps, and
seines. The veteran fisherman will find it an indispensable reference tool. Whether you fish for fun or to make
a living, this is a valuable addition to your tackle box.
Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 565 illustrations,
1 b/w photo • Index • 208 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-024-7 • soft cover • $8.95
Fish & Fowl Decoys of the Great Lakes.
Donna Tonelli. Fine decoys and calls from the
Great Lakes region, in over 1100 color photographs, with original vintage black and white
photos, and a price guide. Includes pieces ranging
from the finest museum-quality artifacts to
collectibles that are more likely to turn up at
a local auction.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 1100+ color & b/w images
Price Guide • 288 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1643-5
• hard cover • $69.95
Top of the Line Fishing Collectibles. Donna
Tonelli. Here are some of the best high quality
fishing collectibles illustrated with nearly 400
color photos, plus vintage photographs from an
era when sport fishing was young. Included are
fish decoys, lures, ice fishing equipment, reels,
advertising, and related folk art.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 396 photographs
Value Guide/Index • 176 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0209-4 • hard cover • $39.95
49
50
FISHING • PARANORMAL & GHOSTLY PHENOMENA
My Life Pile: A Compilation of Stories
from the Lifetime of a Hunter/Gatherer.
Vic Berg. This book tells of the self-centering
effects of living within nature while hunting and
fishing, written by an outfitter and guide with
50 years experience. Learn a lifetime’s worth of
outfitter’s secrets, along with unusual nature
facts and proven hunting/fishing strategies.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 49 color & 4 b/w images
• 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4518-0 • soft
cover • $19.99
Dead Whispers: Ghostly EVPs. A. E. Angel.
Journey through a haunted past with an all-female
paranormal investigation team, Whaling City Ghosts, to
explore an audio fortress of ghosts at over 8 locations.
Take an adventure like no other, and listen to the dead
whispers of the past with an enclosed CD. When a
ghost asks, “Who are you?” could it be talking to you?
Size: 6" x 9" • 60 b/w images • CD • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4236-3 • soft cover • $19.99
America’s Historic Haunts. Linda Zimmermann.
Tour guide detailing haunted history of all 50 states
and Washington, D.C., with over 155 haunted locations. Includes visitor information for a fascinating
tour of historic haunts across the U.S.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 147 b/w & color photos •
Index • 336 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3700-0 • soft cover • $29.99
Grim Shadows Falling: Haunting
Tales from Terrifying Places. Benjamin S. Jeffries. 31 grim tales that are
dark, scary, and infinitely unsettling
as well as soaked with blood, death,
and the horror of unspeakable tragedy.
Haunts, murders, and legends include
historic research, investigations, interviews, and evidence collected. Tales from
U.S., Japan, UK, and China.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 47 b/w photos
• 192 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4708-5 • soft cover • $24.99
EVP: Electronic Voice Phenomenon: Massachusetts Ghostly Voices. Mike Markowicz.
Read 15 ghost investigations covering Massachusetts, from historic Salem to Plymouth. Listen to
80 real ghost voices on the accompanying CD.
Decide for yourself if recorded evidence supports
religious beliefs that there is life after death.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 30 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3359-0 • soft cover w/
CD • $19.99
Travelogue of Horror. Tony Urban.
A horror-themed travelogue covering
horror movie filming locations, famous
graves, UFO crash sites, mythical monsters, and more. Over 70 color photos and
text take readers to sites from Friday the
13th, Silence of the Lambs, The Evil Dead
and over 20 additional films. The book
also includes information on serial killer’s
houses, ghost and vampire graves, and
infamous haunted locations.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 90 color photos • 128 pp.ISBN: 978-0-7643-4598-2 • hard
cover • $24.99
Tales from Beyond: Deadly Fortune, The Attic, Unbreakable.
Kevin Herren and Jim O'Rear. Tales
From Beyond is an audio drama featuring three true stories relating to
strange phenomena and unexplained
happenings. Performed by name actors
Robert Picardo, Daniel Roebuck, Betsy
Rue, Jim O’Rear, Kyle Hebert, and Mary
Elizabeth McGlynn. Volume I.
Size: 9" x 6" • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4762-7 • boxed set • $19.99
Psychic Pets: Solving Paranormal
Mysteries. Dinah Roseberry. Learn
animal communications and ghost hunting skills for talking to pets and ghost
animals. Laugh, cry, and be creeped
out as you follow the antics of this
author-turned-animal communicator.
Farfetched? No; you can do it, too! Let
her show you how!
Size: 9" x 6" • 91 b/w images • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3398-9 • soft cover • $12.99
Paranormal Unwrapped. Shannon Sylvia and
Katie Boyd. Follow famous ghost hunter Shannon
Sylvia (formally of Ghost Hunters International) and
international demonologist/occult specialist Katie Boyd,
as they journey through an in-depth look inside the
world of the paranormal. Follow the hunt for ghosts,
aliens, and favorite supernatural creatures, such as the
Chupacabra, Mothman, and Bigfoot. Learn the signs
of alien abduction, study crop circles, and identify
various alien ships.
Size: 6" x 9" • 28 b/w images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4125-0 • soft cover • $16.99
“Tails” of the Afterlife: True Stories of Ghost
Pets. Peggy Schmidt. Learn how departed animals
communicate with their owners. Highlights true “tails”
about animals that have visited their owners from the
afterlife. For anyone who has ever loved an animal,
these stories will produce a roller coaster of emotions
and the belief that their “heart animal” will always
be there for them—even after leaving this world.
Size: 6" x 9" • 43 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3253-1 • soft cover • $12.99
Eerie America: Travel Guide of the Macabre. Eric R. “Corvis Nocturnum” Vernor &
Kevin Eads. With 150 images, addresses, and
directions, go state-by-state to tour the macabre
side of the United States. Journey to haunted
old battleships, abandoned prisons, creepy
lunatic asylums, the Amityville Horror House,
the Winchester House, museums such as Edgar
Allan Poe’s home, New Orleans Voodoo Museum, and the Lizzie Borden Bed and Breakfast.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 150 photos • Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4469-5 • soft cover • $24.99
Ghosts in the Cemetery: A Pictorial
Study. Stuart L. Schneider, Photography
by Rebecca Benjamin. The question
always asked of spirit photographer
Rebecca Benjamin is: Are the photographs real? The answer? Yes! Now
you, too, can view 70 ghostly visitors
and read the historic accounts.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 70 color photos
• 136 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2988-3 • soft cover • $19.99
Animals Impacting the World. Dinah Roseberry
and Mary Gasparo. Contains 33 stories, instructions
for becoming an animal communicator, information
for pendulum healing, and pet grieving. Visit with
wolves, a llama, cats, dogs, a rabbit, butterflies, and
more as two animal communicators lead the way.
Size: 6" x 9" • 60 color images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4237-0 • soft cover • $16.99
Ghosts of the Revolutionary War. Christopher E.
Wolf. The Revolutionary War has sparked legends, ghost
stories, and tales of haunted battlefields. Explore the
ghostly side of the fight for American independence
with stories collected for the first time in one volume,
from all thirteen of the original American colonies that
rebelled against England.
Size: 6" x 9" • 57 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3494-8 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghosts in the Cemetery II: Farther Afield. Stuart Schneider. Travel
to ancient cemeteries of the U.S. and
France after dark to meet night spirits
who reside there. Captured digitally, at
sundown, sun up, and by the light of
a full moon, their beauty and eeriness
is astounding. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 96
color photos • 96 pp. • ISBN: 978-07643-3590-7 • hard cover • $24.99
Haunted Closets: True Tales of “The Boogeyman.” Katie Boyd. Enter the world of “The Boogeyman” who abides in closets everywhere. Learn myths
from around the world. Discusses sleep disorders,
portals, vortexes, doorways to the boogeyman’s
realm, paranormal cases, serial murderers, and the
movies. Maybe you should keep your closet door
closed as you read this ...
Size: 6" x 9" • 31 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3474-0 • soft cover • $14.99
Shaker Spirits, Shaker Ghosts. Thomas Lee Freese.
Read interviews about true ghostly tales from Pleasant
Hill, KY and White Water, OH. Singing is heard in
the Meeting House, children are scared from the
graveyard, Shaker figures walk the village lane, Shaker
ghosts enter guest rooms and first hand encounters
are candidly reported.
Size: 6" x 9" • 58 b/w and color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3989-9 • soft cover • $19.99
Ghost Hunters’ Tool Kit. Dinah Roseberry. Photography by Stuart Schneider.
Includes four 22-card decks slanted to
ghost investigation and paranormal
studies. Get more information from
clients, find the right team members,
and make EVP sessions more successful.
Includes dowsing rods. Try starting your own paranormal team with this
easy-to-use kit!
Size: 11 3/4" x 6" • 88 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3912-7 • boxed set • $34.99
World War II Ghosts: Artifacts Can Talk. Richard
J. Kimmel. 52 World War II artifacts are investigated via
historical information, pendulum dowsing, psychometry, electronic voiceprints, and psychic intervention.
Renowned psychic Jane Doherty, Shamanic Journeyer
and Reiki Master Lisa Palandrano, and New Jersey
Ghost Organization psychic Maryanne Vasnelis join
forces with the author/sensitive to prove that these
artifacts can talk. Size: 6" x 9" • 52 b/w photos • 192
pp.ISBN: 978-0-7643-3159-6 • soft cover • $14.99
PARANORMAL & GHOSTLY PHENOMENA
Haunted Highways and Ghostly Travelers. Christopher E. Wolf. Journey across the miles to encounter
haunted streets and highways, railways and bridges,
and even the friendly skies! Included are streets, roads,
highways, bridges, trains, planes, ships, stagecoaches,
tunnels, mazes, hitchhikers, lighthouses, and more.
Size: 6" x 9" • 54 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3895-3 • soft cover • $19.99
Ghostly Beacons: Haunted Lighthouses of North
America. Therese Lanigan-Schmidt. Grisly tales of
disastrous deaths, unsolved murders, lost loves, and
horrible storms. For all who love lighthouses or goosebump adventures.
Size: 6" x 9" • 33 photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-1114-7 • soft cover • $14.99
PARANORMAL & GHOSTLY PHENOMENA • UFOS • ZOMBIES • CRYPTOZOOLOGY • VAMPIRES
Ghost and Shamanic Tales of True Hauntings. Bety
Comerford. Experience 12 interesting and frightening
ghost hunts to find out why ghosts exist and wander the
earth, how some people are more likely to be haunted
than others, and what to do if you become a haunted
person. Read about a boy haunted by British soldiers, a
curse on a colonial farmhouse, a spirit who won’t leave
until her head is returned, and more.
Size: 6" x 9" • 28 b/w images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4128-1 • soft cover • $16.99
Lost in the Darkness: Life Inside the World’s
Most Haunted Prisons, Hospitals, and Asylums.
Benjamin S. Jeffries. Take a personal tour of 29 of the
world’s most haunted prisons, hospitals, and asylums.
Learn the personal stories of the patients and prisoners
who called these places home, the chilling histories of
these monuments to suffering, and gain a unique insight
into the reasons their spirits remain behind. Images by
author and 16 prominent photographers.
Size: 7" x 10" • 66 b/w & color photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4319-3 • soft cover • $19.99
Creepy Colleges and Haunted Universities: True
Ghost Stories. Cynthia Thuma & Catherine Lower.
College ghosts are a little like college mascots – just
about every school has one and they add a dash of
spice to the college experience. This book includes a
directory of ghosts, spirits, specters, and apparitions
who haunt educational institutions. More than 140
eerie experiences with the afterlife.
Size: 6"x 9" • 23 b/w photos •Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1805-5 • soft cover • $9.95
Eerie Encounters in Everyday Life: Angels,
Aliens, Ghosts, and Haunts. Thomas Freese.
Storyteller Thomas Freese travels across the US
collecting true tales from folks experiencing the world
of strange, up close and personal. 108 incredibly
creepy stories involving some very strange beings
and places: shape shifting creatures, Sasquatch,
haunted castles, a return from the dead, fairies, a
samurai ghost, photographs of spirits, a chat with
a dead dad, revenge from the grave...and more!
Size: 6" x 9" • 28 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4504-3 • soft cover • $16.99
UFOS
Alien Arrival: Salvation or Destruction. Michael
FitzGerald. Sightings, contact, and abduction cases
are all considered as well as a detailed study of the
evidence for life on other planets and, in particular,
Mars and on the Moon. The search for extraterrestrial
life and attempts to communicate with it, coverups,
conspiracies, doomsday scenarios, the possibility that
UFO activity represents an attempt to encourage us
to work together for the salvation of our planet.
Size: 6" x 9" • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4763-4 • soft cover • $16.99
UFO and Alien Management: A Guide to Discovering, Evaluating, and Directing Sightings,
Abductions, and Contactee Experiences. Dinah
Roseberry. Bring the memories of an incident to the
light of day via new visualization techniques. Revisit
abduction experiences, discover if you've had an
encounter, but have forgotten it, or if there has been
contact of which you are unaware, and more.
Size: 6" x 9" • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4606-4 • spiral bound • $12.99
A Silent Invasion: The Truth About Aliens, Alien
Abductions, and UFOs. Reverend Debra Marshall.
This comprehensive study includes 110 interpreted
images and information that is Spirit Guide-assisted,
as well as from the author’s own experiences. How
can our world be so rich in its bio-diversity, its people
so varied in appearance and customs? Are the Nazca
Lines related to alien visitation? Are aliens, cryptids,
and animal/human mutilation cases related?
Size: 6" x 9" • 110 color images • Index • 136 pp. •
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4609-5 • soft cover • $16.99
ZOMBIES
THE UFO Phenomenon: Should I Believe? Robert
Davis. Evidence, new perspectives, and detailed analysis, make this a thought-provoking study for those at
every level of knowledge and belief. Learn about pilot
and astronaut UFO experiences, strange encounters
with UFOs, alien abductions, official government
and military declassified UFO documents, and future
directions and research needed to better understand
the phenomenon.
Size: 6" x 9" • 208 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4764-1 • soft cover • $16.99
Zombie Nation: From Folklore to Modern Frenzy.
Eric R. Vernor. Go on a hunt for the facts, folklore,
and fiction about zombies from the 1800s to popular
culture. Zombie-related research, interviews, themed
goods, movie and TV stories, and other mania culture
features. Learn to use makeup to become a zombie!
All in all, it’s a good day to be undead.
Size: 6" x 9" • 80 b/w & color images • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4450-3 • hard cover • $19.99
Scary Urban Legends. Tom Baker Illustrated by
John C. Eng. Urban legends are stories that make the
rounds at high school hangouts and college dorms,
camping trips and late night sleepovers, offices and
water coolers. Experience the horror of lurking killers,
lonely ghosts, and attacks from insects that seem to
come from the pit of some forgotten nightmare. And
who knows? It all might be true!
Size: 6" x 9" • 22 b/w illustrations • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3587-7 • soft cover • $14.99
Military Response to UFO Activity. Stephen Cox.
Take an in-depth look at the US Government’s reactions
to UFO phenomena since 1947. Find out what happens
when military aircraft fire upon a UFO and whether these
aircraft are a threat to our national security. Be there
with military and civilian pilots, military personnel, and
others who have had encounters with UFOs. Approach
the threshold of the unknown.
Size: 6" x 9" • 26 b/w images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4062-8 • soft cover • $16.99
Seeking Bigfoot. Michael Newton. Examination of
Bigfoot, focusing on reports and sitings, hoaxes, hunters,
and more in North America. Covers 47 U.S. locations
and 6 Canadian provinces in the years 2000-2014.
Read about the creature's portrayal in modern media
and advertising.
Size: 6" x 9" • 82 b/w & color photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4843-3 • hard cover • $24.99
SPI: The Case of the Dark Shadow. T. J. Bonham.
The Shadow Paranormal Investigators battle a sinister
dark shadow threatening harm to ghost hunter Ellie
Hunter. Things become more menacing when the
shadow ruthlessly stalks Ellie’s father, who is serving
with the military in Afghanistan. And now her father
is missing in action under strange circumstances. Will
the skills of the Shadow Paranormal Investigators be
enough to save the day? Maybe not…
Size: 6" x 9" • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4132-8 •
soft cover • $12.99
UFO Conspiracy. Carmen McLaren. The US Government has hidden the proof of the existence of UFOs
since 1947. Read the evidence showing that they
consider them real. Over 250 sightings included by
the most reliable witnesses ever assembled will help
you see that UFOs exist and the government knows it!
Size: 7" x 10" • 352 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3893-9 •
soft cover • $29.99
Werewolves: Myth, Mystery, and Magick.
Katie Boyd. Enter the world of the werewolf, where
superstition abounds and shape shifting is possible!
Find out what to do if you or a friend turns into a
werewolf or other were-beast. Learn the differences
between Therianthropy and Lycanthropy, discover
the different illnesses that could cause you to think
your a werewolf.
Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3907-3 • soft cover • $16.99
Haunted Asylums. E. R. Vernor. Take a ghostly tour of
the asylums that were intended to help the mentally ill
but only contributed to their affliction. Learn the history
behind the infamous Riverside patient Mary Mallon,
aka “Typhoid Mary.” Get spooked by the foreboding
buildings at Danvers State Hospital and 55 other places
from around the country.
Size: 7" x 10" • 118 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4147-2 • soft cover • $19.99
UFOs Above the Law: True Encounters with Law
Enforcement. Frank Soriano & Jim Bouck. A collection
of UFO reports from law enforcement officers and other
government officials that prove that UFOs are not only
real, but are here in mass. Experience abductions, learn
investigative procedures, read transcripts of radio
chases, track strange lights, and investigate things
that most people would run from!
Size: 6" x 9" • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3920-2 • soft cover • $19.99
I Think My House is Haunted! Joanne Emmons.
If you think your house may be haunted, you’re not
alone. Learn how to tell if your house is haunted, what
ghosts are and why they are, what to expect from a
paranormal investigation team, and what to do if your
house really is haunted. An essential guidebook for
anyone who thinks they may be sharing their home
with the paranormal.
Size: 6" x 9" • 40 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4136-6 • soft cover • $19.99
Evolutionary UFOlogy. Jordan Hofer. Foreword by
Butch Witkowski. Never-before-heard speculations and
hypotheses to answer questions surrounding Gray aliens’
evolution and interference with the human race. Explore
speculations from the perspective of evolutionary
biology and Darwinism–you may be startled to find
that the Grays and humans are competing organisms
locked in a galactic struggle for existence.
Size: 6" x 9" • 18 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4505-0 • soft cover • $16.99
CRYPTOZOOLOGY
VAMPIRES
Vampire Evolution: From Myth to Modern Day.
E.R. "Corvis Nocturnum" Vernor & L.E. Carruba. Vampires
are folkloric creatures who live off the blood of the
living and have been recorded in nearly every culture
around the world since the beginning of man. This work
traces the evolution and popular culture surrounding
the vampire today.
Size: 6" x 9" • 61 b/w & color images • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4841-9 • hard cover • $24.99
Find more
Paranormal &
UFO titles
in the regional section,
beginning on page 60.
51
CHILDREN'S BOOKS
Introducing
cing Schiffer
PLUSH TOYS
$12.99 ea.
NATURE STORIES ...................................................52
HISTORICAL STORIES ............................................54
GENERAL INTEREST ...............................................54
MIDDLE READERS..................................................56
REGIONAL INTEREST .............................................56
BUILDING KITS .......................................................58
CRAFTS & ACTIVITIES ............................................59
NATURE STORIES
The Angry Little Puffin. Timothy Young. The
story of a puffin who is upset that he’s mistaken
for a penguin. He reaches the last straw, gets
angry and explains the differences between
penguins and puffins .A young girl explains
why puffins are her favorite. 18 colorful spreads
showing children what frustration and feeling
alone looks like from the outside and how to
get over anger. Early readers: Ages 5-8
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 18 color illustrations • 40 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4805-1 • hard cover • $16.99
Where Did All the Water Go? Carolyn Stearns.
Illustrated by David Aiken. One morning, all one
could see on western shore of the Chesapeake
Bay was mud. “Where did all the water go?" The
answer is in this charming story about natural
phenomenon that occurs on the bay. Middle
Readers: Ages 7-10.
Size: 9" x 9" • 25 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-506-8 • hard cover • $12.95
The Tale of Strawberry Snow. P. L. Caudle.
Illustrations by Frank H. Simmonds, IV. A white
pony with fabulous red freckles, Strawberry Snow
is new to the world in this charming story about
making new friends. Illustrated with crisp and
colorful digital images and told in rhyming meter,
follow Strawberry Snow as she learns important
life lessons and the power of friendship. Grades
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 23 color illustrations • 48 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4076-5 • hard cover • $16.99
Song for Papa Crow. Marit Menzin. When
Little Crow gets his wish to sing like the other
birds, he makes some friends and learns a valuable lesson about the power of his own voice.
Paired with colorful collage illustrations, this
inspirational story is complemented by fun facts
about North American birds and their sounds.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2 “ x 11" • 28 color images • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4131-1 • hard cover • $16.99
In Mouse’s Backyard. James Nardi. Discover
the natural world like never before with this very
close look at Mouse’s backyard, where every
square foot is rich with life and energy. A combination of colorful illustrations, photographs,
and images from an electron microscope reveal
the cells that form all creatures great and small.
See how these microscopic building blocks are
precisely arranged in lovely plants and living
things. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 157 illustrations • 40 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3833-5 • hard cover • $16.99
Squirrel Rescue. Jennifer Keats Curtis. Illustrated by Laura Jacques. A baby squirrel that
has fallen out of his nest suddenly interrupts a
spring game of catch. Knowing what to do, the
two boys demonstrate how to handle the furry
mammal properly and what to do when they
find the squirrel’s sibling. Placing them safely
in a box, the two boys retreat to the house
so as not to scare the mother away while she
recovers her babies. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 18 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4246-2 • hard cover • $16.99
CHILDREN’S BOOKS: NATURE STORIES
53
Chickadee & The Whale: A Baby
Chickadee’s Adventure. Catherine E. Clark. A baby Humpback Whale
befriends a small songbird when he
wanders away from the safety of the
forest and finds himself in danger over
the open ocean. This story introduces
a variety of wildlife, told in a way that
will delight and educate.
Ages 5-8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 40 full color illustrations • 40 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2950-0 • hard cover • $16.95
The Turtle Tank. Kristina Henry. Illustrations by Laura Ambler and Amanda
Brown. Written in haiku and illustrated
in 16 bold color images, this wonderful
children’s story encourages exploration,
discovery, and wonder. This story inspires
children to discover all their worlds together, including the beautiful world
outside and the world at home.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 16 color photos • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3843-4 • hard cover • $16.99
Toulouse: The Story of a Canada Goose.
Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by A. R. Cohen.
One October day a young Canada goose became
separated from his family on his first migration south. He and a lost snow goose became
special friends for life. Their love story will be
treasured by children and adults alike. Early
Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 19 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3692-8 • hard cover • $9.99
Mother Monarch. Mindy Lighthipe.
23 colorful illustrations and a friendly text tell the story of the Monarch
butterfly’s lifecycle from the mother
laying eggs, to a hatching caterpillar,
to pupating into a chrysalis, and a new
generation and its migration South. The
Monarch butterfly and the host plant,
Milkweed, is emphasized.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 23 color illustrations 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3400-9
hard cover • $19.99
The Fish Tank. Kristina Henry. Illustrated by Laura Ambler & Amanda Brown.
With twenty color illustrations and haiku
poetry for text, this book describes life
in the tropical fish tank and explores the
concept of living together peacefully
and happily. Meet goldfish, tetra, tiger
barbs, angelfish, and snails, tropical
fish in many shapes, colors, and sizes.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 20 color photos • 48 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3706-2 • hard cover • $16.99
Rosie’s Posies. Marcy Dunn Ramsey. Rosie
discovers the magic of gardening through choosing seeds, planting, fertilizing, and nurturing
flowers and vegetables. Picture Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: 9" x 9" • 79 color illustrations • 34 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-472-6 • hard cover • $14.95
Quiet Please—Eaglets Growing. Carolyn Stearns.
Illustrated by David Aiken. A boy watches a pair of
eagles nesting near his school and wonders what will
happen to them when the land is sold for development.
Children and adults join forces to ensure the eagles
can keep their nesting site. Children learn that their
voice can be heard.
Middle Readers: Ages 8-12.
Size: 7" x 10" • 23 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-541-9 • hard cover • $11.95
Beyond the River. Alex Miller. Caroline Miller,
illustrator. You and your children will enter a new
world and live an adventure with an unlikely
explorer. Through this story, your children will
be encouraged to realize the potential within
themselves and learn that chasing dreams and
exploring life’s questions lead to wonderful and
surprising answers.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 30 color illustrations • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3741-3 • hard cover • $16.99
Osprey Adventure. Jennifer Keats Curtis.
Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. A boy and
his U.S. Fish and Wildlife biologist father save
osprey chicks and adults from certain death by
trash, fishing lines, and other ropes in their nests.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 9" x 9" • 22 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3684-3 • hard cover • $13.99
The Silly Looking Thing. Eva M. Sakmar-Sullivan.
Itsy-Bitsy boy frog discovers that just because someone
looks a little different than you, doesn’t mean you can’t
be friends – or at least give the friendship a chance.
You just might be surprised or shocked at what you
find out! Little frog was!
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 7" x 10" • 33 color illustrations • 40 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4144-1 • hard cover • $16.99
Saving Squeak: The Otter Tale. Jennifer Keats Curtis. Illustrations by Marcy Dunn
Ramsey. Informative true story that teaches
young readers about the lives of otters. A
young human hero, Braden, discovers Squeak,
an orphaned baby otter, in the park. Squeak
now reside at the Calvert Marine Museum, in
Solomons Island, Maryland.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 30 color illustrations
32 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3588-4
hard cover • $14.99
Broken Wings Will Fly. Mick Blackistone.
Illustrated by Jennifer Heyd Wharton. Sally is in a
wheelchair as a result of a car accident. Her dog,
Tucker, finds a duck with a broken wing. These
two unlikely friends teach Sally, with help from
others, a determination to succeed and with lots
of hard work that miracles can happen. Early
Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 8" x 9" • 15 color & 17 b/w illustrations
32 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-87033-439-9 • hard
cover • $10.95
Baby Blue Has the Blues. K. I. AlGhani. Illustrations by Haitham Al-Ghani.
Baby Blue longs to be included among
the other creatures of the ocean, but
is shunned because he is ‘different.’
However, when danger lurks in the form
of a predatory shark, the fish learn an
important lesson about accepting and
embracing each other’s differences while
Baby Blue realizes it’s okay not to be
like everyone else. Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 16 color images • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3732-1 • hard cover • $16.99
Otter Lee Brave. Rena Cherry Brown. Illustrated by Mikaila Maidment. Lee, a young otter,
loses his mother and finds himself in a rescue
aquarium where he meets a bully, must trust
human beings, survives a catastrophe, and, by
recalling his mother’s lessons, makes a tough
decision that ultimately changes his life. Otter
facts make this a great book for the classroom.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 30 color illustrations
48 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4155-7
hard cover • $16.99
Jemma’s Got the Travel Bug. Susan Glick.
Illustrations by Kelli Nash. Jemma, a young
diamondback terrapin, leaves her quiet cove
and ventures into the open waters of the Chesapeake Bay. Away from home, she encounters
the dangers that threaten the diamondback
terrapin. This illustrated, action-filled story is
perfect for children.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 16 illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3632-4 • hard cover • $14.99
Bertie Bumble Bee: Troubled by
the Letter “b". K.I. Al-Ghani. Illustrated by Haitham Al-Ghani. Bertie
Bumble Bee's problem identifying the
letters b and d leads to him becoming
the victim of the class bully. Mummy
Bumble’s intervention prevents Bertie
from developing a school phobia. Her
simple exercises solve his confusion,
making him “alphabet smart." A phonics
program and 14 color illustrations are included. Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 14 color illustrations • 44 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3993-6 • hard cover • $16.99
The Rat Tank. Kristina Henry. Illustrations by Laura Ambler and Amanda
Brown. Written in haiku poetry and
illustrated in 18 bold color images, this
memorable tale is all about friendship
and sharing. Children learn the values of
cooperative play and shared adventures,
which lead to strong friendships. Early
Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 18 color photos 40
pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3842-7
hard cover • $16.99
It’s Up to You, Griffin. Susan T. Pickford.
Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. Teaches
about Groundhog Day. A groundhog chooses
to awaken the other animals to welcome spring.
When it ventures out on a sunny day in late
winter, it encounters a horrible site in the snow.
Not wanting to anger Mother Nature, it gets
up its nerve and runs into Spring.
Picture Book: Ages 0-6
Size: 9" x 9" • 25 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-446-7 • hard cover • $10.95
Ronnie Raven Recycles. K.I. Al-Ghani.
Illustrated by Haitham Al-Ghani. Sixteen
illustrations bring this tale of exploring
the importance of recycling to life. Ronnie, a young raven who has grown too
big for the family nest, is encouraged to
make his own nest. Ronnie decides to
use human trash to build his home. Ronnie learns appropriate recycling methods,
and so will your child. Ages 5-8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 16 color images • 44 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3840-3 • hard cover • $16.99
Sam: The Tale of a Chesapeake Bay Rockfish.
Kristina Henry. Illustrated by Jeff Dombek. A carefree
rockfish (striped bass) loves to eat the trash people toss
from a bayside restaurant. After it has grown fat, the
fish gets stuck. Then a fisherman catches him. The fish
begins to worry. Picture Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: 7" x 10" • 17 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3823-6 • hard cover • $10.99
How the Oysters Saved the Bay. Jeff
Dombek. Oysters Chester and Meredith
have a big problem. They realize that
pollution in the water of the Chesapeake
Bay is making the underwater grasses
sick. The peaceful habitat of so many
is at stake! Can they possibly clear up
this murky problem with the help of
all their saltwater friends? Ages 5-8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 35 mixed media
illus. • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4283-7 • hard cover • $16.99
54
CHILDREN’S BOOKS: HISTORICAL STORIES • GENERA L INTEREST
HISTORICAL STORIES
Captain John Smith’s Big and Beautiful
Bay. Rebecca C. Jones. Illustrated by Linda
Shute. The true story of Captain John Smith’s
exploration of the Chesapeake Bay, with a touch
of humor provided by the diverse wildlife that
live in and around the bay. Beautifully illustrated,
this exciting story is an excellent resource for
kids learning about John Smith, the Chesapeake
Bay’s history and ecology, and their state’s history.
Middle Readers: Ages 7-10.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 23 color images • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3869-4 • hard cover • $14.99
Pilgrim Village: A Thanksgiving Diorama. Kevin Ludgate. Enjoy hours of fun with
your children coloring and cutting out these
Thanksgiving characters and buildings. With easy,
step-by-step instructions, you will be transported
to another time as you create your own village
with both Native Americans and Pilgrims. A fun
and educational activity that adults and children
of all ages can enjoy.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 16 b/w images • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3563-1 • soft cover • $9.99
The Boy Who Saved the Town. Brenda Seabrooke.
Illustrated by Howard M. Burns. Barnaby’s tree climbing
leads him to a brilliant idea to outwit the British in
the War of 1812. This story is a great morale booster
for children and a pleasure for them to share with
their parents.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 7" x 10" • 16 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-405-4 • hard cover • $8.95
The Biggest (and Best) Flag That Ever Flew.
Rebecca C. Jones. Illustrated by Charles Geer. A flag
“gallantly streaming" over Fort McHenry in Baltimore
in 1812 is one Caroline made with her mother. Francis
Scott Key saw it in “the dawn’s early light" when he
wrote the National Anthem. This true story features
a girl who was part of history.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 7" x 10" • 16 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-440-5 • hard cover • $8.95
The World Turned Upside Down: Children
of 1776. Ann Jensen. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn
Ramsey. Five children and their parents were a
part of events from 1776 to that created a new
nation in America. Experience life during the
Revolutionary War, with the Continental Army,
and in the streets of Annapolis.
Middle Readers: Ages 10-13.
Size: 7" x 9" • 16 b/w illustrations,
2 maps • Glossary/Index • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-534-1 • soft cover • $9.95
Buried Treasure, a Pirate’s Tale. Carroll
Harrison Kehne, Jr.. Pirates! Picaroons! Scallywags! Captain John Bloodsworth, a pirate,
plunders ships and buries the treasure.Then he
battles with the local Indians. Will the treasure
ever be found?
Middle Readers: Ages 7-10.
Size: 9" x 9" • 19 color illustrations • 34 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-601-0 • hard cover • $12.95
Pirates of the Delaware. Rupert Sargent Holland.
Pirates, conspiracy, highway robbers, and other sinister
forces confront a young law clerk in Philadelphia smitten
by a beautiful French noblewoman. Travel back to 1793
for action packed adventure that takes young readers
back, following our noble hero’s misadventures as he
falls in among a decidedly wrong crowd.
Middle Readers: Ages 10-13.
Size: 6" x 9" • 4 b/w illus. • 320 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2487-X• soft cover • $14.95
Mystery of Mary Surratt: The Plot to Kill President Lincoln. Rebecca C. Jones. Mary Surratt was
convicted and hanged for her alleged part in the
assassination of Abraham Lincoln. Students can develop
critical thinking skills as they decide for themselves
whether Mary Surratt was guilty or innocent.
Ages 10-13.
Size: 7" x 9" • 33 b/w photos, 1 map • Index • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-560-0 • soft cover • $9.95
GENERAL INTEREST
Kangaroo’s Out of this World Restaurant.
Eva M. Sakmar-Sullivan. In 20 imaginative, lively
drawings and entertaining text, this story encourages children to discover the unique gift
they each possess and can use for the good
of others. Kangaroo whimsically illustrates
how she transcends her feelings of sadness
and worthlessness by “finding her own bliss."
At the advice of the wise old koala, she does
what she loves to do most of all: she jumps.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 20 color images • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4519-7 • hard cover • $14.99
Four Little Witches. T. J. Perkins, Illustrated by Eimi
Pinero. Four tiny elemental witches help the earth
thrive, but, when disaster strikes, they must come
together to protect the planet, helping to heal it and
keep it alive. Through 18 charming spreads, enjoy this
playful way to learn about the elements—earth, air,
water, and fire—and how they help us.
Size: 5" x 6 1/2" • 18 color spreads • 40 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4943-0 • hard cover • $12.99
Lobsters on the Loose. Jennifer Ginn.
Illustrated by Eric T. Krackow. A routine
trip to the grocery store becomes an
amazing adventure as a brave young
boy helps the lobsters in the seafood
department make a great escape. But
can they get back to the sea? Follow
the lobsters on a fun-filled journey that
culminates with a celebration in the sea.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 50 color illustrations • 48 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3826-7 • hard cover • $16.99
The Future Architect's Handbook. Barbara
Beck. Young readers discover how architects
work by examining "Aaron the Architect’s" four
drawings (Site Plan, Floor Plan, Section and
Elevation) for his own home. They also learn
about design techniques, building components,
and architectural styles. Freehand drawings
illustrate the text and inspire readers to apply
these lessons to their own designs.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 51 b/w illustrations • 48 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4676-7 • soft cover • $16.99
Are You Sure that Was a Rabbit? Clay
Harper & Jas Ingram. Tag along on a nature
walk that the students of Ms. Gwinn’s class take
through more than 25 beautiful illustrations.
Your kids will learn about organic gardening,
recycling, global warming, and the variety of
animals that aren’t rats that also live in the city.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 26 illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4007-9 • hard cover •
$12.99
Don’t Be a Schwoe: Manners. Barbara E.
Mauzy. Having good manners is an integral part
of being a decent human being. With colorful
images, this book explores difficult concept
in a humorous, but effective way, as children
read about simple issues they encounter on a
daily basis such as eating politely, covering a
sneeze, and speaking with kindness.Ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 60 color illustrations • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3428-3 • hard cover • $14.99
The Lollipop Monster. Eric T. Krackow.
Monsters in the land of Monstoria did
not get along with each other as well
as they should. Just because they were
bigger, large monsters were always
mean to little monsters that lived in
fear of being chased and bullied. This
all changed when Larry the Lollipop
Monster, a large monster, decided to
stick up for the little monsters. Early
Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 63 color illustrations • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3773-4 • hard cover • $16.99
Don’t Be a Schwoe: Embracing Differences.
Barbara Mauzy. Children today need to learn
to embrace the differences in others in order
to be well adjusted and happy in society today.
This charming book takes on the tricky topic of
accepting and even embracing differences in a
humorous but effective way through this simple
but engaging story told in rhyme. By the end of
the final rhyme “Don’t Be a Schwoe" will become
a catch phrase for acceptance. It’s easy. It’s fun.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 40 color illustrations • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3566-2 • hard cover • $16.99
Don’t Be a Schwoe: Fitness. Barbara E.
Mauzy. Illustrated by Bob Stuhmer. Schwoes can
be teeny or tall, big or small, but Franklin is the
largest of them all! Overweight, his self-esteem
droops lower than the many chins that hang
from his jowls. Franklin loves to eat! After an
informative, cautionary trip to the doctor, he
resolves to get fit and healthy—with just one
chin. Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 49 illustrations • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4295-0 • hard cover • $16.99
Beetle Boddiker. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. Beneath the back
steps, by a rock in the shade, Beetle Boddiker
lives in the house that he madte. A jumble of
sticks and a tumble of leaves, It’s a simple bug
house. But don’t step on it, please! Beetle
Boddiker is a tiny beetle who rarely leaves home.
But one day he needs to be brave and venture
forth across the great jungle of a lawn and the
ocean of rocks in the driveway to visit his brother,
Nevins, who lives in a rusty tin can across the street. Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 9’ x 9" • 23 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-602-7 • hard cover • $13.95
The Lollipop Monster Meets Clem
the Klutz. Eric T. Krackow. Larry the
Lollipop Monster and friend Zabby meet
an energetic monster named Clem. He
is a spirited character who gets a little
“klutzy" when he’s excited. Accompanied
by bright, beguiling illustrations, the
Land of Monstoria learns the value of
forgiveness, of respecting each other’s
differences, and to celebrate the uniqueness of every monster. Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 67 color illustrations • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4287-5 • hard cover • $16.99
The Lollipop Monster's Christmas. Eric T. Krackow and Heather M.
Krackow. Larry the Lollipop Monster is
celebrating Christmas with friends when
he discovers Walter, a lonely monster,
crying in the woods. Larry invites him
to celebrate with the gang, and Walter
discovers the true meaning of Christmas.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 67 illustrations
• 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4743-6 • hard cover • $16.99
Bill the Snowman. Eric T. Krackow.
Join Bill the Snowman as he ventures
out into the forest on Christmas Eve to
cut down a tree, not realizing that the
tree was a home for a bluebird and her
eggs. Hoping to make up for what he
has done, Bill finds a creative way to
solve the problem, making it a special
Christmas for them all. Early Readers:
Ages 5-8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 63 color illustrations • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3219-7 • hard cover • $16.99
CHILDREN’S BOOKS: GENERAL INTEREST
Have an Abominably Good Day. Eric
T Krackow. After Hannah and her brother,
Billy, have a misunderstanding, Hannah
ends up in tears and heads into the woods
outside of town to be alone. She runs into
Abe, an Abominable Snowman who is also
feeling lost on this particular Christmas
Eve. wTogether they have an adventure,
become friends, and discover a few truths
about friendship, decisions, and the love
of family and friends. Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 128 color illustrations • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3496-2 • hard cover • $16.99
Christopher Wren: Avian Architect. Tina
Skinner, illustrated by LouLou. Learn about
architectural style coast to coast in a childishly
delightful book that is a blast of color from front
to back. Expose your child to concepts of classic
design as diverse as Georgian Revival and log
cabin, Art Deco and Arts & Crafts. This is a
book you’ll want to read aloud together time
and again. Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 31 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3169-5 • hard cover • $15.99
Camp ABC: A Place for Outdoor Fun. Zora
Aiken and David Aiken. Illustrated by David
Aiken. Whether camping with a tent in the
middle of a forest or enjoying a full-service RV
resort bordering a beach, camping activities
will satisfy any child’s curiosity. Presented in
an alphabet format, simple rhymes and fullpage illustrations suggest fun and adventurous
camping activities, from bird watching to hiking
and fishing and kayaking. Picture Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 22 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4423-7 • hard cover • $16.99
Big Billy and the Ice Cream Truck
that Wouldn’t Stop. Joe Consiglio.
Illustrations by Joe Simko. When the
world’s most evil sinister and wicked ice
cream truck driver races past the children
of Sweet Street, Big Billy marshals their
forces to confront the villain. Armed with
bikes and bravery, the children turn the
wheels on the driver with an unexpected
act of kindness that changes everything.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 26 color illustrations • 48 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4067-3 • hard cover • $16.99
Evi, My Little Monkey : A Good Night
Book for You and for Grown-ups, Too.
Neithard Horn. Visit the lush, nighttime jungle
with little EviMonkey as she embarks on a
journey to explore her world. Presented in cartoon-style narrative panels with guiding captions,
the intricate and richly colored artwork invites
children to use their imaginations. Children are
encouraged to fill in the story and verbalize their
visual impressions as they describe and interpret
the pictures. Picture Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: 9" x 12" • 34 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3827-4 • hard cover • $16.99
All About Boats: A to Z. David and Zora
Aiken. Illustrated by David Aiken. An alphabet
book with a nautical focus, All About Boats
A to Z teaches young children the purpose of
the many things they see while boating. Each
featured word is described by a short verse
and a colorful illustration.
Picture Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 32 drawings • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4184-7 • hard cover • $14.99
The Evil Mailbox and the Super Burrito. Garry Wagner-Robertson. Illustrated
by Connie Wagner. When a seemingly
normal and harmless mailbox is brought
to life by a scientist and a boring menu
item takes on a life of its own, the result
is a riveting tale of danger, excitement,
friendship, and a furry mailbox. Middle
Readers: Ages 8-12.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 94 color images •
96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3856-4 • hard cover • $16.99
Mommy’s New Tattoo: A Bedtime Story
for People. Levi Greenacres. Mommy’s New
Tattoo is the story of a young girl who visits a
tattoo shop for the first time with her mother,
who is getting a tattoo. The story examines the
mother’s reason for getting tattooed and the
lasting consequences of wearing and displaying
body art. All ages.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 15 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4389-6 • hard cover • $16.99
My Father Flies. Jennifer Ginn. Illustrated by David Kramer. India, Africa,
Australia, and a host of countries come
to life as a devoted dad travels the globe
and recounts tales of his adventures for
his young son. Each country’s customs,
cultures, and attractions are explored
as the boy’s father circles the earth and
then takes a return trip to his most favorite spot—home by his son’s side. Early
Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 30 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4385-8 • hard cover • $16.99
First Sail. Richard Henderson. Teaches
fundamentals of sailing with beautiful
illustrations and labeled drawings, includes nautical terms, channel markers,
buoys, safety equipment, knots, clouds
& weather, anchoring, maneuvering
sails, and crew overboard procedures.
Middle Readers: Ages 7-13.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 40 color illustrations • 42 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-442-9 • hard
cover • $15.95
Willie the Taxi Cat. Eva M. Sakmar-Sullivan. Willie
the Taxi Cat drives here and drives cool critters and
carousing creatures everywhere! Learn to count and
identify like sounds by riding in Willie’s Taxi with 10
different animal species. Through 12 colorful animated
illustrations, children can explore the sounds of language while learning to count from 1 to 10. Picture
Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: 7" x 10" • 26 illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4436-7 • hard cover • $16.99
Captain Tugalong. Dee Cache. Illustrated by Howard M. Burns. The tugboat,
Captain Tugalong, teaches the sailboat,
Sun Dancer, about boating safety, including equipment, rules, and emergencies
at sea. Picture Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 34 color illustrations
• 30 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-87033-515-0 •
hard cover • $12.95
Beep Beep Goes the Bus Driver.
Vincent Scala. Have you ever taken a
trip with a dinosaur, a fish, or a ballerina
bear? If not, then this is the bus for you!
Our friendly bus driver takes us to places
that your ordinary bus has never been
before. Hop on board, you’re in for one
adventurous ride. Early Readers: Ages
5-8. • Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 15 color
illustrations • 32 pp. • ISBN: 978-07643-4493-0 • hard cover • $16.99
Double-Talk: Word Sense and Nonsense.
Zora & David Aiken. Illustrated by David Aiken.
Double-Talk: Word Sense & Nonsense invites
children to explore homophones and shows
them that words can be fun. Pairs of deliberately ambiguous words are presented in
rhyming verse and illustration across thirteen
double-page spreads. On each spread, the
words may sound the same, but they are used
to describe two very different images. Picture
Book: Ages 0-6. • Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 32 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3962-2 • hard cover • $14.99
Suppose. Susan Wigden. Illustrated by Marcy
Dunn Ramsey. Suppose you made young ones
laugh with rhymes that fueled in them a fundamental love of books and reading. Suppose
that experience assisted in bringing about a
monumental change in the next generation’s
view of reading. Suppose paints reading as an
adventure, with imaginative verse and fun-filled
images that will have children and parents
laughing together.
Picture Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: 9" x 9" • 17 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-566-2 • hard cover • $11.50
Change the World Before Bedtime. Mark
Kimball Moulton, Josh Chalmers, and Karen Good.
Written in simple, engaging rhyme, this story takes
an inspirational look into how the little things in life
can help change the world in a big way. Through
18 stunning illustrations, children will read about
eating right, cleaning up the Earth by recycling
and conserving, helping the sick and those less
fortunate, and working in a group to make bigger
miracles. Even an ordinary kid can be a superhero
before bedtime! Early reader–ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 18 color images • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4238-7 • hard cover • $16.99
Daylight Moonlight. Matt Patterson. Daylight
Moonlight is a visually engaging book that provides a unique way for children to learn about
the animals that populate different habitats by
day and night. Patterson has painted 22 scenes
total, in the forest, desert, underwater, seashore,
wetlands, grasslands, mountains, public parks,
and even your own backyard.
Picture Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 24 illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4282-0 • hard cover • $16.99
Monkey of the Month. Adam Kramer. Illustrated by David Kramer. A young boy unexpectedly
receives a most peculiar gift on his birthday–a
one year-membership to the “Monkey of the
Month Club." He is very confused by this odd
gift, until, month-by-month, monkeys and their
primate cousins start appearing at his door. While
a house full of monkeys, chimps, orangutans,
and gorillas, all unique in their own way, sounds
like a lot of fun, membership does have some
drawbacks. Grades Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 31 color illustrations • 40 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4156-4 • hard cover • $16.99
Busy Bodies: Play Like the Animals. David
& Zora Aiken. Illustrated by David Aiken. Encourage children to get outside for some fresh
air and exercise as this book shows them how
to play like animals. Children often mimic the
actions of their own pets; Busy Bodies expands
that tendency, inviting children to pretend to
be animals and hop, run, or leap like rabbits,
deer, or frogs.Picture Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 32 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3832-8 • hard cover • $14.99
A to Z: Pick What You’ll Be. Zora & David
Aiken. Illustrated by David Aiken. This ABC
book will give job ideas to young readers, and
it will expand their vocabulary. A selection of
jobs—two for each letter of the alphabet—is
presented in whimsical sketches of children at
work. From astronaut to zoologist, short verses
hint at a job description in a rhyming scheme
that children will love to repeat.Grades Picture
Book: Ages 0-6. • Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 30+ color illus. • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3701-7 • hard cover • $14.99
Bugs in Shoes. Beth Wilder.ugs In Shoes is
a rhyming book with drawings of child-like
“bugs" wearing a lively assortment of shoes
and clothing. Designed to help children visually
associate the written word with specific articles
of clothing. Captures a child’s attention with
snappy sing-song rhymes. And lest we all
forget, bugs wear wonderful shoes! Picture
Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 29 color illustrations
• 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3967-7 • hard cover • $14.99
55
56
CHILDREN’S BOOKS: GENERAL INTEREST • MIDDLE READERS • REGIONAL INTEREST
They’re Coming! Timothy Young. They’re
Coming! From dark, dusty tombs to deep, forgotten forests, strange creatures, spooky creeps,
and frightful fiends that haunt your nightmares
are coming! But why? Tension builds and builds
through 16 eerie paintings, mounting horribly
until a surprising fun reveal at the end of the
book. Created in a wonderfully creepy style using
silhouetted characters against misty, moonlit
backgrounds. Picture Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 16 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4225-7 • hard cover • $16.99
Halloween Sleepwalker. Thomas Freese
& Fran Riddell. Around the fireside, Shelby
Sherman Sanford’s family talks about their
Halloween fears. They confess their frights, but
Shelby says he is not afraid of anything! Later
that night, it seems Shelby gets his chance, as
he finds himself in a neighbor’s corn field where
he encounters a young witch who gives him
the “second sight" of ghosts and monsters
to begin his adventure. But is this a dream?
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 33 color illustrations • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4399-5 • hard cover • $16.99
Shadows on My Wall. Timothy Young. The
street lights make shadows on Kevin’s wall!
In those shadows, he sees monsters, dragons,
and all sorts of frightening creatures. Does he
let them scare him or does he find imaginative
ways of dealing with these creepy shadows?
Children will learn from Kevin’s experience
how to deal with their own shadowy fears.
Illustrations also show how you can create your
own shadow figures!
Picture Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 15 color images • 40 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4224-0 • hard cover • $16.99
Into the Pumpkin. Linda Franklin. Follow
various “Halloween" characters as they prepare
to celebrate this mystical holiday—pumpkins,
witches, bats, ravens, black cats, scarecrows,
spiders, ghosts, and more. Shall they have their
party in the graveyard or the pumpkin patch?
Should they dress up or simply go as themselves?
Middle Readers: Ages 7-10.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 24 drawings • 48 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4183-0 • hard cover • $16.99
I Hate Picture Books. Timothy Young. Max
hates his picture books and he’s throwing them
all away. But he soon learns just how invaluable
imagination is and has a change of heart. Find
out why in this outrageous book that both pokes
fun at and celebrates many of the classics of
children’s literature. Join writer and illustrator
Timothy Young for this irreverent and humorous
story. Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 17 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4387-2 • hard cover • $16.99
The Legend of Papa Balloon. C.R.
McClure. Illustrated by Steven Kernen.
A mysterious man magically appears in
a land where the people have grown to
be divided and are in need of greater
understanding and empathy for each
other. It’s the perfect book for any parent
who wants their children to learn about
treating the traditions and points of view
of others with respect. Early Readers:
Ages 5-8. • Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 31 drawings • 40 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4410-7 • hard cover • $16.99
Shirley’s Cakes. Ambur Lowenthal and Joe
Werner. 1 cup sugar, sifted; 1/2 teaspoon spice;
2-3 tablespoons everything nice… Little girls
may be made of sugar and spice and everything
nice, but Shirley can’t stand cake! Will she ever
find a cake she loves? Join Shirley as she takes
her future into her own hands, tries something
new, and bakes a cake from scratch. Beautifully
illustrated and containing recipes for cake and
frosting, this amusing tale will entice your sweet
tooth. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 26 illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4005-5 • hard cover • $12.99
Mosey’s Field. Barbara Lockhart. Illustrated by
Heather Crow. Mosey has a napping place in the
middle of a corn field. Mosey’s Field illuminates
the beauty of the rural landscape, the change
in seasons, and the progression of agricultural
methods. When the field is prepared for the
summer’s crop of corn, Mosey can’t find his
spot. As the corn grows and the field changes,
so do Mosey’s adventures. Will he ever find his
favorite nap location? Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 23 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4388-9 • hard cover • $16.99
The Visit: The Origin of The Night Before
Christmas. Mark Kimball Moulton. Illustrated
by Susan Winget. Here, in verse and accompanied by over 50 richly detailed illustrations, is
the story of the writing of the classic poem “The
Night Before Christmas." It is based upon the
history of the poem as passed down through
the generations of the Moore family and told to
the author by Dinghy Sharp, great-great-granddaughter of Clement Moore. All ages.
Size: 9" x 9" • 53 color images • 54 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4575-3 • hard cover • $16.99
MIDDLE READERS
Grandpa’s Basement. Corinne M. Litzenberg.
A heartwarming tale relating how a grandson
learns more than decoy carving from his grandfather. Learn about valuing family and elders,
and showing care and respect for others, the
importance of a clean environment, and wonders
of the natural world. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11"• 29 color illustrations• 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2720-9• hard cover • $14.95
Oyster Moon. Margaret Meacham. Illustrated by
Marcy Dunn Ramsey. A blend of history and mystery
in the late 1800s at the peak of the Oyster Wars in
Maryland. A 14-year-old girl and her twin brother are
featured. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13.
Size: 6" x 9" • 10 illustrations • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-459-7 • soft cover • $9.95
Freestyle. Monica S. Baker. Join Mitchell Burke, a
13-year-old boy from Maryland, who stumbles into a
dream portal that transports him to the 1820s, where
he faces Patty Cannon, the legendary and ruthless
slave kidnapper. Mitch tries to lead a normal life, but
his nights are interrupted by dangerous adventures
in his dreams and mysterious connections between
Patty Cannon and his family. Learn how Mitch builds a
stronger bond with this father, a reservist on active duty
in the Middle East; resolves conflict; and experiences
the truth about slaves crossing to freedom in Pennsylvania before the Civil War. Middle grades–ages 10-13.
Size: 6" x 9" • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3538-9 • hard cover • $14.99
Autumn Journey. Priscilla Cummings. Cover Illustration by Doron Ben-Ami. Will Newcomb and his family
move to Grampa’s farm . A hunting trip makes him
realize he is torn about killing a beautiful Canada goose.
It is the tale of love keeping a struggling family together,
in the face of hard times. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13.
Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 120 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-606-5 • soft cover • $12.95
The Misadventures of Dreary & Naughty. John
LaFleur & Shawn Dubin. Book one in the Dreary
& Naughty series introduces the gothic characters
Dreary, the son of the Grim Reaper, and Naughty, the
daughter of the Devil, who are sent by their parents
to attend high school with mortal children to learn
about humanity–and how “inhuman" high school
years can be. Young Adult/Teens: Ages 13-18.
Size: 6 1/2" x 5" • 32 b/w illustrations • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4494-7
hard cover • $14.99
Dreary & Naughty: Friday the 13th of February.
John LaFleur & Shawn Dubin. Dreary and Naughty’s
sophomore book is perfect for, but not just for, Valentine’s Day. A tale of true love and true friends unfolds,
as the friendship of the otherworldly duo is tested by
the trials and tribulations of this cardstock holiday.
Young Adult/Teens: Ages 13-18.
Size: 6 1/2" x 5" • 36 b/w illustrations • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4495-4 • hard cover • $14.99
Dreary & Naughty: The ABCs of Being Dead.
John LaFleur & Shawn Dubin. In the third installment in
the series, Dreary and Naughty confront their futures,
weighing their own interests and dreams with their
parents’ expectations. A perfect read for anyone
trying to answer questions about what they’re going
to do with their lives. Young Adult/Teens: Ages 13-18.
Size: 6 1/2" x 5" • 40 b/w illustrations • 72 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4496-1 • hard cover • $14.99
The Sweet Rot. Joe Simko. 46 color
illustrations explore the world of Pollilop
Drop in this sugar-rush-of-a-quest tale.
Encounter unusual characters, including
shy guitarist Pukeboy. A sweet treat for
graphic novel and underground art
enthusiasts, and anyone interested in
popular culture and the illustrator’s art.
Young Adult/Teens: Ages 13-18.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 46 • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3406-1 • hard cover • $16.99
The Sweet Rot, Book 2 : Raiders
of the Lost Art. Joe Simko. Join little
rot-rocker Pukeboy and graffiti artist
Gumshoe in this second book from
The Sweet Rot series as they search for
Gumshoe’s missing paintings. This lost
art quest leads our two heroes through
the vividly lush town of Pollilop Drop
encountering a fresh new batch of little
rotters. Young Adult/Teens: Ages 13-18.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 44 color illustrations • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3828-1 • hard cover • $19.99
The Sweet Rot, Book 3: The Purple
Meltdown. Joe Simko. Panic envelops
Pollilop Drop when Mystic Miz, using her
crystal ball, foresees a purple apocalypse
sweeping through the town. As she
hurries to warn the other little rotters of
this forthcoming purple meltdown, a few
of the kids give their own interpretations
of what this violent violet vision could
be. Young Adult/Teens: Ages 13-18.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 15 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3977-6 • hard cover • $19.99
REGIONAL INTEREST
Chesapeake Play Day. Zora and
David Aiken, Illustrated by David Aiken.
Two puppies leave the family farm for
a day of play in Chesapeake country.
Depite many promising opportunities,
the fun they seek eludes them. Finally,
the tired pups return to the farm and
are surprised to find a yard full of fun.
There really is no place like home.
Early Readers: Ages 5–8.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 33 color illustrations • 32 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4883-9 • Binding: hard cover • $14.99
Olly Explores 7 Wonders of the Chesapeake Bay. Elaine Ann Allen, Illustrated by
Kelli Nash. Olly's adventures throughout the
Chesapeake Bay help to bring the importance
of the Bay and its ecosystem to life for all ages.
The colorful pages feature fun-to-know facts
about the landmarks that parents and kids will
see in their travels.
Early Readers: Ages 5–8.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 17 color illustrations • 32 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4938-6 • Binding: hard
cover • $16.99
CHILDREN’S BOOKS: REGIONAL INTEREST
The Honey Boat. Polly Burroughs, color illustrations by Garrett Price. A lady garbage
collector driving a boat? Yes, that’s Ellie, a
salty Yankee in Edgartown Harbor. When she
doesn’t appear one morning, her friends worry,
and when people get sick, even the Mayor takes
up the search. What they learn is that garbage
can pollute a harbor and conservation begins
with boat owners properly depositing trash.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 6 3/4" x 8 1/2" • color illustrations • 48 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3121-3 • hard cover • $14.99
Sauncey and Mr. King’s Gallery. Clara Ann Simmons. Illustrated by Charles Geer. Between 1821 and
1842, painter Charles Bird King made portraits of 143
Indians. In this fictionalized account, Sauncey, an
eight-year-old free black, lives in Mr. King’s house with
her mama, Mr. King’s cook. One day the yard boy tells
Sauncey that he has just been down on Pennsylvania
Avenue and has seen Indians. Her mama says that
Mr. King is going to paint their pictures. Later, when
everyone is out, Sauncey answers a knock on the
door—Indians! Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 7" x 10" • 15 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-498-6 • hard cover • $10.95
The Sand Lady: A Cape May Tale. Corinne
M. Litzenberg & Bari A. Edwards, Illustrator. A
little girl and a magical sand lady travel through
time, back to Cape May, New Jersey, in 1912!
Also featured are a Cape Island map, over twenty
watercolor illustrations, a glossary, and a timeline.
Additionally, an integrated extension activities
guide is available for the classroom. Middle
Readers: Ages 8-12.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 27 color images • 32 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2479-9 • hard cover • $14.95
The Sand Lady: An Ocean City, Maryland,
Tale. Corinne M. Litzenberg. Travel back in time
with the magical Sand Lady to experience the city
in the early 20th Century. See the Atlantic and
Plimhimmon hotels, ride the carousel at Trimper’s
Luna Park, and more. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 41 color illus • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2684-4 • hard cover • $14.95
The Secret of Heron Creek. Margaret Meacham. Illustrated by Lynne N. Lockhart. An exciting tale about two boys and a lovable sea monster.
When a cruel man plots to trap and sell the monster,
the boys make a plan to save their friend. The nighttime
operation that William and Tommy undertake to save
their friend will thrill readers young and old Middle
Readers: Ages 8-12.
Size: 6" x 9" • 10 illus. • 136 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-414-6 • soft cover • $7.95
While a Tree Grew: The Story of Maryland’s
Wye Oak. Elaine Rice Bachmann, for the Friends
of the Maryland State Archives. Illustrated by Kim
Harrell. While a Tree Grew takes young readers
on a journey through time with Maryland's most
famous tree, the great Wye Oak, by tracing the
tree's history from when it was a seedling to
its fall during a storm in 2002. While a Tree
Grew gives a new generation a glimpse into
this venerable Maryland icon and the 460 years
of history that surrounded it.<br> Preschool to grade 2
Size: 9" x 9" • 16 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3686-7 • hard cover • $10.99
Grandfather’s Secret. Lois Szymanski, illustrated
by Kelli Nash. When Charley’s grandfather died, his
old houseboat comes to the family marina on Kent
Island, Maryland. Dad is angry at the condition of the
boat and the fact that his father has squandered away
his jewel collection. When the spirit of Grandfather
appears and asks him to retrieve three items, Charley
complies, even though he doesn’t know the worth or
meaning of his mission. What he uncovers is surprising
proof of the depth of Grandfather’s secret. Middle
Readers: Ages 8-12.
Size: 6" x 9" • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3535-8 • soft cover • $12.99
Boomer Explores Annapolis. Angelique Clarke.
Illustrated by Jim Hunt. Through 15 colorful images,
accompany Boomer on his daylong adventure and
learn the history behind the city’s many historic
sites, including the State House and Charles Carroll
House. Beautifully illustrated, this book is a great
educational tool for teachers and parents and a
great keepsake for any child. They’ll be laughing
and bouncing around with Boomer all the way
home. Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 15 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4008-6 • hard cover • $12.99
Courageous Women of Maryland. Katherine Kenny and Eleanor Randrup. Ideal for the
classroom, this educational book offers brief
biographies and commentary on important
women from Maryland’s past and present. This
book takes a look at each woman’s achievements
and the courageous choices they made to realize
success. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13.
Size: 6" x 9" • 14 b/w photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3541-9 • soft cover • $19.99
Leonard Calvert and the Maryland Adventure. Ann Jensen Illustrated by Marcy Dunn
Ramsey. Leonard Calvert, from England, led colonists
to Maryland and became the first governor. He faced
fierce Indians, unfriendly Virginia fur traders, and
plundering pirates who wanted to chase him out of
Maryland and take the colony away from the Calverts.
This book takes a look at each woman’s achievements
and the courageous choices they made to realize
success. Middle grades–ages 10-13.
Size: 7" x 9" • 12 illus., 1 map
Glossary/Index • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3685-0 • soft cover • $9.99
Counties of Central Maryland. Elaine Bunting & Patricia D’Amari. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn
Ramsey. Teaches wildlife, plants and history in
four counties and the “fascinating folks" who
live there. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13.
Size: 7" x 9" • 38 illustrations & 2 maps
Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-503-7 • hard cover • $19.95
The Chester Town Tea Party. Brenda Seabrooke.
Illustrated by Nancy C. Smith. Amanda Wetherby
was nine years old in May of 1774, when the people
of Chester Town, Maryland voted not to buy, sell,
or use tea. Amanda was very unhappy not to have
tea to drink with meals. The next day, her brother,
George, swaggered off to a “tea party just for men."
Amanda decided she would go too, and get some of
that tea to wash down the dust. And if the party is for
men only—why, she would dress as a boy! So, she
becomes part of an event that is still celebrated each
May in modern Chestertown.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 7" x 10" • 12 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-422-1 • hard cover • $8.95
Finding Birds in the Chesapeake Marsh:
A Child’s First Look. Zora Aiken. Illustrated
by David Aiken. Focusing on the marshland
of the Chesapeake and its tributaries, a book
about commonly found birds and the beauty
of the marsh itself. Can spark a lifelong appreciation for birds and their surroundings. Early
Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 9" x 9" • 15 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-533-4 • hard cover • $11.95
Chesapeake Bay Walk. David Owen Bell.
Illustrated by Jennifer Heyd Wharton. Introduction to plants and animals in and around
the Chesapeake Bay’s shoreline habitats:
beach, mudflat, pier, marsh, and shallows.
See soft-bellied bullies & crabs older than
dinosaurs. Features the food chain in a way easy
for this age group to understand and a tour of
the changing seasons. Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 9" x 9" • 24 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-507-5 • hard cover • $12.95
Rambling Raft. Lynne & Barbara Lockhart.
Illustrated by Lynne Lockhart. A little blue and
yellow raft intended as a birthday present for a
waterman’s son has adventures on a river. Will
it find its way home? Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 9" x 7 1/2" • 26 color illus. • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-392-7 • hard cover • $7.95
Counties of Maryland’s Lower Eastern
Shore. Elaine Bunting & Patricia D’Amario.
Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. Examine basic
facts about the four counties’ history, geography,
climate, plants, animals, education, religion, and
sites of interest. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13.
Size: 7" x 9" • 36 illustrations, 2 maps
Index • 168 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-555-6 • hard cover • $19.95
Beddy Bye in the Bay. Priscilla Cummings.
Illustrations by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. The creatures of the Chesapeake Bay come to life in
this delightful, informative story about how
and where they sleep. Herons, crabs, clams,
turtles, and fish each find a different place
to rest in the water and along the shore, and
even oysters sleep in their own “beds." Once
heard, this charming poem will be asked for
every night. Beddy bye! Picture Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 32 color illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3450-4 • hard cover • $14.99
Counties of Northern Maryland. Elaine
Bunting & Patricia D’Amario. Illustrated by Marcy
Dunn Ramsey. Descriptions of four counties’
geography, climate, plants, animals, and history
through stories about their growth, government,
towns, churches, education, and places of interest. Line drawings, “Fun Facts," and “Not-so-fun
Facts" keep students involved with the subject.
Middle Readers: Ages 10-13.
Size: 7" x 9" • 42 illustrations, 2 maps
Index • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-520-4 • hard cover • $19.95
Chesapeake ABC. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by David Aiken. “From “A is for anchor"
to “Z is for a zephyr" the sights, sounds, and
feel of the Bay come through to the youngest
of readers. Whimsical drawings by David Aiken
illustrate the verses about Chesapeake animals
and things. Picture Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: • 9" x 9" • 43 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-525-9 • hard cover • $11.99
Counties of Southern Maryland. Elaine
Bunting & Patricia D’Amario. Illustrated by
Marcy Dunn Ramsey. The earliest settlement
of Maryland occurred in 1634, as Europeans led
by Leonard Calvert came with hope of religious
freedom and economic opportunity. Includes
history, climate, geography and wildlife stories
of three counties with illustrations, line drawings,
“Fun Facts," and “Not-so-fun Facts." Middle
Readers: Ages 10-13.
Size: 7" x 9" • 35 illustrations, 2 maps • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-535-8 • hard cover • $19.95
Chesapeake 1-2-3. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by David Aiken. Children learn to count
with rhymes about life on the bay. “One girl
went to fish, two ospreys fly high, ..." and the
pages grow more crowded as readers approach
“ten." Then see the numbers once again. The
clever method and whimsical drawings will
delight youngsters. Picture Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: 9" x 9 “ • 19 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-542-6 • hard cover • $11.95
57
58
CHILDREN’S BOOKS: REGIONAL INTEREST • BUILDING KITS
Chesapeake Rainbow. Priscilla Cummings.
Illustrated by David Aiken. Rhyming lines help
young children learn their colors and facts about
the Chesapeake Bay. A bright and wonderful
companion to the popular books Chesapeake
ABC and Chesapeake 1-2-3. Picture Book:
Ages 0-6.
Size: 9" x 9" • 17 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-556-3 • hard cover • $11.99
Meet Chadwick and His Chesapeake Bay
Friends. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by A.
R. Cohen. Preschoolers and early readers will
enjoy the rhyming story and colorful pictures in
this introduction to Chadwick the Chesapeake
Bay blue crab and his many friends: Bernie the
Sea Gull, Toulouse the Canada Goose, Matilda
Egret, Hector Spector the Jellyfish, Orville Oyster,
and others. Picture book–ages 0-6. Size: 9" x
9" • 15 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3822-9 • hard cover • $11.99
Chadwick the Crab. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated
by A.R. Cohen. A blue crab and its wide circle of aquatic
friends yearn for adventure and the crab wants to be a
star at the aquarium. This is the story of how one little
crab realizes a very big dream. Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 7" x 10" • 16 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-347-7 • hard cover • $8.95
Mallory the Forgetful Duck. Elaine Allen.
Illustrations by Kelli Nash. Mallory, a forgetful
Mallard duck, can’t find her nest. She stumbles
upon the nests of several other birds in her quest
to find it, but soon discovers that her own nest
is different from all the rest, and that her own
eggs are more beautiful than any others. Early
Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 17 color illustrations • 40 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4069-7 • hard cover • $16.99
Olly’s Treasure. Elaine Ann Allen. Illustrated
by Kelli Nash. Olly loves cleaning the water in
the Chesapeake Bay where he lives with all his
friends. But when Olly spies a sunken ship just
beyond the oyster reef, he decides to explore
the wreck to see if there is treasure on board.
What is treasure without a friend to share it?
Journey under the Chesapeake Bay with Olly and
find out why Olly’s oyster reef is all the treasure
he needs. Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 16 color illustrations • 40 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3772-7 • hard cover • $16.99
Olly the Oyster Cleans the Bay. Elaine Ann Allen.
Illustrated by Kelli Nash. An oyster wanted to settle
down with a minnow fish friend to help clean their
habitat, the Chesapeake Bay. Learn how they succeeded.
Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 7" x 10" • 15 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-603-4 • hard cover • $13.95
Chadwick’s Wedding. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated
by A. R. Cohen. Wedding shells are ringing! Chadwick the
Crab is getting married, and everyone is preparing for the
big event! Esmerelda is choosing her bridesmaids. Baron
von Heron is writing the ceremony. But Chadwick has
second thoughts and his bride disappears. The wedding
is off and the search is on. Only then does he realize
how much he loves his bride. Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 7" x 10" • 16 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-390-3 • hard cover • $8.95
Awesome Chesapeake: A Kid’s Guide to the
Bay. David Owen Bell. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn
Ramsey. Stimulates elementary and middle school
children’s interest in the bay by introducing them
to the creatures and plants around the bay’s 2,500
square miles. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13.
Size: 6" x 9" • 92 color illustrations • 42 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-605-8 • hard cover • $11.95
Chadwick Forever. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by A.R. Cohen. Chadwick the Crab and
Bernie the Sea Gull are worried that they’re going
to lose a good friend forever. Hester, a Delmarva
fox squirrel, has discovered a book telling her she
is on the endangered species list. Not only that,
a mysterious monster is lurking around Shady
Creek. All this happens just when Chadwick and
Esmerelda are getting ready to welcome their
family home. Early reader–ages 5-8.
Size: 8 1/2’ x 11" • 24 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3691-1 • hard cover • $8.99
Secret of Belle Meadow. Mary McVicker. Illustrated
by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. A mystery set in a small town
in Virginia and an old farm plantation. A 13-year-old
girl finds an old diary that hints of valuables hidden
at the plantation during the Revolutionary War. Her
search teaches about genealogy, antiques, local history,
and archeology as she approaches discovery. Middle
Readers: Ages 7-13.
Size: 6" x 9" • 13 illustrations • 152 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-554-9 • soft cover • $9.95
Chadwick and the Garplegrungen. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by A.R. Cohen. What is that awful
green and purple gunk bubbling up in the normally blue
waters of the Chesapeake Bay? Chadwick the Crab and his
friends—quiet Orville Oyster, shy Belly Jeans the Flounder,
Dr. Mallard (that old quack), stately Baron Von Heron,
and others—call the unsightly stuff garplegrungen (it
rhymes with dungeon). Although they don’t know what
the garplegrungen is, they decide to find out and get rid
of it once and for all. Early Readers: Ages 5-8.
Size: 7" x 10" • 17 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-377-4 • hard cover • $8.95
The True Story of Miracle Man. Lois Szymanski. Visitors to the Chincoteague Wildlife
Refuge often stop to admire the majestic and
powerful Chincoteague Pony stallion known
as Miracle Man. But this island favorite wasn’t
always a dominant herd sire. Here’s the story
of the orphaned foal found near death on
Assateague Island, and of the little girl whose
faith and dedication helped the tiny pinto colt
survive. All ages.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • illustrated • 48 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4420-6 • soft cover • $14.99
The Chadwick Coloring Book. Priscillia
Cummings. Illustrated by A.R. Cohen. Since
the publication of Chadwick the Crab, tens of
thousands of children have come to know and
care about the engaging creatures that inhabit
Shady Creek, a tributary of the Chesapeake Bay.
This coloring book offers youngsters the chance
to become even more involved with Chadwick
and his friends. Picture book–ages 0-6.
Size: 9" x 12" • 33 b/w illustrations • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-389-7 • soft cover • $3.95
The True Story of Sea Feather. Lois K. Szymanski. A family travels to Chincoteague Island,
Virginia, to see the annual wild pony penning
auction. One daughter, Shannon, has saved her
money and hopes to buy a pony. Events transpire
unexpectedly and end happily for all. Shannon
learns that in life, you get what you give. Middle
Readers: Ages 7-13.
Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 20 color photos • 48 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3609-6 • soft cover • $14.99
Santa Claws: The Christmas Crab. Priscilla
Cummings. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey.
Travel beneath the Chesapeake Bay, where Spud,
a feisty young blue crab, hates to nap. Waking his
underwater friends, Spud launches a rollicking
Christmas Eve party that is interrupted by an
unexpected traveler in need of Spud’s help.
Can Spud help bring Christmas to the Bay?
Preschool to grade 2.
Size: 9" x 9" • 23 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3687-4 • hard cover • $10.99
The True Story of Quintilius. Lois Szymanski.
Caroline has worked hard and saved all her money
to buy the wild Chincoteague Pony foal whose
photo she has fallen in love with, but now, at 'pony
penning," the saltwater cowboys have labeled her
foal to be returned to the island. Can things be
turned around so she can bring her foal home?
Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 34 color photos • 48 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4709-2 • soft cover • $14.99
Wild Colt. Lois Szymanski. Illustrated by Linda Kantjas.
Light, rhyming verses and beautiful oil paintings lead
you through a wild Assateauge colt’s experiences, from
his coastal habitat to being rounded up for the famous
wild pony auction at Pony Penning on Chincoteague
Island. Educators can bring the wild colt experience into
the classroom with the included wildlife identification
guide, discussion topics, and facts about wetlands.
Picture Book: Ages 0-6.
Size: 7" x 10" • 18 color illustrations • wildlife identification guide • 40 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3975-2 • hard cover • $16.99
Out of the Sea, Today’s Chincoteague
Pony. Lois Szymanski. Out of the Sea, Today’s
Chincoteague Pony conveys the indomitable
spirit and strength for survival that defines
the Chincoteague ponies. These wild ponies’
spirit and instinct for survival continue to affect
families who come to Chincoteague State Park.
True account of the strong bond of friendship
that impacted the author’s life and can still
develop for those who buy these ponies at the
yearly roundup. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12.
Size: 9" x 9" • 44 color photos • 56 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-595-2 • soft cover • $14.95
Chincoteague Pony Identification Cards. Lois
Szymanski. Photography by Linda Kantjas. Learn
specific details about the wild Chincoteague Ponies
on Assateague Island with Chincoteague Pony Identification Cards. Take these 75 cards with you when
you visit the island to identify the ponies in person.
Each card features a photo of both sides of the pony
for identification purposes as well as the pony’s name,
gender, birth year, and a brief description. All ages.
Size: 5 3/8" x 3 7/8" • 75 identification cards
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4453-4 • boxed set • $19.99
Chincoteague Pony Identification Cards: Set 2.
Lois Szymanski. Get to know each Chincoteague Pony
in the wild herds on Assateague Island by collecting
and trading the second set of popular Chincoteague
Pony trading cards. Each pony has a name and a story
and a look of his or her own. Learn their personal
information and markings, and when you visit the
island, take your cards along so you can identify
them in person.
Size: 5 1/8 x 3 9/16 x 1 5/16 • 75 identification cards
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4714-6 • boxed set • $19.99
Once a Pony Time at Chincoteague. Barbara & Lynne Lockhart. Illustrated by Lynne
Lockhar. When the elderly Mr. and Mrs. Emory
went to the beach at Chincoteague, they learned
that the annual Pony Penning and Firemen's
Carnival was soon to occur. They returned to
enjoy the events and Mrs. Emory bought some
raffle tickets, hoping to win a foal. If she did,
she told Mr. Emory, they'd bring the small pony
home and their grandchildren could help care for it. What happens next will
beguile children and their parents and grandparents alike. Preschool to grade 2
Size: 9" x 7 1/2" • 18 color illustrations • 30 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3816-8• hard cover • $9.99
Majesty from Assateague. Harvey Hagman.
Illustrated by David Aiken. A determined boy and
a wild horse from Assateague Island coming
together leads to friendship, opportunities,
and a promising new life for both. Ages 8-12.
Size: 7" x 9" • 19 b/w photos, 1 map • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-552-5 • soft cover • $8.95
BUILDING KITS
Shaker Village. Edmund V. Gillon, Jr. Children
and adults alike will enjoy this cut and assemble
Shaker village. Six architectural models in H-O
scale, printed on heavy stock in full color: a great
round stone barn, four-story brick communal
dwelling, schoolhouse, gambrel-roof church,
laundry, and privy. The buildings represent
the nucleas of an agrarian village typical of the
Shaker communites in the early 19th century.
Middle Readers: Ages 8-12.
Size: 9" x 12" • 6 cut-out models • 46 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-88740-077-3 • soft cover • $9.99
CHILDREN’S BOOKS: CRAFTS & ACTIVITIES • CHILDREN'S DECOR
An Early New England Seaport. Edmund
V. Gillon, Jr. Typical buildings of late 18th and
early 19th century New England seaports in
a cut-and-assemble form that will be loved
by adults and children. It contains ten architectural models in H-O scale, printed in full
color on sturdy stock. The authentic buildings
represent types that existed in waterfronts of
New England seaports.
Size: 9" x 12" • 40 photos • 56 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-063-9 • soft cover • $5.95
Making Bows with Children. Wulf
Hein. If you want to build yourself a
real bow, here is where the adventure
begins! Learn how to build 2 different
bows, arrows, bowstrings, and a quiver
with step-by-step instructions. This
well-illustrated book also takes you
on a brief excursion through the history
of this ancient implement. Building
your own set is just the beginning of
your adventure.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 265 photos & drawings • 208 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4442-8 • hard cover • $34.99
Saltbox House: Color ’n Build
Activity Playset. Build and color a
Saltbox House from printed, pre-cut,
sturdy art board. The house measures
approximately 7 1/2" wide x 9 1/4" long
x 8" high and sits on its own platform.
Inside is a staircase and loft; outside
is a fence, deck, 4 dogs, a doghouse,
two chairs, and garden plants ready to
personalize. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12.
Size: 9" x 12" box • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3443-6 • boxed kit • $14.99
Windmills Activity Book. James E. Owens.
This activity book provides hours of fun and
education with 48 drawings of windmills from
around the world to color. The historic mills
were built in the 1700s and 1800s. Many of
the mills have been restored for visitors today.
Learn a little history for each mill in the United
States, Belgium, France, the Netherlands, Ireland, England, Portugal, and Greece. Middle
Readers: Ages 8-12.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 51 b/w drawings • 56 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3455-9 • soft cover • $6.99
Victorian Doll House. This classic,
Victorian cottage. It is easily assembled
and measures 13 1/3" tall, 6 3/4" x 9
1/2" from the base. Create your own
beautiful color scheme for both its
interior and exterior. Made of sturdy,
thick board, this dollhouse folds flat
back into its own box, and can be used
again and again or preserved for future
generations to come. Ages 8-12 • Size:
box: 9" x 12" x 1 3/4"
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2956-2 • boxed kit • $14.95
U.S. Life Saving Coloring Book.
James E. Owens. The history of the
nation’s Life Saving Service comes alive
in this 50-page coloring book. Children
can color the pages while learning
about the first effort to aid shipwrecked
sailors and the fate of ships like the HMS
Somerset or Bellamy’s pirate ship Wydah.
Middle Readers: Ages 8-12.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 48 drawings • 50 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3483-2 • soft cover • $6.99
CHILDREN'S CRAFTS & ACTIVITIES
The Uncolored Book for You to Color. Matt
French. This 80-page coloring book will both
delight and entertain. Drawn in pen and ink,
these “uncolored" images for your kids to color
will open their imagination and inspire their own
creativity. Children will love it and even adults
will get into the action trying to decipher all
the little details in each of the drawings. Young
Adult/Teens: Ages 13-18.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 80 b&w illustrations • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4087-1 • soft cover • $12.99
Soap Carving for Children of All Ages.
Howard K. Suzuki. Bar soap provides a wonderful
carving medium for children or adults to learn
and teach basic carving techniques. Starting with
directions for making safe and simple wooden
carving tools, basic soap-carving techniques are
shown with step-by-step color photos.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 195 color photos • 48 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-0859-8 • soft cover • $12.99
Carving in Soap: North American Animals.
Howard K. Suzuki. Advanced methods of making
multiple-bar soap carvings of selected North
American mammals. Beautiful color photographs
and the text move step-by-step through the
carving of eight animals: a bear and cub, wolf,
cougar, prairie dog, harp seal, killer whale, and
otter. Art, natural history, and environmental
issues are integrated into the instructions for a
super learning experience.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 262 color photos
8 patterns • 64 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1292-8 • soft cover • $12.95
Soap Carving Ocean and Coral Reef Creatures. Howard K. Suzuki. Over 270 color photos
and 53 patterns show how to carve twelve sea
creatures, including the clownfish, starfish, octopus, seahorse, penguin, orca, sperm whale, sea
otter, manatee, queen angelfish, sea lion, and
beluga. Carvers will produce soap carvings in
low and high relief and from fused raw material.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 273 color & 53 b/w images
• 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2754-4 • soft cover • $12.95
ABC's of Boating Terms. Dee Cache.This
book will have kids coloring their way to learning
about boating. It teaches confusing terms boaters
use in an easy-to-understand and fun way. This
great educational tool for boating families with
elementary and middle school-aged children
is something the whole family can share. It
is a perfect gift for all boat owners. Picture
book–ages 0-6.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 32 b&w drawings • 32 pp. •
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3982-0 • soft cover • $6.99
Kinder Gardens: Games and Adventures.
Lisa Ely & Michael Glassman. Kinder Garden
shows adults and children how gardening is a
great form of exercise that will help kids learn
about good healthy eating and building brain
muscles by stimulating all the senses. Includes
over 25 games for fun-in-the-sun gardening days
to play along with Karden®, the puppet pal.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color photos • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3811-3 • soft cover • $12.99
CHILDREN'S DECOR
Kid’s Decor: Interior Inspirations, Infants
through Teens. Tina Skinner. Study more than
200 inspiring designer rooms that will help
you and your family create the perfect place
for your children, be they brand new babies
or budding teens.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • Resource Guide • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1613-3 • soft cover • $24.95
Children’s Rooms: From Newborns to
Teens. Tina Skinner, Melissa Cardona, and
Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Hundreds of exciting
and innovative ideas for decorating your child’s
personal space, presented in gorgeous color
imagery. Visit dozens of designer rooms. Also
includes contacts for manufacturers.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos • Resource Guide • 144 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2147-1 • soft cover • $24.95
Nursery Décor. E. Ashley Rooney, with Jo Ann
Alston. Twenty-five design professionals display
a variety of looks for fun, age-appropriate
children’s rooms that can be easily updated
with new design themes over time. Included
are nurseries, toddler rooms, and play rooms
that feature a range of sizes, colors, and styles.
With more than 200 color images, inspiration
boards, and sketches, this is an ideal book for
expecting parents and growing families.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 210 color images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4301-8 • soft cover • $24.99
FOLLOW US ON
SOCIAL MEDIA
SCHIFFERPUBLISHING
Kinder Gardens: Growing Inspiration for
Children. Michael Glassman & Lisa Ely. Join
Kinder, a puppet pal who teaches a bucket-load
of fun activities that encourage experimentation
in the garden. Fun projects include turning
umbrellas, rain boots, and old toys into gardens.
Learn where vegetables come from, then grow
your own. Nearly 200 color photos bring the
book to life, and start your children on their
own horticultural adventure.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 198 color photos & drawings • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3453-5 • soft cover • $12.99
Kinder Gardens: Autumn Fun. Lisa Ely
& Michael Glassman. With a little planning
and a bunch of fun ideas, you can extend your
gardening season and exploration into the
autumn. Karden® is there waiting to make
garden glove puppets and garden art brushes,
go on a scavenger hunt, or play garden tic tac
toe. With over thirty projects, the possibilities
are endless!
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 235 color images • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3853-3 • soft cover • $16.99
59
SCHIFFERPUBLISHING
SCHIFFERBOOKS
SCHIFFERBOOKS
60
REGIONAL
NEW ENGLAND......................................................60
THE MID-ATLANTIC ...............................................67
THE SOUTH ............................................................81
THE MIDWEST .......................................................87
THE SOUTHWEST ..................................................90
THE WEST ..............................................................94
NEW ENGLAND
MAINE • NEW HAMPSHIRE • VERMONT
• MASSACHUSETTS • RHODE ISLAND
• CONNECTICUT
NEW ENGLAND: SCENES
New England Lighthouses: Famous Shipwrecks, Rescues, & Other Tales. Allan Wood.
Immerse yourself in New England’s maritime
history through true tales of historic shipwrecks
and heroic rescues. From Connecticut to Maine,
36 stories tell also of the Flying Santa, miracle
baby rescues, and paranormal activity.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 111 color & 48 b/w images
• Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4078-9 • soft cover • $29.99
New England’s Natural Wonders: An
Explorer’s Guide. John S. Burk. New England’s
landscape offers a remarkable array of natural
diversity in a compact geographic area. From
the alpine mountains and expansive lakes to
hidden old-growth forests, gorges, and bogs,
revel in the beauty of it all through nearly 200
color photographs. More than 100 of the region’s
most unique natural areas are featured.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 193 color images • Index
176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3983-7 • hard
cover • $34.99
Along Route 7: A Journey Through
Western New England. Stephen G.
Donaldson. Over 330 color photos capture the broad scope of Route 7. Travel
through Connecticut, Massachusetts,
and Vermont, to visit historical homes,
farms, churches, universities, & public
buildings.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 339 color photos
224 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3372-9
hard cover • $45.00
Coastal Garden Plants: Maine to Maryland.
Roy L. Heizer. Photography by Nancy Heizer. In this
informative book, over 400 color photos taken in
natural settings around the northern coastal region
allow readers to see the flora in the garden. While this
book contains historical, mythological, and original
tales about garden plants of the northern coastal
region, with a cross reference names index, this book
is also a quick reference guide.
Size: 6" x 9" • 431 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4402-2 • soft cover • $24.99
New England: Four Seasons of
Wonder. Michael J. McCormack. Over
380 color photos reveal the varied terrain, history, culture, and renowned
weather of New England. This book
binds these diverse elements together,
highlighting the region’s spectacular
four season climate. The four seasons
of New England are explored from the
well known locations to the out of the
way places of gentle beauty.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 388 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4441-1 • hard cover • $34.99
PUERTO RICO .......................................................100
MEXICO ................................................................100
IRELAND ...............................................................102
THE UNITED KINGDOM .......................................102
INTERNATIONAL ..................................................102
NEW ENGLAND: ARCHITECTURE
Architectural Details from Old New England Homes. 3rd Edition. Stanley Schuler.
Over 350 color and black-and-white photographs
show the various architectural styles of old New
England homes with special attention to the
details. A supporting text explains the history
and significance of the style. Architectural
drawings provide close-up views.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350+ photos • Index •
176 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0981-1 • soft cover • $29.95
New England’s Architecture by Wallace
Nutting. Tina Skinner & Tammy Ward. For
the first time, the lavishly illustrated series of
“Beautiful" books for the New England states, has
been combed for the best examples of historic
architecture, sketched and photographed by
Wallace Nutting.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 351 b/w photos & line
drawings • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2654-7 • soft cover • $29.95
Old New England Homes. 2nd Edition.
Stanley Schuler. Colonial, Georgian, Federal, and
Victorian homes presented with an informative
text and 245 color photos. Various aspects and
angles of the buildings are shown, in addition
to the beautiful frontal views. Floor plans are
given for many of the homes, making this new
edition an important book for architects and
home owners alike.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 438 photos • Index • 224 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0995-1 • hard cover • $35.00
NEW ENGLAND: MAINE
NEW ENGLAND: STORIES, LORE, & HISTORY
The Shaker Legacies: Hancock and
Mount Lebanon. Joseph R. Votano. In
a beautiful combination of old and new
images, together with fascinating text,
the progressive voices of the Shakers and
their lasting impact on America come
to life. The book covers the past and
present of the Shaker society, focusing
on two villages: those at Hancock and
Mount Lebanon.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 180 color & b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4933-1 • hard cover • $34.99
Curious Creatures of New England. Christopher
Forest. New England’s history is explored through
40 stories of people’s experiences, both earthly and
supernatural, with wild creatures of unknown origin
in the backwoods and hillsides. From the White
Mountains, to the lakes of the Massachusetts, to the
coasts of Maine, and Southern New England, tales
abound of the odd, the strange, and the sublime.
Size: 6" x 9" • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4466-4 • soft cover • $19.99
Abandoned Villages and Ghost Towns of New
England. Thomas D’Agostino. Abandoned villages hold
mysteries that only ghosts can reveal. Read accounts
of forgotten places, such as flooded Flagstaff, Maine;
cursed Dudleytown, Connecticut; and Massachusetts’s
Dogtown Common, a village of witches, werewolves,
and ghosts. Whether you decide to explore these or
just read about them, you will not forget the people
who made them history.
Size: 6" x 9" • 45 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3076-6 • soft cover • $14.99
Spooky Creepy New England. Karen Mossey. This
book offers experience to actual ghost investigations
through old colonial homes and notoriously famous
haunted locations in historic New England. Step into
a private home where the owner hears the voice of
an unseen child cry out for “Mommy." Prepare to be
frightened as you read about the janitor at the Wilton
Theater who sees an apparition of a man in a tall hat
walking the aisle. Hear the talkative ghosts at the Hills
Cemetery. Over 20 ghostly tales.
Size: 6" x 9" • 42 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3540-2 • soft cover • $14.99
New England’s Scariest Stories and Urban
Legends. Summer Paradis and Cathy McManus.
Illustrations by Wayne Bud Ridsdel. Journey through
New England’s darkest places and read 22 of its
scariest stories and urban legends. See the grave of
Midnight Mary and the Desert of Maine and judge for
yourself if their curses are real. Learn about Champ,
the legendary lake monster of Lake Champlain, from
a fisherman who found himself thirty feet from the
beast, and more.
Size: 6" x 9" • 73 color images • Index • 144 pp. •
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4122-9 • soft cover • $16.99
Spooky Creepy New England 2. Karen Mossey.
Journey through supernatural Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, Connecticut, and Maine to experience 20
real encounters with ghosts and phantasms. Within
these pages visit ghostly homes, haunted shipwrecks,
businesses, and famous spooky historical places, as
you witness paranormal situations that defy rational
explanation.You are sure to experience some of the
spookiest and creepiest encounters from New England
in this spooky second volume.
Size: 6" x 9" • 35 photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4502-9 • soft cover • $14.99
Gone But Not Forgotten: New England’s
Ghost Towns, Cemeteries, & Memorials. Summer Paradis & Cathy McManus.
New England has a long, rich history that
can be experienced by visiting historic locations, abandoned villages, monuments, and
cemeteries that cover the region. Here are 36
locations, along with a handy pictorial guide
with visitor information, detailed directions,
180 color photographs, and history from across
NH, MA, ME, CT, RI, and VT.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 180 color images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4552-4 • soft cover • $24.99
Pirate Ghosts and Phantom Ships: Haunts of
New England's Shorelines. Thomas D'Agostino.
Read the tales of Captain Kid, Blackbeard, Anne
Bonney, Black Bellamy, and other burley buccaneers
who haunt New England's land and seas. Learn about
Goat Island, where wraiths of hanged pirates rise up
seeking vengeance. Hear the Isles of Shoals phantom
dory’s oars, as it slowly rows in search of its next victim.
Ghostly ladies mourn the passing of some of the most
ruthless characters history can name.
Size: 6 x 9 • 19 b/w photos • Index • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2744-5 • soft cover • $14.95
New England Graveside Tales. T. M. Gray.
Explore tales of legendary creatures that haunt
New England forests, lakes, sea, and sky. Learn
of blazing beaches and strange objects raining
down from the heavens. Relive the terror of
killer storms, tornadoes, and deadly infernos.
The region has played host to cryptid creatures
like sea monsters, Bigfoot, satyrs, thunderbirds,
and more. From frozen human hibernation to
spontaneous human combustion, New England
is “where it's at!"
Size: 8 1/2 x 11" • 34 b/w images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3447-4 • soft cover • $19.99
More New England Graveside Tales. T.
M. Gray. This second volume of New England’s
Graveside Tales, presents a dark cavern of mystery. Includes historic hauntings, ghosts, UFOs,
witchcraft persecutions, vampires, and places
to visit—if you dare.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 45 b/w photos • Index
128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3585-3 • soft
cover • $19.99
Campfire Tales: New England. E. Ashley Rooney.
With over 300 years of battles, witches, haunted
inns, and curses, it is no surprise that New England
has more than its share of eerie events and spooky
happenings. Here find 50 campfire tales that were part
of New England’s heritage. Featured are tales from
Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire,
Rhode Island, and Vermont.These stories, and many
more, will send chills down your spine…so don’t let
your campfire go out!Size: 6" x 9" • 21 b/w photos
• Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4290-5 • soft cover • $16.99
Lost Loot: Ghostly New England Treasure
Tales. Patricia Hughes. Learn about the lost pirate
riches of Captain Kidd, Blackbeard, Edward Low, and
other dastardly buccaneers. Consider hidden treasures
in the Appalachian, Longfellow, White, and Green
Mountains...and how you might find the loot. Read
further to unmask the mystery, intrigue, treasure, and
ghosts of northern New England!
Size: 6" x 9" • Index • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2816-9 • soft cover • $14.95
More Lost Loot: Ghostly New England Treasure
Tales. Patricia Hughes. Stories of lost treasure sites in
Rhode Island, Connecticut, and Massachusetts. Explore
supernatural history that abounds in this region. Visit
ghost towns, lost Native American villages, forgotten
mines, and valuable gem discoveries. Pirates were
welcome, and the legends suggest they left their loot
behind.But beware, black dog guardians, wildmen, and
pirate ghosts protect these treasures from ever being
found. Yo Ho.Size: 6" x 9" • 40 b/w photos • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3627-0 • soft cover • $19.99
Treasure Wreck: The Fortunes & Fate of the
Pirate Ship Whydah. Arthur T. Vanderbilt II. When
the pirate ship Whydah went down in a violent storm
just off the coast of Massachusetts in 1717, she took
a treasury of stolen gold and jewels. Here is the story
of this plunder, of the pirates who amassed this horde
during one legendary year upon the Spanish Main, and
the tragedy of their loss upon the shoals of Cape Cod.
It is updated to cover salvage efforts still underway
in the Whydah’s deep-sea grave.
Size: 6" x 9" • 16 b/w photos • Index • 188 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2739-1 • soft cover • $19.95
NEW ENGLAND: ARTS & CRAFTS
Indian Basketry of the Northeastern
Woodlands. Sarah Peabody Turnbaugh &
William A. Turnbaugh. 500+ vivid photographs
and engaging discussion recognize a long-overlooked basketmaking tradition. Authors feature
woodsplint and sweetgrass basketry from Southern New England / Long Island, Northern New
England / Canadian Maritimes, Upper New
York State, and the Great Lakes. The craft that
brought Eastern Algonquians and Iroquoians
through generations of turmoil continues today
with talented artisans.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 470 color & 35 b/w photos
176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4729-0 • hard cover • $49.99
100 Artists of New England. E. Ashley Rooney.
Oil paintings, glass and metal sculptures, and
woodworks survey the work of New England
artists. While they offer a fresh look at the region’s
mountain vistas, fishing villages, and magnificent
coastline, they also venture into the more contemporary, avant garde realms of art. Features 100
artists and 590 images.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 567 color & 30 b/w photos
224 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3665-2 • hard
cover $45.00
Old New England Splint Baskets and How
to Make Them. John E. McGuire. Beautiful
color photographs of antique New England
baskets inspire readers to adapt the step-by-step
instructions to create three new baskets: a round,
rectangular, and square-to-round basket with
traditional techniques. A unique chapter on the
old tools and molds is fascinating reading to all
who enjoy antique baskets.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100s of photos & drawings 100
pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-045-0 • soft cover $14.95
MAINE: SCENES
Maine Memories: A Vintage Picture
Postcard Tour. John Brunkowski & Michael Closen. With 350+ card images, this
book presents the first-ever vintage picture
postcard tour of the State of Maine. Topics
of interest include harbors, ships, lighthouses, bridges, churches, towns, lakes, wildlife,
camping, and much more. Every postcard is
described by a caption that concludes with
the estimated value of the card.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 285 postcard images • Price Guide • 128 pp
ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4846-4 • Binding: soft cover • $24.99
Maine: Out & About. Antelo Devereux, Jr. In 220 vibrant images, tour the
vast Maine landscape. From Eastport to
Jackman, from Kittery to Madawaska,
covering an area greater than the other
five New England states combined, the
photographs artfully capture sights and
scenes that speak to the character of
Maine. Also included are a few bits of wry,
New England humor among the images.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 232 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3492-4 • hard cover • $39.99
Maine Coast Perspectives. Antelo Devereux,
Jr.. A grand tour the Maine coast, including
Bath, Wisscaset, Boothbay Harbor, Southport,
Damariscotta, Pemaquid, Waldoboro, Friendship, Port Clyde, Rockland, Rockport, Camden,
Isleboro, Bayside, Belfast, and Searsport, with
many points between. It offers landscapes,
seascapes, architecture, and monuments that
make this area special.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 148 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3015-5 • soft cover • $9.99
Greetings from Bar Harbor. Mary L.
Martin and Karen Choppa. Images from
the elegant Gilded Age, when Bar Harbor
was a summer playground for high society.
First-hand accounts from that period are
sprinkled throughout. Tourists and postcard
collectors will find it an enjoyable and
valuable resource.
Size: 9" x 6" • 147 color images • Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2975-3 • soft cover • $19.99
61
62
NEW ENGLAND: MAINE • NEW HAMPSHIRE • VERMONT • MASSACHUSETTS
Maine’s Waterfalls: A Comprehensive Guide.
Patricia Hughes. Waterfalls are magical. Their volume
and thunderous echoes provide places of wonder and
spiritual well being. Handy guide and directions to 177
waterfall sites in Maine. Includes star ratings for beauty,
accessibility and hiking. Travel through sixteen Maine
counties to discover the waterfalls that shaped Maine.
Size: 6" x 9" • 31 color photos • Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3113-8 • soft cover • $14.99
Haunted New Hampshire. Thomas D’Agostino.
New Hampshire is a state rich with history-some of
it haunted. Explore the tales of ghosts and haunts
in towns such as Alton, Dover, Franconia, Litchfield,
Nashua, Portsmouth, and West Chesterfield that will
leave your senses tingling as you explore the ghostly
side of New Hampshire.
Size: 6" x 9" • 56 b/w photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2573-6 • soft cover • $14.95
MAINE: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
VERMONT: ARTS & CRAFTS
UFOs Over Maine: Close Encounters from the
Pine Tree State. Nomar Slevik.Maine's contemporary
UFO and alien activity. Tales of alien abductions, UFO
confrontations with the military, strange lights in the
sky, and other startling encounters. Over 20 stories
and numerous sightings reported by Mainers between
the years 2000 and 2013 of strange extraterrestrial
encounters. The strangeness of Maine’s Ufology will
creep into your subconscious, but it will fascinate
you as well.
Size: 6" x 9" • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4623-1 • soft cover • $14.99
Strange New Hampshire. Renee Mallett. Part
unusual history book, part offbeat travel guide. Visit
odd tourist attractions, such as America's Stonehenge
and the haunted High Hut of the state's tallest mountain.
Whether you are on the trail of Marie Antoinette’s lost
diamond necklace or looking for the strange Blue
Lady specter haunting one of Wilton’s cemeteries, be
prepared to shiver as you read about New Hampshire’s
weirder side.
Size: 6" x 9" • 45 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3475-7 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghosts of Maine. T. M. Gray. Join in the fun of ghost
hunting as you travel through the paranormal hotspots
of Maine! A ghost handbook for visiting haunted
places. Over 100 spine-tingling tales of ghostly Maine!
Size: 6" x 9" • 54 b/w photos • Index • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2827-5 • soft cover • $14.95
Manchester Ghosts. Renee Mallett. Come visit
Manchester, New Hampshire—you’ll see children
playing ball, people jogging by, and a host of pious
nuns and monks. It all seems pretty wholesome, until
you realize that the people you’re seeing are ghosts!
This book will give you a different perspective of the
history and culture of New Hampshire’s Queen City,
a ghostly one.
Size: 6" x 9" • 37 b/w photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2650-9 • soft cover • $14.95
MAINE: ARTS & CRAFTS
Rug Hooking In Maine: 1838-1940. Mildred
Cole Peladeau. Maine’s rug hooking tradition,
including Waldoboro rugs, is explored, the
myth of Acadian rugs is explained, and Edward
Sands Frost’s well-known preprinted burlap rug
patterns of the mid-19th century are discussed at
length. Covers rugs created throughout Maine
and eastern Canada.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 267 color photos • Index
192 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2882-4 • hard
cover • $39.95
NEW HAMPSHIRE: SCENES
New Hampshire: An Autumn
Sojourn. Ken Paulsen. Tour rural New
Hampshire, the Granite State, through
more than 170 beautiful scenes during
the spectacular fall season. Four chapters focus on the quintessential New
Hampshire experience, covered bridges and other conveyance structures,
glorious waterfalls, and scenes from
around the state.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 176 color images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3870-0 • hard cover • $34.99
Greetings from Manchester:
Postcards from New Hampshire’s
Queen City. Mary L. Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Manchester, the
“Queen City" of New Hampshire is the
state’s largest city. Over 300 vintage
hand-tinted postcards will take readers
on a journey through the streets of old
Manchester and beyond.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 334 images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2558-2 • soft cover • $24.95
NEW HAMPSHIRE: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Ghost Quest in New Hampshire. Beckah Tolley,
Raven Duclos, & Katie Boyd. Follow New Hampshire's
premier paranormal investigative group, Ghost Quest,
as they uncover spirits, demons, and ghostly history in
this haunted state. Learn to conduct your own searches!
Size: 6" x 9" • 42 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2886-2 • soft cover $14.95
Haunted Vermont. Thomas D’Agostino & Arlene
Nicholson. Vermont is rich with ghost stories and legends
including tales of frozen citizens, ghost ships, weird
creatures lurking in the forests, and strange organ sounds
emanating from beyond. From Brattleboro to Burlington
and beyond, there is more than just everyday roaming
ghosts Covers locations from 30 Vermont towns with
turn by turn directions.
Size: 6" x 9" • 64 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3749-9 • soft cover • $19.99
Ghosts of Portsmouth, NH. Renee Mallett. Share
a drink with ghostly patrons of Molly Malone’s, the
Portsmouth Brewery, and AK’s Bar and Bistro. Catch a
performance at the Portsmouth Music Hall-just don’t
complain about a phantom blocking your view of the
stage. Discover which are glowing tombs at Point
of Graves and South Cemeteries. Over 50 haunted
locations presented.
Size: 6" x 9" • 42 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3161-9 • soft cover • $14.99
VERMONT: SCENES
Decoys of Lake Champlain. Loy S. Harrell. Individual decoy carvers, from past to present, located
around Lake Champlain are listed alphabetically.
Each carver is briefly discussed and examples of
their work are shown.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 311 color & b/w photos
Index • 136 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-075-2 • hard cover • $35.00
MASSACHUSETTS: SCENES
101 Things to Do In Martha’s Vineyard. Gary J. Sikorski. A colorful photographic guide featuring 101 of the most
popular sights and activities on Martha's
Vineyard: sight-seeing suggestions, helpful information, interesting descriptions,
and useful tips. Written from a local's
perspective that will help you make the
most of your summer vacation.
Size: 10" x 7" • 231 color photos • 152 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4953-9
hard cover • $29.99
Meet Me in My Cape Cod Kitchen: Recipes
for Seaside Living. Linda Maria Steele. With
more than 60 delicious recipes, celebrate good
food shared with family and friends, inspired
by life on the beach. With food photography
and inspiring Cape Cod landscapes, chapters
focus on baked goods such as cakes, cookies
and quick breads, as well as appetizers, entrees,
salads, and summertime drinks.
Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 75 color images • 96 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4984-3 • hard cover • $24.99
Timeless Crossings: Vermont’s Covered
Bridges. Michael J. McCormack. The
rural landscape of Vermont seen through
293 colored images of its covered bridges. More than 100 bridges are shown
crossing over and through open mountain pastures, dense forests, centuries’
old farms, picturesque villages, pristine
rivers, and dazzling waterfalls. GPS
coordinates provided for each bridge.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 293 color images • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3830-4 • hard cover • $34.99
Central Massachusetts Perspectives.
John S. Burk. Rich in both natural and human
history, the Valley region of western and
central Massachusetts is home to some of
New England’s most scenic rivers. Discover
the picturesque Mohawk Trail region, the
Wild and Scenic Westfield River, the historic
Connecticut River Valley, and the expansive
waters and wildlife of the Quabbin and
Wachusett Reservoirs.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 155 color & b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4704-7 • hard cover • $24.99
Greetings from Burlington, Vermont.
Mary L. Martin & Dinah Roseberry. Burlington’s past comes alive displayed in
over 240 precious views of hand-tinted
and sepia-toned postcards, spanning
the late 1800s through the 1940s. The
Lake Champlain waterfront is spectacular.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 244 postcard images
Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2632-5 • soft cover
• $24.95
Cape Cod Wide. Arthur P. Richmond.
Wide-angle views of beautiful Cape Cod
will take you back to seaside scenes,
fabulous sunsets, and your favorite
harbors and lighthouses. This oversize
edition provides a beautiful medium for
the art of panorama depiction perfected
by this talented Cape photographer.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 79 color photos
• 208 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2776-6 • hard cover • $39.95
VERMONT: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Greetings from Rutland, VT: Heart
of the Green Mountains. Debby Dubay.
Discover the charming town of Rutland,
Vermont, through 205 antique postcards.
Tour the Rutland Downtown Historic
District and learn how Rutland became a
world producer of marble. Great souvenir
for residents, tourists, history buffs, and
post card collectors.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 247 images • Price
Guide, Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3730-7 • soft cover • $24.99
Harbors of Cape Cod & The Islands.
Arthur P. Richmond. For visitors to Cape
Cod & the Islands and their quaint harbors, this is an essential reference book.
Filled with spectacular photography and
wide-angle views, it takes you to the
waterways and ports from Buzzards Bay
and Sandwich to the tip of Provincetown,
56 picturesque harbors in 19 towns
and villages are portrayed. A helpful
geological history is included.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 649 color photos • 208 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3007-0 • hard cover • $39.99
NEW ENGLAND: MASSACHUSETTS
Cape Cod Perspectives. Douglas
Congdon-Martin. For millions of people
the Cape is a sun-drenched oasis, surrounded by the beauties of the ocean
and bay, and filled with charming vistas
of sand and surf, quaint villages, living
history, and natural sanctuaries. This
book captures many of those places.
The wonderful color photographs are
reminders of days spent in her towns
and on her shores.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 102 color photos • 80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2766-7
• soft cover • $9.95
Cape Cod Puzzle: 500 Pieces. Challenge yourself with a puzzle showing
the beach, surf, and blue sky in a harbor
scene straight off Cape Cod, Massachusetts. The perfect rainy day project, this
500-piece puzzle is a wonderful keepsake from a favorite vacation retreat.
You’ll want to hang it when it’s done
so you can recall summer all year long.
Puzzle Size: 18" x 24" • ISBN: 978-07643-2774-2 • Box • $14.95
Cape Cod Memories: An Illustrated
History in Postcards. Mary L. Martin
& Karen Choppa. Vintage postcards,
from the early 1900s through the 1950s,
display carefree times in the Cape’s
small towns, quiet beaches, and bustling harbors.
Size: 11" x 8-1/2" • 247 vintage postcards
Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2389-x • soft cover • $24.95
The Cape Cod National Seashore: A
Photographic Adventure & Guide.
Christopher Seufert. A photographic
adventure through the most beautiful
spots in the Cape Cod National Seashore, on land and by airplane in 126
color photos. Wide-angle views of the
seashore's wildlife, coastal sunsets,
historic sites, and pristine landscapes
await you including Ballston Beach,
Provincelands, Fresh Brook, Pleasant Bay, and Nauset Marsh.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 126 color photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3995-0 • hard cover • $24.99
Cape Cod & the Islands Reflections. Christopher Seufert. Over 200
color photos provide a unique perspective on life in and around Cape Cod,
Massachusetts. Enjoy colorful tours
of Provincetown, Orleans, Brewster,
Eastham, Chatham, Harwich, Falmouth,
Sandwich, Dennis, Barnstable & the
Islands, including the beautiful beaches
of Cape Cod, wildlife refuges, harbors,
lighthouses, lobster shacks, architectural gems, & more.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 202 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3405-4 • hard cover • $24.99
Cape Cod Nights: A Photographic Exploration of Cape Cod and
the Islands After Dark. Timothy
Little. From the recognizable Bourne
and Sagamore bridges, to rarely seen
broken down docks and piers reaching
out from the sands of Provincetown,
this book chronicles Cape Cod in a way
that few people stop to notice. Explore
the “dark side" of Cape Cod and the
Islands in the first book devoted exclusively to the area as seen after nightfall.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 225 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4293-6 • hard cover • $29.99
Cape Cod and the Islands: Where
Beauty & History Meet. Kathryn
Kleekamp. Original art by the author
and rare historic photos accompany an
informative text, capturing the nature
of Cape Cod, Nantucket, and Martha’s
Vineyard. They bring to life those who
farmed the land, fi shed the seas, captained the schooners, or waited for a
loved one’s return. Historical vignettes,
beautiful illustrations, and traditional Cape Cod recipes.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 159 photos & illus. • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3317-0 • hard cover • $29.99
Wild Cape Cod: Free by Nature.
John & Pamela King. This book seeks to
provide the reader with a rare Cape visitor experience—to imagine Cape Cod
before human habitation by witnessing
its vibrant wild flora and fauna. The story
of Wild Cape Cod is told through dramatic photographic images of migratory
birds, marine animals (including whales),
and various sea and land animals from
across the animal kingdom. With all of the locations listed in geographical
order, it is possible to walk, bike, and drive the Cape, seeing everything
conveniently and simply.Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 230 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4197-7 • hard cover • $29.99
Provincetown Perspectives. Arthur P.
Richmond. Sights and memories of the town
at the tip of Cape Cod are brought together
in this beautiful book. Here are the stunning
beaches, with warm bayside water, and the
historic coastline where the Pilgrims landed
in 1620. Over 100 color images capture the
charm, and excitement of P’town and its surroundings. A visual guide book for your visit
and a perfect souvenir .
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 206 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2959-3 • soft cover • $9.99
Provincetown Discovered. Edward V. Gillon.
A photographic record capturing some of New
England’s best seascapes and architecture.
Many charming eighteenth-century Cape Cod
houses and splendid Greek Revival homes of
the 1850s to 1900, plus churches, commercial
buildings and farm-related structures are shown
with excellent detailed pictures.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 124 b/w photos • 127 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-061-2 • soft cover • $12.95
Cape Cod and the Islands from
Above. Spencer Kennard and Richard
Kelsey. Enjoy Cape Cod, Nantucket,
and Martha’s Vineyard from the air
where their natural beauty is depicted
spectacularly here in 158 color images.
Familiar harbors and shorelines are
featured in over 60 years of aerial views.
Every Cape Cod visitor will appreciate
this collection.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 158 color images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3043-8 • hard cover • $39.99
In My Footsteps: A Cape Cod Travel Guide.
Christopher Setterlund. Take a trip around Cape Cod
with a 12th generation Cape Codder as your tour
guide. The places visited will take the reader deep
into the soul of this beautiful peninsula. Walking in
the author’s footsteps is as close to becoming a “local"
as a visitor can get.
Size: 6" x 9" • 362 color photos & maps • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4209-7 • soft cover • $16.99
Tours of Cape Cod. Andrew G. Buckley. Take 6
excursion trips on Cape Cod. See the densely-built
downtowns, bike the trails of Chatham, walk along
the canal, and drive to the Outer Cape, Route 6A, and
more. Enjoy 214 beautiful color images of Buzzards Bay
Railroad Bridge, National Marine Life Center, Joseph
Jefferson Windmill, Briggs-McDermott House, Alonzo
Booth Blacksmith Shop, Jonathan Bourne Historic Center,
Dexter’s Grist Mill, and others that will convince you
to get some sand in your touring shoes!
Size: 9" x 6" • 214 color photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3023-0 • soft cover • $19.99
ISBN: 0-88740-963-6 • soft cover • $12.95
Hydrangeas: Cape Cod and the Islands.
Joan Harrison. Over 340 striking color photos
introduce readers to the quintessential flower
of the Cape and the Islands, the hydrangea.
This book inspires as it captures the beauty of
hydrangeas used both outdoors and indoors,
including appearances in wedding bouquets.
Hydrangeas grace gardens throughout the
region from early spring’s climbing hydrangeas
to the rich burgundy flowers of late fall.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 341 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4055-0 • hard cover • $24.99
63
Farms of Cape Cod. Stephanie Foster.
Explore the diversity of farming, from
produce and livestock to a local vineyard,
cranberry bogs, oyster flats, as well
as lavender, horse and holly farms. A
tips section offers advice on growing,
cooking and planting from the people
who know best, and contact information
about each of the 28 farms is provided.
The book connects us with our cultural
heritage and offers a peek at a green way of life.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 266 color photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4432-9 • hard cover • $24.99
Martha’s Vineyard Perspectives. Arthur
P. Richmond. Martha’s Vineyard, the idyllic
island off the coast of Cape Cod, is captured
in nearly 140 picturesque images of both the
common vistas and extraordinary scenes. This
photographic tour is a wonderful remembrance
for all who have visited Martha’s Vineyard.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 138 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3834-2 • soft cover • $9.99
Martha’s Vineyard Wide. Arthur
P. Richmond. Magnificent 120-degree
panoramas capture the white sandy
beaches, historic cottages, secluded
bays, light houses, and national parks
of Martha’s Vineyard. Includes Vineyard
Haven, West Chop and Edgartown Lighthouses, Chappaquiddick Island, Cape
Poge, and Oak Bluffs. Use these vibrant
photographs as your guide to the islands.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 168 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3555-6 • hard cover • $45.00
Martha’s Vineyard Houses and
Gardens. Text by Polly Burroughs, Photography by Lisl Dennis. Outstanding
private homes and gardens of Martha’s
Vineyard in this classic work, expanded
with new pictures and commentary.
Vineyard homes, from Edgartown
mansions to Gay Head beach cottages,
and gardens, from perennial border to
wildflower meadow are featured here,
with hundreds of stunning, full-color photographs.
Size: 12" x 9" • 350 color photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2752-0 • hard cover • $39.95
In Every Season: Memories of Martha’s
Vineyard. Phyllis Méras. Illustrated by Thomas
H. Cocroft and Robert E. Schwartz. An affectionate look at the natural beauty of Martha’s
Vineyard, a prized vacation retreat since the
Civil War. The author writes of walks around the
island today and reminisces about her childhood
summers on Martha’s Vineyard. Her essays are
complemented by 67 pen and ink drawings.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 67 b/w images • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4095-6 • hard cover • $16.99
Nantucket Memories: The Island as Seen
through Postcards. Laszlo F. Nagy. 270 color
photos illustrate postcards from Nantucket
Island, including rare examples. Renowned for
its pre-Civil War era structures, many of which
are captured in these postcards, Nantucket's
history, lighthouses, and the leisurely life and
pastimes have always made a trip to the island
worthwhile. Postcards prices are found in the
captions.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 270 color photos • Price
Guide • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3211-1
soft cover • $24.99
South Shore Wide. Arthur P. Richmond. The South Shore of Massachusetts is shown in breathtaking panoramic
images. From Quincy to Plymouth and
Hingham to Foxboro, over 250 magnificent 120-degree images capture the
region’s beloved scenes, Quincy Bay
and the beaches and harbors along the
coast leading to the Cape Cod Canal.
Experience classic charm of old New
England and and explore hidden views along little-traveled country roads.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 254 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3184-8 • hard cover • $39.99
64
NEW ENGLAND: MASSACHUSETTS
Boston: Past & Present. Mary L.
Martin and E. Ashley Rooney. Experience Boston, Massachusetts, through
over 470 vintage postcards and current
photos of one of America’s favorite
tourist cities. See The Old State House
and the new, vibrant skyline; the old
Public Garden and the new skating
rink; statues of Revolutionary heroes
and the famous mallard family in the
Boston Commons.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 215 color and 99 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3058-2 • soft cover • $24.99
Lexington to Concord: The Road
to Independence in Postcards. E.
Ashley Rooney & Mary L. Martin. The
Battle Road between Lexington and
Concord, Massachusetts, is where, in
1775 Paul Revere made his famous ride
and the first shots of the American
Revolution were fired. Later, this was
a center of intellectual life.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 306 vintage postcard
images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-07643-2698-1 • soft cover • $24.95
The Charles River: A History of Greater
Boston’s Waterway. Ted Clarke. This book
tells of the Charles River’s historic role as a
major source of waterpower, transportation,
and recreation for the 23 towns and cities along
its route. The story of this living landmark of
the Greater Boston area includes many notable
American figures and the modern conflict
between man and nature.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 143 color & b/w images
• 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4154-0 • hard cover • $24.99
Worcester, Massachusetts: “The
Heart of the Commonwealth". Debby DuBay. Worcester is a historic city
with many cultural and industrial firsts,
including Whitney’s cotton gin, Howe’s
sewing machine, and Hawes’s folding
machine. 284 lively, color postcard views
and modern photos tell Worcester’s story.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 284 color photos
• Price Guide/Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3138-1 • soft cover • $24.99
Boston Wide. Arthur P. Richmond.
Over 130 panoramic photographs
bring Boston to life, from views of the
lighthouses in the outer harbor it takes
a virtual tour of Boston sights Boston,
including historic forts, Harborwalk,
world-class museums, cultural sites,
and architectural landmarks steeped
in history. This is a photographic extravaganza, an essential book for all
who treasure the Boston experience.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 164 color photos
Index • 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3273-9 • hard cover • $39.99
Berkshires: Past and Present. Mary
L. Martin & E. Ashley Rooney. Tour the
Berkshire Hills and travel along the
Mohawk Trail; delight in the sounds
of the Tanglewood Music Center; and
visit landmarks such as Hancock Shaker
Village, the town of Lenox, and Jacob’s
Ladder. More than 350 color images
explore the history of the Berkshires.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 288 color images
Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3133-6 • soft cover • $24.99
Boston Below. Joseph R. Votano and
Karen E. Hosking. In over 145 photos
and text, this book explores the Boston
subway system, its riders, stations, and
rarely seen train maintenance. The MBTA
represents the city’s arteries with 28
underground and 80 above ground
stations through which 720,000 people
move daily. This book is a fascinating
visual journey through one of the nation’s oldest subway systems.
Size: 12" x 9" • 150 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4542-5 • hard cover • $39.99
Cambridge, Massachusetts: Past
& Present. Mary Martin and E. Ashley
Rooney. Over 250 vintage postcards
show the growth of Harvard Square
from sleepy village to contemporary
city. Harvard Square, and the city of
Cambridge by extension, still retains
many historic buildings and churches
and its student population with all
its associated, diverse, cosmopolitan
attractions.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 271 color photos • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2810-7 • soft cover • $24.95
North Shore Wide: The Panoramas
of Arthur P. Richmond. Arthur P.
Richmond. Panoramic photography of
North Shore, Massachusetts, captures
120-degree views. Favorite vistas are
beautifully exposed, including Rockport
from seawall to seawall, beaches from
Revere to the play lands in Salisbury.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 115 color photos
• 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2860-2 • hard cover • $39.95
Greetings from Salem. Mary Martin
& Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Vintage
postcards from the 1900s to the 1950s
take readers to Gallows Hill, the House of
Seven Gables, the Peabody Essex Museum,
and much more take readers back in time.
Learn about the Salem Witch Trials, and
see courthouse where the accused were
tried and the summit of Gallows Hill where
the guilty were hanged. Size: 11" x 8 1/2"
• 326 postcard images • Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2602-3 • soft cover • $24.95
MASSACHUSETTS: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Haunted Massachusetts. Thomas D’Agostino.
Massachusetts, the birthplace of America, is home
to some of the most fascinating haunts in the world.
41 towns and cities hold legends and mysteries that
stretch beyond the imagination. Ghosts watch ancient
inns in Concord and Charlemont. The unearthly shrieks
of a banshee in Marblehead chills those who must
endure its curse.
Size: 6" x 9" • 48 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2662-2 • soft cover • $12.95
Joseph Lincoln’s Essential Cape Cod Reader.
Author Joseph C. Lincoln helped define The Cape
in over 40 novels, and many more poems and short
stories that were translated into many languages.
This collection of 22 poems, seven short stories, and
a novel touch the heart of Lincoln’s work.
Size: 6" x 9" • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2453-5 • soft cover • $14.95
Three Centuries in a Cape Cod Village:
The Story of Chatham. Chatham Historical
Society . This illustrated book of essays and
articles paints a vivid portrait of life in Chatham,
Massachusetts, beginning with the first settler
William Nickerson. Relive the saga of the ship
Rover, the story of the patriotic Young family
during the American Revolution, and the mariners
of the 19th century. Published by the Chatham
Historical Society.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 107 illustrations • Index
• 184 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4118-2 • hard cover • $34.99
Sea Level Rising. William Sargent. The story of this
seemingly microcosmic event, the sea breaking through
a spit of land at Chatham, Massachusetts, destroying
several homes. But it is not unique. As many as 200
other American coastal communities will face similar
problems as their barrier beaches break down over
the next twenty years. Sea Level Rising is a clarion
call for these other coastal communities to prepare
for the chronic effects of global warming.
Size: 6" x 9" • 35 b/w photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3261-6 • soft cover • $19.99
Boston’s Haunted History: Exploring the Ghosts
and Graves of Beantown. Christopher Forest.
Boston has plenty of legends and ghost stories. From
war-torn lovers, to vengeful pirates, to wandering
travelers and even a few famous authors, you’ll learn
why Boston’s history has never truly vanished.
Size: 6" x 9" • 12 b/w photos • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2874-9 • soft cover • $12.95
Spooky Creepy Boston. Nicholas Goodwin. Boston
after dark is the town that scared and repulsed Edgar
Allan Poe, inspired H.P. Lovecraft, and brought the
hunting of witches and the murder of hapless innocents to American shores. Welcome to Boston’s eerie
environs, and watch out for stranglers.
Size: 6" x 9" • 36 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3612-6 • soft cover • $14.99
Cambridge, Massachusetts: Ghosts, Legends,
Lore. E. Ashley Rooney. Learn about the many ghosts
and legends of Cambridge, Massachusetts. Thrill to
a game of Hide and Seek with a ghost in red velvet.
Marvel at the ambition of East Apthorp, who haunted
students for years, Harry Widener, who still haunts his
library, and the birth of forensic science.
Size: 6" x 9" • 23 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3255-5 • soft cover • $14.99
A Collector’s Guide to Salem Witchcraft &
Souvenirs. Pamela E. Apkarian-Russell; photography
by Christopher J. Russell. 300 years of Salem, Massachusetts’ past, concentrating on the infamous witch
trials held here in the 17th century. Tourist purchases
have helped to create a photo album of printed images
and a treasure trove of souvenirs showing famous
witches and the historic sites.
Size: 6" x 9" • 300 color photos • Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0425-9 • soft cover • $19.95
North Shore Lore: Stories of the Massachusetts
Coast. Ted Clarke. The history, geography, and people
of the North Shore come to life in this easy-reading
book of over 35 stories for the region northeast of
Boston and south of New Hampshire, including many
lesser-known, but charming, inlets, placid pools, and
stirring basins.Also find Salem’s witchcraft trials, the
East India Trade, the retreat of the British when they
came to search for arms, the contributions of Thomas
Watson, and more.
Size: 6" x 9" • 46 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4506-7 • soft cover • $16.99
North Shore Spirits of Massachusetts. Christopher
Forest. Discover a witch who once helped colonists
and strange sightings of a sea monster that have
been reported off the coast of Gloucester and Nahant.
Meet the ghosts that haunt some of the most famous
places in Salem, including the House of Seven Gables.
Size: 6" x 9" • 18 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3291-3 • soft cover • $14.99
Lost History of the North Shore: Little Known
Tales From Massachusetts. Christopher Forest.
The North Shore of Massachusetts has historic sites,
pristine beaches, hallowed halls, Salem witches, famous
pirates, and creative inventors. Explore the little-known
history that makes the North Shore great.
Size: 6" x 9" • 30 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3568-6 • soft cover • $14.99
Lexington, Bedford, and Concord: Ghosts, Legends, and Lore. E. Ashley Rooney. Blending legend
and history, step back in time to when the first “shot
heard round the world" began the American Revolution. Follow ghostly footsteps at Munroe Tavern and
Colonial Inn where people feel an unknown presence
in the mist. Meet the witch of Shawsheen who saved
a sickly town from death. These stories will chill you.
Size: 6" x 9" • 32 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3115-2 • soft cover • $14.99
NEW ENGLAND: MASSACHUSETTS
65
Ghosts of the Bridgewater Triangle. Christopher
Balzano. The Bridgewater Triangle has been a haven
for the unexplained with sightings of weird animals,
UFOs, ghosts, and unmarked, strange government
vehicles. Now, for the first time, the full light of research
is brought to this understudied aspect of the Triangle,
including the examination of classic hauntings, as
well as urban legends told for years as true stories.
Size: 6" x 9" • 27 b/w photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3006-3 • soft cover • $14.99
The Cape Cod House. Stanley Schuler. Designed for those who may wish to build their
own Cape Cod home, here are many variations
of the basic floor plan. Shows the nearly limitless
possibilities. Includes tiny single style Cape Cod
house to double, triple, modified, and “modern"
interpretations.16 pages in color, and drawn
plans show it in its various stages – from the
tiny half Cape of long ago to the modern house
with wings that may stretch to a total length of
100 feet and more.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 174 photos • Index • 144
pp. ISBN: 0-916838-63-3 • hard cover • $25.00
Painted Ladies: Balusters & Columns.
Robert and Lynn Gatchell. 605 color images
show the creative ways balusters and columns
were used to enhance homes in historic Oak
Bluffs and Martha’s Vineyard, Massachusetts.
Restorers of old homes, preservationists, students
of architecture, and admirers of Victorian style
will find this a valuable resource and use these
photos to restore, preserve, or even recreate.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 605 color images • Photo
Index • 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3045-2
• soft cover • $29.99
Hockomock: Place Where the Spirits Dwell. Peter
Tower. The untold, true story of the area of southeastern
Massachusetts that has become infamous worldwide
for paranormal activity, from its beginnings to the
1970s and 1980s. This engaging storytelling technique
combines in-depth research of the area’s history with
narrative vignettes and firsthand interviews from people
that have seen UFOs, Bigfoot, and mystery creatures,
and experienced other unexplained events there.
Size: 6" x 9" • 4 illustrations• 248 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4515-9 • soft cover • $19.99
The Evolution of the Cape Cod House: An
Architectural History. Arthur P. Richmond.
Detailed history of one of America’s most popular
architectural styles. The story starts in rural
England where yeomen and tradesmen built
their small one to one-and-a-half story timber
framed cottages. The This study is complete with
600+ images detailing interiors and exteriors. A
must for anyone interested in architecture, Cape
Cod, and the most admired of American homes.
Size: 9" x 12" • 680 photos & illustrations • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3848-9 • hard cover • $50.00
Painted Ladies: Corbels & Gingerbread.
Robert & Lynn Gatchell. More than 600 color
images showcases the wide variety of architectural styles and influences that encompasses small “tent like" cottages known as
the Painted Ladies in and around Martha’s
Vineyards. The photos provide an opportunity to study the intricate patterns carpenters used with little material and equipment.
Dark Woods: Cults, Crime, and the Paranormal
in the Freetown State Forest. Christopher Balzano.
This is the first account of how its darker side connects
hauntings with violent crime and local cults. Many
come here to enjoy the beauty of Freetown State
Forest; these are the stories of those who cannot leave.
Size: 6" x 9" • 19 b/w photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2799-5 • soft cover • $14.95
Barns of Cape Cod. Joan Dillon. Over
From Provincetown to Woods Hole,
barns in the English and New England
styles dot the landscape of Cape Cod’s
fifteen townships. 340 color photos
display barns in the English and New
England styles that dot the landscape of
Cape Cod’s fifteen townships, including
many detail shots.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 342 color photos
• 176 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2564-7 • hard cover • $39.95
Gingerbread Gems: Victorian Architecture
of Oak Bluffs. Arthur P. Richmond. Stroll
Martha’s Vineyard and view cozy Victorian
cottages featuring bright colors, welcoming
porches, and sumptuous decoration. Delight
in architectural details, many designed by the
prolific S.F. Pratt.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 379 photos • 208 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2682-0 • soft cover • $29.95
Berkshire Ghosts: Legends and Lore. E. Ashley
Rooney. History melts into the present in the lovely
Berkshire Hills of western Massachusetts, but it is
an uncomfortable present. 15 haunting ghost tales,
7 frightening legends, and 9 stories from generations
past!
Size: 6" x 9" • 22 b/w photos • Index • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2797-1 • soft cover • $14.95
Massachusetts Lighthouses and Lightships. Arthur P. Richmond. Enjoy fascinating
facts and more than 800 images, both current
and historic, of the lighthouses that mark the
shores of Massachusetts (exclusive of Cape Cod
and the Islands). An indispensable addition to
the lighthouse enthusiast’s library, and a delight
for anyone who enjoys coastal Massachusetts.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 876 color & b/w images • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4853-2 • hard cover • $45.00
Cottages of Oak Bluffs: 20 Postcards.
Arthur P. Richmond. Charming and historic
gingerbread-style cottages in Oak Bluffs, Massachusetts. Inviting front porches, ornate trims, and
blossoming flowerboxes on these distinguished
Martha’s Vineyard homes appear here in twenty
dynamic postcards. Cards can be displayed in a
standard frame, detached and mailed to friends,
or kept in this book as a souvenir.
Size: 7" x 5" • 20 color postcards
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2683-7 • soft cover • $9.95
Massachusetts Lighthouses Past & Present.
Arthur P. Richmond. More than sixty Massachusetts lighthouse stations that have been
found along the coast from Fall River in the
south to Salisbury in the north. The lighthouse
station locations are identified using navigational
charts and their characteristics, including date
established, tower structure, optics, fog signals,
and many more significant topics are presented
in a straightforward table format.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 454 images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4305-6 • hard cover • $34.99
Barns of the Berkshires. Stephen
G. Donaldson. 123 full-page color
photos and a detailed text trace the
rich visual tapestry created in the
bucolic countryside of the Berkshire
hills and its many historic barns. The
history of barn building and subsequent
development of barn architecture in
the region spans over 250 years. The
photos, both detailed and in the
distance, capture the rustic beauty of the barns in every season.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 126 color photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3223-4 • hard cover • $24.99
MASSACHUSETTS: ARCHITECTURE
Contemporary Boston Architects.
E. Ashley Rooney with Gary Johnson and
Maryann Thompson. Discover a wealth
of ideas and design strategies from over
20 architectural firms that will help you
understand design processes, methods,
and techniques in new ways. Over 400
beautiful images showcase their works.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 404 color photos
240 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4221-9
hard cover • $50.00
United by Design: Homes of Cape
Cod, Martha’s Vineyard, and Nantucket. Loryn Wilson Schiffer. Foreword
by John R. DaSilva, AIA. Discover a
diverse selection of beautiful Cape Cod,
Martha’s Vineyard, and Nantucket area
homes from a dozen of the top architects practicing in this region. With
more than 40+ projects, this design
book features homes that range from
traditional shingle style to very modern
in design, and from modest cottages to
grandiose estates.
Size: 11 3/4" x 14" • 400 b/w & color
images • 248 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4112-0 • hard cover • $75.00
Saltbox and Cape Cod Houses. 2nd Edition.
Stanley Schuler. From its origins on Cape Cod,
Massachusetts, in the seventeenth century, this
charming and practical style of house has been
transplanted and modified to accommodate
varying life styles from as far away as Hawaii.
Examples of old traditional styles and newer
adaptations. The sensible, two-story floor plans
of these New England types have endeared them
to home builders since the 1600s.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 276 photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0998-6 • hard cover • $29.95
Cape Cod Lighthouses and Lightships.
Arthur P. Richmond. Step back in time and
observe the lighthouses and lightships that
marked the shores and guided mariners through
the dangerous waters surrounding Cape Cod
and the islands. This comprehensive book has
more than 500 images and a visitor’s guide.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 316 color, 200 b/w photos
• 256 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3545-7 • hard
cover • $45.00
Lighthouses of Cape Cod & The
Islands. Arthur P. Richmond. Forty
views of the lighthouses of Cape Cod,
Martha’s Vineyard, and Nantucket.
Active lights and inactive lights are
presented as beautiful color postcards.
Perforated, they can be detached and
sent to friends (at 40 cents apiece they
are a good bargain), framed and hung
on your wall, or kept intact as a souvenir of your summer vacation.
Size: 5" x 7" • 40 color postcards • 80 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2460-8 • soft cover • $14.95
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 606 color images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3046-9 • soft cover • $29.99
MASSACHUSETTS: ARTS & CRAFTS
Nantucket Portrait: Fun & Games
with the Super Rich...The Birth of
Hard-Edge Realism. James H. Cromartie
as told to J.W. Nostrand. The story of artist
Jim Cromartie in the first person, tracing the
trials and joys of the struggle to find his style
and acceptance in the world.
Size: 12" x 9" • 95 images • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3112-1 • hard cover
• $49.99
The Watch at Peaked Hill: Outer Cape Cod
Dune Shack Life, 1953–2003. Josephine Breen
Del Deo. Fifty years of living in dune shacks at the
tip of Cape Cod, describing the idyllic life, but also
the struggle to maintain that life. The history is
brought to life, populated with the interesting,
often eccentric characters who lived on the dunes.
Size: 7" x 10" • 97 color & b/w images • 224 pp •
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4978-2 • hard cover • $34.99
66
NEW ENGLAND: MASSACHUSETTS • RHODE ISLAND • CONNECTICUT
Perspectives on the Provincetown Artist
Colony. Deborah Forman. Provincetown, a
microcosm of American art of the last century,
is a community of artists who played vital roles
in American art movements. In two rich volumes,
Deborah Forman traces the history of these
artists from 1899, when Charles Hawthorne
opened his Cape Cod School of Art, through
the struggles among the traditionalists, impressionists, and modernists.
Exploring the camaraderie and influences within
the artist colony, she continues the story into
the present.
Size: 9" x 12" • 325+ color and
b/w images • each volume, 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3682-9 • Two
volume hard cover box set • $125
• Schiffer LTD
100 Boston Painters. Chawky Frenn. 100
Boston Painters celebrates the wide-ranging
talents, approaches, and personalities of the
vibrant world of Boston arts. A labor of love by
George Mason University Art Professor Chawky
Frenn, this exciting new book features the work
of 100 Boston painters selected by an extensive
review of Boston arts both past and present.
Includes works of realism, expressionism, and abstraction from well-known and upcoming artists.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 480+ images • 232 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3976-9 • hard cover • $45.00
100 Boston Artists. Chawky Frenn. This
survey of 100 artists, including 463 color photos,
features works ranging from large installations to
hand-carved figures and from holographic images
to carefully choreographed moving sculptures.
The text includes an introductory essay from art
critic Debbie Hagan and brief statements from
each of the artists about their works.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 463 color photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4403-9 • hard cover • $45.00
RHODE ISLAND: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Rhode Island’s Spooky Ghosts and Creepy
Legends. Katie Boyd. Rhode Island, famous for beautiful
harbors and lavish abodes, has restless ghosts that lurk
in dark corners of mansions, universities, inns, swamps,
and woods. Discover four famous vampires and view
never-before-released photos inside a vampire crypt. See an
1800s vampire-killing kit. Demonologist and Paranormal
Investigator Katie Boyd seeks the truth behind some of
Rhode Island’s most famous legends and hauntings.
Size: 6" x 9" • 68 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3388-0 • soft cover • $14.99
Haunted Rhode Island. Thomas D’Agostino. Here are
tales of hauntings, vampires, mysterious cairns, wailing
brooks, and floating coffins encountered throughout
Rhode Island. Long dead sailors prowl lonely docks,
departed schoolmasters seek their charges, phantom
girls giggle in a state park, ambushed soldiers of
centuries past scream, and more.
Size: 6" x 9" • 62 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2350-4 • soft cover • $12.95
CONNECTICUT: SCENES
Contemporary Cape Cod Artists:
People and Places. Deborah Forman.
Contemporary Cape Cod artists go
beyond the landscape for inspiration.
They are inspired by people in their
insightful portraits; by the dynamic
activity of figures; by the calm of a still
life; and by the fascination of an interior
view. Deborah Forman interviewed forty-five artists, representing a spectrum
of mediums and styles, who shared
with her their inspirations and approaches, their personal lives, and their art.
Size: 12" x 9" • 390 color photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4722-1 • hard cover • $59.99
Contemporary Cape Cod Artists:
Images of Land and Sea. Deborah
Forman. Cape Cod has been attracting
artists to this grand land and its spectacular seas for more than a century.
Fifty Cape Cod artists, including Anne
Packard, Salvatore Del Deo, Bao Lede,
Tabitha Vevers, and Carmen Cicero,
represent a spectrum of styles and
media, including paintings, sculpture,
and photographs, are influenced by the
glories of nature and find mood or mystery in the landscape, within a frame
of reference of life on Cape Cod.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 349 color photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4451-0 • hard cover • $59.99
Contemporary Cape Cod Artists: On
Abstraction. Deborah Forman. 45 Cape
Cod artists working in abstraction tell their
stories. Based on her interviews, Deborah
Forman writes about the artists' inspirations
and approaches. Together with the more
than 400 images of art, the essays give
insight into the creative talents of the artists
and provide an understanding of abstract
art in relationship to art history.
Size: 12" x 9" • 401 images • 208 pp. • 978-0-7643-4865-5 • hard cover • $59.99
Folk Art of Cape Cod and the Islands.
Jeanne Marie Carley. In over 560 color photos, this book recounts the histories of the
entrepreneurial people of Cape Cod, Martha’s
Vineyard, and Nantucket, as told through the
folk art they produced from the 18th to the 20th
centuries. Among these items are paintings,
maritime art, trade figures, carousel art, wood
carvings, weathervanes, religious art, textiles,
and gravestones. Size: 9" x 12" • 567 color
photos • 304 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4526-5 • hard cover • $75.00
Lightship Baskets of Nantucket. Rev. and
Expanded 2nd Edition. Martha Lawrence. The
history and makers of highly prized, distinctive,
old Nantucket Lightship Baskets chronicled with
many color photos that detail construction and
show beautiful examples. Includes what to consider when evaluating antique and contemporary
baskets, plus step-by-step, illustrated instructions
for making your own Nantucket basket.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • over 115 photos
Price Guide • 120 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0891-2 • soft cover • $24.95
RHODE ISLAND: SCENES
Lighthouses and Lightships of Rhode
Island: Past and Present. Arthur P. Richmond.
Historic, hand-tinted imagery of Rhode Island’s
beautiful State Capitol, Roger Williams Park,
and Narragansett Bay illuminate the heritage
of Providence. Over 300 vintage, hand-tinted
postcards transport readers to through the first
half of the 1900s.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 254 color & 86 b/w images
• 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4782-5 • hard
cover • $34.99
Postcards of Providence. Mary L.
Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price.
Through more than 300 images feature
over thirty lighthouse stations from
Watch Hill, near the Connecticut border
in the south, to the inner harbor of
Providence. They’re described using
navigational charts and their characteristics, including date of establishment,
tower structure, optics, and fog signals.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 319 postcard images • Price Guide /Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2475-6 • soft cover • $24.95
Connecticut by Bicycle: Fifty Great Scenic Routes.
Frederick John Lamp. This is the first full-color
guide to the state of Connecticut by road bike
for the moderate-level rider. The book covers six
diverse geographical regions of Connecticut in
fifty rides. Each ride is represented by a four-page
spread with color photographs of the sights, a
narrative description, a map, and a concise cue
sheet with directions and mileage.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 160+ color images • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3794-9 • hard cover • $39.99
CONNECTICUT: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Brass Valley: The Fall of an American Industry. Emery Roth II. In this ode
to Connecticut's Naugatuck River Valley,
vibrant photos and moving poetry relate
the region's legendary industrial history.
This elegy captures glowing metal flying
at the Ansonia foundry in its final days
and abandoned opera houses and train
tracks, vestiges of a dying infrastructure
and American way of life.
Size: 12" x 9" • 236 color photos • 240 pp
ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4930-0 • Binding: hard cover • $45.00
Connecticut’s Seaside Ghosts. Donald Carter.
Tour Connecticut’s most fascinating seaside hauntings. Nearly 400 years of spirited tales are covered
within, from the ghostly legacy of colonial witchcraft
trials to cursed pirate gold, from spectral voices at
haunted battlefields to ghost ships that sail stormy
skies. There is treasure and much more to entice you
along the haunted seaside of Connecticut, but be
prepared to be chilled.
Size: 6" x 9" • 65 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3000-1 • soft cover • $14.99
The Newport Naval Training Station: A Postcard History. Federico
Santi. The development of the Newport
Naval Training Station, still in use as Naval Station Newport and The Navy War
College, waxed and waned with political
forces and both world wars. Postcards
and other artifacts document physical
changes over time, activities of enlisted
trainees, and images of stationed ships,
creating a detailed history.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 215 images •
80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4323-0 • hard cover • $19.99
Connecticut Lore: Strange, Off-Kilter, & Full
of Surprises. Zachary Lamothe. From tales of its
haunted history, curious encounters, and forgotten
places, Connecticut is “full of surprises" and worth
investigating whether you’re a local or an out-of-towner.
Visit abandoned Norwich State Hospital and Daniel’s
Village, hear stories of demonic possessions, and
discover the mysteries of Plum Island and the lore of
Pirate treasure and witchcraft.
Size: 6" x 9" • 36 color images • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4315-5 • soft cover • $16.99
Newport Mansions: Postcards of
the Gilded Age. Federico Santi and
John Gacher. Vintage images show
the fabulous mansions, the beautiful
beaches, and the elegant shopping
areas. See how the new “American
royalty" spent their leisure time and
their wealth.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 189 color & 14 b/w
images • Price Guide • 112 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2497-7 •soft cover • $24.95
Connecticut Ghosts. Elaine M. Kuzmeskus. Explore
31 of Connecticut’s most haunted sites along with a
clairvoyant with firsthand knowledge of the spirits.
This spectral tour includes the former residences of
Mark Twain and Harriet Beecher Stowe, Old New-Gate
prison, and a cursed and abandoned town.
Size: 6" x 9" • 32 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2361-X • soft cover • $9.95
NEW ENGLAND: CONNECTICUT • MID-ATLANTIC: NEW YORK
CONNECTICUT: ARCHITECTURE
Early Domestic Architecture of Connecticut. J. Frederick Kelly. Details house plans,
framing, roofs, masonry, windows, entrances,
paneling, mantels, cupboards, stairs, and more
from houses built during the early 1600s through
the 1800s. Line drawings of moulding details.
This wonderful and exhaustively researched book
is an invaluable tool for anyone researching,
restoring, or duplicating homes built in the New
England states from the early 1600s through
the 1800s. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 193 b/w photos
& 242 line drawings • 230 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2664-6 • soft cover • $29.95
Tobacco Sheds of the Connecticut
River Valley. Darcy Purinton & Dale F.
Cahill. Over 200 color photos provide
a detailed look at tobacco sheds in the
Connecticut River Valley. Get a unique
look at tobacco sheds from a historical,
personal, and agricultural perspective. Text explores the construction
and unique features of tobacco sheds
and how some have been transformed,
given new life and new uses.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 225 color photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3204-3 • hard cover • $34.99
Tobacco Sheds: Vanishing Treasures in the Connecticut River
Valley. Dale Cahill and Darcy Cahill.
This important book systematically catalogues tobacco sheds from Putney,
Vermont to Portland, Connecticut. The
photographs capture the beauty of these
unique farm buildings and serve as a
valuable record for these endangered
barns. The text offers the agricultural
history of each town, helping to connect sheds to their own unique region
of New England.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 280 color photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4326-1 • hard cover • $24.99
Gingerbread Gems of Willimantic, Connecticut. Michele Palmer, photography by Lori
Garris. From tiny cottages to grand mansions,
these examples of Carpender Gothic, Queen
Anne, Stick Style, Italianate and Second Empire
architecture have made Willimantic, Connecticut
famous. Over 175 color images display the high
Victorian houses.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 178 color photos
Index • 112 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2603-1 • soft cover • $19.95
CONNECTICUT: ARTS & CRAFTS
Connecticut Decoys. Henry C. Chitwood, with
Thomas C. Marshall and Doug Knight. One of
the most comprehensive studies ever written
on Connecticut working decoys with over 400
photos. A table of carvers is followed by a
detailed text covering the decoys produced by
over 82 carvers, discussions on factory decoys,
shore birds, and descriptive decoy features.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 406 photos, 2 maps
Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-104-X • hard cover • $45.00
Quilts and Quiltmakers Covering Connecticut. The Connecticut Quilt Search Project.
Over 145 outstanding and diverse quilts from
Connecticut, dating from the pre-Revolutionary
War era to the mid-20th century. Includes stories
of the quiltmakers, historical background, and an
extensive bibliography. A must for students of
quilt history, women’s studies, textile enthusiasts,
and lovers of American history.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 278 color photos
Index • 176 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1472-6 • soft cover • $29.95
MID-ATLANTIC
NEW YORK • NEW JERSEY
• PENNSYLVANIA • DELAWARE
• MARYLAND • WASHINGTON, DC
• WEST VIRGINIA • VIRGINIA
MIDDLE ATLANTIC: ARTS & CRAFTS
67
Lost Loot III: New York, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania. Patricia Hughes. In this third book beckoning
readers to search for historic lost loot, journey to New
York, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania to learn about
Native American villages, lost mines, pirate booty,
ghosts, curses, monsters, dangers, and more. Take
the journey to find the loot, but always walk into the
adventure with both eyes wide open!
Size: 6" x 9" • 140 b/w images • Index • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4134-2 • soft cover • $19.99
NEW YORK: SCENES
100 Plein Air Painters of the Mid-Atlantic. Gary Pendleton. Over 400 color photos
of paintings by contemporary, living plein air
landscape artists. It includes a history, in words
and pictures, of painting in the Mid-Atlantic. A
fine introduction to regional painters, it has a
broad appeal to anyone who loves landscape
painting, representing some of its most talented
practioners.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 577 color photos • 240 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4619-4 • hard cover • $50.00
100 Artists of the Mid-Atlantic. E. Ashley
Rooney, with Foreword by Charles Yoder. With
oil, glass, multi-media, metal, and other materials, 100 contemporary artists explore the rich
imagery created by the culture, society, history,
and environment of the American Mid-Atlantic
region. 480+ images display strong, exciting,
and passionate works in this region with a long
tradition of American artistry.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 585+ color images • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3734-5 • hard cover • $45.00
MIDDLE ATLANTIC: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Paranormal Petersburg, Virginia, and the
Tri-Cities Area. Pamela K. Kinney. Travel to Petersburg
and surrounding areas of Colonial Heights, Hopewell,
Prince George, Dinwiddie, and nearby Ettrick-Matoaca,
Enon, and Chester to discover what spirits, monsters,
UFOs, and legends await the unwary. Hauntingly active
as they share space with the living, the dead refuse
to give up their undead residency.
Size: 6" x 9" • 58 color images • Index • 192 pp
ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4942-3 • Binding: soft cover
$16.99
Supernatural Mid-Atlantic. Laurie Hull. Visit over
100 paranormal public places, people, and “things" in
Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland, Delaware, and
Virginia. Haunted towns, curses and jinxes, sacred
stones, devilish destinations, and more will scare
and surprise you as you experience the Mid-Atlantic
through encounters with the supernatural. Information
and contact details as well as a listing for ghost tours
in the region.
Size: 6" x 9" • 82 b/w images • Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4119-9 • soft cover • $19.99
Decoys of the Mid-Atlantic Region. Henry A.
Fleckenstein, Jr. Bird decoys of the American Mid-Atlantic region shown in clear photographs and historical
facts that help date hand-made decoys of antique and
modern origin. There is an explanation of how weights
are used, how condition affects value, suggestions
on repairing decoys, a complete list of makers, and
recommended reading. After a full discussion of
the decoys, Mr. Fleckenstein includes suggestions
on repairing decoys, a complete list of makers, and
recommended reading.
Size: 7" x 10" • 750+ birds illustrated Index • 256 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0597-2 • soft cover • $24.95
Mid-Atlantic UFOs: High Traffic Area. Gerard J.
Medvec. During a one-year period, as reported from
only two of the many info-gathering organizations, there
were 1,729 UFO sightings for the U.S. Mid-Atlantic
region. Over 80 true encounters: alien abductions, a
mass fleet sighting, advanced extraterrestrial technology,
and more, coming from earnest eyewitness accounts.
Includes full-length, never-before-published stories of
UFO encounters in NY, PA, NJ, DE, MD, DC,VA, & WV.
Size: 6" x 9" • 2 b/w images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4507-4 • soft cover • $16.99
Greetings from Buffalo, New York.
Anita Yasuda. Photographs and postcards are combined to create this book
of memories of Buffalo, New York a
city that has it all: lakeside pathways
to bike or stroll, stunning architecture,
proximity to camping and hiking areas,
and hospitality. They are part of what
makes Buffalo and its surrounding area
a city for all seasons.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 238 color images
Index • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2888-6 • soft cover • $19.95
Greetings from Niagara Falls: Wish
You Had Been Here. Jessie Turbayne.
Tour the picturesque Niagara Falls and
see images such as the “Maid of the
Mist" steamer passing the American
Falls. Over 100 early hand-colored cards
and photographic views yields a unique
glimpse of Niagara Falls during the first
half of the twentieth century. .
Size: 9" x 6" • 123 color / 3 b/w photos
• 112 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2801-5 • soft cover • $19.95
Greetings from Ithaca. Mary Martin
& Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Vintage
images from the 1900s to the 1940s
showcase famous spots, including
Cornell University, Ithaca College, the
Clinton House, Taughannock Falls, and
Buttermilk Falls State Park. Travel outside Ithaca for a trip to the majestic
Taughannock Falls, hike in Buttermilk
Falls State Park, or cheer the Cornell
Crew Team to victory from the shores of Cayuga Lake.Size: 11" x 8 1/2" •
255 postcard images • Price guide/Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2563-9 • soft cover • $24.95
Historic Hudson Valley: A Photographic Tour. Nancy de Flon and Anton
de Flon. With passion and expertise, the
history, infrastructure, architecture, and
natural beauty of the Hudson Valley are
exposed. From mansions to stone Huguenot houses and Dutch farm buildings,
through mountains, meadows, forests,
rivers, and streams, this combination
of outstanding photos, historical facts,
and practical guide will serve your every traveling need.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 211 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4416-9 • hard cover • $29.99
Saratoga Springs: A Brief History
in Postcards. Mary Martin & Nathaniel
Wolfgang-Price. Journey back to the
1900s -1950s when this was America’s
premier resort. Includes The Grand
Union Hotel, Saratoga Spa, Congress
Park, Saratoga Springs Race Course,
and Saratoga Battlefield.
Size: 9" x 6" • 165 postcard images
Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2594-9 • soft cover • $19.95
These Hamptons. Phillip Andrew Lehans.
In 186 color photos, this book provides a
portrait of the famed East End of Long Island.
The coalescence of varied photographic media,
techniques, and subject matter create a dynamic
representation of the lifestyles and landscape
of the Hamptons’ year-round culture.
Size: 11 3/4" x 11 3/4" • 186 color photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4331-5 • hard cover • $50.00
68
MID-ATLANTIC: NEW YORK
Suburban Classic. Patrick Jackson. The exclusive suburban communities in Connecticut, New
York, and New Jersey that New York commuters
call home are as special in their exquisite beauty
and style as the metropolis itself. Here are thirty-four of the most exceptional and unique small
towns around New York and the homes, many
belonging to celebrities, and land that make
them vastly popular tourist destinations. Three
states and five million people are represented
in this deeply reflective work.
Size: 9" x 12" • 723 color photos • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4486-2 • hard cover • $60.00
Ghosts of Buffalo. Tim Shaw. The Spirits do not rest
easily in Buffalo, NY. Lost cemeteries, Native American
witchcraft, ghostly hitchhikers, canal brawlers, hidden
passages, murder, as well as miraculous healings are
all part of the legends and fascinating tales of the
old Nickel City!
Size: 6" x 9" • 61 color photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3894-6 • soft cover • $19.99
Fright to the Point: Ghosts of West Point. Major
Thad Krasnesky. The United States Military Academy at
West Point houses more than cadets; there are ghosts
aplenty to stir your imagination and peak your curiosity
about the country’s oldest continuously running military
school. This collection of 13 spooky ghost stories is
focused on apparitions that make their home at West
Point right along with the living souls who march the
halls of patriotism everyday. Written and researched
by a Military Intelligence officer.
Size: 6" x 9" • 20 b/w images • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3918-9 • soft cover • $19.99
New York: Wish You Were Here. Diana
Krause Oliver. Take a journey through Manhattan
neighborhoods with this colorful collection of
New York images, and learn about the history
that shaped the City of New York before the 21st
century. This entertaining walk down memory
lane has 190 pages chock full of color images;
perfect for new New Yorkers and old New
Yorkers alike.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 1,073 images • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4589-0 • hard cover • $34.99
Spirits and Death in Niagara. Marcy Italiano. Take a
ride over the Niagara Falls to discover outlandish stories
with frightening outcomes. Learn about sacrifices to
an evil god, and Devil’s Hole. Meet the dish-throwing
ghost at the Olde Angel Inn and Robert Parson, who
hung over the edge of the Falls, only to die after his
rescue. The Falls have a secret and scary way of calling,
and those who answer the call are never disappointed.
You won’t be either.
Size: 6" x 9" • 57 b/w photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2965-4 • soft cover • $14.99
Hudson Valley Haunts: Historic Driving Tours.
Linda Zimmermann. Covers 165 miles from Rockland
County to Saratoga Springs and 42 historic haunted
locations. Visit haunted houses that line the streets
of the old Dutch settlements in New Paltz and Hurley,
see a misty figure at Sickletown Road Cemetery, and
consider the mystery of the remains of an Indian girl
at the Van Wyck Homestead.
Size: 6" x 9" • 78 b/w photos • Index • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3173-2 • soft cover • $16.99
The Collector’s Guide to the Minerals of
New York State. Dr. Steven C. Chamberlain
and Dr. George W. Robinson. The first New
York mineralogy text in over 35 years presents
detailed information about the most important
mineral localities of interest to mineral collectors.
It includes the significance, collecting history,
geology, origin, and important minerals for
collectors incorporating the latest research
and nomenclature. Localities are organized
by how they occur.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 153 color photos, 1 chart
• 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4334-6 • soft cover • $19.99
Spooky Hudson Valley. Marianna Boncek. Meet
the ghost of Anna Dorthea Swarts who was savagely
dragged to her death by an enraged master. Visit historic
Hugenot Street, where every house is haunted—from
a vicious “Axe Man" to a headless woman who wanders the streets. Read the elegy of Maria Deyo, who
calmly murdered her three children and killed herself.
Size: 6" x 9" • 65 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3384-2 • soft cover • $14.99
Windows on Central Park: The
Landscape Revealed. Betsy Pinover
Schiff. A unique perspective on the 843acre Central Park, viewed exclusively
from windows and terraces on all four
sides and during all four seasons. The
book includes quotes by sixteen notable individuals about their experience
looking down from their windows to the
Park, including Giorgio Armani, Candice
Bergen, Paul Goldberger, Evelyn Lauder, Donald Trump, and Elie Wiesel.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 143 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3835-9 • hard cover • $45.00
Greetings from Brooklyn. Randall Gabrielan. Relive the early days
of Brooklyn through 329 postcard
and contemporary images. See where
popular seashore recreation began at
Coney Island, stroll through Prospect
Park, cross the Brooklyn Bridge, and tour
the smaller residential neighborhoods of
Flatbush. A great resource for residents,
historians and educators.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 362 b/w & color images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3852-6 • hard cover • $29.99
NEW YORK: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
UFOs Over Long Island, New York. Joseph Flammer. New York State is one of the most famous and
influential places on the planet, so it should come as no
surprise that it has a rich UFO history. From important
government military intelligence and commercial airline
reports to downtown sightings of flying saucers on
Broadway, UFOs have been witnessed by some of the
most credible people in history.
Size: 6" x 9" • 10 b/w photos • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2974-6 • soft cover • $16.99
Empire State Ghosts: New York Legends and
Lore. E. Ashley Rooney. Read a colorful and horrific
history of Peter Stuyvesant, the French and Indian War,
and 9/11. Meet pre-Revolutionary ghost Jane McRea,
the headless soldier of Fort Niagara, the spirit of Grace
Brown of Big Moose Lake, and those who haunt Boldt
Castle, Kings Park State Hospital, and West Point. Meet
a few monsters, too: Champ, Bigfoot, and, of course,
the Headless Horseman. Pull up a chair and delight
to fascinating tales of New York.
Size: 6" x 9" • 22 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3418-4 • soft cover • $14.99
Gone Missing in New York. Marianna Boncek.
Explore this painful epidemic through individual stories of the missing and their families; among them
a 22-month-old baby and a noted judge. Sections
include unidentified missing human remains found
in New York State, investigation procedures, and
the pros and cons of hiring a private detective or a
psychic. Perhaps one of these touching accounts will
offer hope that someone, somewhere, might have the
missing piece to one of these devastating puzzles and
help bring any one of these missing persons home.
Size: 6" x 9" • 73 b/w & color images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3837-3 • soft cover • $19.99
Rochester Haunts: A Ghost Hunting Guide.
Dwayne Claud. Read about a black mass at the
Childtime Learning Center that knocked down the
children’s cubbies and dark-hooded individuals that
hold rituals at Mount Hope Cemetery. Visit a spirit at
Farmer’s Tavern and Inn that chases away guests, and
encounter moving shadow figures in the basement of
the Main Street Armory. This guide will take you on
a journey of the undead that you won’t soon forget.
Size: 6" x 9" • 30 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3208-1 • soft cover • $14.99
Haunted Finger Lakes. Dwayne Claud. Tour the
Finger Lakes region in New York State with over 50
haunted locations, including personal experiences
and investigations. Listen to unexplained noises at
the Bristol Town Hall, view photographs that change,
taken at Woodlawn Cemetery in Canandaigua, and
see a mirror that reflects ghosts at John Cuddleback’s
Antique Store.
Size: 6" x 9" • 37 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3358-3 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghosts of Southern Tier, NY. Dwayne Claud. Take
a driving tour of over 50 haunted locations throughout New York State’s southern counties. A blend of
history, legend, and hauntings are experienced with
paranormal investigators as your guides. New tales of
spectres and paranormal investigations. Come along
as the author uncovers the truth about hauntings and
introduces you to new tales of specters and phantoms
from the country hillside. Are you ready for the journey?
Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3497-9 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghosts of NY’s Capital District: Albany, Schenectady, Troy & More. Renee Mallett. Covers Albany,
Schenectady, Troy, Saratoga Springs, and the smaller
communities in between. Take a ride on Lincoln’s
ghost train that charges through Albany each April.
Find out why the Men in Black menaced the residents
of Scotia for four years.
Size: 6" x 9" • 31 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3292-0 • soft cover • $14.99
Seeking Ghosts in the Warwick Valley: 60
Personal Accounts. Donna Reis. 60 chilling firsthand
encounters and a guide for spirit chasers looking for
haunted sites to visit.
Size: 6" x 9" • 22 images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1740-7 • soft cover • $14.95
Ghosts of New York City. Therese Lanigan-Schmidt.
The busy metropolis of New York, so rich with history
and life, is also home to some of the creepiest and
spookiest ghosts around. Discover the restless spirits
who inhabit historic landmarks, private mansions,
hotels, bars, restaurants, shops, and even public parks.
Size: 6" x 9" • 68 photos • 224 pp. • Index
ISBN: 978-0-7643-1714-9 • soft cover • $12.99
Ghosts of Manhattan. Tara Leigh Parks. Manhattan
beckons people from all over the world, including the
dead. Read about the ghosts of struggling artists,
musicians, and painters, including Mark Twain, Sarah
Bernhardt, Janis Joplin, Jimi Hendrix, Tennessee Williams,
and Edie Sedgwick–who still frequent the Chelsea
Hotel. These stories and more await you.
Size: 6" x 9" • 19 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3073-5 • soft cover • $12.99
UFOs Over New York: A True History of Extraterrestrial Encounters in the Empire State.
Preston Dennett. New York State has a rich UFO history.
From important government military intelligence and
commercial airline reports to downtown sightings of
flying saucers on Broadway, UFOs have been witnessed
by some of the most credible people in history. So
search the skies with us in this comprehensive history
of UFOs Over New York; if you dare.
Size: 6" x 9" • 10 b/w photos • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2974-6 • soft cover • $16.99
MID-ATLANTIC: NEW YORK
Ghosts, Ghouls, & Monsters of Long Island. The
Paranormal Adventurers Joseph Flammer and Diane
Hill. The Paranormal Adventurers blaze a new path to
Long Island’s most perplexing paranormal mysteries:
ghosts, ghouls, and monsters. These stories are written
in an in-depth investigative reporter’s style. Flammer
and Hill supply useful informatio
Size: 6" x 9" • 64 b/w images • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4126-7 • soft cover • $16.99
Long Island’s Most Haunted: A Ghost Hunter’s
Guide. Joseph Flammer & Diane Hill, The Paranormal
Adventurers. Pursue a headless ghost at Lakeview
Cemetery in Patchogue Village that chases girls! Feel
the penetrating eyes and see the deathly white face
of a phantom lurking in the shadows of Houdini’s
grave. Get ready for the ghosts of Sweet Hollow Road
in Melville as they float around you in the pitch black
night on this lonely country road!
Size: 6" x 9" • 61 b/w photos, 12 illustrations • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3293-7 • soft cover • $14.99
Spooky Creepy Long Island. Scott Lefebvre. Take
a tour of the myths, legends, and ghost stories of
spirited Long Island, including the infamous Amityville
where murder and mayhem shocked a small town;
abandoned and haunted lunatic asylums, the historically
chilling witchcraft trials, creepy lighthouses, and the
many "Mary" hauntings. Shudder as you read over 35
haunting tales of Long Island’s supernatural history.
Size: 6" x 9" • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2814-5 • soft cover • $12.95
Long Island’s Most Haunted Cemeteries. Joseph Flammer & Diane Hill,
The Paranormal Adventurers. Venture
into the paranormal and pursue the
ghosts of Long Island’s most haunted
cemeteries. Join the search for ghosts in
historic graveyards to unlock the secret
of what lies beyond the grave.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2 “ • 134 color photos
& illustrations • Index • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3589-1 • soft cover • $24.99
NEW YORK: ARCHITECTURE
Lighthouses of New York. Rick Tuers. Superb
photographs and graphics illustrate fascinating
historical facts about heroic rescues, heartwarming stories about keepers and their families, engineering and construction details, lost beacons,
and travel information. This is a complete guide
to New York State’s 69 lighthouses.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 352 color images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2692-9 • soft cover • $29.95
Catskill Resorts: Lost Architecture
of Paradise. Ross Padluck. Once the
most famed resort destination of the
world, the Catskills, New York’s bygone
“Borscht Belt" district, helped shape
American culture and history. Through
363 images, take a trip back in time to
relive the stories behind their theaters
and nightclubs, the lavish lobbies, and
the vacuous dining rooms.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 217 color & 163 b/w images • Index • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4317-9 • hard cover • $34.99
Decorative Architectural Ironwork.
Diana Stuart. Historic exterior designs
of architectural ironwork on display
in the five boroughs of NYC in 400
color photographs, with background
information and the location of each
piece included in captions. Includes iron
fences, gates, newel posts, balustrades,
and much more.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 400 color photos
• 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2192-7 • hard cover • $39.95
Door Jams: Amazing Doors of New
York City. Allan Markman. On the
winding “Door Tour," hitting every stop
from hip Williamsburg to the elegant
Sutton place, the soul of New York City
is revealed through this most unlikely
medium. The remarkable row house
doors, warehouse gates, extravagant
entryways, and even construction sites
documented here represent the people,
culture, and attitude of New York City.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 341 color photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4491-6 • hard cover • $39.99
NEW YORK: ARTS & CRAFTS
100 New York Calligraphers. Cynthia Dantzic.
Encompassing a wide range of calligraphy in
many languages and hands, or styles, this book
presents a visual treasury of works by 100
contemporary scribes, all of whom were either
born in New York or studied or worked in the city.
Size: 9" x 12" • 629 color images • 240 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4898-3 • hard cover • $50.00
Timeless: Photographs by Kamoinge. Edited
by Anthony Barboza & Herb Robinson, Co-edited
by Vincent Alabiso, Foreword by Quincy Troupe. The
oldest collaborative group of photographers in the
nation, Kamoinge offers over 280 stunning photos
here, from portraits to landscapes, interspersed with
insights from its 30 members. Kamoinge, founded
in 1963 at the height of the American Civil Rights
Movement, continues today to chronicle the prejudices
and truths in society.
Size: 9" x 12" • 288 b/w and color photos • 384 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4974-4 • hard cover • $60.00
Living in the Chelsea Hotel. Linda Troeller. Built
in 1883, the Hotel Chelsea in NYC quickly became
the most famous and notorious hotel in the world.
From day one, it has been a center of artistic and
bohemian activity. This book unpacks suitcases of
memories with atmospheric photographs of residents
and guests from the past 20 years.
Size: 7" x 10" • 76 color images • 144 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4985-0 • hard cover • $34.99
Briefly Seen—New York Street
Life. Harvey Stein. Harvey Stein documents the iconic areas of Midtown/
Downtown Manhattan in 172 beautiful
black and white photographs taken
over 41 years from 1974 through
2014. The energetic crowds that flock
to these neighborhoods are depicted
to reflect the vigor and power of New
York street life.
Size: 12" x 9" • 172 b/w photos • 184pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4979-9 • hard cover • $45.00
Harlem Street Portraits. Harvey
Stein, with essays by Herb Boyd Miss
Rosen. Harlem Street Portraits documents the humanity and spirit of the
people of Harlem in 164 beautiful black
and white photographs taken over 22
years from 1990 to 2012. The images
are mostly close up portraits that reveal
the friendliness and warmth of this city’s
inhabitants, the vibrant and bustling
vitality of the area, and the changing nature of the neighborhood.
Size: 12" x 9" • 164 b/w photos• 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4487-9 • hard cover • $45.00
Coney Island: 40 Years. Harvey Stein.
Over 200 black and white photos tell
the tale of New York’s Coney Island
amusement park over the last 40
years. Coney Island provides a sense
of adventure, escape from daily worries,
and much pleasure, whether riding the
jarring Cyclone roller coaster, walking
the boardwalk, viewing the Mermaid
Parade, or just sunbathing on the beach.
Size: 12" x 9" • 214 b/w photos • 240 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3796-3 • hard cover • $49.99
New York Burlesque: Photogrpahs by Roy
Kemp. Roy Kemp. Roy Kemp's previously unpublished portfolio presents nearly forty dancers
performing in an authentic burlesque setting
in 1950s New York. This nostalgic collection
includes more than 200 never-before-seen black
and white photographs of well-known dancers,
including Tempest Storm and Princess Domay,
as well as dozens of other sultry performers,
quite famous in their heyday.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 250 color & b/w photos
• 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4687-3 • hard cover • $34.99
Abandoned NYC. Will Ellis. Ellis captures
the lost and lonely corners of the United
States’ most populous city with 200 images
of New York’s most incredible abandoned
spaces. Uncover the city’s forgotten history
through its crumbling institutions, defunct
military posts, abandoned factories, railroads,
schools, and waterways, and witness a
seldom seen and rapidly disappearing New
York City landscape.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 215 color photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4761-0 • hard cover • $34.99
Blood and Beauty: Manhattan’s
Meatpacking District. Pamela
Greene. The Meatpacking District, famous today for glitz and glamour, used
to be known for blood, muscle, and
sweat. Pamela Greene’s photographs
are an elegy to a lost world of working
class work, and an ode to artists of
fashion, beauty, style-and play-who
have tried to replace it.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 120 color photos • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3884-7 • hard cover • $34.99
100 New York Photographers. Cynthia
Dantzic. An extensive review of the great range
of contemporary New York photographers
and their widely diverse, surprisingly divergent,
images. It presents an overview of the work of a
great variety of individuals, their subject matter
and even philosophies - their very definitions of
photography, darkroom and digital. Their photographs have been seen in publications, galleries,
and museums from 1937 to the present day.
Size: 9" x 12" • 442 color and b/w photos • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3340-8 • hard cover •
$59.99
100 New York Painters. Cynthia Maris Dantzic.
Presents an overview of styles, mediums, subjects, even philosophies of art found in galleries,
museums, and artists’ studios of present-day
New York. Features well-known artists as well
as those less celebrated but no less deserving of
attention. Brief biographical sketches accompany
each artist’s work.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 408 color & 17 b/w photos
• 224 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2543-4 • hard cover • $39.95
Fresh Paint: NYC. Billy Schon. This
unique book provides a ten-year tour
of New York City graffiti captured on
walls, trucks, and subway cars. Works
range from traditional tags to modern
“production" walls by graffiti crews
X-Men, KD, 156, RIS, AOK, TC-5, FAME
CITY, COD, XTC, TFP, MCI, IF, DYM, 718,
TD4, SMART, TATS CRU, GFR, and AKB.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 405 color photos
• 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3495-5 • hard cover • $34.99
New York City Graffiti: The Destiny Children. This true story and retrospective of The
Destiny Children (TDC) graffiti crew documents
their works from 1985 to 2000. See more than
500 works including burners on handball courts,
tractor trailer pieces, and subway top to bottoms. Rare action shots and personal accounts
complete the journey.
Size: 9" x 12" • 480+ color photos • 344 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3720-8 • hard cover • $50.00
•
69
70
MID-ATLANTIC: NEW YORK • NEW JERSEY
Morris Park Crew: The Official
History. John F. Lorne. The stories
behind the Morris Park Crew (MPC)
with never-before-published photos, oral
histories from MPC members, and details
on the 2009-2010 MPC revival. Starting
in 1977, when founding members Slip,
Wedge, and Speed started the crew,
this account continues with details of
how Cap 1 took over and led the crew
down its unforgettable path in the 1980s.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 402 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4157-1 • hard cover • $34.99
Don1: The King from Queens: The
Life and Photos of a NYC Transit
Graffiti Master. Louie Gasparro. The
Italian-American rock and roller who
wrote “DON 1 MAFIA" blasted onto
New York City’s graffiti scene like a
meteorite out of nowhere, but for years
DON1 has lived in obscurity. Here are
nearly 200 never before seen graffiti
photos and an even rarer glimpse at
work from DON1’s black book.
Size: 12" x 9" • 222 b/w & color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4500-5 • hard cover • $29.99
NEW JERSEY: SCENES
Pinelands: New Jersey’s Suburban Wilderness. Albert D. Horner.
Home to many rare and endangered
flora and fauna and a 17 trillion-gallon
aquifer, the Pinelands National Reserve
is New Jersey's largest natural resource
and needs to be preserved for future
generations. This monograph is the
product of a nine-year journey though
the Pinelands, undertaken to record its
beauty and uniqueness.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 84 color photos •144 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4881-5 • hard cover • $35.00
Beneath the Garden State: Exploring Aquatic New Jersey. Herb Segars.
Over 230 color photos present a view
into the strange and beautiful marine
animals found in the Atlantic waters off
New Jersey, as well as shipwrecks and
artificial reefs. You will be fascinated
by a myriad display of marine animals
captured in thirty years of photography.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 235 color photos
144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4109-0 • hard cover • $29.99
From the Platform: Subway Graffiti,
1983-1989. Paul Cavalieri. In the early
‘80s, graffiti writer Paul Cavalieri, who
writes “CAVS," was drawn to the colorful tags on trains and started learning
train schedules so he could snap works
by many writers of the time. This is a
compilation of more than 300 photographs of subway graffiti from 1983 to
1989, when the MTA announced that
its fleet was entirely graffiti-free.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 325+ color photos • 176 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3723-9
hard cover • $34.99.
Naturally New Jersey: A Visual Journey
Through New Jersey’s Parks and Preserves.
Larry Zink. From High Point State Park to Victorian
Cape May, New Jersey has a varied and interesting landscape. Stunning shorelines and mountain
forests are waiting to be explored and enjoyed.
This book presents a photographic journey, in
80 stunning images, through the state’s parks,
highlighting the natural wonders of the most
densely populated state in the country.
Size: 9" x 12" • 80 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3997-4 • hard cover • $34.99
New York Subways and Stations:
1970-1990. Tod Lange. See 1970s and
1980s New York through the attitude
and reputation of its transportation
system. Tod Lange, artist and subway
archivist, presents more than 150 images
of his favorite train lines, graffiti painted
cars, stations, subway yards, and work
equipment that defined one of New
York’s bygone eras.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 150 color photos • 208 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3849-6 • hard cover • $39.99
The Great Swamp: New Jersey’s Natural
Treasure. Steven Richman. Wonderful photographs explore 7,500-acres of natural preserve in
north-central New Jersey, capturing the diversity
of the landscape and natural inhabitants of this
Garden State treasure. The Great Swamp plays
host to nature lovers via hiking trails, boardwalks,
and blinds. Also, there are horseback riding trails,
limited road access, many education programs,
and bird and wildlife sanctuaries
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 274 color photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2822-0 • soft cover • $19.95
New York Subway Graffiti. Tod
Lange. An informative, nostalgic look at
the graffiti years of the New York subway
system. It includes the work from the
1970s, ‘80s and ‘90s artists BLADE,
GHOST, SENT, REAS, VEN, WOLF, and
STRIDER, as well as many lesser known
“underdogs," with personal accounts of
their art and adventures.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 237 color photos
160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3339-2 • soft cover • $29.99
Plainfield, New Jersey’s History
& Architecture. John Grady & Dot
Pollard. Tour homes in Plainfield, New
Jersey, many of which have sheltered
several generations. Images of brick,
wood, and stone buildings and their
occupants relate the city’s heritage.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 318 color images
Index • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-76432915-9 • hard cover • $29.99
Tattooing New York City: Style and Continuity in a Changing Art Form. Michael
McCabe. From the birthplace of the electric
tattoo machine, artists have helped to define
technical and artistic values intrinsic to the art
form. Colorful interviews and images make this
a fascinating glimpse into New York’s unique
tattoo culture.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 358 photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1388-6 • soft cover • $29.95
New York City Horsepower: An
Oral History of Fast Custom Machines. Michael McCabe. The stories
behind NYC car and motorcycle builders,
filled with passion, creativity, and highspeed thrills. Interviews with nearly 40
legendary custom builders and young
builders offer unique access to their lives
in garages and workshops.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 796 b/w & color
images • 304 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3961-5 • hard cover • $50.00
Princeton: History and Architecture. Marilyn Menago. Take a pictorial tour of Princeton
and experience the charm and uniqueness of
its history and diverse architecture. This book
explores the landmark sites where history was
made and greatness launched, and catalogs
the city’s rich architectural heritage. Princeton
represents the quintessential small-town America
that has all the features for success: history,
architecture, premier education, shopping, and
ideal neighborhoods. Size: 8-1/2" x 11" • 303
color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2626-4 • hard cover • $29.95
Middletown: Monmouth County, New
Jersey. Randall Gabrielan. This area of New
Jersey was settled in 1665, making it one of
earliest neighborhoods on the East Coast of
America. Maritime trade, railroads, and political
divisions have left their marks on this place
during many phases of development.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 366 color photos
Index • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2918-0
• soft cover • $24.99
Monmouth County: Past and Present.
Randall Gabrielan. Tour beautiful Monmouth
County, New Jersey, and see how it has evolved
and developed from the early 20th century to
today. With more than 400 images, comparative
views show old landscapes and streetscapes
from the Raritan Bayshore to the Atlantic Shore
and Inner and Western Monmouth.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 420 images • Index • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4474-9 • soft cover • $24.99
Hoboken: History & Architecture at a
Glance. Randall Gabrielan. Through 386 images,
see how Hoboken evolved from a port and rail
center to an industrial power with ethnic neighborhoods. Visit Stevens Institute of Technology,
City Hall, historic religious institutions, and the
St. Louis Condominiums.This keepsake is a must
for history lovers, residents, and tourists.Size:
8 1/2" x 11" • 296 color images & 113 b/w
images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3652-2 • hard cover • $29.99
Changing Jersey City: A History
in Photographs. Cynthia Harris &
Leon Yost. Step back in time to learn
how Jersey City has evolved since the
seventeenth century. More than 350
color images provide a tour of Newark
Avenue, the Junction, Greenville, Journal
Square. Read about the people and
places that made Jersey City famous.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 350 color images
144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3363-7
soft cover • $29.99
Jersey City: A Monumental History. Randall
Gabrielan. Here is an illustrated view of Jersey
City, New Jersey, presented with the viewpoint
that history is always happening. With the help of
over 340 color and black photographs and other
media, the history and development of eight
geographic sections of the area are illuminated.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 346 b/w & color images
128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2638-7 • soft
cover • $24.95
Long Branch, New Jersey: Reinventing a Resort. Randall Gabrielan.
With 344 color images, tour historic
Long Branch and learn what made
this city great and how it evolved
over the years. Travel from Branchport to Elberon and the beachfront
to Hollywood. Stroll through Seven
Presidents Oceanfront Park and view
Franklyn Cottage, St. James Chapel,
and Monmouth University.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 344 color images
Index • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3366-8 • soft cover • $24.99
Picturing Long Beach Island, New Jersey.
Glenn D. Koch. Over 490 color and black and
white postcards and vintage photographs present
the history and structures of the island, from
1890s -1980s. Stroll the Beach Haven boardwalk,
watch the Pound Fishermen hauling in their
nets, cross the wood-planked causeway, and
walk the streets of Barnegat City.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color & 241 b/w photos
Price Guide • 208 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2705-6 • hard cover • $39.95
Greetings from Ocean Grove, New
Jersey. Chris Flynn. Displayed in over
275 precious views of hand-tinted and
sepia-toned postcards from the late
1800s through more modern times,
Ocean Grove’s history comes alive. Travel
within its three natural water borders,
the Atlantic Ocean, Wesley Lake, and
Fletcher Lake to view the Asbury Park
boardwalk, the first railroad station,
and other spectacular images.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 279 postcard images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2627-1 • soft cover • $24.95
MID-ATLANTIC: NEW JERSEY
Tuckerton, New Jersey, and Surrounding Areas. Marilyn & Daniel
Melega. Over 280 photos of postcards
and memorabilia illustrate the history
of the seaport town Tuckerton, New
Jersey, her splendid buildings present
and long gone and the bone-jarring
antics that took place at the Tuckerton
and Manahawkin automobile racetracks. Local residents fill in the details
of Tuckerton’s history.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 285 color photos • Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3411-5 • soft cover • $24.99
Atlantic City: 1854-1954: An Illustrated History. Fred & Susan Miller.
Look back at Atlantic City’s exciting
100 years and its development into a
tourist destination. More than 250 color
images show the city’s evolution into a
popular vacation spot and former home
of the Miss America Pageant.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 275 illustrations
Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3187-9 • soft cover • $24.99
The Story of Storybook Land. Tina Skinner.
Storybook Land, near Atlantic City, New Jersey,
is a wonderful little treasure you’ll want to share.
Storybook Land lives on as one of America’s few
remaining family-owned amusement parks. Each
page of this book promises to evoke shared memories of moments in the enchanted little woods.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color & b/w photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2957-9 • soft cover • $19.95
New Jersey’s Southern Shore: An
Illustrated History from Brigantine
to Cape May Point. Susan Miller. Tour
New Jersey’s southern shore including
Atlantic City, Cape May, Wildwood,
Ocean City, Stone Harbor, Avalon, Sea
Isle, Margate, Ventor, and Brigantine
through 268 color postcards.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 268 color images
Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3009-4 • hard cover • $29.99
Ocean City, N.J.: An Illustrated
History. Susan Miller. Beautiful imagery
from the past and present will take you
past the arcades, thrill rides, souvenir
shops, and the candy and popcorn stops
that have become hallmarks of this
summer resort. This is a must-have
souvenir for all who are enamored of
Ocean City and its many charms.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 265 color & b/w
postcard illustrations • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2709-4 • soft cover • $19.95
The Ocean City Boardwalk: Twoand-a-Half Miles of Summer. Dean
Davis. Beautiful imagery from the past
and present will take you past the arcades, thrill rides, souvenir shops, and
the candy and popcorn stops that have
become hallmarks of this summer resort.
This is a must-have souvenir for all who
are enamored of Ocean City and its
many charms.
Size: 11" x 8-1/2" • 218 color photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2455-1 • hard cover • $19.95
Wildwood’s Neon Nights & Motel Memories. Robert O. & Melinda M. Williams. Wildwood,
New Jersey, is a Doo Wop seashore destination for
adventure with thrilling rides, bright neon signs,
fancy motels, and a good time. This book is a trek
through the decades (1960s to the present) that
stops a dozen times at memorable places. Meet
colorful people who have added significantly to
its style, evolution, preservation, and restoration.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 220 color photos • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643- 3479-5 • soft cover • $24.99
Sea Isle City Remembered. Mike and
Marie Stafford. Over 175 images show
New Jersey’s Sea Isle City’s evolution
from inlet to bedroom beach community.
Relive days spent fishing off the Ocean
Pier and taking rides at the Amusement
Parlor. Trace the beginnings of the Airdome, Windsor Hotel, and the Kozy
Korner Coffee Shoppe. See how Sea Isle
City became a popular beach community.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 191 illus. • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3126-8 • soft cover • $19.99
Wildwood Moments: New Jersey’s Beloved Boardwalk. Dean
Davis & Ian Mark Smith. Preserves
favorite beach vacations at southern
New Jersey’s historical resort town in
over 150 detailed photographs. Recall
attractions, including the Giant Wheel
ferris wheel, the famous Wildwood
Motel, sunrises, sandcastles, and sealife on beachscapes that keep tourists
coming back year after year.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 150 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2967-8 • hard cover • $19.99
My Cape May. Mark Malacavage. Regarded as the nation’s oldest seaside
resort, Cape May is a popular tourist
destination today, but for countless
visitors and year-round residents it is
a place that “speaks to your soul." A
collection of over 230 color images
provide a visual journey through the
town, the beaches, and the bayside.
Size:91/8"x81/8"•230colorphotos•160pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4470-1 • hard cover • $29.99
Cape May Perspectives. Jack & Oleta Neith.
Cape May, one of America’s most popular
vacation destinations, comes alive through 132
color images featuring the award-winning beach
and the Victorian era architecture.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 132 color images •
Index • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3504-4 • soft cover • $9.99
Cape May Walking Tours. Michele Paiva. This guide
provides five unique short tours that are easy to walk.
Readers find entertaining information and eclectic stops
through 126 color photos and detailed prose. Go from
Cape May Point, where you can search for Cape May
diamonds, down Lover’s Lane, to Congress Hall and
the Henry Sawyer Inn. Everyone will enjoy these tours.
Size: 6" x 9" • 126 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2946-3 • soft cover • $12.95
Cape May Puzzle: 500 Pieces. A
great swath of beach, surf, and sky
surrounds the beloved Cape May
Lighthouse in New Jersey, recalling a
favorite summer scene. The perfect rainy
day project, this 500-piece puzzle is a
great keepsake from a favorite vacation
retreat. You’ll want to hang this when
it’s done so you can recall summer all
year long.
Puzzle Size: 18" x 24" ISBN: 978-0-7643-2725-4 • box • $14.95
Greetings from Cape May. Tina
Skinner. Historic postcards of the great
Victorian hotels, the U.S. Naval Training
Station, the Emlen Physick Estate, the
sinking ship Atlantus, and more. Imagery
and text trace this wonderful town’s
story, from nostalgic, sepia-toned past
through its renaissance as one of East
Coast’s most popular, and distinctive
historic resort towns.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2678-3 • soft cover • $19.95
Cape May Postcards. Victorian architecture, quaint
streets, and beautiful beaches have made Cape May,
New Jersey, a top tourist attraction for over a century.
Forty full-color postcards capture the charm and essence
of this picturesque town. Keep it as a souvenir book,
detach and mail the postcards, or show them off in
standard 5" x 7" frames. At forty cents per card, you won’t find a better deal.
Size: 7 1/4" x 5" • 40 color postcards
ISBN: 0-7643-2305-9 • soft cover • $14.95
Cape May Point: Three Walking Tours of Historic
Cottages. Joe Jordan. Three walking tours encompass
more than 70 of Cape May Point’s earliest buildings,
each illustrated in full color with descriptions of their
architectural features, and an illustrated glossary.
Size: 6" x 9" • 132 color & b/w photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2108-0 • soft cover • $14.95
Cape May Point: The Illustrated History
from 1875 to the Present. Joe Jordan. Learn
about the grand hotels, disastrous fires, President
Harrison’s scandal, religious revivals and camp
meetings, the Country Club, and, of course, the
devastating storms.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 202 b&w photos & illustrations • index • 144 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1830-6 • hard cover • $24.95
NEW JERSEY: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
New Jersey UFOs. Gerard J. Medvec. Discover
“Close Encounters of the Fifth Kind," (human-initiated, conscious, and voluntary alien contact), hybrid
relationships, near mid-air collisions with alien ships,
and more from heartfelt eyewitness accounts. Read
contemporary stories of UFO experiences, including
implants, alien crafts, and romantic proposals from
part-humans.
Size: 6" x 9" • 17 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4622-4 • soft cover • $16.99
Cape May Haunts: Elaine's Haunted Mansion
and Other Eerie Beach Tales. D. P. Roseberry
with Psychic Laurie Hull. Nestled at the sourthern
tip of New Jersey, beautiful Cape May is the perfect
historical backdrop for some very ghostly haunts! Meet
talkative ghosts at Elaine's Haunted Mansion and learn
the heartwarming story of a child ghost who lingers
with today's patrons. Visit a speakeasy ghost from
another era at the Queen Victoria Bed and Breakfast.
These and other ghostly Cape May beach tales will
chill you to the bone!
Size: 6" x 9" • 41 b/w photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2821-3 • soft cover • $14.95
New Jersey Haunts. Elias Zwillenberg. Explore
legends, myths, ghost stories, and haunted locations
that have kept New Jerseyans awake at night for generations. Walk the halls of Ringwood Manor, home to
ancient energies for improving health and a ghost with
unfinished business. Spend time at Lake Hopatcong
where a ghostly Indian chief still protects his people and
may answer your call, if you beckon. From the famous
Jersey Devil to the nearly-lost-to-time Paulinskill Viaduct
troll, get ready for a feast for your soul.
Size: 6" x 9" • 40 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3532-7 • soft cover • $14.99
Haunted Bordentown, New Jersey. Arlene S.
Bice. History has left its imprint on Bordentown and
its past has returned to us in the form of ghosts. Is the
ghost of Clara Barton supervising the cleaning of her
school house? Who is the crying woman in the secret
room at the Quaker Meeting House on Farnsworth
Avenue? And will the ghost of a man beaten to death
in the Old Stone Shanty ever find peace? Discover the
paranormal truths of Bordentown.
Size: 6" x 9" • 7 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2859-6 • soft cover • $14.95
Ghosts of Central New Jersey: Bizarre, Strange,
and Deadly. Richard J. Kimmel. Tour Central New
Jersey’s myths, legends, and happenings! Includes
the haunted Circle Player’s Theater, Al Capone, and
the “MOB" era. Cringe at bloody murders and killer
Harry Asay’s spirit at the Burlington County Prison
Museum. Visit the infamous Marlboro Psychiatric
Hospital where shadow people and screams of the dead
are commonplace. Central New Jersey is a cauldron
of paranormal activity!
Size: 6" x 9" • 80 b/w photos • Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3442-9 • soft cover • $14.99
71
72
MID-ATLANTIC: NEW JERSEY • PENNSYLVANIA
Folklore of The New Jersey Shore: History, the
Supernatural, and Beyond. Richard J. Kimmel and
Karen E. Timper. Extending along the Eastern coast
of the state, the Jersey Shore is filled with folklore
and strange happenings. Discover how historical
events here may have given birth to legend. Slip into
your swimsuits, don your backpacks, climb into your
automobile, or mount your bicycle and visit the Folklore
of the New Jersey Shore!
Size: 7" x 10" • 87 color images • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4127-4 • soft cover • $24.99
Lifeguards of the Jersey Shore. Michael
Fowler, Bernard A. Olsen, Edward Olsen. The
compelling story of how and why modern ocean
lifeguarding emerged on the New Jersey shore
is told through 298 rare, unpublished, primary
source photographs and fascinating text. A
state-wide perspective of beach patrols, from
Sandy Hook to Cape May, emerges. Lifeguard
gear, from then and now, reflects how technology
has enhanced ocean rescue’s effectiveness.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 167 color and 131 b/w
photos • Index • 128 pp.ISBN: 978-0-76433491-7 • soft cover • $24.99
The Roaring ‘20s at the Jersey
Shore. Karen L. Schnitzspahn. Enjoy the
high living and style that characterized
life for the wealthy. Learn the history of
tourism during the 1920s on the New
Jersey shore, through 276 postcards, vintage photos, and fascinating accounts of
real-life experiences of the day. Includes
Sandy Hook, Cape May, Atlantic City,
Bay Head, and the Bayshore area. Take
an insightful journey back in time to the popular places that remain favorites today.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 276 color photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3218-0 • hard cover • $24.99
Stars of the Jersey Shore: A Theatrical History.
Karen Schnitzspahn. This unique book spotlights dozens
of the stars from the 1860s to the 1920s, including
Maggie Mitchell, Lillie Langtry, Nate Salsbury, Lillian
Nordica, and Robert B. Mantell, to name just a few.
Count Basie and Arthur Pryor were among the musicians, celebrities, and vaudevillains in these seashore
communities. Overviews of the Jersey shore theaters,
Broadway tryouts, and technologies that changed
entertainment are discussed at length.
Size: 6" x 9" • 149 color photos • Index • 208 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2719-3 • soft cover • $19.95
NEW JERSEY: ARCHITECTURE
Olmsted Parks in New Jersey. Jeanne Kolva.
A historic overview of the parks in New Jersey
that the Olmsted landscape architects created
primarily for three county park commissions.
Illustrated with more than 200 historic and
contemporary photographs, vintage postcards,
and Olmsted sketches and plans, this survey
chronologically details the development of each
park or reservation as it was transformed from
former farmland, swamp, forest, or previous park.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 205 images • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3872-4 • hard cover • $39.99
Cape May Lighthouse. David Biggy. Cape
May’s favorite beacon shines brightly in 90
picturesque scenes. Trace the history of how
the lighthouse came to be and the danger
that mariners faced as they tried to navigate
around the shoals off of Cape May Point. See
why the tower has been a popular landmark
for more than 150 years. This will be a great
souvenir of your visit to the shore, celebrating
the distinctiveness, longevity, and charm of
the Cape May Lighthouse.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 90 color images • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3800-7 • soft cover • $9.99
Barnegat Lighthouse Perspectives. David
Biggy. Over 100 color images provide views
of New Jersey’s Barnegat Lighthouse and
surrounding scenery in every season. Lighted
for the first time on January 1, 1859, Barnegat
Lighthouse has endured fierce storms and the
threat of erosive conditions at “Breakers Inlet"
over its 150-year history. The text provides an
engaging history of this important lighthouse.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 106 color photos • 80
pp.ISBN: 978-0-7643-3454-2 • soft cover • $9.99
Touring New Jersey’s Lighthouses. Mary Beth
Temple and Patricia Wylupek. Plan your adventure, from
the Sandy Hook lighthouse in the north (the nation’s
oldest beacon) to popular tourist destination Cape
May Point on the southern tip of the state. A general
history of lighthouses, and a thoroughly researched
overview of the each light. If you have already visited
some or these lights, this book will serve as a great
memento. If you’ have yet to discover these proud
sentinels, this book will help you plan an adventure.
Size: 6" x 9" • 67 images • 96 pp
ISBN: 0-7643-2093-9 • soft cover • $9.95
Signs of Lancaster County: A Photographic Tour of Amish Country.
Tana Reiff. Through 240 color images,
the signs seen all over the countryside
of Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, tell
a story of the area’s long history, deep
religion, and remarkably traditional rural
culture. Photography buffs, historians,
tourists, and locals will enjoy this unique
tour of Amish Country.
Size: 11’’ x 8 1/2’’ • 240 color images • 112 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4873-0 • soft cover • $19.99
Gingerbread Gems: Victorian Architecture
of Cape May. Tina Skinner & Bruce Waters.
Gorgeous examples of Carpenter Gothic, Gothic
Revival, Italianate, Second Empire, Edwardian,
American Bracketed Villa, and Stick Styles are
found in Cape May, N.J.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 150 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1971-X • soft cover • $19.95
Pittsburgh: A Renaissance City.
Michael P. Gadomski. Through 163 stunning photographs, celebrate Pittsburgh’s
heritage, beauty, and diversity. Visit
popular landmarks, such as Heinz Hall
Plaza, Allegheny County Courthouse, and
Carnegie Mellon University, the original
Primanti Bros. restaurant, and much
more, and discover for yourself why Pittsburgh is a city for the twenty-first century.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 164 color images • 112 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4923-2 • hard cover • $19.99
Cape May’s Gingerbread Gems. Tina Skinner
& Bruce Waters. Sixty-five color images of summer
cottages and guesthouses: a treasured souvenir of
New Jersey’s southern cape, and an indispensable
reference for Victorian Era architecture and exterior
ornamentation. Examples of Carpenter Gothic, Gothic
Revival, Italianate, Second Empire, Edwardian, American
Bracketed Villa, and Stick Styles are presented, with
work by architects Frank Furness, Samuel Sloan, and Stephen Decatur Button.
This selection of summer cottages and guesthouses was drawn from one of
the greatest collections of late 19th century buildings in the United States.
Size: 5 7/8" x 5 7/8" • 65 color photos • 64 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2126-9 • hard cover • $9.95
Doorways of Cape May. Tina Skinner & Melissa
Cardona. Charming color photos welcome you to
explore some of the town’s most picturesque and
historic doorways.
Size: 6" x 9" • 65 color photos • 64 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2161-7 • hard cover • $9.95
Gingerbread Gems: of Ocean Grove, NJ.
Tina Skinner. Explores Ocean Grove, N.J., listed
by the National Register of Historic Places as the
richest concentration of Victorian architecture
in the nation. Over 200 pictures of seaside
cottages and hotels festooned with scrollwork
in high Victorian fashion.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 226 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2394-6 • soft cover • $24.95
NEW JERSEY: ARTS & CRAFTS
New Jersey Decoys. Henry A. Fleckenstein,
Jr. Covers more than 700 different New Jersey
ducks, geese, and shorebird decoys. The book
covers the New Jersey coast on the east from
Point Pleasant to Cape May and includes the
makers and decoys from the Delaware River as
the western boundary.
Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 539 photos
Index • 272 pp.
ISBN: 0-916838-75-7 • hard cover • $37.50
PENNSYLVANIA: SCENES
Philadelphia Perspectives. Antelo Devereux
Jr. This brief travelogue gives readers a whirlwind
tour of the rich sights of Philadelphia, including
everything from the "most historic square mile"
in the country to one of the world's largest urban
parks and the contemporary realms of sports
and, of course, cheesesteaks.
Size: 9 1/8’’ x 8 1/8’’ • 120 color images • 80 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4844-0 • hard cover • $16.99
The Poconos: Pennsylvania’s Mountain
Treasure. Michael P. Gadomski. Covering parts
of six counties – Monroe, Pike, southern Wayne
and Lackawanna, northeastern Carbon, and
eastern Luzerne – this book celebrates the Pocono
Mountains region while uncovering lesser-known,
but exceedingly scenic, locations to explore.
With nearly 400 images, it is a great keepsake
for residents and tourists alike.
Size: 9"x 12" • 398 color images • 208 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4924-9 • hard cover • $34.99
Small Town Pennsylvania. Dennis Wolfe.
Travel to Pennsylvania's small towns and get
acquainted with the lesser-known, but no less
interesting, side of the Keystone State. Along the
way, you'll find "Muffler Men," a lighthouse in
the forest, jumping fish, roadside art, dazzling
views, and Friday Night Football. This photographic journey is both delightful and educational.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 517 color images • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4176-2 • hard cover • $34.99
Life in the Keystone State. Dennis Wolfe.
From whitewater thrills in Ohiopyle State Park,
to the tranquility of a quiet Sunday afternoon
in Towanda, from an encounter with Witchcraft
Road to the All-American Spirit of a Fourth of
July parade in Waynesboro, this book takes you
to every corner of Pennsylvania.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 507 color images • Index
• 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4354-4 • hard cover • $34.99
Reserves of Strength: Pennsylvania’s
Natural Landscape. Michael P. Gadomski.
Pennsylvania contains some of the most unique
and pristine natural and wild areas in the northeastern United States. Through magnificent
nature photography, see the diversity of nature
that awaits visitors at locations as diverse as
the tidewater of the Lower Delaware River
and the old-growth forests that support trees
that were alive when Columbus first landed in
the New World.
Size: 9" x 12" • 300+ color photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4422-0 • hard cover • $34.99
Monuments and Memorials of Philadelphia. Allan M. Heller. Philadelphia is
known as the City of Brotherly Love and
nothing symbolizes this more clearly than
the city’s historic and artistic landmarks. 130
monuments and memorials are showcased
by 170 candid photographs displaying specific categorized descriptions and locations
of Philadelphia, e.g. Fairmount Park, Chinatown, Independence Mall, Penn’s
Landing, Center City, and more.
Size: 9" x 6" • 170 color photos • Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4223-3 • soft cover • $19.99
MID-ATLANTIC: PENNSYLVANIA
73
Philadelphia Originals. Joseph Glantz. A
unique and entertaining exploration of the city’s
style and traditions through various professions:
law, commerce, science, art, film, music, sports,
cuisine, and humor. Explore the story of Philadelphia by exploring its ties between people,
places, and things past and present.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 239 photos • 304 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3338-5 • soft cover • $34.99
Chester County Perspectives. Antelo
Devereux. The 130 color photographs form a
memorable journey through the countryside,
artfully capturing bits and pieces of its history,
and giving glimpses of its present-day character.
Size: 8 1/4" x 9 1/4" • 129 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3312-5 • soft cover • $9.99
Bridges of Lancaster County Postcards. Bruce M.
Waters. Twetny-five color postcards show the historic
covered bridges of Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, in
every season. The images and text are arranged in five
groups, creating five separate regional tours. Providing
GPS coordinates for each bridge makes every bridge
easy to find using a GPS satellite navigation device. If you prefer, you may
also use a local tour map of course.
Size: 7 1/2" x 5" • 32 color postcards • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4672-9 • soft cover • $9.99
FDR Skatepark: A Visual History.
A visual history of the world’s largest
DIY skateboard park, this book contains
photos from over 25 contributors, from
amateurs with disposable cameras to
professional photographers, documenting the park’s 15+ year history.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 138 b/w & color
images • 168 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-76434110-6 • hard cover • $34.99
Greetings from Pottstown. Patricia
Wanger Smith. With Gen. Washington’s
occupation of Valley Forge Park, Pottstown and its surrounding townships
have been on the historical front lines
for many decades. Now, that history is
remembered through 368 color postcard
images. Ringing Rocks Park, Pottsgrove
Manor, the Schuylkill River are some of
the landmarks prominently featured.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 368 color images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2986-9 • hard cover • $29.99
Lancaster County: Out and About.
Patti Thompson. This Lancaster County
photography book captures the people
and places in day-to-day scenes. See
the Amish as you never have before and
visit the popular landmarks the Central
Market the Strasburg Railroad, and the
many covered bridges. More than 200
images capture the steadfast beauty of
the area in all seasons.
Size: • 11 3/4" x 9" • 233 color images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3923-3 • hard cover • $29.99
Philadelphia Area Cemeteries. Allan M. Heller.
Tour the cemeteries of Pennsylvania’s three original
counties (Philadelphia, Delaware, and Chester). This
fascinating guide includes twenty maps providing
locations for twenty burial grounds. Ghostly tales.
Size: 6" x 9" • 149 b/w photos; 20 color maps • 192 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2222-2 • soft cover • $12.95
Allentown Remembered. Myra Yellin
Outwater & Robert Bungerz. A nostalgic
look back at the city’s “Golden Age,"
from the late 1890s through the 1950s.
Over 360 images of vintage postcards
and memorabilia bring this exciting time
in Allentown’s history to life.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 398 color & 75 b/w
images • Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2750-6 • soft cover
$24.95
Faces of Lancaster County. Bruce
M. Waters. Foreword by Rodney &
Jeralyn Fenstermacher. Art photography provides 145 rarely seen candid
views of Amish life in Lancaster County,
Pennsylvania. See the Amish at work
and play, socializing in their traditional
society. The powerful images speak for
themselves, giving you a professional
photographer’s view of their compelling
world. Enjoy–and share–this unusual look into the unique world of Amish life.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 145 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3707-9 • hard cover • $29.99
West Chester: Six Walking Tours. Bruce
E. Mowday. Uncovers the history of significant
sites, and accompanying photographs make the
town come to life. Six tours reveal over 75 sites.
Maps for each tour help readers navigate this
southeastern Pennsylvania town. The perfect
memento for lovers of history, architecture, and
small-town living.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 152 color photos, 6 maps • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2500-0 • soft cover • $19.95
Bucks County, Pennsylvania. Kathryn Finegan Clark. Journey to Bucks County, Pennsylvania, for a personal, intimate
picture of a community that’s known
throughout the world for its natural beauty
and nurturing of the arts. Explore remnants of the county’s 330-year history
through 191 images and story-essays,
showing how the present has roots in
the past – how the old becomes new.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 191 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4025-3 • hard cover • $29.99
West Chester History: A Review in Early
Postcards. William Schultz & Robert Sheller.
Nearly 275 postcard views offer the opportunity
to see how things have changed. This is a unique
look into the past that will excite residents and
visitors alike.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 272 color photos
Price Guide • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2707-0 • soft cover • $24.95
Pennsylvania German Farms, Gardens,
and Seeds. Irwin Richman. Over 320 photos
depict the long-established Pennsylvania German
farms of Lancaster County, Pennsylvania’s, Landis
Valley region, including historic farmsteads, barns,
and flower and vegetable gardens. Information
on obtaining heirloom plants.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 240 color & 72 b/w photos
Index • 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2546-9 • soft
cover • $29.95
Lancaster County, Pennsylvania,
Postcards: Featuring the Collection of the Landis Valley Museum.
Irwin Richman. The history of Lancaster
County, Pennsylvania, visually presented
through the words and old photographs,
advertising pieces, and postcards. Learn
its history and traditions in rural settings
and progressive towns where the future
is part of the past.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 356 color photos • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2970-8 • hard cover • $29.99
The Brandywine. Henry Seidel Canby. Illustrated
by Andrew Wyeth. Narrative describes the cultural
history of this small waterway in eastern Pennsylvania
and Delaware where the Swedes built log cabins,
William Penn’s Quakers settled, the du Ponts came
to Wilmington, and more.
Size: 5" x 8" • 22 line drawings • Index • 285 pp.
ISBN: 0-916838-06-4 • soft cover • $12.95
Lancaster County Reflections.
Scott D. Butcher. The historic County
of Lancaster, Pennsylvania is home
to a large historic district and is as a
popular destination for the arts. More
than 100 color photographs include
views of covered bridges, Amish buggies, historic churches, contemporary
landscapes, and more.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 114 color photos
128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3584-6 • hard cover • $24.99
The same great book, presented two ways.
Explore the tourist-magnet town of Intercourse,
Pennsylvania, in full color.
Images of Intercourse.
Size: 9" x 6" • 69 color photos • 48 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2014-9 • soft cover • $9.95
Chester County Out & About. Antelo Devereux, Jr. Take a photographic
journey around picturesque Chester
County, Pennsylvania – a place famous
for its history and beauty. Over 220
colorful images offer glimpses of the
county’s life and spirit today, as well as
reminders of its colorful past.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 225+ color photos
• 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3625-6 • hard cover • $45.00 • Schiffer LTD
Bridges of Lancaster County.
Bruce M. Waters. 226 color photos
show the historic covered bridges of
Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, in
every season. The images and text
are arranged in five groups, creating
fi ve separate regional tours. Providing GPS coordinates for each bridge
makes every bridge easy to find using a GPS satellite navigation device.
If you prefer, you may also use a local tour map of course.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 219 color photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3427-6 • hard cover • $24.99
York: America’s Historic Crossroads. Scott
D. Butcher. York has been has been at the crossroads of American history for over 265 years. The
façades of York tell stories about early settlement,
the fight for independence, economic prosperity, decline, and rebirth. Here, enjoy beautiful
photographs and stories that showcase the
charm and wonder of a small-town growing
into a metropolis of historic relevance.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 315 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3012-4 • hard cover • $29.99
Faces of Lancaster County Postcards. Bruce M.
Waters. Thirty-two art photography postcards of rarely
seen candid views of Amish life in Lancaster County,
Pennsylvania. The powerful photography speaks for
itself and gives you a professional photographer’s
view of their compelling world. See the Amish at
work and play, socializing in their traditional society. The powerful images
speak for themselves, giving you a professional photographer’s view of their
compelling world.
Size: 7 1/2" x 5" • 32 color postcards • 32 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4671-2 • soft cover • $9.99
Images of Intercourse, PA.
Size: 9" x 6" • 69 color photos • 48 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1998-1 • soft cover • $9.95
74
MID-ATLANTIC: PENNSYLVANIA
Portrait of Historic Carlisle, Pennsylvania,
& The Cumberland Valley. Stacy L. Breon.
More than 200 color photos trace the town’s
founding and the events that shaped it while
offering a peek at life in surrounding communities.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color images • Index
128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4314-8 • hard
cover • $24.99
UFOs Above PA. Gerard J. Medvec and Mark Sarro.
Alien abductions, wild, silent spacecrafts, and magical
extraterrestrial technology all come together through
eyewitness accounts! Read new, never-before-told
sagas of sightings told in a short-story format to
enflame the imagination and satisfy the intellect.
Feel the wonder, terror, and revelation of folks seeing
objects and beings from other planets.
Size: 6" x 9" • 28 b/w images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4292-9 • soft cover • $16.99
Brandywine Valley Ghosts: Haunts of Southeastern Pennsylvania. Laurie Hull. Tour the Pennsylvania Brandywine Valley’s most fascinating haunts,
including private homes, offices, restaurants, and a
battlefield. Spend time with a Revolutionary War sentry
in Concord Township, on duty for over 200 years. Visit
Edgmont where a lonely child spirit reaches out for
the comforting hand of an adult. Learn what caused
a building inspector to flee from a site in Thornton
without stopping to collect his tools.
Size: 6" x 9" • 28 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3041-4 • soft cover • $12.99
Pirates of the Delaware. Rupert Sargent Holland.
Pirates, conspiracy, highway robbers, and other sinister
forces confront a young law clerk in Philadelphia smitten
by a beautiful French noblewoman. Travel back to 1793
for action packed adventure that takes young readers
back, following our noble hero’s misadventures as he
falls in among a decidedly wrong crowd.
Size: 6" x 9" • 4 b/w illus. • 320 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2487-X • soft cover • $14.95
Ghosts of Valley Forge and Phoenixville. D. P.
Roseberry. Explore sixty ghostly accounts of creepy
places, non-living people, and paranormal activity near
historic Valley Forge and Phoenixville. Meet General
“Mad Anthony" Wayne, the ghosts of the Phoenixville
Public Library, and the celebration of the 1950s horror
film, The Blob, at the Blobfest of Phoenixville.
Size: 6" x 9" • 24 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2633-2 • soft cover • $14.95
Philadelphia Haunts: Eastern State Penitentiary,
Fort Mifflin, & Other Ghostly Sites. Katharine
Sarro. Read stories brought to life during contemporary
visits, including encounters at Eastern State Penitentiary
where whispers from the famed Cell Block 12 were
caught on tape. At Fort Mifflin, visions of bloody men
of the Revolutionary time are seen and their agonizing
cries are heard. Watch where you walk in Philadelphia;
there may be a spirit or two strolling next to you!
Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2987-6 • soft cover • $14.99
Haunted Lehigh Valley. Kenneth Biddle. Meet a
mysterious pipe-smoking man at Wydnor Hall Inn, then
help keep the Union and West End Cemetery beautiful
with the “Lady in the Blue Dress." Sit down for a good
meal at the White Palm Tavern, and perhaps the ghost
of Emma will bring you a drink. The ghosts await you!
Size: 6" x 9" • 73 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3389-7 • soft cover • $14.99
Faces of the Susquehanna: A
Photographic Study of Natural
Reflections. Stephen W. Pidcock. The
Susquehanna River takes on a life of its
own in this photographic study of rock
and water reflections. With a “verti-zontal art" approach to the images, more
than 240 color photographs show the
beautiful scenery, details of rocks, plants,
and shapes, and colors of the seasons.
Size: • 11" x 8 1/2" • 212 color images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3931-8 • hard cover • $29.99
Philadelphia’s Haunted Historic Walking Tour.
Cynthia Bracelin. Visit 19 of Philadelphia’s most haunted
locations. With concise background information for each
location and stories of both historic and contemporary
ghosts, you will view the City of Brotherly Love like
never before. Pull-out map included.
Size: 6" x 9" • 38 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4437-4 • soft cover • $16.99
Amish Folk Tales & Other Stories of the Pennsylvania Dutch. C. Eugene Moore. Get to know
Lancaster County’s Amish through amusing and
entertaining folk tales and legends. Seven stories
highlight their traditions and customs and those of
other Pennsylvania Dutch. A great souvenir for tourists,
local residents, and historians.
Size: 6" x 9" • 30 color images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3809-0 • soft cover • $16.99
Greetings from Pittsburgh. Robert
Reed. More than 300 vintage postcards
from the 1900s to the 1960s provide a
nostalgic tour of skyscrapers, churches,
Union Station, busy Fifth Avenue, and
much more.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 313 color photos
Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2599-X • soft cover
• $24.95
Philly’s Main Line Haunts. Laurie Hull. Find out
what lurks in the lagoon at Westminster Cemetery.
Meet the ghosts of Harriton House and specters that
haunt the General Wayne Inn. Walk the haunted halls
of higher learning at Bryn Mawr College. And don’t
be surprised if you find a ghost as you travel from one
place to another along the Main Line suburban area.
Size: 6" x 9" • 56 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3181-7 • soft cover • $14.99
Turkey Hill — A Family Vision. Turkey Hill
Dairy. Reveals the story behind a small Lancaster
County, Pennsylvania dairy’s growth from family
farm to major manufacturer of ice cream and
refrigerated teas. Enjoy nostalgic photographs
from the past and colorful images of the present.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 52 color & 64 b/w images
• 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2532-9 • soft cover
• $16.95
Supernatural Pennsylvania. Laurie Hull, Psychic Medium. What’s so
spooky and creepy about Pennsylvania?
Everything! From prehistoric rock formations to modern superhighways, the
landscape of the Keystone State is an
eerie one. Ghosts of murderers, maids,
Major Generals and even a monster or
two are among the beings you may
encounter in these 39 stories.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 100 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3606-5 • soft cover • $24.99
Ghosts of West Chester, Pennsylvania. Mark Sarro.
Take a ghostly tour of West Chester, Pennsylvania, to
learn the myths, legends, and stories of ghosts that
haunt this historic town! Read local ghost stories and
join a paranormal research team on investigations of
poltergeist, residual, and intelligent activity. Delve
into the dark side of West Chester, but be prepared
to be scared long into the night.
Size: 6" x 9" • 41 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2996-8 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghostly Connections: Pennsylvania’s Lower
Susquehanna Valley. Steve McNaughton. Pennsylvania’s Lower Susquehanna Valley is no stranger to the
existence of ghosts, angels, and elementals. Learn what
elementals are and what they are responsible for in
nature. See evidence of ghosts, angels, and elementals.
Size: 6" x 9" • 63 b/w photos • Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3717-8 • soft cover • $16.99
Strange Pennsylvania Monsters. Michael Newton.
The most complete and accurate survey of unknown
creatures in the Keystone State, based on decades of
cryptozoology research. No other volume compares
with this work for thorough, documented treatment
of a fascinating subject.From giant snakes and soaring “thunderbirds" to Bigfoot, alien big cats, and
cougars that defy official claims of their extinction, to
sea-serpents playing hide-and-seek with ships along
the coast, this book has something for every fan of
cryptozoology and paranormal creatures.Size: 6" x 9"
• 47 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3985-1 • soft cover • $19.99
Chester County Historical Society. Peter B. Schiffer.
A guide to the Chester County, Pennsylvania, Historical
Society’s library, museum, and houses. This historic
region west of Philadelphia was settled by Quakers
and is a cradle of American folk art, decorative arts,
farming, and industry.
Size: 6" x 9" • 93 b/w photos • 69 pp.
ISBN: 0-686-70341-3 • soft cover • $3.50
Spooky York, Pennsylvania. Scott D. Butcher and
Dinah Roseberry. Take a ghostly tour of York, Pennsylvania, to learn about myths, legends, and ghosts
that haunt this historic town! Included are ghosts
at the Goodridge House, Crispus Attucks Learning
Center, York Little Theater, the Strand Capitol, and
more. Over 50 locations and stories!
Size: 6" x 9" • 54 b/w photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3021-6 • soft cover • $14.99
Harrisburg: An Illustrated History in
Postcards. Hon. Joseph H. Kleinfelter. The
Pennsylvania capital city has dynamic architecture and a remarkable skyline, beautiful parks,
and important transportation routes along the
mighty Susquehanna River near the middle of
the state. The scenes are portrayed on over 400
postcards of the 20th century. Includes a concise
explanation of postcard history.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 406 color photos
Index • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3166-4 • soft cover • $29.99
Gettysburg Perspectives. Scott D. Butcher.
Over 140 eye-catching color photos and an
engaging text reveal the beauty and history of
Gettysburg, Pennsylvania, including sites such
as Lincoln Square, the Lutheran Theological
Seminary, Gettysburg College, historic houses
and shops, the Gettysburg Hotel, the Soldier’s
National Cemetery, and, of course, Gettysburg
National Military Park.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 141 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3296-8 • soft cover • $9.99
PENNSYLVANIA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
MID-ATLANTIC: PENNSYLVANIA • DELMARVA• DELAWARE
Ghosts of Hershey and Vicinity. Christopher
E. Wolf. Explore the strange and shadowy side of
Chocolatetown U.S.A. Meet the spirits of Milton S.
Hershey and his wife Kitty who still check-in at The Hotel
Hershey. Find out if Milton Hershey still strolls through
Hersheypark at night and learn about the murderous
secret of the “Blue Eyed Six" at Moonshine Church.
Size: 6" x 9" • 48 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3285-2 • soft cover • $14.99
Historic Architecture of Pennsylvania. Scott
D. Butcher. Pennsylvania buildings, from Adams,
Cumberland, Dauphin, Lancaster, Lebanon, and York
Counties, showcase excellent examples of Colonial,
Early Republic, Victorian, and twentieth-century
architectural movements. Includes three dozen
styles as well as a variety of building types, including
farmers’ markets and train stations, all brought to
life by more than 180 full-color photos.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 186 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4275-2 • hard cover • $34.99
The Pennsylvania-German Decorated
Chest. 2nd Edition. Monroe Fabian. A classic,
with more than 250 illustrations, this book
is a visual feast of decorated chests. It is the
preeminent encyclopedia of Pennsylvania German blanket chests. New color photography
has been added for some of the original chests,
and recent scholarship has produced some new
information, attributions and other information.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color & b/w photos
248 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2025-4 • hard cover
$49.95
Haunted Gettysburg. Carol Starr and
Mark Sarro. Gettysburg, Pennsylvania,
is one of the most haunted places in
the world. At the Jennie Wade house,
meet an angry spirit in the basement
who tries to keep people away. Learn
about a negative spirit at The Soldiers
Museum that had paranormal investigators chasing it through darkened
hallways. Read these and many more new and haunting stories.
Size: 9" x 6" • 60 color photos • 160 pp.ISBN: 978-0-7643-3310-1 • soft
cover • $19.99
Historic Architecture Philadelphia:
East Falls, Manayunk, and Roxborough. Joseph Minardi. The beautiful
architecture and history of this dynamic
region of Philadelphia, including East Falls,
Manayunk, once known as the “Manchester of America," and Roxborough. The
complete story is told here with full color
and archival images.
Size: 12" x 9" • 497 color and archival
photos • 192 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4512-8 • hard cover • $50.00
Quilting Traditions: Pieces from
the Past. Patricia T. Herr. Quilts made
by Amish, Mennonite, and other Pennsylvania German groups, with contributions
from the Scots-Irish Presbyterians and
the English Quakers, in 225 gorgeous
color photographs, enhanced by close-up
details, tools, accessories, and the people
surrounding their creation.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 225 photos
Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1121-2 • soft cover • $29.95
Pennsylvania’s Adams County Ghosts: Gettysburg, New Oxford, Cashtown, and East
Berlin. Steve McNaughton. Scores of ghosts roam
battlefields, streets, homes, and businesses in Adams
County, Pennsylvania. Meet Alice, the spirit of a little
girl who appears at the Chestnut Hall Bed and Breakfast.
Encounter a photogenic ghost in the basement of the
Cashtown Inn. Hear about Jeremy’s tragic death and
how his mourning father still walks the halls at the
Farnsworth House.
Size: 6" x 9" • 37 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3123-7 • soft cover • $14.99
Historic Architecture in Northwest
Philadelphia: 1690 to 1930s. Joseph
Minardi. A colorful and comprehensive look
at the rich architectural history of Northwest
Philadelphia and the Wissahickon Valley.
From the colonial period to the 1930s, this
architectural tour explores 450 structures,
many still standing and well preserved, in
the area from Wayne Junction in Germantown to Northwest Avenue in Chestnut Hill.
Size: 12" x 9" • 744 photos • 272 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4198-4 • hard cover • $50.00
Amish Quilts of Lancaster County. Patricia T.
Herr. Enjoy the bold design and glowing colors of
Amish quilts, specifically the 82 Lancaster County,
Pennsylvania, Amish quilts formerly known as the
Esprit collection. This volume gives new insight
into their beauty, using over 350 detailed color
photographs and discussions of Amish culture,
quilting patterns, materials, and construction.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 351 color photos
Index • 176 pp. •ISBN: 0-7643-2017-3 • soft
cover • $29.95
Franklin County Ghosts. Athena Varounis. See the
ghost of a small child walking through the third-floor
lobby of a dormitory complex at Wilson College and
other haunting stories. Written by the FBI Agent who
modeled the lead investigative role for the Silence of
the Lambs, each location is presented from a historic
and otherworldly perspective.
Size: 6" x 9" • 67 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3257-9 • soft cover • $14.99
Historic Architecture in West Philadelphia, 1789-1930s. Joseph Minardi.
A comprehensive look at the rich, classical
architectural history of neighborhoods in
and around University City and biographies
of the architects who made it possible.
In more than 500 images, see this area
transition from humble beginnings to a
streetcar suburb and haven for esteemed
educational institutions.
Size: 12" x 9" • 515+ color photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3771-0 • hard cover • $50.00
Quilts: The Fabric of Friendship. The York
County Quilt Documentation Project & The
York County Heritage Trust. 200 exquisite
quilts-plus many family stories and local
history behind them-provide a fascinating
look at quilting traditions in York County,
PA, from 1790 to 1950. Included are
appliqué, pieced, and signature quilts,
fads and novelties, and crib and doll quilts.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 235 color & 53 b/w
photos • 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-1195-6
• soft cover • $29.99
Pittsburgh Ghosts: Steel City's Supernatural.
Heather Frazier. Meet disappearing students and witness bursting light fixtures at Washington & Jefferson
College. Phone calls from the dead prove that the
Steel City is filled with ghostly phenomena. Hear an
eerie dead child’s voice and ghastly growling noises
at the St. Patrick’s Cemetery in Oakdale. See shadow
figures at the psychiatric hospital in Bridgeville and
read about Pittsburgh’s spookier side.
Size: 6" x 9" • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2891-6 • soft cover • $12.95
Supernatural Pittsburgh and Its Suburbs. James
F. Titus, Jr.. Pittsburgh’s legends are as varied as its
many neighborhoods. They include adventures in
abandoned houses, babies in peril, nightly bedside
visitors, dogs giving warning, and communications
from beyond the grave. Each eye-opening encounter
will leave you staggering as you walk through the
realm of the great unknown.
Size: 6" x 9" • 31 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3439-9 • soft cover • $14.99
PENNSYLVANIA: ARCHITECTURE
Early Domestic Architecture of Pennsylvania. Eleanor Raymond, A.I.A. Introduction by
R. Brognard Okie. Beautiful examples of meeting
houses, homes, barns, mills, spring houses, and
other outbuildings in Pennsylvania. Heavy beams,
stonework, and detailed paneling are shown. 25
pages of measured drawings detail cabinetry work
and molding profiles. As a bonus for those hoping
to restore such treasures, Raymond included 25
pages of measured drawings detailing cabinetry
work and molding profiles.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 307 b/w photos & 25 illus.
• 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2590-6 • soft cover • $29.95
PENNSYLVANIA: ARTS & CRAFTS
Arts and Crafts of Chester County, Pennsylvania.
Margaret Berwind Schiffer. Included are old tombstone
epitaphs, paintings, murals, needlework, furniture, fraktur,
lamp shades, feather wreaths, and ceramics preserved
in documents from this county settled early in Pennsylvania’s history.
Size: 7" x 10" • 289 b/w photos • 285 pp.
ISBN: 0-916838-35-8 • hard cover • $29.95
Amish Arts of Lancaster County.
Patricia T. Herr. Introduction by Dr. Donald B.
Kraybill. The Amish decorative arts shown
in 328 color photographs and informative text. Featuring furniture, quilts, rugs,
samplers, boxes, china, and toys made
by the Amish for themselves. Dr. Kraybill
introduces the history and interpretation
of Lancaster County Pennsylvania Amish
culture today.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 330 color photos
Index • 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0541-7 • soft cover • $29.95
Pennsylvania German Arts: More Than
Hearts, Parrots, & Tulips. Irwin Richman. An
intertwining of the arts and artifacts of both the
traditional and the evolving worlds. Folk art and
quilts are here, but so is the work of Precisionist
painter Charles Demuth and Abstract Expressionist
painter Franz Kline. Objects range from needlework,
pottery, furniture, and glass to paper, paintings, and
metals! The extensive historical text is illustrated
with over 350 color photos.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 354 color photos
Index • 144 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1245-6 • soft
cover • $29.95
100 Artists of the Brandywine Valley. Catherine Quillman. Explore works and the lives of
100 contemporary artist from Pennsylvania's
Brandywine Valley, including magic realists, impressionists, modernists, and more. With more than
400 images, the book features nationally known
artists, graduates of the Pennsylvania Academy
of the Fine Arts (the nation’s oldest art school),
and self-taught artists who have built successful
careers with compelling, story-filled paintings.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 450 color images • 256 pp. •
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3674-4 • hard cover • $45.00
DELMARVA PENINSULA
Exploring Delmarva: A Travel Guide from Cape
Charles to Chesapeake City. Curtis J. Badger. Discover
the Delmarva Peninsula through this new travel guide.
Learn about the special kinship residents share as you
tour historic Lewes in Delaware, St. Michaels in Maryland,
Kiptopeke State Park in Virginia, and much more. An in
depth “Best Places" list covers just about every activity.
Size: 6" x 9" • 19 • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-633-1 • soft cover • $16.99
DELAWARE: SCENES
Delaware Reflections. Scott D. Butcher. The essence of the Delaware coast
is capture in over 240 of the author’s
stunning photographs of Lewes, Rehoboth Beach, Dewey Beach, Bethany
Beach, and Fenwick Island, as well as
state parks at Cape Henlopen, Delaware Seashore, and Fenwick Island.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 242 color photos
128 pp.• ISBN: 978-0-7643-3200-5
hard cover • $29.99
75
76
MID-ATLANTIC: DELAWARE • MARYLAND
Rehoboth Reflections. James Tigner,
Jr.. Over 250 color photos display the pleasures, sites, and seashore vistas Rehoboth
Beach, Delaware, offers. Captured in
photos and text are Rehoboth’s boardwalk, hotels, shops, amusement places,
and restaurants from which panoramic
vistas of the oceanfront beckon.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 274 color photos
128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3156-5 •
hard cover • $19.99
DELAWARE: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
The Illustrated Delaware River: The History of
a Great American River. Hal Taylor. The Delaware
River defines not only the common borders of the states
of Delaware, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and New York,
but it's also shaped the entire United States. More than
140 original drawings and paintings, along with fascinating text, bring to life this great American waterway's
heritage and history.
Size: 6" x 9" • 140 color & b/w images • 288 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4932-4 • hard cover $24.99
Ghosts of Delaware. Mark Sarro and Gerard J. Medvec.
This collection spotlights haunted tales from around the
First State. Stories range from the strange and ghoulish,
to the slap-stick comical. Urban legends are explored
to determine if the hype is trustworthy - some remain
unexplained, and a few are debunked as pure invention.
Included are results from several firsthand “haunted
investigations," with a surprise ending to one inquiry
that nobody saw coming!
Size: 6" x 9" • 59 b/w photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4139-7 • soft cover • $16.99
DELAWARE: ARCHITECTURE
Colonial Architecture: Early Examples from
the First State. George Fletcher Bennett. Details
the influence of Dutch, Swedish, and English
colonization on examples of colonial architecture
built between 1660-1840. Frame, brick, and
stone residences, churches, public buildings, and
even outhouses are shown along with scores of
architectural details.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 317 b/w photos, 40 illus.
224 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2510-8 • soft cover • $29.95
Chateau Country: Du Pont Estates in the
Brandywine Valley. Daniel DeKalb Miller. Originally from France, the du Pont family settled in
the Brandywine River Valley. Their first home had
six rooms. One hundred years later, their largest
house had 176 rooms and thiry-six servants on
2,300 acres of land. Chateau Country is an intimate,
informative portrait of the houses built by this
Delaware dynasty.
Size: 9" x 12" • 174 b/w & color photos, 29 prints,
33 drawings • 272 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4415-2 • hard cover • $59.99
MARYLAND: SCENES
Maryland’s Public Gardens & Parks. Barbara Glickman. Fifty-two of Maryland’s spectacular public gardens and parks are described,
including their horticultural highlights and
histories. Nearly 240 color photos accompany
the narratives. Gardens include those that are
at historic homes, from early settlements to
plantations to Gilded Age mansions, as well as
state parks and national forts and battlefields.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 239 color photos • 176 pp
ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4920-1 • Binding: hard cover • $29.99
Maryland Landscapes. Kenneth Basile. Take a
photographic journey across Maryland. From its
beaches on the Atlantic coastline and the Chesapeake Bay in the summer to the vibrant fall colors
of the mountains of western Maryland, 48 images
provide a beautiful overview and an appreciation of
the many interesting facets of this geographic region.
Size: 6" x 6" • 48 color images • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4721-4 • hard cover • $9.99
The U. S. Naval Academy: In Postcards. Randall W. Bannister. U.S. Naval
Academy as it was between 1900 and
1930, in 476 period postcard views that
show how the campus, was transformed,
befitting the country’s new global status
as a maritime power. Admire naval ships
on the Severn River and the uniformed
men in training and sports activities.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 476 color photos •
postcard values/Index • 196 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3108-4 • hard cover • $39.99
Greetings from Annapolis. Mary
Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price.
Vintage postcards take readers on a
journey here from the 1900s through
the 1950s. See the State House, the
Liberty Tree, St. John’s College, the
Hammond-Harwood House, Peggy
Stewart House, and more.
Size: 9" x 6" • 151 postcard images
Price Guide • 128 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2600-7 • soft cover • $19.95
Annapolis Reflections. James Tigner,
Jr.. Over 240 color photos display views
of sidewalk and harbor scenes, store
fronts, houses, doorways, St. John’s
College, and the well-known United
States Naval Academy. This book provides both a visual tour and memorable
souvenir of Maryland’s state capital.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 243 color photos
128 pp.• ISBN: 978-0-7643-3157-2
hard cover • $29.99
Baltimore: A History in Postcards. Mary Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Over 200 vintage black
and white and hand tinted postcards
showcase some of the sights that have
made Baltimore famous the world over.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 200+ vintage
postcards
Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2489-6 • soft cover •
$24.95
Havre de Grace: A Photo Album.
Leon Nicholas Kalas. A virtual tour of
picturesque Havre de Grace, Maryland,
a charming town on the Chesapeake Bay.
Local history and charm are preserved
through Victorian homes, festivals, and
antique shops. Over 200 color photographs will help you experience the
unique character and natural beauty
of Havre de Grace.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 222 color photos • Index • 80 pp.• ISBN: 978-0-76432863-3 • hard cover • $24.99
Greetings from Havre de Grace.
David Craig & Mary L. Martin. The
“Harbor of Hope" on the Chesapeake
Bay documented in 265 postcard images
from the early 20th century, including
the famous “double-decker bridge,"
the Concord Point Lighthouse, and
boating scenes. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" •
265 postcard images • 128 pp. • ISBN:
0-7643-2333-4 • soft cover • $24.95
Memories of Chesapeake Beach
& North Beach, Maryland. James
Tigner, Jr. Chesapeake Beach and North
Beach were two of the most popular bay
resorts for many years. Visitors from
Washington D.C. and Baltimore poured
into the towns each summer, transported by rail and steamboat service. other
memorabilia.Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 234
color images • Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2768-1 • soft cover • $24.95
Delaware and Maryland Beaches:
1905 - 1965. Lee Dixon. Through over
480 vintage postcards from the early
1900s into the 1960s, visit the historic
coastal waters of Delaware and Maryland. Whether Ocean City, Rehoboth, St.
Augustine, Bower’s, Lewes or Bethany
beaches, people fell in love and made
their way back again and again.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 488 postcards Price
Guide • 176 pp.ISBN: 978-0-7643-2753-7 • soft cover • $29.95
Greetings from Ocean City, Maryland. Mary L. Martin & Nathaniel
Wolfgang-Price. Look back at favorite
attractions like the Boardwalk, Fishing Pier, Atlantic Hotel, Ocean City
Life-Saving Station, and nearby Ocean
Downs Raceway, Frontier Town, and
Assateague Island. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" •
200 postcard imag• 112 pp. ISBN: 9780-7643-2656-1 • soft cover • $19.95
City on the Sand: Ocean City, Maryland, and
the People Who Built It. Mary Corddry. A group
of businessmen held the grand opening of a five-story
frame building called the Atlantic Hotel in 1875, and
offered surrounding lots for sale at $25 each. An
appealing portrait that explains this outstanding
resort that has been a magnet to vacationers for
more than a century. Size: 6" x 9" • 10 b/w photos,
22 illustrations • 2 maps • Index • 208 pp.• ISBN:
978-0-7643-3820-5• soft cover • $16.99
Eastern Shore Perspectives. Antelo Devereux, Jr. Over 130 color images propel the
reader along a photographic journey along the
coast: experience the sunrise along the water,
wildlife in marshes where boats appear to be
sitting on the grasses, picturesque colonial
towns, fishing villages where harbors churn
with crab boats, and beyond.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 141 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4446-6 • soft cover • $9.99
St. Michaels, Oxford, and the Talbot County Bayside. James Tigner,
Jr. Tour the Maryland’s Talbot County
via more than 255 vintage postcards.
Stroll along Morris Street in Oxford and
see Broad Creek as it used to be or ride
the ferry to St. Michaels.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 68 color & 215 b/w
illustrations • Price Guide • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2708-7 • hard cover
$39.95
MARYLAND: STORIES, LORE, & HISTORY
Ghosts of Maryland. Mike Ricksecker. Explore the
supernatural history of Maryland through its countless
ghost stories and legends. With over 100 ghost stories
and an atlas to guide you, this comprehensive collection
includes details unearthed for the first time in decades!
Size: 6" x 9" • 55 b/w images • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3423-8 • soft cover • $14.99
In Search of Maryland Ghosts: Montgomery
County. Karen Yaffe Lottes & Dorothy Pugh. Explore
the haunted regions of Montgomery County, Maryland,
and its surrounding area. Learn about the Headless
Horseman that continues to terrorize visitors to the old
railroad bridge; the poltergeist haunting the Madison
House; the Tommyknocker at the Maryland Mine;
and the farmer searching for his buried treasure. Are
you brave enough to take this haunted journey back
into time? Size: 6" x 9" • 58 photos & 8 maps •
Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4010-9 • soft cover • $19.99
Ghosts and Haunted Houses of Maryland. Trish
Gallagher. Illustrated by Howard Burns. A collection of
twenty-five fascinating accounts of the supernatural
from the flatlands of the Eastern Shore to the mountains
of western Maryland. Meet legends including the
infamous slave kidnapper, Patty Cannon, and the
controversial Dr. Samuel Mudd. This book will entertain,
amuse, and (just maybe) raise a few goose bumps.
Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 8 b/w illustrations • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-382-8 • soft cover • $8.95
MID-ATLANTIC: MARYLAND • CHESAPEAKE BAY
Maryland Lost and Found...Again. Eugene L
Meyer. This tour across the Free State makes comment
on the American landscape. Part love letter, part oral
history, and part obituary, the book explores the people
and places where life has made special contributions
to America. From cities, waterways, farmland, and
transportation routes come true stories of the state’s
unique development.
Size: 6" x 9" • 54 b/w photos • Index • 296 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-548-8 • soft cover • $15.95
Down on the Shore. Adele V. Holden. A true story
that reveals a lifestyle among local blacks who meted
out life in a society rigidly enforced by Shore whites; a
way of life both humane and cruel. It recalls battles to
fulfill goals instilled by parents who saw education as
their children’s only chance in a segregated country.
Conquering adversity, the poet/author chose a life
devoted to teaching and equality.
Size: 6" x 9" • 20 b/w photos • 248 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-547-1 • soft cover • $15.95
Lost Towns of Tidewater Maryland. Donald
G. Shomette. Maryland’s pre-planned urbanization
from 1668 to 1751 was doomed because it ignored
natural realities. The true stories shared here relate
not simple tales of buildings and wharves, but a
history of people, both freemen and slaves, who lived,
worked, defended, and died with them. Of 130 sites,
less than 20 exist today.
Size: 7" x 10" • 4 illus., 29 b/w photos & 13 maps
Index • 384 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-527-3 • hard cover • $36.95
Memory of a Murder. Earl Staggs. A killer is leaving
a trail of terror and death from Baltimore to Ocean City,
and only one man can stop him. The man develops
psychic powers that allow him to see things most people
can’t. Twelve years later, his special sight opens the
doorway to a man who begs for help, “I think I killed
someone." Will the man’s visions lead to the killer?
Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 272 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-604-1 • soft cover • $13.95
Maryland Loyalists in the American Revolution.
M. Christopher New. Many Marylanders who would
not engage in the movement for independence lost
their homes and jobs, and some were banished to Nova
Scotia. Some were ill-used by British commanders to
fight England’s enemy, Spain, in Florida. This tragic
chapter of American history should not be forgotten.
Size: 6" x 9" • 10 illus., 4 maps • Index • 210 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-495-5 • hard cover • $26.95
Briar Patch: The Murder that Would Not Die.
Donald Grady Shomette. The murder of two teenage
girls remained unsolved with one false lead after
another … until a surprising phone call was received
more than 40 years later. Would it put an end to the
crime dubbed “The Murder That Would Not Die"?
Inspired by the 1955 Northwest Branch Park murder
case in a peaceful Maryland suburb of Washington, D.C.
Size: 6" x 9" • 288 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3782-6 • hard cover • $24.99
Maryland Folklore. George G. Carey. Tall tales,
legends, folk heroes, and local characters relate traditions and history that often are taken for granted.
Size: 6" x 9" • 6 b/w photos, 1 map • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3594-5 • soft cover • $12.99
Cal Ripken, Jr., Quiet Hero. 2nd Edition. Lois
Nicholson. Baseball star Cal Ripken, Jr. is remembered
for his early years in a baseball family through the
minor leagues, two Most Valuable Player Awards, and
record-setting achievements as the Baltimore Oriole’s
superstar shortstop. Grades 4 to 8
Size: 6" x 9" • 50 b/w photos • Chronology/Index
• 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-481-8 • hard cover • $13.95
Baltimore Harbor Haunts: True Ghost Stories.
Melissa Rowell and Amy Lynwander. Exposes 37
hauntings, from the ghost of a drowned boy in Canton
to famous ghosts of Fort McHenry.
Size: 6" x 9" • 68 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2304-0 • soft cover • $14.95
Spooky Creepy Baltimore County. D. P. Roseberry.
Come closer to the flames as you read the contemporary
haunts of Baltimore County, Maryland. Hear demons
in an attic at a Harford Road residence, see shadow
people in Perry Hall, and meet a murderous ghost in
Middle River. These new and scary stories will have you
reading into the night—or at least until the fire dies!
Size: 6" x 9" • 14 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3254-8 • soft cover • $14.99
The Patapsco: Baltimore’s River of History. Paul
J. Travers. This book narrates the Patapsco’s life story
from the early Indian camps on its shores through the
late twentieth-century revitalization of its harbor, a
story that contains some of the most important and
fascinating events of Maryland’s past. It follows a
chronological order of historical highlights, allowing
the reader to dip at will into the exciting blend of
people, places, and events that have had such great
impact on the state and the nation.
Size: 6" x 9" • 9 b/w photos, 12 illustrations & 1 map
Index • 238 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-400-9 • hard cover • $22.95
Maryland’s Eastern Shore: A Journey in Time
and Place. John R. Wennersten. The region has
been geographically isolated and socially unique in
its language and customs in agriculture, seafaring,
and race. Before accelerating change affects its transformation to modern standards, this book reflects the
Eastern Shore’s unusual socio-cultural history through
absorbing narrative and examples of its probable
vanishing lifestyle.
Size: 6" x 9" • 21 b/w photos, 1 map
Index • 310 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-428-3 • hard cover • $23.95
From Maryland to Cooperstown: Seven Maryland Natives in Baseball’s Hall of Fame. Lois P.
Nicholson. Chronicles the lives and careers of seven
of baseball’s elite, beginning with Baltimore’s own
Babe Ruth; Vic Willis; famed hitter “Home Run" Baker;
William Julius “Judy" Johnson; Robert Moses “Lefty"
Grove; Jimmie Foxx; and Al Kaline. Grades 4 to 8
Size: 7" x 9" • 39 b/w photos • Index • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-494-8 • hard cover • $19.95
Fighting for Fairness: The Life Story of Hall of
Fame Sportswriter Sam Lacy. Sam Lacy, with
Moses J. Newson. An outspoken advocate for equal
opportunity, Sam Lacy spearheaded integration in
major league baseball. He lived with sports heroes
Jackie Robinson and Larry Doby, in the segregated
accommodations to which they were relegated for
years, despite their outstanding performances on
the playing field.
Size: 6" x 9" • 35 b/w photos • Index • 272 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-512-9 • hard cover • $29.95
Rex Barney's Thank Youuuu for 50 Years in
Baseball from Brooklyn to Baltimore. Rex Barney,
with Norman L. Macht. The man who threw faster than
most and whose pitching career sped by quicker than
his fastball. Barney became a legend as part of the
most exciting era of the Brooklyn Dodgers, 1943 to
1951. Rex takes the reader into dugouts, clubhouses,
and broadcast booths to meet managers, stars, and
scrubinis.
Size: 6" x 9" • 50 b/w photos & 2 illustrations • Index
• 280 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-443-6 • hard cover • $19.95
From Colts to Ravens: A Behind-the-Scenes
Look at Baltimore Professional Football. John
F. Steadman. The tale of football in Baltimore; from
the organization of the Colts in 1947, through the sale
of the team to Bob Irsay in 1972, to the infamous trip
out of the town under the cover of darkness in 1984,
and finally the acquisition of a new Baltimore team,
the Ravens, in 1996.
Size: 6" x 9" • 68 b/w photos & 3 illustrations
Index • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-497-9 • hard cover • $24.95
77
MARYLAND: ARCHITECTURE
Annapolis Vignettes. Ginger Doyel. Annapolis,
capital of Maryland and home of the U.S. Naval Academy, offers an architectural feast. Shows buildings
representing every period in historical perspective and
adds colorful facts to enhance appreciation of them.
Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 113 b/w photos, 28 illustrations • 316 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-571-6 • soft cover • $24.95
A Guide to Baltimore Architecture. 3rd Edition. John
Dorsey & James D. Dilts. Grouped by neighborhood, more
than two hundred notable Baltimore buildings are pictured
and described with commentary on their history and style.
Photographs, maps, and tours as well as biographies of
Baltimore architects.
Size: 4 1/2" x 9" • 273 b/w photos & 30 maps • Glossary
• 472 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-477-1 • soft cover • $24.95
Baltimore’s Cast-Iron Buildings & Architectural Ironwork. James D. Dilts & Catharine
F. Black, editors. This celebration of a unique
aspect of Baltimore’s architectural and industrial
history, examines cast-iron buildings, showing
how the material was fabricated and the buildings
erected. The heavily illustrated, includes ironwork
catalogs from the mid-1800s.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 4 color & 69 b/w photos/
maps • Directory of Buildings • 116 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-427-6 • soft cover • $29.95
Bodine’s Chesapeake Bay Country. A.
Aubrey Bodine. Jennifer Bodine, editor. Aubrey Bodine’s photographs chronicled nearly
every aspect of Maryland life on pages of the
Baltimore Sun from 1924 to 1970. 286 digitally
restored pictures are divided into five distinct
areas: Baltimore and surrounds, Chesapeake
Bay, Eastern Shore, Southern Maryland and
Annapolis, and Western Maryland. Essays and
captions convey Bodine’s unique observations
in his own words.
Size: 9" x 12" • 283 b/w photos • 168 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-562-4 • hard cover • $29.95
Bodine’s City: The Photography of A. Aubrey Bodine. Jennifer B. Bodine. A. Aubrey
Bodine was a Baltimore Sunday Sun feature
photographer for 43 years. These 154 images
transcend their geographical bounds in Baltimore
as Bodine’s subject matter varied wildly. He
photographed people, animals, buildings, harsh
weather conditions, textures, geometric patterns,
and cityscapes. A. Aubrey Bodine devoted his
life to elevating photography to an art form.
Size: 9" x 12" • 154 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3844-1 • hard cover • $39.99
CHESAPEAKE BAY: SCENES
Yesterday on the Chesapeake Bay.
James Tigner, Jr. The story of the Chesapeake Bay told through 466 vintage
postcards and other ephemera. See the
Bay in the days before there were bridges.
Travel by steamboat between Baltimore
and Norfolk; go to bathing beaches in
Maryland, then continue south to Virginia.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 204 color & 262 b/w
photos • Price Guide • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2597-3 • hard cover • $39.95
The Best of Times on the Chesapeake Bay:
An Account of a Rock Hall Waterman. Robert
L. Rich, Jr.; lived by Captain Lawrence William Simns.
Larry Simns has worked as a commercial fisherman in
the waters of Maryland for nearly sixty years, serving
as President of the Maryland Watermen’s Association
since the 1970s. Here, find 65 stories that provide a
funny, pointed, and candid portrait of his journey to
lead independent, hard-charging commercial fishermen. Accompanied by pen and ink drawings by
Anne Crane Harlan.
Size: 6" x 9" • 42 illustrations • Index • 288 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4277-6
• soft cover • $19.99.
78
MID-ATLANTIC: CHESAPEAKE BAY
Cities and Towns of the Chesapeake. Bill Cronin.
This travel guide explores the rich Maryland history
and local sites for 100 cities, towns, and villages on
the Chesapeake Bay. Classic architecture, historic sites,
restaurants, places to stay, marinas, and lists of local
attractions are included. Maps and photographs provide
a handy reference for fascinating day or weekend trips
by highway or waterway.
Size: 7" x 10" • 799 color images, 105 maps • Index
• 288 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4463-3 • soft cover • $34.99
Fly Fishing the Tidewaters of Maryland’s Chesapeake Bay: A Calendar Year of Stories, Spots,
and Recipes. Brett Gaba. Enjoy a thoughtful, rural,
and down-to-earth portrait of Maryland’s Chesapeake
Bay as seen by an avid fly fisherman. Each chapter
is decorated with images of rich wood carvings by
Danielle Spradley and vintage prints by A. Aubrey
Bodine. The stories are punctuated with old wives’
tales and family recipes.
Size: 6" x 9" • 37 b/w images • 256 pp
ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4884-6 • Binding: hard cover
$24.99
The James Adams Floating Theatre. C. Richard
Gillespie. James E. Adams, a farmer from Michigan,
both taught himself to be a circus aerialist and decided to build a showboat that brought excitement
and entertainment to isolated towns up and down
the American East Coast in early twentieth-century.
Read the boat’s history from its inception to its demise
twenty-seven years later.
Size: 7" x 10" • 56 b/w photos, 5 maps
Index • 304 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-416-0 • hard
cover • $28.95
Steamboat Days on the Chesapeake: Betterton and Tolchester
Beach. James Tigner, Jr.. Over 300
postcards and text present Maryland’s
beach resorts, Betterton and Tolchester Beach. Their Victorian hotels were
booked solid all summer, and Chesapeake Bay’s biggest and best-known
amusement park brought excursion
boats across the bay.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 328 images • Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3109-1 • hard cover • $29.99
Chesapeake Crimes II. Donna Andrews & Maria Y.
Lim, Editors. An eclectic mix of mysteries and murders,
written by members of Chesapeake Sisters in Crime
and other award-wining authors in mystery today. A
must-read for anyone serious about murder mysteries.
Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 168 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-582-2 • soft cover • $11.95
Powerboat Racing on the Chesapeake. William W.
Mowbray. The drama of racing and the personalities of
those involved are conveyed through first-hand experiences at regattas of limited, inboard racing classes of
the American Power Boat Association (APBA) on the
Chesapeake Bay for over thirty years. The appendix,
listing boat names, owners, and classes, will be of
interest to enthusiasts who follow their activities.
Size: 6" x 9" • 60 b/w photos • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-473-3 • soft cover • $16.95
Chesapeake Views. John Werry.
Award-winning photographer John
Werry draws upon his 40-year love affair
with the Chesapeake Bay to inspire a
book with more than 200 stunning
photographs of Chesapeake Bay scenes.
Included in this visual tour are images of
spectacular wildlife, watermen making
their living, working boats, and classic
boats on the Bay.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 204 photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4070-3 • hard cover • $34.99
A Fright of Ghosts. Helen Chappell. A dead ex-husband drops in on his wife and assists a reporter in
solving the mystery of Shellpile Island. Learn about a
300-year-old pirate, why the poverty-stricken residents
all have new home additions and new trucks, and if the
wife gets lured into a trap or gets out of this one alive.
Size: 4 1/4" x 6 3/4" • 1 illus. • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-581-5 • soft cover • $9.50
Chesapeake Sails: A History of Yachting on
the Bay. Richard Henderson. Trace the popularity
of sailing yachts, their famous designers, and
other pleasure boats on the Chesapeake Bay,
including today’s regattas and one-design events,.
Features hull-line sketches, sail-plan drawings,
and full-sail photos of the particular beauty of
sailing yachts and the special joy of yachting.
Size: 8" x 10" • 139 b/w photos, 128 illus.
2 maps • Index • 304 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-514-3 • hard cover • $39.95
Just Passing Through. Mick Blackistone.
Photographs by Marion E. Warren. Photographs
by renown photographer, the late Marion Warren,
and insightful poetry by award-winning author
Mick Blackistone. Black and white imagery of
moments in time of people and places of the
Chesapeake Bay region come alive in this book,
revealing the warmth and spirit of living that is
timeless in today’s world.
Size: 8 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 63 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3991-2 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghost Fleet of Mallows Bay and Other Tales of
the Lost Chesapeake. Donald G. Shomette. After
President Wilson issued a call to arms against Germany
in 1917, the US began to build hundreds of merchant
ships. The largest portion of that fleet came to rest
on the muddy floor of Mallows Bay.
Size: 6" x 9" • 71 b/w photos, 14 illustrations, 7 maps
Index • 400 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-480-1 • hard cover • $29.95
Tidewater Triumph: The Development and
Worldwide Success of the Chesapeake Bay
Pilot Schooner. Geoffrey M. Footner. Pilot
schooners of the bay built their legend in the 18th
century as piloting and cargo ships. Variations of
the “clipper" model of the Baltimore schooner
continued the vessels’ reputation through the
19th century. Size: 8" x 10" • 129 b/w photos
Glossary/Index • 310 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-511-2 • hard cover • $39.95
Chesapeake Almanac: Following the Bay
through the Seasons. John Page Williams, Jr. Illustrated by Alice Jane Lippson. Fishing enthusiasts
discover how to catch more bluefish or white perch;
bird watchers and hikers learn when to look for ospreys
and geese. Cruising sailors learn why a great blue heron
stalks the shallows in summer; canoeists discover
when to look for wild marsh flowers. Answers many
naturalists’ questions and much more!
Size: 6" x 9" • 16 illustrations
Index • 248 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-449-8 • soft cover • $14.95
Chesapeake Legacy: Tools and Traditions. Larry
Chowning . Chesapeake Bay watermen had to be
self-sufficient just to take care of their basic needs and
make their living on and around the water. Includes tales
from the days of fishing under sail, reminiscences from
women who survived in the waterman’s world, recipes
for salting herring and cooking muskrat, and descriptions of distinctive fishing vessels from bygone eras.
Size: 7" x 10" • 56 illustrations & 147 b/w photos
320 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3595-2 • soft cover
• $29.99
Deadrise and Cross-planked. Larry S Chowning. Enjoy the history of wooden Deadrise boat
building, highlighting its role in Chesapeake
Bay culture and providing deep insight to the
builders who created these works of nautical
ingenuity. More than 150 photographs reveal
the traditional watermen’s’ lifestyle.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 139 b/w photos, 1 drawing
Index • 180 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-588-4 • soft cover • $34.95
Exploring the Chesapeake in Small Boats. John
Page Williams, Jr. Descriptions of the bay’s waterways
in relation to geology, ecology, and human history.
Learn about water safety, boat selection, seamanship,
motoring, rowing, paddling, and poling. Also a useful
discussion of natural history gear, such as binoculars,
field guides, cast nets, books, and maps.
Size: 6" x 9" • 9 b/w photos & 9 maps
Index • 200 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-429-0 • soft cover • $12.95
Shipwrecks on the Chesapeake: Maritime Disasters on Chesapeake Bay and its Tributaries,
1608-1978. Donald G. Shomette. Disasters that
occurred on the bay and in its tidewater region over
a 370-year period spawned tales of bravery, courage,
fortitude, cowardice, stupidity, and ineptitude. Liberally
illustrated, this book includes a detailed chronology
of all known disasters on the bay.
Size: 6" x 9" • 7 b/w photos, 33 illus. & 8 maps
Index • 336 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3818-2• soft cover • $19.99
Schooner Sultana: Building a Chesapeake Legacy. Drew McMullen. Photographs by Lucian Niemeyer. Outstanding
photographs provide an exciting visual
presentation tracing the reproduction of
the mighty Sultana (1767), from cutting
lumber to sailing the bay.
Size: 12" x 9" • 184 color photographs,
8 b/w illustrations, 3 maps • Index
• 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-538-9 • hard cover • $35.95
Chesapeake Rumrunners of the Roaring Twenties. Eric Mills. Prohibition may have been the law of
the land, but Chesapeake Bay country was awash in
illegal alcohol. Marshes were teeming with hidden
stills as bootleg liquor was smuggled throughout the
waterways and adjoining countryside by daring men
and the law. Read their tales.
Size: 6" x 9" • 67 b/w photos, 1 map
Index • 204 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-518-1 • hard cover • $25.95
Chesapeake Bay Log Canoes and Bugeyes.
M. V. Brewington. Trace the history of the unique
bay craft log canoes and bugeyes, through
meticulous descriptions of their hulls, rigging,
fittings, and specialized equipment. The plates
give lines and sail plans for more than a score
of specific vessels.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 158 b/w photos, illustrations
1 map • Index • 184 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-011-7 • hard cover • $35.95
CHESAPEAKE BAY: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Choptank Odyssey: Celebrating a Great
Chesapeake River. Tom Horton, Photography
by David W. Harp. This book of more than 150
vibrant photographs and seven essays depicts
the natural history, human history, science, and
culture of the Delmarva Peninsula’s largest river.
Explore the Choptank River—from its beginnings
at upstream springs and farm ditches to its broad
estuary below Cambridge, Maryland—discover
its inhabitants, and learn about the impact of
human activity on the natural environment.
Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 156 color photos • 160 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-5000-9 • hard cover • $34.99
MID-ATLANTIC • CHESAPEAKE BAY• WASHINGTON, D.C.
Chesapeake Sailing Craft: Recollections of
Robert H. Burgess. Robert H. Burgess. Edited
by William A. Fox. A rare photographic record
of 1925-1975 sailing craft, from log canoe to
four-masted schooner. Vessels appear in all
phases of their activities, including loading &
unloading cargoes, under sail, in port & shipyard,
details of rigging, fittings, decks, interior views,
as powerboats, and as abandoned hulks.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 463 b/w photos • 324 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-572-3 • hard cover • $34.95
Harvesting the Chesapeake: Tools and Traditions. Revised and Expanded 2nd Edition. Larry
S. Chowning. With 233 photos and sketches, this
second edition represents the most comprehensive
study of the Chesapeake Bay’s fisheries, but it is far
more. It records the pictures and recollections of the
homespun tales of the hardy men and women who
have lived and worked along the shores of the nation’s
largest estuary.
Size: 7" x 10" • 233 b/w photos • Index • 304 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-634-8 • soft cover • $29.99
Chesapeake Bay Schooners. Quentin
Snediker & Ann Jensen. Learn about
this uniquely American vessel, from
its European origins to the shipyards
and waters of the bay.
Size: 12" x 9" • 212 b/w photos
Glossary & Index • 264 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-508-2 • soft cover
• $34.95
Chesapeake Men: Sharing Stories & Memories.
Don Parks. Meet eleven men of Maryland’s Eastern
Shore who relied on the Chesapeake to make their
livelihood. Experiencing devastating storms, misfortune,
and harrowing escapes, their stories will both enlighten
and entertain. By recounting their memories, they
provide a deeper understanding of the Chesapeake.
Size: 7" x 10" • 43 photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4461-9 • soft cover • $24.99
Chesapeake Bay Skipjacks. Pat Vojtech. The
history of this specialized skipjack is presented
primarily through the eyes of the men who lived
on them. These men loved to sail and often
risked their lives to harvest the Chesapeake’s
most valuable crop—oysters. Documents the
skipjack’s role in the oyster dredging industry,
describing natural and manmade disasters that
affected the trade
Size: 8 1/2" x 11 • 83 color photos
Vessel List/Index • 154 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-451-1 • hard cover • $29.95
Chesapeake Women: Their Stories — Their
Memories. Don Parks. Meet eleven men of Maryland’s Eastern Shore who relied on the Chesapeake
to make their livelihood. Experiencing devastating
storms, misfortune, and harrowing escapes, their
stories will both enlighten and entertain. By recounting
their memories, they provide a deeper understanding
of the Chesapeake and her people.
Size: 7" x 10" • 67 color & 19 b/w images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4701-6 • soft cover • $24.99
Chesapeake Bay Buyboats. Larry S. Chowning. Meet workboat builders and the versatile
boats’ owners, captains, and families who
bought and sold goods and played aboard them.
Illustrations are contributions of many who were
directly connected to these distinctive boats.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 182 b/w photos & 12 illustrations
Vessel list./Index • 272 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3702-4 • soft cover • $34.99
Pirates on the Chesapeake: Being a True History of Pirates, Picaroons, and Raiders on the
Chesapeake Bay, 1610-1807. Donald G. Shomette.
A dazzling array of swashbuckling pirates, picaroons,
and sea rovers are pitted against the often feckless
representatives of an outpost government authority
in the Chesapeake Bay region. Pirates, picaroons, and
sea rovers are pitted against the representatives of
an outpost in the Chesapeake Bay region. It is a two
hundred-year history that begins with the Virginia
colony in 1609 and ends with the peaceful resolution
of the Othello affair in 1807.
Size: 6" x 9" • 39 illus., 1 map • Index • 252 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-607-2 • soft cover • $22.95
Chesapeake Steamboats: Vanished Fleet. David
C. Holly. From the first steamboat on the bay in 1813
to the last in 1963, this account relates adventures
and personalities of colorful dimensions. A particular
highlight is the account of the steamer Columbus,
built in 1828, that burned and sank in 1850 near the
mouth of the Potomac River. A theme of ghostliness
runs through the pages.
Size: 6" x 9" • 18 illustrations, 8 b/w photos
6 maps • Index • 320 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-455-9 • hard cover • $29.95
The Watermen of the Chesapeake Bay. 2nd
Edition. John Hurt Whitehead, III. Some days
the watermen keep you in stitches with tall tales
and keen wit. Other days you learn something
from them about equipment depreciation or the
migratory habits of the blue crab. One thing’s
for sure–you’ll never be bored.
Size: 9" x 12" • 191 color photos • 168 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-374-3 • hard cover • $34.95
Gunning for Sea Ducks. George Howard Gillelan.
Birds provide fast, challenging shooting, and, after it’s
over, delectable eating. Details about the birds, where
they may be found, what type of shooting equipment
to use, how to lay out decoys, and, how to prepare
the birds for delightful dining.
Size: 6" x 9" • 20 b/w photos & 12 illustrations •
Index • 140 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-386-6 • hard cover • $14.95
The Outlaw Gunner. Harry M. Walsh. The colorful
story of the market gunners, guides, and outlaws who
were engaged in the art of wildfowling, both legal
and illegal. More than 150 of the most unusual and
rare photographs show the men with their guns, boats,
and traps in action. The market gunning paraphernalia
looks strange and fearful, for it was devastatingly
efficient and deadly.
Size: 7" x 10" • 5 illus., 148 b/w photos • Index • 192
pp.• ISBN: 978-0-87033-609-6 • soft cover • $19.95
CHESAPEAKE BAY: ARCHITECTURE
Dancing with the Tide: Watermen of the Chesapeake. Mick Blackistone. As few sons and daughters
follow the footsteps of their parents today, the people
who can convey the traditions of the watermen is
quickly diminishing. Engaging photographs highlight
this documentary of a year in the life of the harvesters
of the Chesapeake Bay.
Size: 6" x 9" • 64 b/w photos • Index • 280 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-532-7 • hard cover • $24.95
Lighting the Bay: Tales of Chesapeake Lighthouses. Pat Vojtech. With more than 100 color photographs and informative historical narrative, learn the
human saga of life in the bay’s lighthouses. Heroic
rescues, untimely deaths, daily tasks, battles with ice,
cold, injury, and loneliness all comprise the difficult job
of guarding the people and keeping the lights burning.
Size: 9" x 12" • 104 color, 59 b/w photos & 1 map
Index • 208 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-87033-466-5 • hard cover • $34.95
CHESAPEAKE BAY: ARTS & CRAFTS
Upper Chesapeake Bay Decoys and Their Makers. David and Joan Hagan. The art of over 80 decoy
makers in eastern Maryland is illustrated with beautiful
photos of their work. Many decoys are accompanied
by the portraits of the artists and recollections and
reflections on their art and experiences.
Size: 9" x 12" • 400+ photos • 216 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-258-5 • hard cover • $59.95
The Story of Lem Ward. Glenn Lawson, Photographs by Tricia Veasy. American wildfowl art
owes its foundation to Lem Ward. Growing up
in the marshes of the Chesapeake Bay, this
wood carver and painter (1896-1984) overcame
severe illness to produce some of the best-loved
wildfowl art extant today. Here Lem’s life story
is told by his daughter Ida who was with him
for almost the entire span of his artistic career.
Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 175 photos
Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-028-0 • hard cover • $35.00
WASHINGTON, D.C.: SCENES
Diplomatic Gardens of Washington. Photography by Ann Stevens. Text
by Giles Kelly. An exclusive look behind
the embassy walls of Washington, DC,
and the gardens found there. Included
are the residences at the embassies of
Australia, Great Britain, Denmark, the
European Union, France, Germany, the
Apostolic Nunciature of the Holy See,
Italy, the Netherlands, South Korea,
Norway, and Sweden.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 168 color images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3978-3 • hard cover • $34.99
The Chesapeake and Ohio Canal.
Gary Anthes. A photographic journey
along the 184-mile Chesapeake and
Ohio Canal, from the streets of Georgetown to the canal's western terminus.
More than 100 beautiful photographs
offer stunning nature and architectural
views of the resolute houses, locks,
and aqueducts left behind by the men
and women who kept the canal boats
flowing 100 years ago.
Size: 11 3/4" x 15" • 110 color images, 2 maps • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4310-0 • hard cover • $45.00
Potomac Pathway: A Nature Guide to the C
& O Canal. Napier Shelton. From Georgetown to
Harpers Ferry, through Hancock, to Cumberland, an
intimate, mile-by-mile look at the Chesapeake & Ohio
Canal National Historical Park. This guide describes in
detail the plants and animals, forests, geology, and
environmental issues of this towpath trail. With three
maps and 82 pictures, learn about nature along the
entire 184 miles.
Size: 6" x 9" • 82 images and three maps • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3798-7 • flexible binding • $19.99
Monuments and Memorials of
Washington, D.C. Revised & Expanded 2nd Edition. Allan M. Heller.
Tour the monuments and memorials of
Washington, D.C. with this useful tour
guide. More than 100 sites are featured
in nine tours.
Size: 9" x 6" • 530 color images •
240 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3654-6 • soft cover • $19.99
WASHINGTON, D.C.: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Washington, D.C.: Ghosts, Legends, and Lore. E.
Ashley Rooney and Betsy Johnston. Washington, D.C.
is a city that commemorates the history of the United
States; it is also quite haunted. Visit angry ghosts,
Christopher and Rachel, at the Olde Stone House,
their dreams foiled by death. Consider the legend of
a demon cat at the Capitol Building and White House
that may foretell disaster. Many more stories!
Size: 6" x 9" • 23 b/w photos • Index • 256 pp.ISBN:
978-0-7643-2961-6 • soft cover • $14.99
79
80
MID-ATLANTIC: WASHINGTON, D.C. • WEST VIRGINIA • VIRGINIA
Ghosts! Washington Revisited: The Ghostlore of the Nation’s Capitol. John Alexander.
A collection of tales and images of famous personalities who revisit the Virginia, Maryland and
district buildings and homes.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180+ b/w illus. • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0653-7 • soft cover • $14.95
James River Reflections. Will Daniel.
Over 250 photos reveal the beauty of
Virginia’s James River. Explore the river’s
majesty and beauty from its humble
beginnings on private property to the
point where it meets one of the nation’s
busiest seaports.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 249 color & 12 b/w
photos • 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-76433727-7 • hard cover • $29.99
Colonial Beach, Virginia. James
Tigner. Over 280 vintage postcard views
of Colonial Beach, Virginia, from 1905
to the 1960s, guide you back to yesterday’s sights on the beach and around
town. Included are arriving steamboats,
the boardwalk, the dancing pavilion,
bath houses, Eleanore Park, historic
hotels, and the Monte Carlo gambling
pier. Postcard values are provided.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 241 color photos • Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2808-4 • soft cover • $24.99
My Virginia Rivers. Will Daniel.
Over 250 color photos, anecdotal text,
and historical perspective make for
an enjoyable tour of 28 of Virginia’s
beautiful rivers, from the famous James
and Appomattox to the aptly named
Cowpasture and Blackwater. River uses
and recreational possibilities are covered,
along with historical locations found
along their shores.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 242 color & 12 b/w photos & 5 maps • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4325-4 • hard cover • $29.99
Greetings from Hampton Roads,
Virginia. James Tigner. Here is a celebration of the history of Hampton Roads
and the lower tidewater Chesapeake
Bay region. 525 color photos, vintage
postcards, and other memorabilia cover
the historic Virginia region from the
mouth of the bay, including Cape
Charles and Cape Henry, to Hampton
Roads. The resorts of Buckroe Beach
and Ocean View are included.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 551 color photos • Price Guide • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2836-7 • hard cover • $34.99
WASHINGTON, D.C.: ARTS & CRAFTS
100 Artists of Washington, D.C. F. Lennox
Campello. Award-winning artist and prominent
critic and commentator, F. Lennox Campello, has
compiled more than 600 works by 100 contemporary established and emerging artists in the
Washington, DC, capital region. A primer for both
the savvy art collector and the beginning collector.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 735+ images • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3778-9 • hard cover • $50.00
WEST VIRGINIA: SCENES
West Virginia : Mountain Air. Lucian
Niemeyer. Over 160 beautiful color
photos take readers across W. Virginia,
from rolling countryside and scenic farms
to small towns and big cities. View
the architectural treasures and simple
country mills, mountain expanses and
riverfront vistas, the industrial might,
and the state forests.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 168 color photos
• 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3607-2
hard cover • $24.99
WEST VIRGINIA: ARTS & CRAFTS
Morgantown Glass: From Depression
Glass Through the 1960s. Jeffrey B. Snyder.
A fascinating compendium of the hand-made,
mold-blown glassware produced in Morgantown,
West Virginia, displayed in over 860 color photographs. The striking colors, etchings, cuttings,
and cased filament stems make Morgantown
glass distinctive and appealing. Descriptions
of specific techniques are given by employees.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 860+ photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0504-2 • Hard cover • $29.95
West Virginia Glass Between the World
Wars. Dean Six. Over twenty West Virginia
glass companies are featured. More than 500
color photographs display items produced from
the 1920s through the 1940s. Advertisements,
individual essays about each company, and
current values.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 504 photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1546-3 • hard cover • $29.95
WEST VIRGINIA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Strange West Virginia Monsters. Michael Newton. Examines reports of unidentified and misplaced
creatures throughout the Mountain State, including
Bigfoot and Mothman, giant birds and snakes, huge
human remains; “Dogman" and “Sheepsquatch," and
known animals alien to North America.
Size: 6" x 9" • 82 b/w and color photos • 192 pp
ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4946-1 • soft cover • $16.99
VIRGINIA SCENES
Williamsburg A-Z: An Alphabetical
Journey. Thomas K. Bauley. Stroll Duke
of Gloucester and Palace streets, visit
Market Square and the Williamsburg
Inn, and tour historic Jamestown as you
rediscover Colonial Williamsburg. With
70 illustrations, this alphabetical journey
is a reverent yet whimsical voyage of
discovery for both residents and tourists.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 70 color illustrations
• 32 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3671-3 • hard cover • $19.99
Greetings from Richmond. Ray Bonis
and Tom H. Ray. Explore early 20th
century postcard views of Richmond’s
Shockoe Valley, Church Hill, Capitol
Square, and the Fan District, along with
many monuments, parks, houses of
worship, hospitals, schools and colleges,
Hollywood Cemetery, Monument Avenue, Broad Street, Jackson Ward, and
much more.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 247 postcard illustrations • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3368-2 • soft cover • $24.99
Chincoteague Island. James Tigner,
Jr. 238 color photos & postcard images
capture the beauty and history of Chincoteague, Virginia’s largest inhabited
island. Featured among the photos are
the Island Roxy Theater, Miss Molly’s
Inn, the Beebe Ranch, the Misty of
Chincoteague statue, the Assateague
lighthouse, and its world-famous ponies. Provides an engaging history of
the island and its ponies.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 238 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2919-7 • hard cover • $29.99
Chincoteague Ponies: Untold Tails. Lois
Szymanski with Pam Emge. Photography by
Linda Kantjas. Step into the world of the Chincoteague ponies of Virginia’s Assateague Island.
From birth to Pony Penning, their stories are
told in amusing detail and more than 200 color
images. Learn the names of the herd members
and see for yourself what it takes to survive
on a wild island.
Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 200 color images • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4085-7 • soft cover • $24.99
Greetings from Virginia Beach.
James Tigner, Jr. 287 colorful images
show Virginia Beach of yesterday and
today, chronicling the changes. View
the Norwegian Lady statue of yesteryear and today, stroll the boardwalk
through the decades, and compare
today’s Coast Guard Station to the early
Seatack Lifesaving Station.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 287 color photos
• Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2999-9 • hard cover • $29.95
Vintage North End, Virginia Beach: An
Illustrated History. Ann Hanbury Callis &
Danna Cullen. Photo editor Chris Crumley.
Virginia Beach comes alive in this illustrated
history. See the first log cabin to ever be built.
Revisit popular landmarks Holland’s General
Store, Piney Point Club, and the Waverly and
Cavalier hotels. Through 466 images, learn
about the people who lived here and made
Virginia Beach what it is today.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 466 images • Index • 168 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4088-8 • hard cover • $34.99
Newport News: A Vintage Postcard Tour. Harold Cones & John Bryant. Over 250 vintage postcards takes
readers on a journey through the city
of Newport News, Virginia. View its
history, industry, recreation, and culture
from the 1890s through World War II.
A chapter on deltiology (the study and
collecting of postcards) gives collectors
useful information to help them build
their own postcard collection.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 298 postcards • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2405-5 • soft cover • $24.95
Greetings from Charlottesville,
Virginia, and Albemarle County.
Dr. Samuel Menefee. Charlottesville,
Virginia, and surrounding Albemarle
County are visited through 296 vintage
postcards. Tour the University of Virginia,
one of America’s premier universities,
and walk the streets of Charlottesville.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 296 color images
• Price Guide • 128 pp.ISBN: 978-07643-3297-5 • soft cover • $24.99
VIRGINIA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Paranormal Petersburg, Virginia, and the Tri-Cities Area. Pamela K. Kinney. Travel to Petersburg and
surrounding areas of Colonial Heights, Hopewell, Prince
George, Dinwiddie, and nearby Ettrick-Matoaca, Enon,
and Chester to discover what spirits, monsters, UFOs,
and legends await the unwary. Hauntingly active as
they share space with the living, the dead refuse to
give up their undead residency.
Size: 6" x 9" • 58 color images • 208 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4942-3 • soft cover • $16.99
Virginia’s Haunted Historic Triangle: Williamsburg, Yorktown, Jamestown, & Other Haunted
Locations. Pamela K. Kinney. Hear odd noises and see
apparitions at the Peyton Randolph House, Cornwallis’s
Cave, Wells’s Corner, Sherwood Forest, the Rosewell
Plantation, and many, many other places. Take a step
back into the past and be prepared to get to know the
ghosts of this Historic Triangle and its surrounding areas.
Size: 7" x 10" • 121 color images • Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3746-8 • soft cover • $19.99
Haunted Virginia: Legends, Myths, and True
Tales. Pamela K. Kinney. Like every state in the Union,
Virginia has unique myths, legends, and yes, even true
stories that sound much like legends, but aren’t. Read
Virginian stories of witches, demons, monsters, ghosts,
pirates, strange animals, and soldiers from the Civil
War. Come visit a most amazing, frightening, and
even intriguing Virginia that you never knew existed.
Size: 6" x 9" • 45 b/w photos • Index • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3281-4 • soft cover • $14.99
MID-ATLANTIC: VIRGINIA • THE SOUTH
Haunted Plantations of Virginia. Beth Brown.
Journey to some of the earliest settlements of the
New World to discover why spirits of their founders
refuse to leave. Explore homes of past presidents at
Berkeley and Red Hill and learn one mysterious trait
they share—the ghosts of children. Visit sixteen
more historic houses in the Old Dominion to learn
why spirits linger.
Size: 6" x 9" • 95 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3328-6 • soft cover • $14.99
Haunted Battlefields: Virginia’s Civil War Ghosts.
Beth Brown. Journey to thirteen of Virginia’s most
haunted Civil War sites in search of spectral residents.
Visit at Cold Harbor, Henry House Hill, and the Bull
Run Bridge at Manassas, Fredericksburg’s Sunken
Road, Grant’s Headquarters at Appomattox Manor,
and many more ghostly sites!
Size: 6" x 9" • 82 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3057-5 • soft cover • $14.99
Gibraltar of the Shenandoah: Civil War Sites and
Stories of Staunton, Waynesbobo, and Augusta
County, Virginia. Robert H. Moore II. Learn what
role Virginia's Staunton, Waynesboro, and Augusta
counties played in protecting the Shenandoah Valley
during the Civil War. Featuring 11 tours that include
the sites of the Staunton Depot, Fort Edward Johnson,
Thornrose Cemetery, and the Stonewall Jackson Hotel.
Size: 7" x 10" • 3 color &190 b/w images • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-1-57864-266-3 • soft cover • $24.95
Quantico: Semper Progredi—Always Forward.
Bradley E. Gernana & Michelle A Krowl. More than
300 images trace this sleepy town's evolution from a
commerce route during Colonial days and a resort town
at the end of the 19th century to where the United
States Marine Corps and FBI agents train.
Size: 9" x 12" • 324 color & b/w photos • 272 pp.
ISBN: 978-1-57864-268-7 • hard cover • $39.99
Haunted Richmond. Pamela K. Kinney. Richmond
is chock-full of ghosts and haunted places. This city
names Edgar Allan Poe as its native son, and it is rich
in ghostly lore, legends, and tales. Learn why Virginia’s
governor shares his mansion with ghosts; dine with
ghosts at Ruth’s Chris Steak House and Crab Louie’s
Seafood Tavern! Visit the prison in Powhatan (it might
not be safe, even for those working there); Call on the
Lady in Red who roams the corridors at Wrexham Hall.
Size: 6" x 9" • 24 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2712-4 • soft cover • $14.95
Haunted Richmond II. Pamela K. Kinney. Return
once more to haunted Richmond. Step back in time at
Henricus Historical Park, where you’ll be welcomed by
dead colonists, Civil War soldiers, and other haunts.
Tour haunted hotels, churches, cemeteries, schools,
and even a comic shop! All this… plus a sea serpent,
a lost city, ghostly cats, Bigfoot, a UFO, and haunted
churches, parks, and colleges. So be sure to plan your
visit now to a very paranormal Richmond. The dead
don’t stay dead in this town! Size: 6" x 9" • 199 b&w
images • Index • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3964-6 • soft cover • $19.99
Policing the Paranormal: The Haunting of
Virginia’s State Capitol Complex. Paul Hope.
The Commonwealth of Virginia has witnessed some of
the most dramatic events of U.S. history and is known
to be rich with haunted locations and paranormal
activity. Unlock the secrets of Virginia’s haunted
Capitol Square. Learn from police officers and other
credible witnesses the exciting and sometimes terrifying
paranormal activity that frequently haunts the rooms
and corridors of several of downtown Richmond’s
most historic locations. The events have been kept
secret – until now!
Size: 6" x 9" • 26 b/w photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4320-9 • soft cover • $16.99
Assateague. 2nd Edition. William H. Wroten, Jr. The
northernmost island of a chain from Delaware to Cape
Charles, Virginia. Includes its discovery, early inhabitants,
settlement, recreational facilities, and natural history,
including its famous ponies of unknown origin, which
have roamed there since the late seventeenth century.
Size: 6" x 9" • 37 b/w illustrations & 2 maps • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3821-2 • soft cover • $4.99
Ghosts, Legends, and Lore of Hampton Roads.
Cecilia Petretto. Chill to accounts describing odd happenings and ghost sightings by residents, employees,
and paranormal teams as they experience haunted
houses, ghost tours, and just plain creepiness. Find a
paranormal group to join in the area and see ghostly
research, photos, and a special introduction to the
world of ghosts.
Size: 6" x 9" • 60 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3426-9 • soft cover • $14.99
Haunted Alexandria & Northern Virginia. J. J.
Smith. Tour of some of the most well-known haunts
in the region, including Gadsby’s Tavern, where a
strange couple left a mystery behind, the Carlyle
House, where a jealous female ghost resides, and the
Woodlawn Plantation, where the ghosts of slaves still
work. From ghostly strangers and nightmares, to body
parts found in unknowing residents’ homes, you’ll find
them in Haunted Alexandria.
Size: 6" x 9" • 24 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3258-6 • soft cover • $14.99
VIRGINIA: ARTS & CRAFTS
Quilts of Virginia 1607-1899: The Birth
of America Through the Eye of a Needle.
Virginia Consortium of Quilters’ Documentation
Project. Over 270 beautiful historic quilts and
ephemera in over 430 color and vintage photos.
From quilted armor of the 17th century to crazy
quilts of the 19th century, they include homespun
work of slaves and fancy work of freed women
and First Ladies. An important contribution to
quilting history and Virginia heritage.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Index
428 color & 4 B/W photos • 160 pp ISBN:
0-7643-2465-9 • soft cover • $29.95
THE SOUTH
NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROLINA
• GEORGIA • FLORIDA • KENTUCKY
• TENNESSEE • ALABAMA • MISSISSIPPI
• ARKANSAS • LOUISIANA
THE SOUTH: ARTS & CRAFTS
When the Spirit Speaks: Self-Taught Art
of the South. Margaret Day Allen. This book
introduces the reader to 32 self-taught artists
in the Southeastern United States, some who
are known by collectors and scholars and some
who are emerging. Their stories of perseverance,
struggle and triumph illustrate the strength of
the creative impulse.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4731-3 • hard cover • $34.99
Contemporary Southern Homes. E. Ashley
Rooney with Foreword by Carl Abbott. The South
is known for its preserved mansions but many
more beautiful twenty-first century houses
preserve that same sense of ambiance. From
Virginia to Arkansas, twenty Southern design
professionals' work features expansive, open floor
plans, walls of glass, and the use of indigenous
materials. The architects' diverse backgrounds
and design philosophies are shaping the South
in the twenty-first century.
Size: 9" x 12" • 424 color photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4682-8 • hard cover • $34.99
A People and Their Quilts. John Rice Irwin.
Interviews with hundreds of old-time quilters,
some over one hundred years old, present a
fresh oral history of the subject. Emphasis is
placed on quilts and quilters in the Southern
Appalachian region, but quilts from throughout
America are included.
Size: 9’’ x 12’’ • 239 photos & color plates •
Index • 214 pp.
ISBN: 0-916838-87-0 • hard cover • $45.00
ISBN: 0-88740-024-8 • soft cover • $19.95
Baskets and Basketmakers in Southern
Appalachia. John Rice Irwin. American baskets
made by people in Appalachia are lovingly shared
with readers. Indian baskets, especially Cherokee,
also are included. Numerous photos detail every
step in the basket making process: from the time
the tree is cut until the time the basket is completed.
Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 603 photos & drawings
Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 0-916838-61-7 • soft cover • $19.95
THE SOUTH: SCENES
Coastal Garden Plants: Florida to Virginia. Roy
Heizer. Photography by Nancy Heizer. Learn the history,
folklore, and ethno-botany of 131 of America’s coastal
plants from Florida to Virginia. The plants are arranged
in alphabetical order by botanical name with a common
name cross-reference guide for easy use. Over 230 full
color photographs make plant identification easy and
accurate. This book is great for botanists, gardeners,
nature lovers, and anyone else who appreciates the
beauty of plants.
Size: 6" x 9" • 243 color images • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4181-6 • soft cover • $24.99
THE SOUTH: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Haunted Battlefields of the South. Bryan Bush
and Thomas Freese. These true tales include chilling
firsthand accounts of encounters with Civil War ghosts.
The spirits of dead soldiers from both Union and Confederate armies walk into re-enactor camps, march in
a ghostly night fog, call us to the line, and ask for help.
Size: 6" x 9" • 69 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3385-9 • soft cover • $14.99
Appalachia Mountain Folklore. Micheal Rivers. The
Appalachian Mountains abound with tales of ghosts
and mystery. Covering 16 counties, 40 spine-tingling
stories will have you traveling the roads and paths
of those who have gone before you. Sites featured
include: The Hanging Tree in Cabarrus County, Battle
Mansion in Buncombe County, Green River Plantation
in Rutherford County, and the House on the Hill in
Jackson County.
Size: 6" x 9" • 33 b/w images • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4006-2 • soft cover • $16.99
The Unlikely Story of the Museum of Appalachia and How It Came To Be. John Rice
Irwin. From boyhood days on the farm through
his adult years, John Rice Irwin’s life is inextricably
entwined with the founding and development of
the Museum of Appalachia. This book tells the story
of a man who took to heart his Grandpa Rice’s
advice to “start you a little museum sometime."
Over 140 images illustrate the text.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 44 color & 97 b/w photos
• 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4114-4 • soft cover • $24.99
Guns and Gunmaking Tools of
Southern Appalachia: The Story
of the Kentucky Rifle. John Rice
Irwin. The Kentucky rifle has become a
famous part of the history of American
development, and here is the story of
its own development. The people of the
isolated mountain valleys of Appalachia
tell how they make and use the Kentucky
and related firearms and the supplies that
go with them, both in the past and today as tradition continues.
Size: 11’’ x 8 1/2’’ • 315 illus. • Index • 118 pp.
ISBN: 0-916838-81-1 • soft cover • $14.95
100 Southern Artists. E. Ashley Rooney with
Paula Allen. View works by 100 living artists living
in Alabama, Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South
Carolina, Virginia, and West Virginia. Artists tell
their personal stories and inspirations, and show
examples of their works. In oil, pastels, sculpture,
and wood, a diversity of styles and influences,
including pop surrealism, realism, contemporary,
abstract, alternative, and others, exemplify rich
imagery that affects culture, society, and our
environment.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 628 color images • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4241-7 • hard cover • $45.00
81
82
THE SOUTH: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA
Hooked Rugs of The Deep South. Jessie A.
Turbayne. The tradition of rug hooking is alive and
kicking in the Heart of Dixie. Through 844 images,
see lush floral motifs, intricate geometrics, Oriental
and Persian styles, impressionistic portraits, scenic
landscapes, and glimpses of the Old South. This is
a great reference book for rug hooking enthusiasts,
fiber artists, folk art lovers, collectors, history buffs,
and lovers of anything Deep South.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 844 images • Index • 288 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3801-4 • hard cover • $59.99
• Schiffer LTD
Ghosts of the North Carolina Shores. Micheal
Rivers. Take a spooky journey through the shore towns
of North Carolina. Find ordinary men and women
who’ve witnessed ghosts. Meet a dead Confederate
sentry who has not left his post. In Weldon, waltz
with a ghostly lady … until she disappears. Witness
a battle at Bentonville that appeared to be a re-enactment—it wasn’t. From the Chowan River to beaches
of the Outer Banks, the spirits of the North Carolina
shores never rest.
Size: 6" x 9" • 32 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3471-9 • soft cover • $14.99
Southern Decoys of Virginia and the Carolinas. Henry A. Fleckenstein. The decoy and
waterfowling history of this important region along
the south Atlantic coast is thoroughly presented in
this comprehensive study. The book fully covers
all of the major makers of decoys in the eastern
shore of Virginia and the coast of North Carolina
as well as makers from other areas whose decoys
were used there.
Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 64 color, 549 b/w photos
Index • 232 pp.
ISBN: 0-916838-86-2 • hard cover • $39.50
Haunted Theaters of the Carolinas. Cheralyn
Lambeth. Meet the father of John Wilkes Booth who
moves objects at the Dock Street Theater in Charleston,
and the ghost at ImaginOn in Charlotte, who calls out
visitors’ names. Discover the origin of superstitions
surrounding the theatrical world—why it’s good luck
to wish someone to “break a leg," and what a “ghost
light" is really for!
Size: 6" x 9" • 30 b/w photos, 1 Illustration • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3327-9 • soft cover • $14.99
NORTH CAROLINA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
SOUTH CAROLINA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Pirates and Ghosts of the Carolinas' Coast.
Cynthia Moore Brown. Seafaring pirates, ghosts, and
spooky tales from the coast of North Carolina. With
pirate lore and history abundant for this seaside area,
explore graveyards, haunted houses, and locations with
spirits that have sparked shivers within audiences for
decades. Whether history, unsolved mysteries, legends,
or just plain scary happenings, these tales will keep
you shuddering long into the night. Size: 6" x 9" •
68 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4765-8 • soft cover • $16.99
UFOs Over South Carolina. Sherman Carmichael.
Over 65 contemporary UFO stories from 48 areas in
South Carolina. Aliens have made their presence known
at nuclear facilities, air force bases and naval stations,
dams and power plants, and are even harassing the
everyday folk of the Palmetto State. Includes eyewitness
accounts, personal interviews, and extensive research.
Size: 6" x 9" • 104 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4749-8 • soft cover • $16.99
North Carolina Haunts. Kevin Thomas Ward.
Read about some of the most fascinating haunted
locations and ghostly encounters that North Carolina
has to offer! 34 haunted tales from the Mountains,
Piedmont, Coastal Plains, Tidewater, and the Outer
Banks regions.
Size: 6" x 9" • 49 b/w images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3790-1 • soft cover • $19.99
Haunted Charlotte: Supernatural Stories from
the Queen City. Roy Heizer. Explore 27 stories of
strange and unexplained occurrences from Charlotte,
the largest city in the Carolinas. Enjoy the mystical,
weird, horrifying, and, sometimes funny, stories from
behind Charlotte’s eternal curtain.
Size: 6" x 9" • 45 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4703-0 • soft cover • $16.99
Haunted Historic Greensboro. Theresa Bane. Find
out why nothing has grown in the Devil’s Tramping
Ground for more than 200 years. Read about ghostly
Revolutionary soldiers, a piano player and miner spirits,
poltergeist, and other unsettled souls that call the city
of Greensboro home. Stop by for a visit...if you dare.
Size: 6" x 9" • 53 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3174-9 • soft cover • $14.99
South Carolina Haunts. Kevin Thomas Ward. 30
haunting stories from the coastal, central, and Piedmont
areas. From a monster at college to ghost lights in
modern buildings, and more, South Carolina is home
to spirits, spooks, and all manner of unearthly beings
from eras long past.
Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w images • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4770-2 • soft cover • $16.99
Folktales and Ghost Stories of North Carolina’s
Piedmont. Theresa Bane & Cynthia Moore Brown.
Hear the sad tale of “The Gentleman Ghost of Uwharrie Mountain" in Asheboro; “Lydia," the phantom
hitchhiker of Jamestown; and the real-life account of
Lexington’s very own hero, Valentine Leonard. Appearing for the first time in print, 21 spine-tingling ghost
tales from the region’s renowned storyteller, Cynthia
Moore Brown, perpetuate the history of tradition in
Piedmont. This book will delight readers of all ages
and quickly become a family favorite.
Size: 6" x 9" • 50 images • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3745-1 • soft cover • $16.99
Ghosts and Legends of Charleston. Denise Roffe.
Stroll down cobblestone lanes or sandy beaches to catch
a glimpse of apparitions who roam the Charleston area.
Enjoy eyewitness accounts of spine-tingling paranormal
events showcasing a surprising link between the past
and modern-day ghostly experiences.
Size: 6" x 9" • 46 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3446-7 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghosts of the Outer Banks. Peggy Schmidt. Discover what the locals of the Outer Banks have known
for years…it’s haunted. Rich in natural beauty and
history, it makes sense that this area is also a haven
for ghosts. Whether you are a long-time lover of the
Outer Banks or fascinated with stories of pirates, ghost
ships, and mischievous ghosts, these haunts will keep
your hair on end!
Size: 6" x 9" • 48 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3986-8 • soft cover • $14.99
Greetings From Charleston. Mary
L. Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price.
See where the first shots of the Civil
War were fired, the stately mansions,
the gardens at Magnolia Plantation,
and the beautiful beaches. Over 300
hand-tinted postcards are depicted here.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 312 vintage postcards
Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2488-8 • soft cover • $24.95
Civil War Tours of the Low Country: Beaufort,
Hilton Head, and Bluffton, South Carolina. David
D’Arcy & photos by Ben Mammina. Take walking and
driving tours of towns once plunged into the heart of
the American Civil War. Tour Hilton Head, St. Helena,
and Daufuskie islands, Bluffton, and pivotal sites in
Beaufort connected with the battle for control of the
Charleston & Savannah Railroad. Over 140 photos
bring the stories life. Tour maps are included.
Size: 6" x 9" • 134 color & 12 b/w photos • 144
pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2790-2 • soft cover • $16.95
Civil War Tour of Charleston. David
D’Arcy. Photography by Ben Mammina.
Tour Charleston, South Carolina, with
its important role in the war between
the United and Confederate States in
1861. Explore 120 locations, including
cemeteries and the homes of blockade
runners and Confederate soldiers. Walk
the battlefield of James Island.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 153 color and 46
b/w images • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3476-4 • soft cover • $24.99
Lowcountry Plantations: Georgia
& South Carolina. Tina Skinner. Photography by Steven Paul Whitsitt. Visit
treasured house museums in South Carolina’s Lowcountry and nearby Georgia,
exploring the essence of ante-bellum
elegance. 222 lovely color photographs
guide you through the corridors of nine
classically built, exquisite manor homes
and the shaded pathways that wend
through heirloom gardens.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 222 color photos • Index • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3415-3 • hard cover • $29.99
GEORGIA: SCENES
Atlanta’s Garden Plants. Roy Heizer. Photographs
by Nancy Heizer. This botanical guide to the greater
Atlanta region is teaming with more than 200 color
photographs, informative gardening tips, and fun facts
and stories about the diverse garden flora of the region.
Size: 6" x 9" • 225+ color photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3810-6 • soft cover • $14.99
Savannah’s Garden Plants. Roy Heizer; Nancy Heizer,
Photography. For more than 275 years Savannah has
served as a gardener’s paradise. Enjoy original tales
and folklore pertaining to the history and science of
Savannah’s flowers, plants, and trees, and enjoy more
than 160 photographs of flora from the Historic District,
squares, the house museum gardens, the Savannah
Botanical Garden, Bamboo Farm, and Coastal Gardens.
Size: 6" x 9" • 163 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3265-4 • soft cover • $9.99
Self-Guided Tour of Savannah. Maryann Jurkofsky.
Go back through history and time by visiting landmarks
like the Cotton Exchange Building and the magnificent
homes. These easy-to-follow maps and accompanying
guide will take you around the city in two walking
tours approximately one hour and one and a half
hours in length. Just follow the numbers on the map.
Size: 6" x 9" • 10 color images • 24 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4179-3 • soft cover • $5.00
SOUTH CAROLINA: SCENES
Savannah Squares: A Keepsake Tour of Gardens,
Architecture, and Monuments. Robert J. Hill II.
Revised 2nd Edition. Discover the gardens, architecture, and unique squares of Savannah, Georgia. This
charming collection of over 150 beautiful photographs
traces the city’s rich history with entertaining text. Come
explore these interesting squares, each a geographic
landmark in this beloved Southern city.
Size: 6" x 9" • 58 color photos • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4289-9 • soft cover • $9.99
THE SOUTH: GEORGIA
Greetings From Savannah. Mary
L. Martin, Tina Skinner, & Nathaniel
Wolfgang-Price. Over 250 vintage
hand-tinted postcards will transport
readers back to graceful Southern mansions, sprawling avenues, the imposing
buildings of the cotton trade, and the
moss-draped oak trees that have made
Savannah known the world over.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 272 images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2444-6 • soft cover • $24.95
Savannah Perspectives. Matthew Propst.
Over 100 color photos and an engaging text
allow readers to experience the natural and
architectural beauty that Savannah, Georgia, has
to offer. Its famous squares give the city order
and grace, and the historic sites, architecture,
colleges, and natural beauty in Savannah’s
parks, along the Savannah River, and its islands
make this a book to enjoy.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 102 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3460-3 • soft cover • $9.99
Savannah Cemeteries. Matthew
Propst. Bonaventure, Colonial Park,
and Laurel Grove are must-see sights
on Savannah tourist itineraries, and this
book is the perfect souvenir for those
who make the pilgrimage. See over 200
color photos of final resting places of
Savannah’s important founders, heroes,
and dignitaries. Visit areas dedicated to
Jewish and Catholic citizens, strangers,
babies, and even pets.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 223 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3308-8 • hard cover • $19.99
GEORGIA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Savannah’s Monuments: The Untold
Stories. Michael Freeman. Shrines commemorating Savannah's people and history, from the
popular, accepted history to the lesser known,
behind-closed-doors chronicles. Stories are
shared in an accessible, conversational, and
engaging manner, with attention to historical
detail, along with 180+ accompanying images.
Includes tour maps.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 186 color images • 136 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4903-4 • soft cover • $16.99
Savannah's Afterlife: True Tales of a Paranormal Investigator. Ryan Dunn. Join Paranormal
Investigator Ryan Dunn and his team, the Savannah
Ghost Research Society, as they investigate the ghosts,
histories, legends, and myths of one of the most
haunted cities in the country. Read about eyewitness
and personal accounts of people being attacked by
ghosts, spirits that are not at rest, and places that
continue to house the undead.
Size: 6" x 9" • 32 b/w photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2945-6 • soft cover • $12.99
The “Bird Girl": The Story of a Sculpture by
Sylvia Shaw Judson. Sandra L. Underwood. In 1994,
a bronze sculpture in scenic Bonaventure Cemetery
in Savannah, Georgia, became famous when it was
featured on the cover of the best-selling book, Midnight in the Garden of Good and Evil. This is her story.
Size: 6" x 9" • 27 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2370-9 • soft cover • $12.95
Savannah Tavern Tales and Pub Review. David
Rousseau & Dow Harris. Quench your thirst for local
Savannah with half a dozen splendid drinking tales
for those who love local legends and folktales. These
stories, set in the city’s pubs and taverns, serve up
intrigue, murder, raucous fun, and juicy gossip, all
illustrating that history need not be dry stuff!
Size: 6" x 9" • 224 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2530-2 • soft cover • $16.95
Spirits of Georgia’s Southern Crescent. Christina
A. Barber. Take a eerie tour of the Southern Crescent
to learn about Baker Bob, a ghost with a fetish for
telephone misuse or poltergeist George, who throws
regular tantrums. Join a female apparition on a bridge
in Coweta County who wanders the train tracks
screaming for her lost child. Whether an icy touch,
ethereal whisper, or shadowy figures, Georgia has
tales that will chill you.
Size: 6" x 9" • 21 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4769-6 • soft cover • $16.99
Savannah Ghosts: Haunts of the Hostess City.
David Harland Rousseau and Julie Collins Rousseau.
Blending history with mystery, ten ghostly tales send
readers on a haunted journey that began in 1734
and continues through the mid-twentieth century.
They include tales of vengeance, mojo, pestilence,
and witchcraft.
Size: 6" x 9" • 23 b/w images • 192 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2494-2 • soft cover • $12.95
Civil War Walking Tour of Savannah. David
D’Arcy & Ben Mammina. Using this guide you will
tour Savannah’s Civil War river defenses, witness
the battered fortifications along the battle lines, and
walk among the beautiful Southern homes, offices,
and churches that survived it all. The 98 striking color
photos and black and white historical views and maps
enhance the experience.
Size: 6' x 9" • 93 color & 5 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2537-3 • soft cover • $19.99
Haunted History: Atlanta and North Georgia.
Corinna Underwood. Take a spine-tingling tour of
Atlanta and North Georgia that presents real life
ghost stories and encounters with the world beyond.
Meet ghosts from the Civil War, life-saving guardians,
mischievous Southern belles, and demonic entities as
you explore The Fox Theatre, Dahlonega Gold Museum,
Tilley Mill, The Shakespeare Tavern, The Eagle Tavern
Museum, and Tunnel Hill.
Size: 6" x 9" • 14 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2854-1 • soft cover • $14.95
Danny’s Bed. Al Cobb. What would you do if the
furniture in your house began to mysteriously rearrange
itself? The Cobb family had to face this and other
questions when they purchased an antique bed for
their son, triggering a ghostly presence in their home
that still haunts them today. This first-hand account
into the world of hauntings in Savannah, Georgia,
touches levitation, ghostly communication, and spectral
visitations from the dead.
Size: 6" x 9" • 23 images • 92 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2703-2 • soft cover • $9.95
Art in Savannah: A Guide to the Monuments,
Museums, Galleries, and Other Places. Sandra
L. Underwood. Over 100 beautiful color photos and
detailed guide take you on an art tour of Savannah,
Georgia. Provides descriptions and images of monuments, museums, galleries, art in unexpected places,
and profiles of five Savannah artists.
Size: 6" x 9" • 103 color & 13 b/w photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2649-3 • soft cover • $14.95
Georgia Spirits and Specters. Beth Dolgner. Over
fifty of Georgia’s ghosts are represented in this collection, including “The Meanest Man in Georgia" in
Milledgeville, an evil spirit at the Hampton Lillibridge
House in Savannah, former inmates at Dahlonega’s
Corkscrew Café, and a little girl at Masquerade nightclub in Atlanta. Are you brave enough to meet them?
Size: 6" x 9" • 44 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3256-2 • soft cover • $14.99
Savannah's Ghosts. Al Cobb. Do you believe in
ghosts? If you live in Savannah, Georgia, you should!
Strange and eerie apparitions have been haunting this
historic town since the first native Indians settled in
southeast Georgia over 2,500 years ago! This chilling
first volume of spooky spirits and hauntings of Savannah
will take you from ghosts to poltergeists, angels, and
demons. Includes tour map.
Size: 6" x 9" • 29 color photos • 108 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2701-8 • soft cover • $9.99
Wicked Haints: A Savannah Ghost Story. JK Bovi.
“Haints" are what people in the low country of Georgia’s
southeast coast call “spirits." It is believed by some
folks that the color Haint Blue keeps evil spirits out
of a house. When Haint Blue paint is removed from
a house in Savannah, strange occurrences begin to
happen and those in the know suspect that wicked
spirits are wreaking havoc in the haunted historical
district. For young adults and older.
Size: 6" x 9" • 14 b/w illustrations • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4383-4 • soft cover • $16.99
Savannah's Ghosts II. Al Cobb. Savannah, Georgia,
has been rated to be among the top three haunted cities
in America today and for good reason! True stories of
ghosts, poltergeists, and strange and unusual spiritual
events in Savannah will have you reading deep into
the night, proving that real life experiences are, indeed,
far stranger than fiction. Includes tour map.
Size: 6" x 9" • 21 color & 3 b/w images • 100 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2702-5 • soft cover • $9.95
Savannah Folklore. Nicole Carlson Easley. Read
Savannah’s history through 58 short stories about
revenge, exorcisms, graveyard parties, forgotten
cemeteries, unsettled spirits, and lady pirates. See
over 60 images of Savannah’s lovely buildings
and statues that are mentioned in the text. Learn
tales of the most hospitable city in the South.
Size: 6" x 9" • 62 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3409-2 • soft cover • $14.99
Savannah Spectres. Margaret Wayt Debolt. Some
seventy stories skillfully interwoven with the heritage
of the area’s colorful past, and illustrated with over
thirty photos and sketches. Incidents of precognition,
extrasensory perception, deja vu, and reincarnation are
included in this personal and highly readable account.
Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 30+ photos/illus. • 200 pp.
ISBN: 0-89865-201-4 • soft cover • $9.95
Historic Savannah Postcards. Exquisite hand-colored photographs taken in
Savannah, Georgia, between 1900 and
1930 are preserved in a lovely souvenir
book, or perforated for removal. At 5" x
7" inches, they fit standard frames, ready
to proudly display, or to mail to friends..
Size: 7" x 5" • 20 historic color images
• 20 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2572-8 • soft
cover • $8.95
Savannah’s Historic Churches. Roy Heizer. Photography by Nancy Heizer. Discover Savannah’s historic
churches through 136 color images. Visit Christ Church,
the first church in Georgia, and Mickve Israel, which
houses the oldest Torah in North America. Tour a
church building that was used as part of the Underground Railroad, and learn which churches have been
featured in the movies.
Size: 6" x 9" • 136 color images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3864-9 • soft cover • $16.99
83
84
THE SOUTH: GEORGIA • FLORIDA
GEORGIA: ARCHITECTURE
Savannah Architectural Tours. Jonathan Stalcup &
photographer Elizabeth Osterberger. Three self-guided
walking tours take you on a journey through Savannah’s
past and introduce you to the city’s historic architecture.
These paths allow you to focus your sightseeing. If you
cannot make it to Savannah in person, the 131 beautiful
color photos give you a deeper understanding and
appreciation of the city and its architecture.
Size: 6" x 9" • 131 color photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2907-4 • soft cover • $14.99
FLORIDA: SCENES
A History of the Alligator: Florida’s
Favorite Reptile. Donald D. Spencer.
Alligators have intrigued Floridians for
more than 500 years, becoming symbols,
mascots, pets, handbags, food, luggage, and souvenirs. Their history is told
through more than 270 color images.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 271 color images •
Index/Price Guide • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3083-4 • soft cover
• $24.99
Miami Beach Postcards. Photography by Bruce
Waters. Forty colorful postcards detail the architectural Art Deco splendor of Miami Beach. Keep
it as a souvenir book, detach and mail them, or
show them off in any standard 5" x 7" frame. At
$14.95, it’s the best deal on the Beach.
Size: 5" x 7 1/4" • 40 color postcards • 40 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2306-7 • soft cover • $14.95
Miami Memories: A Midcentury
Journey. Mary L. Martin, Tina Skinner &
Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Be transported back to a Golden Era in Miami history.
Mid-century postcards portray Art Deco
and Miami Modern buildings, in addition
to bikini-clad tourists, cabana nightclubs,
and the colorful glory of orange groves,
flamingos, flowers, and neon.
Size: 11" x 8-1/2" • 242 color postcards
• 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2176-5 • soft cover • $16.95
Miami: Past and Present. Donald
D. Spencer. Miami is portrayed through
338 images, including over 140 pairs of
“Past and Present" views of the Miami
News Tower, City Hall, Fort Dallas, and
Olympic Theater. Tour the famous Pier
5 and the Bayside Marketplace, and
stroll Flagler Street, Biscayne Boulevard,
and South Beach’s Ocean Drive. This is
a journey into the past for both residents
who remember Miami’s early days and those who are new to Miami, as well
as being a great resource for history buffs.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 333 color & 5 B/W images • Index • 128 pp. • ISBN:
978-0-7643-3623-2 • soft cover • $24.99
South Beach Lifeguard Stations.
Susan Russell. South Beach and Miami
Beach have dozens of whimsical, colorful,
and wacky lifeguard stands, including
the “Lighthouse Guardhouse" and the
“Putting Green Guardhouse." Engaging
text provides the history of these colorful and fanciful lifeguard stands, first
introduced in 1992.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 64 color photos
• 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2900-5 • hard cover • $19.95
South Beach Postcards. Susan
Russell. Splashes of neon at night in a
dazzling array of hues; alluring turquoise
ocean waters by day, under a sub-tropical sun; whimsical pastel boutique
hotels, shops, and cafes everywhere.
This magic is captured in a series of 20
beautiful color images, reproduced here
in glossy, over-sized postcards, suitable
for wall art or sharing by mail.
Size: 5" x 7" • 20 color photos • 20 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2630-1 • soft cover • $8.95
South Beach Deco: Step by Step. Iris Chase
& Susan Russell, Photographer. Walking tours of
the Art Deco architecture, this rich guidebook
also offers insight into the tempo, culture, and
unusual South Beach customs. Filled with the
romance and color of tropical Art Deco; the
text will help you uncover the heart and soul
of South Beach. Nearly 200 vibrant and artful
photographs will take you on a journey filled
with the romance and color of tropical Art Deco;
the text will help you uncover the heart and soul
of South Beach.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 193 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2190-0 • soft cover • $24.95
South Beach Perspectives. Douglas Congdon-Martin. South Beach, at Miami, Florida,
has it all: sand, sun, surf, beautiful people,
stylish fashions, architecture from the height
of American Art Deco to the most modern renderings of steel and glass. The photographer’s
eye finds the details. Over 100 wonderful color
photographs are reminders of the days spent
in this fantastic place.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 102 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2796-4 • soft cover • $9.95
South Beach: Faces and Facades. Iris Garnett
Chase & Gabriele Schuetz. Goes beyond the
beautiful Art Deco buildings of Miami’s South
Beach to the glamorous twenty-first century
people who build them, work in them, love
and live in them. Immerse yourself in fabulous
exterior and interior views of hotels, restaurants,
and modern structures.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 440 color photos • Index
• 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2593-0 • soft cover • $24.95
A Walking Tour of Lincoln Road, South
Beach. Kevin & Becky Plotner. Tour famous Lincoln
Road in South Beach, Miami, Florida. Over 80 photos
present landmark buildings, shops, and restaurants
on a walking tour from the Atlantic Ocean to Biscayne
Bay. Gain a historically based panorama of culture
every step of the way.
Size: 6" x 9" • 81 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2721-6 • soft cover • $14.95
Ocean Drive Guidebook: Ask a Local.
Kevin & Rebecca Plotner. Here is a unique
tour of South Beach’s Ocean Drive, filled
with historical stories flavored with intrigue
and humor, and well interspersed with
current events and style. The 167 sparkling
color photos illustrate the many stories told
and make this book a beautiful souvenir
to show to family and friends. Treat yourself to this read and you’ll learn why
no other location is quite like Ocean Drive.
Size: 9" x 6" • 167 color photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2815-2 • soft cover • $14.99
The Fontainebleau Miami. Kevin & Rebecca
Plotner. The luxurious Fontainebleau hotel of
Florida’s Miami Beach is revealed in 97 historic
and contemporary photos and entertaining,
informative text. Watch the hotel change, read
about the celebrities who frequented this lavish structure, and meet all the characters who
brought this extravagant high-rise into existence
among a sea of low-rise Art Deco competitors. For
everyone with a love of architecture or luxurious
living, this book will be a thrill.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 83 color & 14 b/w photos
• 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3016-2 • hard cover • $24.99
Fort Lauderdale Memories: A Postcard History 1900-1960. Todd L.
Bothel. Tour historic Fort Lauderdale
through 276 color postcard images of the
“Venice of America" and “Gateway to the
Everglades." From the 1900s through
the 1960s, images of Seminoles, farming, tourism, the beach, buildings, and
the New River will appeal to everyone
interested in Florida history, architecture,
and water activities.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 276 color images
Index • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2828-2 • soft cover • $24.99
Cape Canaveral: America’s Spaceport. Donald D. Spencer. Through 318
images, see how the space program
transformed Cape Canaveral from a
traditional citrus production and tourist
area into the world’s most successful
high-tech space center. Witness the first
successful launch of a two-stage rocket
in 1950 and learn about the latest Space
Shuttle missions in 2010.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 280 color & 38 B/W images • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3616-4 • hard cover • $29.99
Florida Theme Parks: A Guide. Alex Miller. Welcome
to the Sunshine State—a white sand paradise that plays
host to millions of vacation-goers every year. Discover
20 of the state’s unique venues and the attractions that
make them famous in engaging text and 280 color
photos. Whether you’re planning your family’s dream
vacation, or just looking for your next big adventure,
this guide offers a window into the state’s largest and
most exciting industry!
Size: 7" x 10" • 280 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4333-9 • soft cover • $19.99
Greetings from Orlando & Winter
Park, Florida: 1902-1950. Donald
D. Spencer. This colorful reminder of
Orlando’s recent past, from 1902 to 1950,
features 351 postcards. See Orlando
among orange groves and cattle farms,
and as a popular tourist destination.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 351 color images •
Price Guide/Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2966-1 • soft cover
• $24.99
St. Augustine, Florida: Past and
Present. Donald D. Spencer. America’s
oldest city, St. Augustine, as seen over
the past 100 years. 321 color images including 120 pairs of past and present-day
views feature the Plaza, St. Francis Street,
the Public Market, the Fountain of Youth,
San Marcos Hotel, Flagler Hospital, Trinity
Episcopal Church, Anastasia Island, and
many other historic landmarks.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 334 color images • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3146-6 • soft cover • $24.99
Greetings from St. Augustine. Donald D. Spencer. A visual tour through
St. Augustine's history in over 300
vintage hand-tinted postcards from
the 1900s-1950s. Visit early Spanish
homes, stop at the magnificent Ponce
de Leon Hotel, stroll picturesque streets,
explore the oldest fort in America, and
tour an Alligator Farm. Size: 11" x 8 1/2"
• 303 color postcards
Price Guide/Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2802-2 • soft cover • $24.95
Greetings from Tampa, Florida.
Donald Spencer. Over 300 vintage
postcards display Tampa’s history, early
inhabitants, and events like the annual
Gasparilla Festival. See the Tampa Bay
Hotel, and learn the story of its Latin
Quarter. This pictorial history is a visual record of Tampa that has largely
vanished.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 314 vintage postcards
Price Guide and Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2898-5 • soft cover • $24.95
Greetings from St. Petersburg.
Mary L. Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Tour this winter playground
rich in history and tropical allure through
beautiful, hand-tinted picture postcards
that date back to the early 1900s. The
city’s history unfolds with images of
the Sunken Gardens, the Coliseum,
the luxurious Vinoy Park Hotel, and
many others.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 341 postcard images
Price Guide/Index • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2690-5 • soft cover • $24.95
THE SOUTH: FLORIDA
St. Petersburg: Past and Present.
Alma Wynelle Deese. Over 200 beautifully colored images showcase St.
Petersburg, Florida, as a growing city
with a history. It’ll provide invaluable
information to new and long-time
residents and tourists; and postcard
collectors worldwide will enjoy the
diversity and text.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 281 color photos
• Price Guide • 112 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2903-6 • soft cover • $24.95
Greetings from Palm Beach, Florida, 1900-1960s. Donald D. Spencer.
Tour Palm Beach, Florida, through 421
color images. Features the Breakers
Hotel, Everglades Club, and present-day
marvels the Flagler Museum and Donald
Trump’s Mar-a-Lago. Learn its evolution
into a winter resort. This is a keepsake
that tourists and residents alike will
treasure.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 421 color images • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3263-0 • soft cover • $24.99
Orlando Ghosts: Rouse Road and Other Central Florida Haunts. Amanda Branham. Meet an
actress-turned-professor at Rollins College, still giving
her students advice from beyond the grave. Take a
stroll through Leu Gardens with a few of the ghostly
residents that will not leave, and dare to walk around
Rouse Road Cemetery to face the vengeful spirit of
Benjamin Miles. Orbs and goosebumps await you in
Oviedo with the strange green balls of ghost light.
Size: 6" x 9" • 41 b/w photos • index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3185-5 • soft cover • $14.99
Greetings from Sarasota , Florida: Bradenton and Surrounding
Communities. Donald D. Spencer.
Sarasota and Bradenton, Florida, traced
back to the early 20th century through
375 color postcards. Includes Ringling
Bros. Circus, Sarasota Jungle Gardens,
the Asolo Theater, Sarasota Bay, Sebring,
Venice, and Anna Marie Island.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 399 color images
• Price guide/Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3213-5 • soft cover • $24.99
’50s Roadside Florida. Donald D.
Spencer. From concrete dinosaurs of
Bongoland and the Citrus Hall of Fame,
to underwater scenery of Silver Springs
and alligators of Gatorland, 400 vintage postcard images take readers on a
journey back in time to the state’s most
famous roadside attractions.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 394 postcard images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3364-4 • soft cover • $24.99
Florida At War. Donald D. Spencer. Through
256 images, relive the days when the state’s
waterways challenged the defensive capabilities
of nations seeking to colonize it, including Spain,
France, and England. Visit the many forts and
camps that were built to protect and develop
the state, including Fort Caroline, Castillo de
San Marcos, Fort Myers, and Camp Blanding.
This is an excellent resource for educators and
history and military buffs.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 256 images • Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3714-7 • hard cover • $34.99
St. John’s River: An Illustrated
History. Donald Spencer. Tour the
St. Johns River as it flows 310 miles
northward towards the Atlantic Ocean
near Jacksonville. 300 color images
show this resource and its history. It
was explored by both the Spanish and
French, hosted a thriving Steamboat
trade, and has been a popular recreation
and tourist site.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 300 color images • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2826-8 • soft cover • $24.99
Greetings from Fort Myers and
Sanibel Island. Donald D. Spencer.
The Fort Myers and Sanibel Island area
is peppered with beautiful homes, luxury resorts, and beautiful shells, as
showcased in 450 rare postcard views,
drawings, and photos. They include
Thomas Edison’s winter home, the Royal
Palm Hotel, and the Tamiami Trail.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 420 color & 24 b/w
images • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3305-7 • soft cover • $24.99
Greetings from Jacksonville, Florida. Donald D. Spencer. Jacksonville, a
gateway to Florida by air, land, and sea,
enjoyed a rich past. Color postcards trace
Jacksonville’s roots to a favorite winter
resort. This book will be treasured by
historians and tourists alike.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 400 color images
• Price Guide/Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2958-6 • soft cover
• $24.99
Greetings from Ormond Beach,
Florida. Donald D. Spencer. A unique
glimpse of Ormond Beach, Florida,
during the first half of the twentieth
century. Over 230 postcards portray
people, street views, hotels, parks, race
cars, residences, churches, gardens,
boat trips, and more. The captions
go well beyond simply describing the
scenes, they offer little-known details
of local social history and lore.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 238 color photos
Index/Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2809-1 • soft cover • $24.95
Daytona Bike Week. Donald D. Spencer. Sandwiched between NASCAR’s highly-publicized
Daytona 500 auto race and college students’
Daytona Beach Spring Break is Daytona Bike
Week. This scrapbook has over 400 full-color
photographs of exceptional bikes and their
devoted owners, as well as snapshots from
favorite hangouts like Dirty Harry’s, the Full
Moon Saloon, and Bike Week’s famous beer tents.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 406 photos • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2977-7 • hard cover • $29.99
Greetings from Daytona Beach.
Donald D. Spencer. The rich past of
Daytona Beach comes alive through
this collection of antique postcards.
Accompanied by an engaging account
of local history and lore, the images
document the first half of the twentieth century and illustrate architectural
embellishments and unique designs.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 259 color photos
Index/Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2806-0 • soft cover • $24.95
FLORIDA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Women in White: The Haunting of Northeast
Florida. Elizabeth Randall, Photographs by Bob Randall.
There are many secrets in northeast Florida...secrets
told in the coded language of ghost lore, guarded by
the presence of the "Women in White." Here, read
29 tales from four northeastern Florida counties that
are dominated by the wispy trails of these strange
female spirits.
Size: 6" x 9" • 61 b/w images • 160 pp
ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4882-2 • soft cover • $16.99
Florida Ghosts & Pirates: Jacksonville, Fernandina, Amelia Island, St. Augustine, Daytona. C. Lee
Martin. Ghosts, murder, mayhem, pirates, shipwrecks,
and more can be found along the northern Atlantic coast
of Florida. Take a tour of the First Coast and beyond
to an era of scandal and plunder, from days of pirates
and Spanish conquerors to modern-day scandals along
the sea’s stormy side. The ghostly legacy of Florida’s
coast lingers and will chill you.
Size: 6" x 9" • 38 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3020-9 • soft cover • $14.99
Hauntings in Florida’s Panhandle. Nicole Carlson
Easley. Read about 50 of the most haunted locations
from Pensacola to Madison. Encounter the NAS Pensacola, where Civil War soldiers walk among the living.
Meet a Victorian-era child playing in the Pensacola
Little Theatre. Read tales of spirits who may chase you
down wooden stairs, blow frigid air into your ears, and
scream at you to “Get Out!" But don’t leave just yet;
there are many more ghostly “residents" to meet in
Florida’s Panhandle! Size: 6" x 9" • 82 b/w photos
• Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3134-3 • soft cover • $14.99
Florida’s Haunted Hospitality. Michelle Davidson.
Immerse yourself in Florida’s haunted hospitality by
staying at any of 18 inns, visiting 26 local haunts, or
taking one of 8 ghost tours or paranormal investigations
that Florida has to offer.
Size: 6" x 9" • 45 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4120-5 • soft cover • $16.99
85
FLORIDA: ARCHITECTURE
Casas to Castles: Florida’s Historic
Mediterranean Revival Architecture. Justin A. Nylander. 40 stunning
Mediterranean revival homes in Florida, captured inside and out in over
350 images. The homes range from
family-scale creations to mammoth
oceanfront palaces. Architects include
Addison Mizner, Maurice Fatio, John Volk,
Richard Kiehnel, and others.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 358 color photos • 240 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3435-1 • hard cover • $39.99
Florida’s Historic Victorian Homes.
Justin Nylander. Featured inside are
forty-one historic houses in Florida built
in the Victorian era of the late nineteenth
and early twentieth centuries, brilliantly
captured in all their beauty, and accompanied by riveting tales of their original
(often famous) owners. Florida’s Historic
Victorian Homes delivers a feast for your
eyes and mind, a showcase of the most
enduring Victorian architecture in Florida.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 350 color illustrations • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4365-0
• hard cover • $34.99
South Beach Architectural Photographs: Art Deco to Contemporary. Paul Clemence with Foreword by
Michael Hughes. Explore some of the
world’s most extraordinary architecture. Highlighting the elements that
create and define the Art Deco style,
this collection of 64 black-and-white
photographs is a cross between fine art
photography and a travel book.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 64 b/w photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2086-6 • hard cover • $24.95
Art Deco Architecture: Miami Beach Postcards.
Paul Clemence. Photographer Paul Clemence captures
the emblematic forms of Miami Beach’s Art Deco
architecture in 20 dramatic black-and-white postcards.
Mail them or frame and hang as the fine art they
are! A great gift for lovers of South Beach, Art Deco,
architecture, and photography.
Size: 5" x 7 1/4" • 20 b & w postcards • 20 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2340-7 • soft cover • $9.95
FLORIDA: ARTS & CRAFTS
Miami Contemporary Artists. Paul Clemence and Julie Davidow. Takes readers through
significant highlights of Miami’s art history,
showcasing the works of over 100 key artists
who have helped bring the cultural evolution to
fruition. This selection of contemporary artists
reveals diversity that breathes creative energy
into the sultry, scintillating city of Miami.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 319 color photos • Index
• 288 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2647-9 • hard cover • $49.95
86
THE SOUTH: FLORIDA • KENTUCKY • TENNESSEE • ARKANSAS • MISSISSIPPI • LOUISIANA
South Beach: Two Decades of Deco
District Paintings by Mark Rutkowski. Mark Rutkowski. Over 115 original
images reveal the Art Deco buildings and
decorations in Miami’s South Beach the
artist’s eyes. It’s a view like no other!
Pace yourself and prepare to enjoy two
decades in the Deco District! Includes a
preface by Ben Stein.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 119 • 128 pp. ISBN:
0-7643-2369-5 • soft cover • $24.95
Miami Graffiti Art. H. Love. The verve
of the South Florida graffiti art scene,
from classic works of the 1980s to the
influence of graffiti art at the annual
Art Basel Festival is captured in this
book. Each image is accompanied by
key caption information.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 310 color photos
• 320 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4564-7 • hard cover
• $45.00
Strange Kentucky Monsters. Michael Newton.
Examine reports of cryptids, a ball python snake found
in a rental car, and a one-eyed ape near the Kentucky
River. Includes a comprehensive list of alleged Bigfoot
encounters, alien big cats, fresh-water phantoms,
cold-blooded creatures, and monsters so strange
they defy classification.
Size: 6" x 9" • 54 b/w images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3440-5 • soft cover • $14.99
Alex Stewart: Portrait of a Pioneer. John Rice
Irwin. A moving literary portrait of real 20th century
pioneer, Alex Stewart, a cooper, father of 13, farmer,
logger, railroad man, and do-it-yourself interpreter of
his rugged homeland in the mountains of Tennessee.
Size: 6 1/4" x 9 1/4" • 41 photos • Index
298 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-88740-053-1 • soft cover • $14.99
Kentucky Spirits Undistilled. Lisa Westmoreland-Doherty. Discover Kentucky’s haunted locations
and read bone-chilling stories of murder, decapitations,
and things that go bump-even in the daytime. Ghost
hunt in the basement of Bobby Mackey’s haunted music
world or dine with Jesse James at the Talbott Tavern.
Read about the dark, grisly side of the Bluegrass State!
Size: 6" x 9" • 55 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3142-8 • soft cover • $14.99
Traveling in Tennessee. Jim O’Rear.
Experience the sights, vibes, and unique
culture of Tennessee through 375 photos,
interesting facts, and humorous tidbits
gathered from across the “volunteer"
state. Learn about Tennessee’s history,
lifestyles, wildlife, and religions as well
as the east and west regions.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 375 color images
• 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4137-3 • hard cover • $34.99
FLORIDA: MEMORABILIA
Florida Kitsch. Myra & Eric Outwater.
250 color photos salute the popular
Florida tourist culture of the 1940s
-1970s: alligators, orange and palm trees,
mermaids, coconuts, parrots, flamingos,
and seashells are the themes on rubber,
plastic, and ceramic souvenirs from the
Sunshine State. Price guide, bibliography,
and laughter included.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 247 color photos
Price Guide/Index • 112 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0944-7 • soft cover • $19.95
Floridiana: Collecting Florida’s Best. Myra
Yellin Outwater & Eric B. Outwater. An engaging
array of Florida collectibles, ephemera, souvenirs,
and nostalgic items along with highlights of Florida history, its culture, and a price guide. Through
postcards, tablecloths, ceramics, clothing, jewelry,
dolls, figurines, and much more, it celebrates
the tourist culture that populated Florida from
the 1900s through the 1970s.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 654 color photos
Price Guide • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0973-0 • soft cover • $29.95
KENTUCKY: ARCHITECTURE
Louisville Architectural Tours: 19th Century
Gems. Lisa Westmoreland-Doherty. Visit Louisville,
Kentucky’s historic districts, replete with antebellum
and Victorian homes that will take your breath away.
Tour Old Louisville to see the Conrad Caldwell House
and the Pink Palace. Rest in a Gothic Revival-styled
bed-and-breakfast at the Inn at Woodhaven. Revel in
architectural details and learn about Kentucky’s history!
Size: 6" x 9" • 67 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3038-4 • soft cover • $14.99
TENNESSEE: SCENES
ARKANSAS: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Supernatural Arkansas: Ghosts, Monsters, and
the Unexplained. Alan Lowe and Jason Hall. 26
paranormal stories: the angry Mena Poltergeist, the
ghostly Sheriff of Nevada County at the Old Washington
Jail Bed and Breakfast, the fierce Gowrow Monster
of the Ozarks, the legendary Fouke Monster, alien
abductions, UFOs, and more.
Size: 6" x 9" • 65 color photos • Index • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4123-6 • soft cover • $19.99
MISSISSIPPI VALLEY: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Memories of Memphis: A History
in Postcards. Ginny Parfitt & Mary L.
Martin. Over 250 vintage postcards,
most from the early to mid-20th century
document historic scenes, including the
city-center, historic churches, noteworthy bridges, and historic homes.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • Over 250 vintage
post cards • Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN:
1-7643-2288-5 • soft cover • $19.95
Paranormal Mississippi River: An Illustrated
Encyclopedia. Charles Cassady, Jr. Tour the mighty
Mississippi River with this first A-Z encyclopedia-style
listing of paranormal phenomena along its winding
length. Presented in a cross-referenced format, this
is an indispensable guide of the supernatural for the
curious traveler, brave riverboat pilot, ghost-folklore
buff, aspiring vampire slayer, and dedicated UFO chaser.
Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w images • Index • 320 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3898-4 • soft cover • $24.99
Mississippi Valley: Architecture
A Kentucky Primer: Postcards of
Louisville. Mary Martin & Karen Choppa. From the spires of Churchill Downs
to the bluegrass farms and blueblood
roots of its historic districts, Louisville
has something to offer every native
and visitor. Over 200 vintage black
and white and hand-tinted postcards
from the 1900s to the 1940s will take
readers back to old Louisville.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 230 postcard images
Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2570-1 • soft cover • $24.95
Walking in Memphis: 16 Historic Tours. Ron
McDonald. Sixteen self-guided walking tours go from
Riverwalk along the Mississippi River to Meeman-Shelby
Forest State Park. Tour Court Square, stroll the Chickasaw Gardens, visit Rhodes College and the Cancer
Survivors Park, and see the legendary Graceland and
how the memory of Elvis lives on. This walking tour of
Memphis will enhance your appreciation of the great city.
Size: 6" x 9" • 59 color images •
Maps • Index • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3564-8 • soft cover • $14.99
Mississippi Valley Architecture: Houses
of the Lower Mississippi Valley. Stanley
Schuler. Overview of the magnificent homes
of this region between 1700 and 1865. Shows
adaptations of French Colonial, Greek Revival,
and vernacular styles with facades, floor plans,
and details.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 347 photos • Index • 240 pp.
ISBN: 0-916838-96-X • hard cover • $30.00
Lexington, Kentucky: Past and
Present. Alma Wynelle Deese. Photography by John Malick. Compare
Lexington of the past from postcards
with current buildings and scenery using
current color photos. See landmark
buildings on downtown streets of long
ago and their development today, while
enjoying a block-by-block tour of the
city, its gardens, and cemetery.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 320 color images • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3290-6 • soft cover • $24.99
Haunted Nashville. Frankie Harris and Kim Meredith
Harris. Some of Nashville’s most recognizable landmarks
(the State Capitol, Ryman Auditorium, and Honky Tonk
Row) hold a fascinating history and a darker, more
haunted, past. Discover ghost stories of Confederate
soldiers, Andrew Jackson, and the Southern Belle-and
why they still haunt Music City. Nashville’s tragic love
stories and grisly murders are as fascinating as the
haunted tales themselves!
Size: 6" x 9" • 39 b/w photos • index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3120-6 • soft cover • $14.99
KENTUCKY: SCENES
KENTUCKY: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Campfire Tales: Kentucky. Roberta Simpson Brown.
Photographs by Thomas Lee Freese. Just try to ignore
the chill down your back as you read 32 campfire tales
handed down through the generations in Kentucky!
This is a collection of original, scary, and sometimes
funny stories about ghosts and strange happenings
from the Bluegrass State. The tales are short, creepy,
and perfect for telling or reading aloud.
Size: 6" x 9" • 32 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4231-8 • soft cover • $14.99
TENNESSEE: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
LOUISIANA: SCENES
Tennessee Ghosts. Jim O’Rear. Take a spooky trip
into Tennessee’s bloody and violent haunted history,
from Civil War skirmishes to entertainment industry
tragedies. Meet the Bell Witch (the only ghost to have
actually killed a living human being), Old Green Eyes (a
mysterious demon in the woods), “Bob" (the nuisance
Rebel soldier), and Little Timmy (an attention-seeking
shadow). Jump into the creepy atmosphere that surrounds Tennessee, one of the most haunted locations
in the United States.
Size: 6" x 9" • 62 b/w photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3118-3 • soft cover • $14.99
Greetings from New Orleans. Mary
L. Martin & Tina Skinner. Explore New
Orleans in over 230 colorful postcards
published during the first half of the 20th
century. History unfolds through tales of
pirates, a bloody slave revolt, political
duels, and beautiful burial vaults built
to deal with remains.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 235 color photos
• 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2371-7 •
soft cover • $19.95
LOUISIANA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
The Ghosts of New Orleans. Dr. Larry Montz, Ph.D.,
and Daena Smoller. New Orleans is haunted. Its rich
culture and stormy history make the city a haven for
supernatural activity. Based on a six-year scientific
study, this book separates facts from folklore and
local legends, taking the reader on a fascinating trip
through more than 25 different haunted properties.
Size: 6" x 9" • 48 photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1184-0 • soft cover • $14.95
THE SOUTH: LOUISIANA • THE MIDWEST: GREAT LAKES • OHIO
Marie Laveau: Voodoo Priestess Paper
Dolls. Tom Tierney. Explore the world of Marie
Laveau (1794 -1881), New Orleans’ powerful
“voodoo queen." Both widely respected as a
healer to all who sought her help and feared as
a woman capable of putting a powerful hex on
any enemy, she once danced for thousands who
paid admission to watch her lead the famous
Voodoo rituals in Congo Square.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 48 pp
11 color dolls & 38 costumes
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3191-6 • soft cover • $12.99
LOUISIANA: ARCHITECTURE
New Orleans and Its Environs: The Domestic Architecture 1727-1870. Italo William
Ricciuti, photos by Rudolf Hertzberg. More than
260 images explore the wide verandahs, hipped
and gabled roofs, and lavish iron lacework
that give this region its unique architectural
character. Includes architectural drawings and
molding profiles.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 190 b/w photos, 78 drawings
• 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3069-8 • soft
cover • $24.99
Houses of New Orleans. Alex Caemmerer.
Foreword by John Michael Vlach. New Orleans
delivers beauty and style in its architecture, even
the simple shotgun houses in poor, working
neighborhoods. Houses of the Garden District
and the plantations beyond are simply stunning.
Enjoy rich detailing that was lavished on even
the most simple structures, and learn how tastes
changed and homes evolved over the nineteenth
and twentieth centuries.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 120 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3117-6 • hard cover • $24.99
LOUISIANA: ARTS & CRAFTS
Newcomb Pottery: An Enterprise for
Southern Women, 1895-1940. Jessie Poesch,
with exhibition catalog by Sally Main Spanola.
The illustrated history of the Newcomb Pottery
at Tulane University in Louisiana from its founding in 1895. Women art students made and
decorated beautiful vases, dishes, and forms
that are prized today. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 186
color & b/w photos
Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-916838-99-4 • soft cover • $24.95
Newcomb Pottery & Crafts: An Educational Enterprise for Women, 1895-1940.
Jessie Poesch with Sally Main. This illustrated
sourcebook chronicles the history of the Newcomb Pottery at Tulane University. It explores
the development of the art form. A section on
marks and dating by Walter Bob is included.
800+ color photos of pottery and crafts and
40 historical b/w images.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 807 color & 40 b/w photos
Index • 320 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1847-0 • hard
cover • $89.95
THE MIDWEST
OHIO • MICHIGAN • INDIANA • ILLINOIS
• WISCONSIN • MINNESOTA • IOWA
• MISSOURI • N. DAKOTA • S. DAKOTA
• NEBRASKA • KANSAS
Midwest UFOs and Beyond. Tom Baker. Are we alone
in the universe? Is there intelligent life among the stars?
Have we been visited by beings from other dimensions?
Are UFOs real? Are they abducting people? Take a look at
the UFO phenomenon from the earliest annals of recorded
history to the multiplicity of sightings and contacts that
occur daily in the Midwest and beyond. Both longtime
and new UFO enthusiasts will be delighted by this analysis.
Size: 6" x 9" • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4390-2 • soft cover • $16.99
Midwest Hauntings. Lee Prosser. 92 listings in 12
Midwest states, some with multiple location sites. Experience ghosts, hauntings, paranormal and supernatural
occurrences, and the ongoing presence of UFOs.
Size: 6" x 9" • 21 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3605-8 • soft cover • $14.99
Midwest Maniacs. Tom Baker. Sample 18 of the Midwest’s most atrocious and vile human beings. Read a
history of murder and mayhem committed by individuals
with burning anger and contempt for societal norms, and
witness the macabre visions of their personal demons
driving them to commit acts so reprehensible, they earned
for themselves a place in the annals of criminal history.
Size: • 6" x 9" • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3942-4 • soft cover • $16.99
100 Artists of the Midwest: Illinois, Indiana,
Michigan, Minnesota, Ohio, and Wisconsin. E.
Ashley Rooney. In oil, pastels, sculpture, and wood,
talented, living artists from the American Midwest
explore the richness of the homegrown imagery of
their region, including its culture, its society, and its
environment. These artists’ works are captured in
this book in over 600 full color images.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 618 color photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4105-2 • hard cover • $45.00
THE GREAT LAKES: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Campfire Tales: Great Lakes. Christopher Larsen.
Enjoy 11 spooky campfire tales based on legends and
true events in and around the Great Lakes region.
Filled with creepy and sometimes humorous details,
each story includes historic significance that relates
to it’s eerie candor.
Size: 6" x 9" • 16 b/w photos • 128 pp
ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4871-6 • soft cover • $16.99
Paranormal Great Lakes: An Illustrated Encyclopedia. Charles Cassady, Jr.. The first A-to-Z
listing of strange and supernatural phenomena on
the American Great Lakes. A paranormal logbook
of ghost ships, lake monsters, UFOs, Indian legends,
haunted lighthouses, superstitions, mermaids, omens,
curses, and more.
Size: 6" x 9" • 21 b/w photos & 7 illustrations • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3295-1 • soft cover • $14.99
THE MIDWEST: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Camp Fire Tales: Midwest. Mike Ricksecker. Experience
10 heart-pounding tales of the Midwest based on history,
lore, and legends from around the region. Determine for
yourself what is real and what is fiction, as these haunting
tales paint a landscape rife with creepy paranormal activity.
Size: 6" x 9" • 10 b/w photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4771-9 • soft cover • $16.99
Great Lakes Folklore: Legends of the Five Sisters.
Charles Cassady, Jr. Over the years, the Great Lakes
– Lakes Superior, Michigan, Huron, Erie, and Ontario –
have borne Native Americans, explorers, immigrants,
bandits, miners, warriors, and entrepreneurs and
have inspired great tales of life on and around the
water. Learn their stories and discover what secrets
lie in lakes’ depths.
Size: 6" x 9" • 59 illustrations • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4480-0 • soft cover • $16.99
THE GREAT LAKES: ARTS & CRAFTS
Fish & Fowl Decoys of the Great Lakes.
Donna Tonelli. Fine decoys and calls from the
Great Lakes region, in over 1100 color photographs, with original vintage black and white
photos, and a price guide. Includes pieces ranging
from the finest museum-quality artifacts to
collectibles that are more likely to turn up at
a local auction, garage sale, flea market, or
antique mall.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 1100+ color & b/w images
Price Guide • 288 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1643-5 • hard cover • $69.95
OHIO: SCENES
Greetings From Cincinnati. Mary L.
Martin & Dinah Roseberry. Cincinnati
is rich in history and exquisite charm.
Experience unparalleled architecture
and art such as that seen at Union Terminal and the Eden Park Conservatory,
powerful waterfront and landscapes
skirting the Ohio River, and entertainment sites including the wondrous Ohio
Grove Amusement Park— “The Coney
Island of the West."
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 230 postcard images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2561-2 soft cover • $24.95
Cincinnati Day Trips. Jennifer Renee
Reed. Accompanied by 97 color images,
this guidebook takes you to the foothills
of the Appalachian Mountains, the landmarks of Piatt Castles and Stetson House,
and explores the Buckeye State’s history
in aviation. Whether you’re spending
the day or a long weekend, Cincinnati
and its surrounding areas are bound
to amuse and intrigue.
Size: 9" x 6" • 99 images • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3716-1 • soft cover • $24.99
Greetings from Cleveland, Ohio:
1900 to 1960. Robert M. Reed. 258
color images trace Cleveland’s growth
1900 to 1960. Tour Euclid Park, Public
Square, the Municipal Airport, and
Playhouse Square and see for yourself
that the city of Cleveland was one of
the most important cities of its time
“from any view point."
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 258 color images
• Price Guide/Index • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3025-4 • hard cover • $29.99
Greetings from Columbus. Robert Reed. 300 vintage postcards and
prints that showcase the Columbus's’s
rise from wilderness to manufacturing
center to state capitol. See the Deshler
Wallick Hotel, R.K.O. Theatre, the Le
Veque-Lincoln Tower, O’Shaughnessy
Dam, and much more.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 318 images • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2885-5 • soft cover
• $24.95
Greetings from Ohio: Vintage Postcards 19001960s. Robert Reed. Travel into historic Ohio with
original postcards from the first half of the 20th
century. 136 Ohio communities from Akron to Zoar
are represented, just as they appeared decades ago.
Price guide is included.
Size: 6" x 9" • 301 color postcards • Price Guide 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1711-3 • soft cover • $16.95
OHIO: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Cincinnati Ghosts. Karen Laven. The Cincinnati tristate area is haunted. Take your place upon a throne
in a haunted castle in Loveland, and get a glimpse
of a hidden underground church in Utopia. Meet
uninvited paranormal houseguests and take a drive
along Dead Man’s Curve, where a faceless hitchhiker
waits for travelers in the wee hours of the morning.
Size: 6" x 9" • 57 b/w photos • Index • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2899-2 • soft cover • $14.99
87
88
THE MIDWEST: OHIO • MICHIGAN • INDIANA
Cleveland Ghosts. Charles Cassady. Learn about
Melonheads, Gore Orphanage, and the curse of the
Franklin Castle. Visit with a ghost that stops a train
(repeatedly), a phantom black dog that sinks ships,
and a bloody, clutching hand that terrorizes a family.
For the doubter, the seeker, the storyteller, and the
weekend spook-hunter, learn why the “Best things
in death are right here in Cleveland."
Size: 6" x 9" • 45 b/w photos • Index • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3002-5 • soft cover • $14.99
Michigan’s Haunted Legends and Lore. Kristy
Robinett. Journey across the State of Michigan, rich
in history, to read over 40 tales of the strange, the
unusual, and the haunted stories of centuries past.
And don’t worry; we understand if you need to leave
your lights on tonight.
Size: 6" x 9" • 169 b/w images • Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4240-0 • soft cover • $19.99
Dayton Ghosts. Karen Laven with Doug Laven.
Dayton, Ohio, is the “Birthplace of Aviation" and a
remarkable area for specters to soar. Stroll through
the haunted Wright Patterson Air Force Museum and
dine with “Chickie," the ghostly spinster at Amber
Rose. Learn about the apparition of a house at the
Haunted Trails of Sycamore Woods Park, torn down
years ago, but still there for some to see.
Size: 6" x 9" • 56 b/w photos & ills. • Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3196-1 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghosts of Southeast Michigan. Kristy Robinett.
Get a glimpse of the ghost of Blanche who still haunts
the Kellogg Park, see spirits who roam the land where
a mental hospital stood, and a ghost who refuses to
punch out permanently. Meet a winged creature, fairies
in the cemetery, and demons who throw dishes. The
stories come from homeowners, paranormal investigators, psychics, and even those who call their spirits
coworkers. Do you believe? You will…
Size: 6" x 9" • 50 b/w photos • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3408-5 • soft cover • $14.99
The Dead Won’t Hurt You...Or Will They? A True
Tale of a Family’s Haunting. D. B. Lyn. In a true
and terrifying story, one woman shares her hair-raising
tale of a lifetime stalked by menacing, otherworldly
presences and ghostly visions in her grandmother’s
home in New Waterford, Ohio. Grippingly related.
Size: 6" x 9" • 28 photos • 196 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1701-6 • soft cover • $16.95
Detroit Ghosts. Mimi Staver. Visit Henry Ford’s
Greenfield Village where you may bump into a costumed
volunteer who is more authentic than you know. Meet
the former owner of Nancy Whiskey in Corktown, who
haunts employees until his favorite whiskey drink is
served. Read eyewitness accounts claiming the Detroit
Institute of Arts and Belle Isle Park come to life long
after the last live visitor has left. Get acquainted with
Detroit’s ghosts and experience the legendary haunts
that make Motown shake, rattle, and roll.
Size: 6" x 9" • 14 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3179-4 • soft cover • $14.99
Strange Ohio Monsters. Michael Newton. The
first survey of unknown creatures reported from the
Buckeye State throughout recorded history. The list
includes Bigfoot, lake monsters, winged creatures resembling prehistoric reptiles, “Mothman," giant snakes
and lizards, phantom kangaroos, alien mystery cats
resembling tigers and lions, and thriving populations
of creatures deemed officially extinct for generations.
Size: 6" x 9" • 63 color images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4397-1 • soft cover • $16.99
Paranormal Lansing. Nicole Bray and Rev. Robert
DuShane. Explore the campus of MSU, named as one
of the most haunted campuses in the U.S. where it is
said that a student dies every year under frightening
circumstances. Read the story of Elizabeth Giltner, the
bride who was murdered before her wedding, and
James Dallas Egbert III, the child prodigy behind the
famous Dungeons and Dragons legend that sparked
the Tom Hanks movie, Mazes and Monsters. With
over 50 haunted locations, this book is a must for
your paranormal library.
Size: 6" x 9" • 40 b/w photos • Index • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3206-7 • soft cover • $14.99
MICHIGAN
Detroit Graffiti. Chris Freitag. Thanks
to the city's street artists, Detroit is
experiencing an artistic renaissance
despite endemic financial struggles. The
author has documented the evolution
of Detroit street art culture in more than
a dozen neighborhoods in and around
this resilient Midwest city between
2008 and 2013. This photographic
dossier is the first book to exclusively
feature graffiti from Detroit.
Size: 12" x 9" • 511 color photos • 192 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4688-0
hard cover • $50.00
MICHIGAN: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Ghost Hunting in Michigan. Bradley P. Mikulka.
Thirteen paranormal investigations conducted by the
SouthEast Michigan Ghost Hunters Society through
cemeteries, a comedy club, library, business, hotel,
theater, private home, and an old prison. An added
investigation of nearby Ohio State Reformatory is
included.
Size: 6" x 9" • 28 b/w photos • 128 pp
ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4941-6 • soft cover • $16.99
Ann Arbor Area Ghosts. Mimi Uptergrove. Ann
Arbor and its surrounding cities still retain an active
nightlife. Sightings of ghosts and the sounds of disembodied voices and phantom footsteps, some dating
back nearly two hundred years, have been reported
by professors, storeowners, musicians, and others.
Prepare to be scared!
Size: 6" x 9" • 36 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2850-3 • soft cover • $14.95
Ghosts of Bay City, Saginaw, and Midland. Lisa
Hoskins. Ghosts still haunt Bay City and surrounding
Midland and Saginaw, Michigan. Explore the Bay City
Theatre, with it’s own ghost chair, and Pine Ridge
Cemetery where Civil War soldiers communicate from
beyond the grave. Read about the haunted home where
spirits hide keys, write messages on walls and carpets,
and leave objects from the spirit world.
Size: 6" x 9" • 35 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3127-5 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghosts of Anchor Bay. Debi Chestnut and Linda
Sparkman. Journey into haunted houses and byways
of Anchor Bay, Michigan. Through 20 tales and short
stories, meet the spirits, travel the roads, and enter the
homes and cemeteries of Anchor Bay residents and
guests. 36 color photographs. Share thrilling tales that
proclaim Anchor Bay to be haunted. For example, meet
the headless husband, a murdered dog, and share the
thrilling tales that proclaim Anchor Bay to be haunted.
Size: 6" x 9" • 36 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2302-4 • soft cover • $9.95
Michigan’s Haunted Nightlife. Nicole Bray and
the Rev. Robert DuShane. Take a haunted tour of
Michigan’s nightlife—especially if you like the company
of ghosts! Relax with resident ghosts in the Regent
Theater where a spirit usher still shines his flashlight
along the theater isles or take a tour of Detroit’s
Symphony Orchestra Hall where a ghostly figure
keeps an eye on rehearsals. Visit actor Jeff Daniels’
spirit-filled Purple Rose Theater to interact with a
feisty ghost who moves stage props.
Size: 6" x 9" • 16 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3320-0 • soft cover • $14.99
INDIANA: SCENES
Greetings From Indianapolis. Robert Reed. Over 340 vintage postcards
dating back to the turn of the century
will showcase the nostalgic quality of
this Hoosier city, including Monument
Circle, views of Butler University, and the
home of President Benjamin Harrison.
Approximate dating and postcard values
will aid collectors in building their own
collections of these striking images
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 344 postcard images
Price Guide • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2629-5 • soft cover • $24.95
INDIANA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Collector’s Guide to Crawfordsville Crinoids. William W. Morgan. The book provides
the new or advanced collector or the student of
invertebrate paleontology with a concise but in
depth understanding of the Mississippian Age
crinoids found at Crawfordsville, Indiana. The
information provided will enable the reader to
understand the geological history, the classification, and the features which differentiate the
crinoid species found at this locality.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 111 photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4604-0 • soft cover • $19.99
South Bend Ghosts: and Other Northern Indiana
Haunts. Stephen Osborne. Meet the ghosts of football
great George Gipp, that still haunts his old stomping
grounds at Notre Dame University and the infamous
Belle Gunness, who murdered over 40 people at her
LaPorte farmhouse. Haunted roads, unexplained lights,
a house that possesses those who dare reside there,
and even phantom felines await you in South Bend
and the surrounding area.
Size: 6" x 9" • 11 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 9780-7643-3199-2 • soft cover • $14.99
Haunted Hoosier Halls: Indiana University. Kat
Klockow. Tour Indiana University’s spooky Bloomington
campus and Southern Indiana’s haunted houses and
creepy corners. The mysterious Buskirk-Showers Mansion is where one might be locked in the restrooms or
find wine glasses smashed. The Story Inn is where the
blue lady might stare back at you from a mirror. Meet
the paranormal teams who have investigated notorious
haunted locations, such as the Crump Theater where
phantom music and fragrances are often experienced
and Stepp Cemetery with its many legends and scares.
Join the haunts at Hoosier Halls!
Size: 6" x 9" • 61 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3574-7 • soft cover • $16.99
Haunted Indianapolis and Other Indiana Ghost
Stories. Tom Baker & Jonathan Titchenal. Read
about the mysterious mansion of Skiles Test and see
the strange, blue, dancing orbs that beckon in the
night. Stop for a drink at the Slippery Noodle Inn,
and catch a glimpse of the spectral bootleggers and
outlaws who still call the place their home. There’s
more than corn in Indiana; ghosts and fear stalk the
fields under the nighttime sky.
Size: 6" x 9" • 5 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2747-6 • soft cover • $14.95
Strange Indiana Monsters. Michael Newton. There
are strange monsters in Indiana. Some are called
“hypothetical" species by the state’s Department of
Natural Resources; others are merely exotic or overlooked. Indiana creatures will fascinate you as much
as the intrepid hunters who stalk them.
Size: 6" x 9" • 49 b & w photos & illus • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2608-2 • soft cover • $12.95
Indiana Ghost Folklore. Tom Baker. Indiana has
witches, werewolves, ghosts, ghouls, and Hairy Men
galore, in this shivery exploration of the dark side of
Hoosier history. Take a haunted tour through the
halls of Culbertson Mansion! Thrill to true accounts
of possession and exorcism! Learn the secrets of UFO
contacts in the Hoosier state.
Size: 6" x 9" • 32 b/w images • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3334-7 • soft cover • $14.99
THE MIDWEST: ILLINOIS • WISCONSIN • MINNESOTA • MISSOURI
ILLINOIS: SCENES
Greetings From Chicago. Mary
Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price.
Chicago, The Windy City. grew from
a small frontier town into a thriving
metropolitan center of finance, industry,
transportation, and tourism. Over 300
vintage black and white and hand-tinted
postcards, dating from the 1900s to the
1950s, take readers on a tour through
history, showcasing historic scenes and highlighting events and sights that
made Chicago famous.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 318 vintage postcards • 128 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2545-0
• soft cover • $24.95
ILLINOIS: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Chicago’s Haunt Detective. Raymond Johnson.
Take a fresh look at Chicago’s ghosts, legends, and
psychics from the viewpoint of a West Chicago criminal
investigator and local historian. ead favorite legends as
well as little-known stories. Who was the fun-loving,
hitchhiking, dance-hall phantom known as Resurrection Mary? Visit favorite legends as well some not so
well known stories in a fact vs. fiction supernatural
investigation … “Chicago Style."
Size: 6" x 9" • 56 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3718-5 • soft cover • $16.99
Ghosts of Northern Illinois. Stephen Osborne.
Ghost tales and legends surrounding Chicago, Rockford,
Dekalb, Dixon, Byron, and other cities in towns in
Northern Illinois with over a dozen haunted locations
to visit. Visit Willow Creek Farm, one of the top ten
haunted houses in Illinois, where over 30 spirits have
been detected!
Size: 6" x 9" • 30 b/w photos • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4023-9 • soft cover • $16.99
Chicago Crime Stories: Rich Gone Wrong. Bryan
W. Alaspa. Discover the most notorious criminals and
crimes in Chicago’s history through 18 crime-filled
stories. Gain insight on copycat killers and the FBI. Read
about the “Trial of the Century," and how legendary
lawyer Clarence Darrow became a household name.
Explore the mind of the Tylenol Terrorist who paralyzed
the country with fear.
Size: 6" x 9" • 4 b/w photos • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3114-5 • soft cover • $14.99
Chicago’s Unsolved Crimes & Mysteries. Bryan
Alaspa. Chicago is a city filled with history, but it is
also filled with mysteries that, to this day, have no
answer. People disappear, UFOs are spotted over
O’Hare International Airport, and the bodies of a
notorious serial killer’s victims are still being sought.
These tales, and more, will tantalize your mind, haunt
your dreams, and keep you guessing.
Size: 6" x 9" • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4311-7 • soft cover • $16.99
Chicago History: The Stranger Side. Raymond
Johnson. Strange new discoveries and connections for
nine popular Chicago locations, explored by a former
criminal investigator, author, and local historian. Read
about murdered sisters Barbara and Patricia Grimes,
one too many bodies located under the 1893 Columbian Expo Cold Storage Fire Memorial at Oak Woods
Cemetery, H.H. Holmes and Chicago’s White City, and
links between Chicago and the Titanic Disaster of 1912.
Illustrations by Kimberly MacAulay.
Size: 6" x 9" • 66 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4509-8 • soft cover • $16.99
Paranormal Illinois. Michael Kleen. Why did hundreds of people line up bumper to bumper in rural
Illinois to catch a glimpse of a scantily clad phantom
along Kennedy Hill Road? What is the real history
behind Independence Grove and Devil’s Gate? This
painstakingly researched book leaves no ghost unturned.
Size: 6" x 9" • 23 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3430-6 • soft cover • $14.99
Chicago Disasters. Bryan W. Alaspa. Whether the
disasters came from the earth itself, from fire, air, or
water, Chicago has paid its dues in blood, sweat, and
tears. You will be amazed at the courage, senselessness,
shock, and horror of Chicago’s disasters.
Size: 6" x 9" • 6 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3395-8 • soft cover • $14.99
Milwaukee Ghosts. Sherry Strub. Hear dead musicians play music from the sunken Lady Elgin, read
about the ghost of Pfister Hotel and the child ghost
who eats bread and jam right in front of diners. Read
about many eerie events in Milwaukee.
Size: 6" x 9" • 16 b/w photos • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2866-4 • soft cover • $12.95
Chicago Ghosts. Rachel Brooks. Chicago’s ghosts
are an inextricable part of the city’s fabric. Meet the
ghosts at Oprah's studios, the strange hitchhikers
along Archer Avenue, the frightened souls from the St.
Valentine's Day Massacre, and the feared La Llorona,
who just may steal your children!
Size: 6" x 9" • 18 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2742-1 • soft cover • $14.95
Ghosts of Madison, Wisconsin. Sherry Strub. Take
a haunted journey to interact with the feisty spirits of
Madison, Wisconsin. Meet a bounty hunter peeking
in windows along Highway 151, cringe at a phantom
black dog standing between you and town on Military
Ridge, and marvel at the corpse that disappears at the
University of Wisconsin before anyone could report it!
Size: 6" x 9" • 68 b/w photos • Index • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3072-8 • soft cover • $14.99
89
MINNESOTA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Ghosts of Springfield and Southern Illinois.
Rachel Brooks Posadas. Meet Abraham Lincoln’s
ghost relaxing in a rocking chair in his old home, and
the ghost of murdered abolitionist Elijah Lovejoy, who
roams near his monument in Alton Cemetery. The ghost
of Reverend Phillip Mercer locks and unlocks doors
at the First Unitarian Church and Red is the Lincoln
Theater’s most famous ghost.
Size: 6" x 9" • 27 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3304-0 • soft cover • $14.99
Strange Minnesota Monsters. Christopher S.
Larsen. Eye witnesses claim to have seen Bigfoot in
Two Harbors, Wendigos in Roseau, lake monsters in
Lake Pepin, Mothman near Rochester, trolls in Cannon
Falls, and a musically inclined purple dwarf, formally
known as Prince, in Minneapolis. These are some of the
frightening creatures that grace the state of Minnesota.
Size: 6" x 9" • 48 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3598-3 • soft cover • $16.99
ILLINOIS: ARCHITECTURE
Mies van der Rohe’s Farnsworth
House: Postcard Book. Paul Clemence. Striking architectural details of the
Farnsworth House are captured in 20
eye-catching B & W postcards. Whether
mailing or framing the stunning images,
this book is a must-have for devotees
of architecture, design, Modernism,
the Bauhaus, Mies van der Rohe, and
photography.
Size: 5" x 7 1/4" • 20 b&w postcards
ISBN: 0-7643-2376-8 • soft cover • $14.95
Mies van der Rohe’s Farnsworth
House. Paul Clemence with Foreword
by Dirk Lohan. The Farnsworth House,
located near Plano, Illinois, is the only
private residence designed by famed
modernist architect Ludwig Mies van
der Rohe. Striking architectural details
are captured in over 70 eye-catching
color and black-and-white photos and
drawings.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 40 b&w & 33 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2443-8 • hard cover • $34.95
WISCONSIN: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
You’ve Got Ghosts! Haunted Tales from the
Inbox. Jennifer Lauer and Dave Schumacher. Everyday
people who have paranormal situations plaguing them
in their daily lives bare all to The Southern Wisconsin
Paranormal Research Group (SWPRG) via email – who
listen and then react. Can these haunting mysteries
be explained? Or are they something that should be
swept under the rug, forgotten, left alone for someone
else to worry about?
Size: 6" x 9" • 19 b/w images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3945-5 • soft cover • $16.99
Wisconsin’s Ghosts. Sherry Strub. Take a ghostly
tour of Wisconsin to learn myths, legends, and ghost
stories that haunt this historic state from the beautiful
north woods to the historic south, and everywhere
in between. Encounter desk-tossing ghosts at one
of two haunted schools, and smell the horrible odor
that lingers around the witch ghost of Callan Road.
Whether indoor, outdoor, human, or animal, Wisconsin
has truly frightening spirits.Size: 6" x 9" • 60 b/w
photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3209-8 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghosts: Minnesota's Other Natural Resource.
Brian Leffler. First-hand paranormal experiences are
related from Minnesota's most haunted places. Gather
tips from the first-rate investigative team, the Northern
Minnesota Paranormal Investigators. Minnesota’s
ghosts will haunt you.
Size: 6" x 9" • 25 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2713-1 • soft cover • $14.95
Ghosts of Southeastern Minnesota. Christopher
Larsen. Read about historic Southeastern Minnesota to
learn the myths, legends, and ghost stories that haunt
Rochester and its surrounding towns and cities. Visit
Mayowood Mansion to hear ghostly denials from the
spirit of Dr. Joseph Mayo. In Mantorville, find out the
truth about the haunted funeral home-turned-Opera
House. In Lanesboro at Mrs. B’s Inn to sleep with
Buffalo Bill’s ghost.
Size: 6" x 9" • 40 b/w photos • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3054-4 • soft cover • $14.99
MISSOURI SCENES
Route 66: Missouri. Joe Sonderman.
Over 300 vintage postcards and color
photos capture Route 66 across Missouri. There are stops at the “no-tell
motels," gas stations, cafes, roadside
stands, and tourist traps. The text provides histories at each stop, including
icons of the “Mother Road" such as
the Coral Court, The Diamonds, and
the Meramec Caverns.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 286 color photos • Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3413-9 • soft cover • $24.99
Greetings From St. Louis. Mary L.
Martin, Dinah Roseberry, & Kim Hufford.
Take a tour back in time to see St. Louis
as it appeared 100 years ago. Rare
views of St. Louis, including the famous
Union Station, the Eads Bridge, Forest
Park, home of the 1904 Worlds Fair,
the steamboats along the Mississippi,
and the landscaped parks. Approximate
dating and values are included.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 328 postcards • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp. ISBN:
978-0-7643-2824-4 • soft cover • $24.95
90
THE MIDWEST: MISSOURI • NORTH DAKOTA • NEBRA SKA • KANSAS • THE SOUTHWEST
MISSOURI: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
UFOs in Missouri: True Tales of Extraterrestrials
and Related Phenomena. Lee Prosser. Missouri is
a hotbed of UFO activity. From time slips and vortices
to extraterrestrials, the state appears to be a haven for
all things supernatural. Hear about residents who have
been “implanted." Learn how to call down a UFO. See
where UFOs were sighted in such places as Excelsior
Springs, Harrisonville, Marshfield, and Northview,
and travel Missouri’s own Bermuda Triangle – Joplin,
Springfield, and Branson.
Size: 6" x 9" • 31 images • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3747-5 • soft cover • $16.99
Paranormal Missouri: Show Me Your Monsters.
Jason Offutt. Tour locations in the Show-me State to
witness strange sights in lonely cemeteries, abandoned
buildings, and Bigfoot-infested woods. Did Mark Twain
dictate a novel through a Ouija board? Does a secret
UFO base exist in Jefferson City? Was a Missouri
student accosted by black-eyed Kids? Did a Marceline
man sleep with an extraterrestrial?
Size: 6" x 9" • 36 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3577-8 • soft cover • $14.99
Branson Hauntings. Lee Prosser. Visit Branson
Cemetery to see a ghostly skirmish from the Civil War
and two dead children chasing each other through the
tombstones. See tears of a ghost woman as she carries
her baby on Third Street, and witness actor Cameron
Mitchell’s ghost at varied restaurants and shops in
Branson’s historic business section.
Size: 6" x 9" • 49 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3402-3 • soft cover • $14.99
Fort Abraham Lincoln: Dakota Territory. Lee
Chambers. One of America’s most important 19th
century forts, for troops protecting construction crews
on the Northern Pacific Railroad. Civil War hero George
Armstrong Custer was in command of the fort at the
time of the battle at Little Big Horn. Every building
is described with its function and shown in over 200
historic blueprints. Historic and recent photographs
are included.
Size: 6" x 9" • 207 photos • Index • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3026-1 • soft cover • $19.99
NEBRASKA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Alien Encounters in the Western United States. Tracie
Austin. The 9 accounts of alien encounters in this book are
true. Meet Dr. Roger Leir, who documented encounters and
performed surgery to remove alleged implants. Read about
on-craft horrifying physical examinations, reproduction
experiments, hybrid children, telepathy, levitation, missing
time, and more. See drawings by Christine Dennett of alien
beings, including the Greys, Reptilian, Nordic, Dwarf, and
the Tall Whites. Size: 6" x 9" • 10 Illustrations • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4145-8 • soft cover • $16.99
THE SOUTHWEST: ARTS & CRAFTS
Great Plains Warriors of World War II:
Air Bases and Plants Built for War: Nebraska’s Contribution to Winning the
War. George A. Larson, USAF (Ret.). A concise
history of Army Air Force and Air Force bases
in Nebraska, including coverage of the Martin
B-26/B-29 plant at For Crook and complete
coverage of the Axis POW camps located in
Nebraska during and just after WWII.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 329 color & b/w photos
• 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4379-7 • hard cover • $49.99
100 Artists of the Southwest. Douglas Bullis.
The work of 100 important painters, sculptors, photographers, potters, weavers, and jewelers living
and working in New Mexico and Arizona today.
Their stories and works of art will amaze as well as
illuminate. This book provides the most vibrant picture
of contemporary Southwestern art.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 500+ photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2414-4 • hard cover • $39.95
Cold War Cornhuskers: The 307th Bomb
Wing Lincoln Air Force Base Nebraska •
1955-1965. Mike Hill. Cold War Cornhuskers
relates the day-by-day, month-by-month history
of the 307th Bomb Wing at Lincoln Air Force
Base during the hectic days of the Cold War. The
inside story of a Strategic Air Command bomb
wing is told by those who served within the wing
and official Air Force documents and photos.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300+ images • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3751-2 • hard cover • $69.99
Contemporary Art of the Southwest. E. Ashley
Rooney with Julie Sasse. This book surveys, in text
and over 600 photos, the contemporary artwork from
Arizona, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. The
book’s intent is to take a fresh look at the magical
and insightful ways in which the area’s artists have
interpreted life in this region. Included are paintings,
sculpture, ceramic art, prints, collage, jewelry, photography, and kinetic percussion electronic assemblages.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 624 color photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4543-2 • hard cover • $45.00
KANSAS: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Ghosts of St. Louis: The Lemp Mansion and
Other Eerie Tales. Bryan W. Alaspa. St. Louis is filled
with ghosts. Read a scandalous account of the Lemp
family, an American tale of opportunty that turned
to mayhem and ghosts. Other scary tales include
the haunted Jefferson Barracks, the ghostly children
of Rock House, and the ghost-infested McDowell
Medical College.
Size: 6" x 9" • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2688-2 • soft cover • $12.95
Missouri Hauntings. Lee Prosser. 135 haunted
locations and their stories include dead soldiers fighting
at Wilson Creek National Battlefield and a ghost cat
that runs the stairs of Pythian Castle in Springfield.
Meet shadow figures at North Lawn and Salem Cedar
Grove cemeteries in Salem and hear the cry of the
Banshee at Devil’s Elbow.
Size: 6" x 9" • 59 b/w photos • Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3119-0 • soft cover • $14.99
Haunted Kansas City, Missouri. Angie Cox. Visit
Union Station to see ghostly gangster Frank Nash who
still haunts the location of his death. Read about Jesse
James and his family who still remain to haunt the James
Farm in Kearney, Missouri. Read death quotes from
famous historical figures Abe Lincoln and Mark Twain.
Size: 6" x 9" • 55 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3194-7 • soft cover • $14.99
NORTH DAKOTA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Spooky Creepy North Dakota. Lori L. Orser. Travel
the prairies of North Dakota to discover ghost stories,
legends, and haunted places that dot the state. Haunted
roads carry you to spooky cemeteries and churches!
Learn about college haunts and steelyard spooks!
Whether it’s haunted homes or mysterious murders,
Spooky North Dakota has haunts for you!
Size: 6" x 9" • 36 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3567-9 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghosts of Kansas. Beth Cooper. Meet the ghosts
of Kansas! Visit with a librarian who moves books
at the State Capitol and prostitute ghosts that have
been known to go home with patrons at River House.
Kansas ghosts are here to terrify and to entertain!
Size: 6" x 9" • 37 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3390-3 • soft cover • $14.99
THE SOUTHWEST
OKLAHOMA • TEXAS • NEW MEXICO • ARIZONA
THE SOUTHWEST: SCENES
Southwest Reflections: Grand Canyon & The Four Corners. Steve Larese.
Explore America’s Four Corners region,
the only place in the nation where four
states meet. This book presents over 230
color photos from New Mexico, Arizona,
Utah, and Colorado. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" •
236 color photos • 144 pp.ISBN: 9780-7643-4093-2 • hard cover • $29.99
THE SOUTHWEST: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
UFOs Over Nevada: A True History of Extraterrestrial Encounters in the Silver State. Preston
Dennett. The first book to present a comprehensive history
of UFO encounters in the Silver State. Inside you will find
sightings, landings, face-to-face encounters, onboard
experiences and even UFO crashes. Why does Las Vegas
attract so many UFOs? What is the truth about Area 51?
The answers are inside!
Size: 9" x 6" • 7 b/w photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4777-1 • soft cover • $19.99
Haunts of the Southwest. Linda Moffitt.
Explore the ghosts and mysteries across the
American Southwest. Includes addresses to
public locations in Arizona, California, Nevada, New Mexico, Colorado, and Utah. Over
200 different spirits and haunted locations.
Size: 9" x 6" • 72 color photos • Index
• 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3597-6 •
soft cover • $19.99
Tattoo Road Trip: Best of the Southwest: Arizona & New Mexico. Bob
Baxter and Mary Gardner. Showcasing
tattoo shops featuring the blossoming
body art communities in New Mexico
and Arizona, this book features over
600 color photos of tattoo artistry. Thirty
hand-picked tattoo shops and the work
of over one hundred artists are included.
Motifs captured include natural scenes,
nautical motifs, portraits of loved ones,
religious art, and much more.
Size: 12" x 12" • 612 color photos • 304 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4667-5 • hard cover • $80.00 • Schiffer LTD
Quincy Tahoma: The Life and Legacy of
a Navajo Artist. Charnell Havens & Vera
Marie Badertscher. Over 260 color photos and
oral histories from more than 50 people were
used to create the first complete biography of
the important Navajo painter, Quincy Tahoma
(1917-1956). The paintings portrayed display the
range of the artist’s talents. Many of the works
illustrated have not been seen in public before.
Size: 9" x 12" • 269 color photos • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3708-6 • hard cover • $50.00
• Schiffer LTD
Neil David’s Hopi World. Ron Pecina
& Bob Pecina, with art by Neil David, Sr.
A series of pen and ink drawings present
a history of Hopi Indian life from the
Pueblo Rebellion to the challenges of
coping with modern societal changes.
Artist Neil David, Sr., interprets these
important events and milestones in an
imaginative, often witty way.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 50+ color & b/w
images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3808-3 • hard cover • $29.99
Pueblo Dancing. Nancy Hunter Warren &
Jill Drayson Sweet. This book explores Pueblo
dancing, illustrated with photographs of dancers in traditional costumes from Pueblos San
Ildefonso, Santa Clara, San Juan, Jemez, Taos,
Pecos, Acoma, and Tesuque. Nancy Hunter
Warren took these sensitive images before the
Pueblos created a ban on taking photographs
of their ceremonies.
Size: 9" x 12" • 99 b/w photos • Index of dances
• 176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3860-1 • hard
cover • $39.99
THE SOUTHWEST
Contemporary Hopi Kachina Dolls.
Nancy Schiffer. The identities of 250+
kachina dolls made by contemporary
Hopi artists and on the market today.
They represent spirits and dancers in
ceremonies for rain, fertile crops, and
the goodness of life. The descriptive text
and over 500 color photographs present
Hopi and English names, artist identity,
and current market value ranges.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 519 color photos
Price Guide/Index • 208 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1848-9 • hard cover • $39.95
Pueblo Pottery Families. Revised &
Expanded 3rd Edition. Lillian Peaster,
& Guy Berger. More than 554 modern
Southwest Pueblo potters are introduced
from 102 families with 160 color photographs of them and their meticulous work.
Traditional and new forms are displayed to
demonstrate the evolving nature of their
work. A new value reference reflects the present pottery market.
Size: 9" x 6" • 160 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2880-0 • soft cover • $19.95
Navajo Weaving Today. Nancy N. Schiffer.
The traditional regional styles long associated
with Navajo blankets and rugs continue to
evolve. Here contemporary weavings are shown
in color, with text identifying many of today’s
weavers. The new styles of Burntwater, Wide
Ruins, Ganado, Crystal, Chinle, Two Grey Hills,
Teec Nos Pos, Western Reservation and Shiprock
area designs show the continuing talent among
today’s Navajo weavers.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 172 color photos • 64 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-319-0 • soft cover • $12.95
Hopi Kachina Dolls and their Carvers.
Theda Bassman. Contemporary Kachina dolls
are beautifully illustrated with over 150 color
photos. The lives of the carvers who make them
are explored in depth. Twenty-five of today’s
most important Kachina carvers have been
interviewed for a first-hand glimpse at their work.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • over 150 color photos
Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-373-5 • hard cover • $59.95
Pueblo and Navajo Contemporary Pottery
and Directory of Artists. 2nd edition,
revised and expanded. Guy Berger & Nancy
Schiffer. The traditions of Pueblo and Navajo
artists from Arizona and New Mexico with new
interpretations by the modern generation. Pottery
from Acoma, Hopi, Jemez, Navajo, San Felipe,
San Ildefonso, San Juan, Santa Ana, Zia, and
Zuni families. The Directory of Artists includes
kachina carvers, jewelry makers, sculptors,
and potters.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100s of color photos
Price Guide/Index • 168 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1896-9 • soft cover • $29.95
Pictorial Weavings of the Navajo. Nancy
N. Schiffer. In this folk art, representations of
recognizable objects occasionally have been a
part of Navajo weavings at least since the mid19th century. Pictorial weavings are shown with
new as well as older examples. Here are familiar
and imaginary animals, birds, people, religious
designs, and multiple weavings of fantastic
details, arranged chronologically within design
groups to demonstrate the evolution of styles.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 194 color photos • 64 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-318-2 • soft cover • $12.95
The Hopi Approach to the Art of Kachina
Doll Carving. Erik Bromberg. The beautiful
diversity of Hopi Kachina dolls is pictorially
presented to show past, present, and evolving styles. These carved representations of
ceremonial figures taking part in celebrations
of the Kachina religion are popular collectibles.
This book explains, compares, and presents
the variety of dolls through color pictures, line
drawings, and text.
Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 164 photos & drawings
Index • 94 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-062-0 • soft cover • $9.95
Native American Fetishes. Revised & Expanded
2nd Edition. Kay Whittle. When is a fetish not a fetish?
Find out in this celebration of the most misunderstood
genre of Southwestern Indian carvings From Beast Gods
to Directional Guardian Spirits, this book explores the
magic and mystery behind the charismatic, mostly stone,
animal figures or fetishes skillfully carved by artists
from the Southwestern Pueblos. Hundreds of pictures
and insightful text highlight the impressive variety of
forms, materials, and traditional and contemporary
styles available to collectors. A price guide is included.
Size: 6 1/2" x 9" • 313 photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2516-7 • soft cover • $14.95
The Navajo Art of Sandpainting. Revised
& Expanded 2nd Edition. Douglas Congdon-Martin. Sandpainting has its origin in the
religious tradition and practice of the Navajo
people. Over 400 sandpaintings, from the most
traditional to the newest forms, are illustrated
here in full color. The sandpaintings are organized
by artist, making this an important reference
for collectors.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 346 color photos • 64 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0810-6 • soft cover • $9.95
Navajo Arts and Crafts. Nancy N. Schiffer.
This book investigates the diverse and lively
crafts of today’s Navajo people. This celebration
of Navajo art has over 250 color photos and
explanations of the crafts, including weaving,
pottery, basketry, jewelry, dolls, sandpainting,
wood carving, stone sculpture, and fetishes.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 256 color photos • 64 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-320-4 • soft cover • $12.95
Miniature Arts of the Southwest. Nancy N.
Schiffer. The delightful arts of American Indian
tribes in the Southwest are occasionally made
in miniature by especially talented artists. This
book presents a wide array of these miniatures
of all the major craft styles of the region, with
hundreds of color photographs. Arranged in
sections devoted to beadwork, rattles, sandpaintings, weavings, basketry, Kachinas, paintings,
and pottery.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 248 color photos • 64 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-317-4 • soft cover • $12.95
Storytellers and Other Figurative Pottery.
Revised & Expanded 2nd Edition. Douglas
Congdon-Martin. In 1964, Helen Cordero of
Cochiti pueblo created the first storyteller, a
clay image of her grandfather with five children
clinging to him. Here the reader will find the most
extensive collection of storytellers ever gathered
in print. Over 400 pieces by nearly 150 artists
are shown in full color, and organized by pueblo.
Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 501 color photos
Index • 144 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0805-X • soft cover • $19.95
Historic Pottery of the Pueblo Indians:
1600-1880. Larry Frank & Francis H. Harlow.
Working without a potter’s wheel, Pueblo Indians
in the American Southwest create beautiful
ceramic ware for both utilitarian and ceremonial
use. This is the first comprehensive account
of historic Pueblo pottery, and results from
years of study. With nearly 200 examples, the
authors appraise the aesthetic value of Pueblo
pottery as rivaling that of any ware made by
Neolithic societies.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 231 photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-227-5 • hard cover • $35.00
Zuni Pottery. Marian E. Rodee & James Ostler. The
beauty of traditional Zuni pottery has intrigued native
as well as non-native people for generations. The Zuni
Pueblo,150 miles west of the Rio Grande Valley on the
Arizona border in New Mexico, is the source of beautiful
traditional Zuni pottery. With many photographs, this
work presents some of the finest current pots and the
talented young potters whose heritage has lead them
to this exciting art form.
Size: 6’’ x 9’’ • 66 photos • 92 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-100-7 • soft cover • $9.95
Rugs and Posts: The Story of Navajo Weaving and the Role of the Indian Trader. Revised & Updated 3rd Edition. H.L. James. The
classic study of the Navajo rug and the trading
posts associated with each unique style. New
information helps explain and display the beauty
and craft of the Navajo Indians. Illustrated with
49 new color plates and many black-and-white
photographs and drawings.
Size: 9" x 12’’ • 100+ photos & maps • 120 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2208-7 • soft cover • $24.95
Weaving of the Southwest. 2nd Edition,
revised. Marian Rodee. This book presents
important information on Pueblo, Navajo, Rio
Grande, and Northern Mexican weaving styles
of the Southwestern U. S. region. Traditional
and modern styles of blankets, clothing, and rugs
are identified and explained in detail, with brief
accounts of some of the old trading posts that sold
them. The evolving weaving styles are explained,
including a caution for identifying foreign copies.
Size: 9" x 12" • 579 photos • Index • 248 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1854-3 • soft cover • $29.95
91
Masters of Contemporary Indian Jewelry. Nancy N. Schiffer. Over
50 living jewelry masters of Native
American heritage are featured in
this lavish new book. Tufa casting,
stone cut ting, engraving, metalsmithing are evident in this book.
See new jewelry designs as well as
sculpture that ranks as wearable art.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 448 color photos •
Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3245-6 • hard cover • $50.00
Evolving Southwest Indian Jewelry. Nancy
N. Schiffer. A classic study of Southwest Native
American jewelry documenting the fascinating
story of evolving designs and techniques from
early traders and artists up to the present. Over
500 color photos of silver, turquoise, shell, and
gold jewelry, including Navajo, Zuni, Hopi, and
Pueblo belts, buckles, bracelets, necklaces, mens
jewelry, earrings, and pins from the late 19th
century to the present.
Size: 9" x 12" • 600 color photos
Price Guide/Index • 256 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1723-7 •hard cover • $59.95
Indian Silver Jewelry of the Southwest:
1868-1930. Larry Frank with Millard J. Holbrook
II. This splendidly illustrated volume celebrates
the historic silver and turquoise jewelry of the
Navajo and Pueblo Indians. A classic, it presents
over 300 superb objects that are usually hidden
from view in museum storerooms and private
collections across the U.S. 253 close-up photos
of conchas, necklaces, bracelets, rings, bridles,
and other pieces.
Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 253 photos
Index • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-88740-226-5 • soft cover • $24.99
Kachinas and Ceremonial Dancers
in Zuni Jewelry. Toshio Sei. This book
identifies Zuni artists and their Kachina
and Ceremonial Dancer designs from the
1940s through the 1960s. Their mosaic
stone and shell inlay pins, bracelets,
bolo ties, and more appear in 240 color
photos, revealing variations that indicate
each master’s distinctive style.
Size: 9" x 6" • 240 color photos • Price Guide • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4167-0 • hard cover • $24.99
Hopi Bird and Sun Face in Zuni
Jewelry. Toshio Sei. Delve into the
origins and interpretations of Sun Face
and Thunderbird/Hopi Bird designs.
This thorough study establishes the
identities of 33 Zuni artists and their
Sun face and Thunderbird/Hopi Bird
designs from the 1940s through the
1960s. Over 190 color photos display
the artwork and subtle variations indicative of each master’s distinctive style.
Size: 9" x 6" • 195 color photos • Price Guide • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3882-3 • hard cover • $24.99
92
THE SOUTHWEST: TEXAS
Knifewing & Rainbow Man in
Indian Jewelry of the American Southwest.
Zuni Jewelry. Toshio Sei. This origRevised 3rd Edition. William A. Turnbaugh &
inal book delves into the origins and
Sarah Peabody Turnbaugh, Foreword by Barry
contemporary interpretations of the
M. Goldwater. More than 125 vivid color photos
Knifewing god in Zuni mythology and
display groups of Indian-made wrought silver,
the sacred being Rainbow Man from
turquoise, shell, and coral jewelry brought toancient Zuni traditions. Twenty-eight
gether from historic collections as well as those
mid-20th century and current jewelers
available today on reservations.
are featured, who made pins, bracelets,
Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • Price Guide
bolo ties and other ornaments.
157 photos, illustrations & maps • 96 pp.
Size: 9" x 6" • 187 color photos • Price Guide/Index • 144 pp.ISBN: 978- ISBN: 0-7643-2577-9 • soft cover • $12.95
0-7643-3548-8 • hard cover • $24.99
Figural Designs in Zuni Jewelry. Toshio
Sei. Sixty-five biographies of Zuni jewelry-making individuals and families who
have created many successful motifs taken
from the animal kingdom, including horses
and cows, butterflies and dragonflies, deer
and antelope, birds of all shapes and sizes,
and humans, using silver and mosaic inlay
pins, bracelets, bolo ties, and other ornaments.
Size: 9" x 6" • 285 color photos • Price guide • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4558-6 • hard cover • $24.99
Non-Figural Designs in Zuni Jewelry. Toshio Sei. Delve into the origins and
contemporary interpretations of various
styles of non-figural Zuni jewelry designs,
including nugget work, cluster work, petit
point, needle point, snake eye, and channel
work. This groundbreaking study establishes
the identities of many Zuni Artists from the
1940s, '50s, and '60s, and showcases their turquoise and coral pins, bracelets,
bolo ties, and other ornaments. .
Size: 9" x 6" • 341 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4727-6 • hard cover • $24.99
Eddy Hulbert, Silversmith: Artistry in
Dryhead Country, Montana. E. Helene
Sage. Eddy Hulbert (1898-1960) was an accomplished, self-taught blacksmith and silversmith
whose output is highly sought after by today's
collector of Western antiquaria. Known for his
spurs, bits, belt buckles, and jewelry, his style
is distinctive and bold, and his designs unique.
Much of Hulbert's work was commissioned by
local ranchers and families in the Dryhead area, where he left an indelible
mark on silverwork. The last chapter introduces the work of two of Hulbert's
contemporaries, Ed Klapmeier and C.E. O'Such, of Miles City, Montana.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 226 color & b/w photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4726-9 • hard cover • $39.99
Southwest Silver Jewelry. Paula A. Baxter.
The first century of Navajo and Pueblo metal
jewelry-making in the American Southwest.
Beginning in the late 1860s, the region’s native
peoples learned metalworking and united it with
a tradition of beads and ornaments made from
turquoise and other natural materials. The appeal
of this jewelry continued into the mid-1900s,
and by the 1950s and 1960s masters created
a legacy of fine art jewelry that is prized today.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color & 18 b/w photos
Price Guide • 212 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-1244-1 • hard cover • $49.99
Turquoise Jewelry. Revised 4th Edition.
Nancy N. Schiffer. This book displays a wide
variety of Southwest Indian-made jewelry with
many different colors and types of turquoise,
presented according to origin and dating from
over a hundred years ago up to the present
with innovative designs. Men’s and women’s
jewelry is included in belts, bracelets, bolo ties,
necklaces, and many other beautiful pieces.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100s of color photos • 64 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2843-5 • soft cover • $9.95
Turquoise: Mines, Mineral, & Wearable
Art. Mark P. Block. Over 390 color photos show
turquoise in its natural state, cut, polished, and
set into silver and gold jewelry. The turquoise
presented spans mines from New Mexico to
Nevada, China to Iran. Examples shown by
native artists helped make turquoise popular in
America. The text discusses the gemstone, its
values, and many mines that produced turquoise.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 394 color & 1 b/w photos
Price Guide/Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2642-4 • soft cover • $29.95
Indian Jewelry on the Market. Peter N.
Schiffer. All of the beautiful American Indian
jewelry shown in this book was actually for
sale when the photographs were taken with the
prices and ranges noted with each caption. The
336 beautiful color photographs demonstrate
the excellent craftsmanship in jewelry which is
available in today’s marketplace and the text
presents the variations of style to be exciting.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 336 color photos
Price Guide • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-938-5 •
soft cover • $19.95
Southwestern Indian Rings. Paula A. Baxter.
Photography by Barry Katzen. A fascinating
variety of American Indian rings from the
southwestern United States appear in more
than 350 color photos. This book provides a
design history of these rings, beginning with
pre-contact artifacts and continuing through
to contemporary artistic innovations. A guide
to valuation issues and resources is offered
for collectors.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 359 color photos • Index
• 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3875-5 • hard cover • $34.99
Zuni Jewelry. Revised 3rd Edition. Theda
and Michael Bassman, with photography by
Gene Balzer. The lovely stone inlay work in Zuni
jewelry is world famous and here it is shown in
popular forms for men and women. 90 brilliant
color photographs and a brand new price guide
present hundreds of Zuni jewelry forms to tempt
and delight collectors throughout Asia, Europe
and America. Modern artists are identified.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 90 color photos • 64 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2367-9 • soft cover • $12.95
TEXAS: SCENES
Greetings from Houston. Mary L.
Martin & Dinah Roseberry. Houston,
the largest city in Texas, has always
been a dynamic metropolis, filled with
historic and economic significance as
well as cultural charm. Journey into its
past through over 190 vintage postcards
showing its special features. Approximate
dating and values are included.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 193 postcard images
• Price Guide • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2653-0 • soft cover • $24.95
Greetings from San Antonio. Mary
L. Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price.
Go back in time and see San Antonio,
Texas, through vintage postcards from
the 1900s to the 1950s. Historic images
review places that made the city famous,
such as Fort Sam Houston, the Bexar
County Courthouse, the Mission San
Juan de Capistrano, and the Alamo.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 303 postcard images
• 125 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2679-0 • soft cover • $24.95
San Antonio: Past, Present, & Always.
Mel Brown. Archival postcard views and modern photos are combined to show what has
changed to the buildings and locations of San
Antonio. The Alamo is prominently featured.
While appreciating the city’s past, the author
includes his memories of the old town in an
effort to entertain, and educate, new residents
and tourists.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 color images • Price
guide/Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3040-7 • soft cover • $24.99
Greetings from Dallas. Mary L. Martin & Dinah Roseberry. This lone-star
city’s history comes alive, displayed in
over 140 precious views of hand-tinted
postcards from the late 1800s through
the 1940s. Admire the old City Hall
(the setting for the assassination of
Lee Harvey Oswald) and the famous
Fair Park, with its magnificent gardens,
buildings, and parks.
Size: 9" x 6" • 143 color postcards
Price Guide/Index • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2805-3 • soft cover • $19.95
Keep Austin Weird: A Guide to the
Odd Side of Town. Red Wassenich.
Entertaining text and color photos show
the colorful places, people, and doings
in Austin, Texas’ capital city. Tour the
Cathedral of Junk built with over 700
bicycles. Meet the cross-dressing perennial mayoral candidate, party at the
Spamarama, and much more.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 188 color & 8 b/w
images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2639-4 • soft cover • $24.95
TEXAS: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Supernatural Texas: A Field Guide. Brian Righi. Investigate ghost lights in Marfa,
phantom herds on Stampede Mesa, ghostly
sailors aboard the USS Lexington, and over
300 more creepy locations. Whether an avid
ghost hunter or just someone looking to spruce
up travel plans with a night in a haunted B&B,
this book promises thrills and chills.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 70+ color photos •
Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3309-5 • soft cover • $24.99
Lone Star Saucers: Searching for UFOs in Texas. Nate Riddle. Journey across Texas in search of
answers to the enduring UFO mystery. Interviews,
eyewitness accounts, research, investigations, theories,
and disclosure topics featured. Includes earliest UFO
sightings, “Stephenville Lights" sightings, MUFON
research, NASA astronaut Edgar Mitchell, author and
ufologist Nick Redfern.
Size: 6" x 9" • 13 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4608-8 • soft cover • $16.99
Texas Ghosts: Galveston, Houston, and Vicinity.
Olyve Hallmark Abbott. Take a chilling journey into
South Texas, post Hurricane Ike, from The Woodlands
to Galveston, where the long departed are waiting
to tell you their stories. Spend a frightening vacation
moving from one haunted place to the next, taking
in haunted hotels, mansions, and depots. Legends of
haunted graveyards, phantom dogs, and other eerie
phenomena will intrigue you.
Size: 6" x 9" • 50 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3410-8 • soft cover • $14.99
Lone Star Spooks: Searching for Ghosts in
Texas. Nate Riddle. Take a ghostly tour of Texas.
From the University of North Texas and The Catfish
Plantation to the USS Lexington and Menger Hotel,
tales of the paranormal are waiting to be discovered.
An introduction to ghost hunting and real experiences
of ghost hunters is included.
Size: 6" x 9" • 11 images • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3744-4 • soft cover • $16.99
Ghosts of San Antonio. Scott A. Johnson. San
Antonio holds a proud place in Texas history, but it is
also a city soaked in blood and violence. Spend a night
at the Menger Hotel, where a spirit child giggles in the
hallway and a ghostly lady in blue dances the night
away. Listen as souls of thousands whisper through
the adobe walls of the famed Alamo.
Size: 6" x 9" • 33 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3122-0 • soft cover • $14.99
THE SOUTHWEST: TEXAS • OKLAHOMA• NEW MEXICO
Spirits of Dallas: The Haunting of the Big D.
Brian Righi. Relive spine-tingling tales of the phantom
hitchhiker, cowboy ghosts of Preston Road, and a
grave-robbing monster of Ghost Mountain. Visit
the hidden ballroom of the Adolphus Hotel, where
phantoms still dance the night away. Explore the
creepy history of the wax museum murders and stay the
night in the infamous, blood-soaked Reindeer Manor.
Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3036-0 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghosts of Fort Worth: Investigating Cowtowns
Most Haunted Locations. Brian Righi. Explore Fort
Worth’s most haunted locations as you meet a white
phantom figure at Oakwood Cemetery and seductive
ghosts at Miss Molly’s Bed and Breakfast. Visit the
Bonnie and Clyde suite at Stockyard’s Hotel or delve
into the lawless past of Del Frisco’s Double Eagle
Steakhouse where a ghostly gentleman still seeks
revenge on the man who killed him.
Size: 6" x 9" • 35 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2813-8 • soft cover • $14.95
The Ghosts of Austin: Who They Are and Where
to Find Them. Fiona Broome. Eerie tales of phantoms and creepy happenings include Ben Thompson,
Austin’s ghostly gambler and sheriff, Blanche Dumont,
a boarding house madam ghost, the early days of the
notorious Jack the Ripper’s killing spree and much more.
Size: 6" x 9" • 61 b/w photos • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2680-6 • soft cover • $14.95
Haunted Austin, Texas. Scott A. Johnson. Visit the
capitol of Texas, Austin, where the dead speak and have
many tales to tell. Discover the possible connection
between Austin’s first serial killer and Whitechapel’s
most notorious madman. Find out what happens when
the sun goes down and the bats take fight in one of
Texas’ most unusual and fascinating cities.
Size: 6" x 9" • 28 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3298-2 • soft cover • $14.99
Famous Texas Men : Paper Dolls. Tom
Tierney. Texan men of note are featured, with
full-body representation and three carefully
researched costumes. Figures shown include
key political leaders like Sam Houston, Stephen
F. Austin, and Comanche leader Quanah Parker,
boxer Jack Johnson, aviator Howard Hughes,
movie stars Larry Hagman and Audie Murphy,
musicians Willie Nelson and George Strait, and
military heroes Davy Crockett and Juan Sequin.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 33 dolls & outfits • 40 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2901-2 • soft cover • $9.95
Famous Texas Women: Paper Dolls. Tom
Tierney. Texas is loaded with women who’ve
achieved stardom, including Mary Martin, Ann
Sheridan, Jayne Mansfield, Carol Burnett, Reneé
Zellweger, Selena, and Beyoncé Knowles, as well
as powerhouse politicoes, including Ima Hogg,
“Ma" Ferguson, Ann Richards, and Barbara Jordan.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 33 color dolls & outfits • 40 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2952-4 • soft cover • $9.95
TEXAS: ARTS & CRAFTS
Texas Wild Flowers. Eliza Griffin Johnston. Watercolor paintings capture the beauty of Texas wild
flowers as painted by Eliza Griffin Johnston in the
late 1840s and 1850s. She bound them into a
book as a birthday gift to her husband, Gen. Albert
Johnston, who was later killed during the Civil War.
The William Barret Travis Chapter, The Daughters
of the Republic of Texas, share beautiful images to
reflect a time long gone.Size: 9" x 12" • 97 color
prints • Index • 248 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3863-2
• hard cover • $50.00 • Schiffer LTD
TEXAS: ARCHITECTURE
Historic Doorways of San Antonio, Texas.
Frederick R. Preston, Ed.D. Foreword by Judge
Nelson W. Wolff. Focusing on doorways, the
unique and well-preserved historical architecture
of San Antonio, Texas, recalls events important
to both Texas and American history.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 189 color photos • Index
of Architects • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3167-1 • soft cover • $19.99
Old Places, New Spaces: Preserving, Remodeling, Decorating San Antonio Style.
David Strahan, AIA, Katharine Kaye McMillan,
Ph.D., and Patricia Hart McMillan. Foreword by
Phil Hardberge. In 545 color images, this book
presents a sampling of residences embodying
a living and evolving history of the Alamo City.
Different in size, style, and locations, these varied
living spaces share a similar sensitivity to the past
and dynamic engagement in San Antonio’s future.
Size: 9" x 12" • 545 color photos • 224 pp.ISBN:
978-0-7643-4170-0 • hard cover • $50.00
Santa Fe & Surrounds. John & Cassidy Olson.
Luscious photographs document the greater
Santa Fe, New Mexico area. This book is a
visual essay of this Land of Enchantment. It
is the perfect souvenir book for tourists, or a
great gift idea from locals hoping to lure visitors.
Enjoy views of the rugged mountains, Taos, and
Spanish-style buildings of downtown Santa Fe,
Abiquiu, and much, much more.
Size: 8-1/2" x 11" • 201 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2301-6 • hard cover• $24.95
Santa Fe & Taos: A History in Postcards. Mary L. Martin and Ginny Parfitt.
Santa Fe and Taos both come alive in
glorious colors within this beautiful and
informative book. New Mexico’s rugged
landscape, diverse cultural traditions,
and exceptional charm have lured explorers for hundreds of years.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • Price Guide • 128 pp.
•203 color & 22 b/w images
ISBN: 0-7643-2384-9 • soft cover • $24.95
NEW MEXICO: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
OKLAHOMA: STORIES
Ghosts and Legends of Oklahoma. Mike Ricksecker. The paranormal history of Oklahoma through
its colorful ghost stories and legends and the eyes of a
renowned paranormal team. With dozens of tales and
an atlas to guide you, this spine-tingling cross-section
of history includes Native Americans, the Civil War,
famous outlaws, Wild West shows, oil boomtowns,
railroad legends, deadly tornados, and historic Route 66.
Size: 6" x 9" • 57 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3943-1 • soft cover • $16.99
NEW MEXICO: SCENES
Balloons Over Albuquerque. Steve Larese. An
average of 700 balloonists from scores of nations
participate in the October event, lifting off with the
rising sun in the crisp Albuquerque air and floating
against the turquoise skies and salmon-pink Sandía
Mountains. More than 150 images capture the
colors, crowds, and camaraderie that have made
Albuquerque the ballooning capital of the world.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 190 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4794-8 • hard cover • $19.99
Bandelier National Monument: Home
of the Ancestral Pueblo People. John &
Cassidy Olson. Bandelier National Monument has
drawn archeologists for over a century, in search
of the history behind the mysteriously deserted
cliff dwellings of a once thriving community in
Frijoles Canyon near Los Alamos, New Mexico.
Gorgeous imagery of preserved cliff dwellings,
uncovered archeological treasure, and abundant
natural beauty amidst unique volcanic formations,
along with a thorough history.
Size: 8-1/2" x 11" • 22 color photos • 32 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2318-0 • soft cover • $12.95
Greetings from Albuquerque. Mary
Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price.
Over 200 vintage black and white and
hand-tinted postcards from the 1900s
to the 1960s take readers on a fantastic journey through Albuquerque and
beyond. Many interesting and famous
spots are showcased, including the
KiMo Theater, Old Town, the University
of New Mexico, the Sandia Mountains,
and Sandia Pueblo.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 216 postcard images
Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2383-6 • soft cover • $24.95
Santa Fe Reflections. Steve Larese.
250 glorious, colorful images reflect Santa Fe’s year-round appeal in a fresh look
at this historic and modern destination.
See the city streets, mountains, trails,
chapels, fields of flowers, and summer
festivals that celebrate the cultures that
mix in the region.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 250 color photos
• Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3653-9 • hard cover • $24.99
Touring the West: with the Fred Harvey
& Co. and the Santa Fe Railway. Paul and
Kathleen Nickens. Fred Harvey restaurants and
hotels and the Santa Fe Railway energetically
promoted the Southwest through postcards of
scenic landscapes and historic cultures of New
Mexico and Arizona. Over 285 color images
depict Santa Fe, Albuquerque, the Grand Canyon,
Native American cultures.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 287 photos • 112 pp.ISBN:
978-0-7643-3110-7 • soft cover • $24.99
The Treasure of Victoria Peak. Phil A. Koury.
The true story of a billion-dollar discovery of gold bars
and ancient coins at the White Sands missile range in
New Mexico, discovered by Milton Noss in 1937. The
story of the family’s struggle to keep the secret of their
discovery, and protect their rights.
Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 18 photos • 200 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-060-4 • soft cover • $9.95
Acoma: People of the White Rock. H.L.
James with an introduction by Frank Waters.
Acoma, the “sky city" of New Mexico, is presented with an enchanting text and beautiful
color photographs in this revised edition of the
Southwest classic book. Acoma mesa pueblo,
located 65 miles west of Albuquerque, is said to
be the oldest continuously inhabited community
on the North American continent. In Acoma, the
buildings, the people, their traditions and their
unique style of pottery are so closely related
to this singular terrain that they have become
known far beyond its desert.
Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11" • 80 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-88740-133-6 • soft cover • $14.99
UFOs Over New Mexico: A True History of
Extraterrestrial Encounters in the Land of
Enchantment. Preston Dennett. Covers 130 years
of UFO activity, including sightings, landings, UFO car
chases, face-to-face encounters, abductions, and UFO
crashes. Also explored are cattle mutilations and the
unique “Taos Hum." Eyewitness testimony.
Size: 6" x 9" • 22 b/w images • 320 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3906-6 • soft cover • $24.99
Albuquerque Ghosts: Traditions, Legend, Lore.
Inara Cedrins. Meet the first witches and medicinemen
who held supernatural powers. Visit the Mine Shaft
Tavern where glasses fly off the bar, and the Santa
Barbara Cemetery where a shadowy apparition holds a
tattered rope attached to a noose about its neck, and
feel the gaze of the lady in white at the Luna Mansion
who gazes out at visitors on the lawn. Albuquerque
is steeped in historic ritual; and ghostly inhabitants
still flourish there.
Size: 6" x 9" • 32 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3220-3 • soft cover • $14.99
93
94
THE SOUTHWEST: NEW MEXICO • ARIZONA • THE WEST
Santa Fe Ghosts: Mystery, History, Truth. Susan
Blumenthal. Find out what pounded up a flight of
stairs in a cloud of stench, freezing house plants
along its path, and terrifying the resident caretaker
of a landmark house on Grant Avenue. Eyewitness
accounts intertwine history and mystery in stories from
one of the oldest and most haunted cities in America.
Size: 6" x 9" • 46 b/w photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3175-6 • soft cover • $14.99
NEW MEXICO: ARTS & CRAFTS
A Journey Through Northern
Arizona. Victoria Clark. More than
300 postcards show the character and
history of popular travel destinations
like the 270 million-year-old Grand
Canyon, the Painted Desert, and the
Petrified Forest. Experience the early
Fred Harvey Hotels, explore Arizona’s
Route 66 towns, and learn about Arizona’s Native Americans.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 374 color images • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3010-0 • soft cover • $24.99
ARIZONA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Margaret Tafoya: A Tewa Potter’s Heritage
and Legacy. Mary Ellen & Laurence Blair. Margaret
Tafoya’s paramount place in the evolution of Tewa
Pueblo pottery in Santa Clara, New Mexico, includes
a history of the Pueblo people, Margaret Tafoya’s
life, Santa Clara pottery-making techniques, and
the Tafoya family and descendants.
Size: 9’’ x 12’’ • 179 photos • Index • 200 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-080-9 • hard cover • $45.00
ARIZONA: SCENES
Tucson Perspectives. Scott D. Butcher. With
117 color photos, historic Tucson, Arizona, comes
to life. Tour Barrio Viejo, its oldest neighborhood,
and visit the La Pilita Museum, Fox Tucson
Theatre, and Hotel Congress. See the historic
Mission San Xavier del Bac and the popular
Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum while taking
in the breathtaking landscape that has captivated both residents and tourists for centuries.
Size: 9 1/4" x 8 1/4" • 117 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3712-3 • hard cover • $9.99
Arizona’s Haunted Hotspots. Heather Woodward.
Photography by Rachel Woodward. Take a ghostly road
trip of some of the most haunted hotspots in Arizona.
Tour the Birdcage Theatre in Tombstone and experience
the disembodied footsteps of specter cowboys. Visit
the Centennial Hall in Tucson and try not to get pushed
down the stairs by its resident ghost. Witness the
wonders of the Sedona vortexes. There’s something
“supernatural" going on in Arizona!
Size: 6" x 9" • 32 images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3748-2 • soft cover • $16.99
Scare-izona: A Guide to Arizona’s Legendary
Haunts. Katie Mullaly & J. Patrick Ohlde. Tour 16 of
the most haunted locations Arizona has to offer. The
destinations in this book have impressive paranormal
activity that are likely to give you your own spooky
stories to tell, if not scare the pants off you!
Size: 6" x 9" • 33 b/w photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2844-2 • soft cover $14.95
ARIZONA: ARTS & CRAFTS
Hopi Wicker Plaques & Baskets. Robert W.
Rhodes. Beautiful styles and designs of woven
plaques and baskets made by Hopi women
artists of Third Mesa in Arizona in 67 categories
through over 475 color photographs. Historical
background of the Hopi people, weaving materials and techniques, uses of the baskets and
plaques, and their values today are discussed.
A valuable reference for identifying old and
contemporary.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 489 color photos • Price
Guide/Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2685-1 • soft cover • $29.95
Shadows on the Mesa: Artists of the
Painted Desert and Beyond. Gary Fillmore.
Using over 390 illustrations, this book explores
the similarities and differences in the lives, artistic
styles, and beliefs of the men and women who
visited the Wetherill-Colville Guest Ranch in
Kayenta, in northern Arizona. Among the artists who visited were Maynard Dixon, William
Robinson Leigh, James Swinnerton, Carl Oscar
Borg, and Gunnar Widforss.
Size: 9" x 12" • 391 photos • Index • 240 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4054-3 • hard cover • $69.99
THE WEST
MONTANA • WYOMING • COLORADO
• UTAH • IDAHO • NEVADA
• WASHINGTON • OREGON • CALIFORNIA
• ALASKA • HAWAII
THE WEST: SCENES
Grand Canyon National Park: Past
and Present. Suzanne Silverthorn &
I-Ting Chiang. Vintage postcards and
beautiful, present-day photos are used
to explore the Grand Canyon and its
influence as a National Park. Scenes
include dramatic rim views, rugged
trail-side settings, wildlife, the El Tovar
Hotel, and other historic properties.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 316 color & 27
b/w images • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4473-2 • hard cover • $24.99
Tucson’s Most Haunted. Katie Mullaly and J. Patrick
Ohlde. Tucson is one haunted town. From furniture
stores and ice cream shops, to an entire community
buried beneath a downtown neighborhood, ghosts
are everywhere. Join Tucson’s top paranormal investigators as they give you a peek into the lives of the
ghosts who exist alongside Tucsonans, right here in
the Old Pueblo!
Size: 6" x 9" • 27 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3153-4 • soft cover • $14.99
Yellowstone National Park: Past &
Present. Suzanne Silverthorn & I-Ting
Chiang. One of America’s best known
national parks, Yellowstone is the place
of geysers and waterfalls, of bears and
bison, and where conservation and
environmental consciousness were born.
This national treasure is brought to life
through both vintage postcards and
contemporary photographs.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 325 images • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4175-5 • hard cover • $24.99
Tombstone. Scott D. Butcher. Includes a
detailed account of the famous “Gunfight at
the O.K. Corral" street fight as well as 100
colorful photos of the western town—historic Allen Street, Tombstone Courthouse
State Park, Boot Hill Cemetery, early public
buildings and churches, and more.
Size: 9" x 6" • 100 color photos • 96 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3425-2 • soft cover • $9.99
Finding Ghosts in Phoenix. Katie Mullaly and J.
Patrick Ohlde. Photography by Mikal Mullaly. How,
exactly, do you find a ghost in a city the size of Phoenix?
It’s like finding a needle in a haystack, right? Not if you
visit some of the haunted hot spots mentioned here!
Strike out on your own as a paranormal investigator
in the Valley of the Sun.
Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3583-9 • soft cover • $14.99
Arizona’s Back Roads: A Travel Guide to Ghosts,
Outlaws, and Miners. Julie Ferguson. Journey to
Arizona through over 240 scenic photographic images
and 36 stories imparting the unusual and bizarre
regional happenings throughout history. Includes
directions and visitor information.
Size: 7" x 10" • 246 b/w & color photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4607-1 • soft cover • $29.99
Ghosts of Central Arizona. Heather
Woodward. Foreword by Mark Boccuzzi;
Stacy Fortson, photographer. From
bootleggers and supernatural deaths to
ghoulish legends and magical vortexes,
this ghostly tour of Central Arizona is an
entertaining — and scary — trip. Visit
Superstition Mountain to Flagstaff, with
just a touch of a “Hollywood in Arizona"
legend thrown in for good measure. Come along for the ride…if you dare.
Size: 9" x 6" • 30 b/w photos • Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3387-3 • soft cover • $14.99
Harvey Caplin’s Real Cowboys: &
the Old West. Abbie Caplin. Photographer Harvey Caplin recorded ranch life
in the American West from the 1940s
to the 1980s, capturing magnificent
landscapes and picturesque people.
See 173 of his beautiful images and
revel at the grandeur of the land and
drama of its life.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 173 b/w photos • 176 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3434-4 • hard cover • $39.99
A Journey through Southern Arizona. Victoria Clark. See 295 color images
of the early years in the Sonoran Desert,
Tombstone, and historic Tucson. Visit
the University of Arizona, the Yuma
Territorial Prison, and Southern Arizona’s
many dude ranches. Size: 11" x 8 1/2"
• 295 color images • Price Guide, Index
• 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3269-2
• soft cover $24.99
Southern Arizona’s Most Haunted. Reneé Gardner. Descend into three of the most haunted cities in
Southern Arizona: Bisbee, Tombstone, and Tucson.
Learn about residual and intelligent hauntings, portals,
shadow people, poltergeist, and object ghosts as you
travel to 44 haunted locations.
Size: 6" x 9" • 60 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3416-0 • soft cover • $14.99
Jeans of the Old West. MIchael Harris. An
extensive look at the whole era of Old West
denim, including Levi Strauss and lesser known
manufacturers. Over 300 color photos and
illustrations chronicle never before seen examples, patent drawings, and the histories of the
manufacturers. This is invaluable information for
fashion historians and collectors alike.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color photos & illus. • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3500-6 • hard cover • $34.99
THE WEST: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Ghost Towns of the Rockies. Preethi Burkholder.
Rocky Mountain ghost towns are filled with chilling,
but captivating, stories. A handy guide of rags to riches
stories and silent hardships. The ghost towns depicted
appeal to travelers, archeologists, artists, historians,
anthropologists, and individuals from all walks of life.
Size: 6" x 9" • 27 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3569-3 • soft cover • $16.99
THE WEST: MONTANA • WYOMING • COLORA DO • NEVADA • THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST
THE WEST: ARTS & CRAFTS
Painted Sky: 106 Artists of the Rocky
Mountain West. E. Ashley Rooney, Foreword
by Rose Fredrick. The works of 106 contemporary
artists provide a fresh look at the artistic vibrancy
of the Rocky Mountain West region of the United
States. Over 600 stunning photos showcase their
works in many mediums, including sculpture,
mixed media, paint, photography, and others.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 616 color photos • 232 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4961-4 • hard cover • $50.00
Greetings from Colorado Springs.
Mary Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price.
289 vintage postcards from the 1900s to
the 1950s take readers back in time to
tour Colorado Springs and the Pikes Peak
Region. Sites include the Broadmoor
Hotel, Antlers Hotels, the Garden of
the Gods, Glen Eyrie, North Cheyenne
Cañon, Seven Falls, and Pikes Peak.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 289 postcard images
• Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2575-2 • soft cover • $24.95
100 Artists of the West Coast. Douglas
Bullis. 100 of the most important artists of our
time from the American west coast, San Diego
to Vancouver. Each artist shares with you, in their
own words, the thinking and feelings that are
the essence of their work and their world. This
fine art compendium is sure to delight your eyes
and imagination. For collectors, museum and
gallery visitors, or merely curious.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 400 + color photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1931-0 • hard cover • $39.95
Greetings from Denver: Postcards
from the Mile-High City. Mary L.
Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price.
Denver combines the cosmopolitan
atmosphere of Eastern cities with the
rugged spirit of the miners and pioneers of the Old West. Over 200 vintage
hand-tinted postcards from the 1900s
through the 1940s take readers back
through Denver’s history.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 237 images • Price Guide /Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2548-5 • soft cover • $24.95
Ghosts, Gangsters, and Gamblers of Las Vegas.
Liz Cavanaugh, Vernell Hackett, & Michelle Broussard
Honick. Take a historical look at “Sin City" and the
colorful characters that built the desert oasis. With
high rollers, haunted hotels, and showrooms featuring
the famous and flamboyant, Las Vegas has something
to pique everyone’s interests and this book is your
perfect guide.
Size: 6" x 9" • 59 b/w photos • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3294-4 • soft cover • $14.99
Durango Perspectives. Steve Larese. The beauty, people and history of
Durango, Colorado, is captured in more
than 150 color and historic black and
white photographs that take readers on
an armchair visit to this beloved Rocky
Mountain town.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 130 color & 20
b/w photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3337-8 • soft cover
• $9.99
Welcome to Haunted Las Vegas, Nevada. Tracie
Austin-Peters. Got Ghosts? Come join us on the south
side of Las Vegas as we learn about a ghost who gets
a home owner’s attention by hanging a child’s Barbie
doll from the ceiling. Listen to a ghost who likes to
play the ukulele on the North side of town. Do you
believe in ghosts? You will, after hearing about the
specters of Las Vegas!
Size: 6" x 9" • 3 b/w photos, 18 illustrations • 160
pp.ISBN: 978-0-7643-3286-9 • soft cover • $14.99
100 Artists of the West Coast II. Tina Skinner.
A mix of emerging, mid-career, and established
artists makes this a valuable tool for galleries
and collectors. Meet each artist as they share,
in their own words, the thoughts and feelings
expressed in their work, shown in over 400 full
color photographs of vividly hued, conceptually
stimulating artworks.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 400-plus • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3271-5 • hard cover • $39.99
MONTANA: SCENES
Glacier National Park: Past and
Present. Suzanne Silverthorn. Featured
are colorful scenes of the park’s glorious
lakes, wildlife, and rugged mountains.
Postcards of yesteryear and contemporary photographs tell the rich history
and enduring qualities of this Crown
Jewel within the National Park system.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 238 b/w & color
images • 112 pp.• ISBN: 978-0-76433857-1 • hard cover • $24.99
MONTANA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Custer’s Best: The Story of Company M,
7th Cavalry at the Little Bighorn. Colonel
French L. MacLean. The story of George Custer’s
Company M at Little Bighorn. The company
maintained a disciplined withdrawal, saving an
entire detachment and possibly the rest of the
regiment from annihilation. The most-detailed
work on a single company at the Little Bighorn.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350+ color & b/w photos • 272 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3757-4 • hard cover • $69.99
Schiffer LTD
WYOMING: STORIES & LORE
Haunted Wyoming. Linda Moffitt. Wyoming is filled
with ghosts and haunted adventures. Learn about
Yellowstone’s mysteries as well as the spirits that
still roam the many caves and grooves of Wyoming’s
landscapes. But, make sure you learn the signs when
ghosts are near and what you can do to protect yourself
from them! Wyoming has the hauntings for you!
Size: 6" x 9" • 33 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3896-0 • soft cover • $16.99
COLORADO: SCENES
Rocky Mountain Tour: Estes Park,
Rocky Mountain National Park,
and Grand Lake, Colorado. Suzanne Silverthorn. Scenic Rocky
Mountain National Park, and the resorts
at Estes Park and Grand Lake, Colorado
with historic lodges and lakes. Over
400 vintage postcards and prints offer
readers an indepth look.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 429 color photos
Index • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2848-0 • soft cover • $24.95
COLORADO: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
The West that Was. John Eggen.
Images taken from the original glass
negatives made in the early 20th century,
these photos give an unprecedented look
at life on the ranch and trail. Authentic
people doing their rugge This is an
important volume of history that every
student of the Old West will cherish.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 106 photos • 184 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-330-1 • hard cover
• $29.95
Cowboys. John Eggen. In 1903, Frank
Sherman photographed a cattle roundup,
including a surprise visit from President
Theodore Roosevelt, to make postcards
for his souvenir shop in Colorado Springs.
Here are his images preserved on glass
negatives all these years later. Enjoy
authentic views of the cowboys. his new
work brings even more of the cowboy’s
day-to-day existence to life.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 100 photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-436-7 • soft cover • $19.95
Ghosts of Colorado. Dennis Baker. Tour of one of
the most haunted landscapes in the United States.
Walk the halls of the chilling Stanley Hotel in Estes
Park, a place that gave even Stephen King the creeps.
Explore legends of Doc Holliday at the Hotel Colorado
in Glenwood Springs and visit his grave to see his ghost.
Learn about “unsinkable" Molly Brown’s haunted home
in Denver, and read ghost stories that have haunted
the Colorado Rockies for centuries.
Size: 6" x 9" • 40 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3052-0 • soft cover • $14.99
Las Vegas Lights. Mark P. Block and Robert
Block. With 235 color images and engaging
text, readers tour the glowing neon signs in
Las Vegas, Nevada. Familiar neon signs from
the past are displayed along side modern signs
of incredible brilliance and complexity. Neon
from fabulous casinos, restaurants, famous
wedding chapels, and the world-renown resort
hotels are all on display.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 235 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1632-X • soft cover • $29.95
NEVADA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Strange Monsters of the Pacific Northwest.
Michael Newton. Is it possible that unusual creatures
or “monsters" share the Pacific Northwest with its 10.3
million human occupants? It’s true! A comprehensive
guide to a crypto zoo of the Northwest, this book
details the Black Tamanous, a man-eating monster;
a kangaroo man; the usual brownies, elves, fairies,
gnomes, leprechauns, pixies, wee folk; and many more.
You may find this research unsettling, even frightening.
One thing is certain…a world of mystery awaits..
Size: 6" x 9" • 58 b/w photos • 192 pp.ISBN: 9780-7643-3622-5 • soft cover • $16.99
Beachcombing the Pacific. Amos L. Wood. A
comprehensive how-to and where-to handbook that
will prove to be an indispensable tool. Learn techniques
to enhance your discovery potential and improve the
results of your efforts, and to determine found-object
origins. Beachcombing The Pacific, is truly a comprehensive how-to and where-to handbook that will prove
to be an indispensable tool for beginning as well as
experienced beachcombers.
Size: 6" x 9" • 160 charts, maps & photos
Index • 225 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-097-3 • soft cover • $9.95
Pacific Square-Riggers. Jim Gibbs. A complete
look at well-known cannery vessels of the last
breed of sailing ships, the square-riggers. Also
Downeasters, seamen’s missions and boarding
house crimps, runners, plus the great Star Fleet
are brought into the picture of Pacific navigation.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 366 photos & drawings
Index • 224 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-106-6 • soft cover • $19.95
NEVADA: SCENES
Mid-Century Vegas: 1930s to
1960s. Donald D. Spencer. 437 images
trace Las Vegas’ history. Tour popular
hotel and casino resorts, including the
Golden Nugget, Flamingo Hotel and
Casino, Sands Casino, and Monte Carlo
Club. Learn the beginnings of Roulette
and slot machines.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 437 illustrations •
Price Guide/Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3129-9 • hard cover
$39.99
95
Lighthouses of the Pacific. Jim Gibbs. History
and good, entertaining reading are combined
in this presentation of all the lighthouses along
the coasts of Washington, Oregon, California,
Hawaii, Alaska, and British Columbia.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 399 photos • Index • 256 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2463-2 • soft cover • $29.95
96
THE WEST: WASHINGTON • OREGON • CALIFORNIA
THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST: ARTS & CRAFTS
100 Artists of the Northwest. E. Ashley
Rooney, with Karla Matzke. One hundred contemporary artists offer a fresh look at life in this
region of natural beauty. Through sculpture,
glass, oil, clay, wood, and other contemporary
mediums, the artists combine, redesign, and
transform their materials into art tells the stories
of today and creates excitement for tomorrow.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 600 color photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4312-4 • hard cover • 50.00
Greetings from Portland, Oregon.
Mary L. Martin & Kirby Brumfield. Over
380 postcards from the 1900s to the
1950s take readers on a visual tour of
Portland, Oregon’s sights and entertainments, including City Hall, Council Crest
Amusement Park, Union Train Depot,
the famous Rose Parade, and views of
Mount Hood and Mount Saint Helens.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 389 color photos
Price Guide • 128 pp.ISBN: 0-7643-2576-0 • soft cover • $24.95
OREGON: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Northwest Carving Tradition. Karen & Ralph
Norris. Here over 400 color photographs of old
and recent artwork include totems, drums, rattles
boxes, canoes, and many masks of traditional
designs. Master carvers as well as younger
artists are featured. The text gives a better
understand of the complex society, its artwork,
and current values.
Size: 9" x 12" • 415 color photos
Value Guide/Index • 240 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0799-1 • hard cover • $59.95
Pacific Northwest Haunts. Joe Teeples. Investigate
the ghosts of the Pacific Northwest with this useful
field guide to spectral haunts! Visit a community in
Seattle built over top a children’s graveyard, where
unsuspecting homeowners report ghostly children
in their homes This ghostly field guide lists over 270
haunted locations in the Pacific Northwest that ghost
hunters can easily visit. Includes street addresses,
photographs, and historical information about the
spirits and areas involved in spectral hauntings.
Size: 6" x 9" • 138 b/w photos • Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3436-8 • soft cover • $16.99
Contemporary Art on the Northwest
Coast: Salish, Nuu-Chah-Nulth, Makah.
Karen Norris. Photography by Ralph Norris. The
work of over 50 contemporary Salish, Nuu-ChahNulth, and Makah tribal artists of the Northwest
Coast showcased in over 400 color photographs. .
Size: 9" x 12" • 417 color photos • 240 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3641-6 • hard cover • $59.99
Schiffer LTD
Ghosts of Portland, Oregon. Todd Cobb. From
disembodied screams of a murdered girl heard beneath the St. John’s Bridge to moving furniture and
ethereal figures spotted in The White Eagle bar, enjoy
14 spine-tingling ghostly tales so that you can know
them, too.
Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w photos • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2798-8 • soft cover • $12.95
WASHINGTON: SCENES
Greetings from the Washington
Coast: A Postcard Tour from
Columbia River to the San Juan
Islands. Cherie Christensen. Over 400
vintage postcards provide a sweeping
historical view of the Washington Coast.
In-depth stories of historical maritime
Washington complement the images.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 420 color images
• 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3034-6 • hard cover • $34.99
WASHINGTON: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Ghosts of Seattle. Athena. Seattle is haunted. The
chilling presence of deceased Congressman Marion
Zioncheck at the Artic Club, the protective specter of
women’s rights at the Harvard Exit Theatre, and the
swing dancer whose ghostly dance leaves the ladies
breathless are all present. Seattle will haunt you!
Size: 6" x 9" • 48 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2687-5 • soft cover • $12.95
Washington’s Haunted Hotspots. Linda Moffitt.
Washington provides readers with more than a ghost
story. Use this guide to plan your ghostly vacation
with directions to each haunted site. Visit over 175
haunted locations across the state, including Lake
View Cemetery where Bruce and Brandon Lee may
be seen haunting the grounds.
Size: 6" x 9" • 56 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3277-7 • soft cover • $14.99
Haunts of Western Oregon. Kent Goodman. From
the mysterious Bigfoot-like entity known as Flix, near
Albany, Oregon, to the haunted cradle that rocks itself in
Yoncalla, Western Oregon is home to ghosts, UFOs, and
other strange phenomena. Use the book’s alphabetical
format to visit spooky locations, either in person or from
the safety of your own home-with all the doors and
windows locked, of course!
Size: 6" x 9" • 54 b/w photos & illus. • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3224-1 • soft cover • $14.99
Tattoo Road Trip: The Pacific Northwest. Bob
Baxter. Meet tattoo artists from the Oregon-California line, northward through Washington State
and over the border to Vancouver, B.C.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 423 color photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1522-6 • hard cover • $39.95
CALIFORNIA: SCENES
Southern California Out & About. John Eng
& Adriene Biondo. In more than 220 spectacular
images and captions, John Eng and Adriene
Biondo reveal all that Southern California has to
offer. From the magnificent mountain scenery of
the High Sierras, to the lowbrow subculture of the
Venice Beach Freakshow, you will see some of the
beauty and pathos of a state that has become a
modern utopia and the envy of the world.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 220+ b/w & color photos
192 pp.• ISBN: 978-0-7643-4071-0 • hard cover
• $45.00
Southern California Eats. John Eng & Adriene
Biondo. Indulge a passion for 20th century Americana with this stunningly photographed book on
roadside restaurants. Embark on a road trip to
Route 66 landmarks, space age coffee shops, and
Polynesian paradises. Part-homage and part-guidebook, this is a great book for anyone’s library.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 269 color & b/w photos
• 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3332-3 • soft cover • $24.99
Lost Treasure Ships of the Oregon Coast. Theodore
Schellhase. The early history of Oregon from the journals
of explorers Alexander Mackenzie, David Thompson, and
Lewis & Clark. Read about journeys into Oregon and
first encounters with Native Americans on the coast.
Hear legends of white-winged ships that first came to
these shores and eyewitness accounts of survivors from
shipwrecks who intermarried with local tribes. Return
to the days of treasure ships and their mysteries along
the Oregon coast.
Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w photos & ills. • Index • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3197-8 • soft cover • $14.99
Southern California Eats 2. 2nd. John Eng
and Adriene Biondo. A fun, informative, and visual
treat with something for everyone. Enjoy photo
excursions to historic landmarks like the Dal Rae
and Dresden Restaurant , the last remaining winery/
restaurant in Los Angeles, a desert outpost cafe,
and a giant chocolate donut you can drive-thru.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color & b/w photos
• 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3639-3 • soft cover • $24.99
The Columbia: America’s Great Highway. Samuel
C. Lancaster. Details this famous engineer’s experience
designing and constructing the scenic Columbia River
Highway. Collected essays about the region’s natives,
early missionaries, fur traders, soldiers, great landmarks,
bridges, buildings, and tunnels. A new foreword is by
Walt Curtis, who has authored poetry books, as well
as articles on Oregon’s forgotten authors.
Size: 6" x 9" • 25 color, 88 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2003-3 • soft cover • $12.95
Pier Pressure: California Piers from
San Diego to San Francisco. Kathy
Schroeder. 500 color photos of 51 piers
along coastal California including the
Maritime Museum at Hyde Street Pier,
the world-famous Fisherman’s Wharf in
San Francisco, and many more. Piers of
all sizes and stature are found throughout
these pages and will have you wanting to
visit these incredible places for yourself.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 448 color & 52 b/w images • Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4353-7 • hard cover • $34.99
OREGON: ARTS & CRAFTS
OREGON: SCENES
Ashland, Oregon. Barbara Tricarico. Nestled between the Siskiyou and
Cascade mountain ranges, Ashland,
Oregon, is surrounded by an endless
majestic landscape. The essence of
this small town is captured here by 33
local photographers. Breathtaking views
of foliage and wildlife may convince
you to plan a trip to this charming and
bounteous destination.
Size: 12" x 9" • 217 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4490-9 • hard cover • $34.99
Tattoo Road Trip: The Best of Oregon.
Bob Baxter and Mary Gardner. Bob Baxter
and his wife, Mary Gardner, have carefully
vetted and selected forty-four of the best
tattoo shops in their home state of Oregon
in order to expand their already vast online
directory. The result is the fifth installment
in the Tattoo Road Trip series, a captivating,
regional tattoo compendium and day-by-day
account of the couple’s adventures on the road.
Size: 12" x 12" • 908 color photos & 29
drawings • 320 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4452-7 • hard cover • $80.00 • Schiffer LTD
Quilts of the Oregon Trail. Mary Bywater Cross.
Presents quilts as documents of history that help
us learn about the lives and experiences of the
many women who traveled the Oregon Trail from
1840-1870. Features 56 quilts made before, during,
and after the journey, shown in full color along
with vintage photos of the makers and historical
background. Includes multiple appendices, glossary,
and extensive bibliography.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Index
138 color & 40 b/w photos • 184 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2316-4 • soft cover • $29.99
California Theme Parks. Alex Millerand Bryce Walker. Amusement parks
have been a staple of California recreation for over a century. Discover how
these magical places came to be; learn
little-known secrets of 20 parks and
what makes them memorable. 301color
photos provide a unique glimpse into
an industry that forever changed family
entertainment.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 310 color photos • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3478-8 • soft cover • $19.99
THE WEST: CALIFORNIA
Flashback Los Angeles: Postcard Views:
Then and Now. Michael Oldham. A juxtaposition of landmark buildings, homes, restaurants,
and parks in greater Los Angeles, from past
and present, using vintage postcards and 21st
century photographs of the scenes portrayed in
the originals. See one era compared to another
in Santa Monica, Venice, Chinatown, and many
other areas of Los Angeles County.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 406 postcards and photos
• 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4586-9 • soft cover • $24.99
Snapshots of San Diego: Sun, Surf
& Sand. Anita Yasuda. Vintage San
Diego travel advertisements, postcards
and photographs remember its perfect
sun, surf, and sand. Stroll pristine seashores and bustling boardwalks and see
La Jolla Cove Park, where a tree exists
that inspired the art work of Dr. Seuss,
and Mission Beach, where the thrill of
the Chaos roller coaster awaits.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 325 color photos
Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2804-6 • soft cover • $24.95
Spiritland: Ghosts of California’s Central Coast.
Avia Belle Moon. A supernatural outing into the ghosts
and paranormal sites of California’s Central Coast. Told
from the view of the Native Chumash, who have called
this part of California home for some 3,000 years.
Size: • 6" x 9" • 77 color images • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3901-1 • soft cover • $19.99
Greetings from Beverly Hills. Mike
Oldham. Since the early 20th century,
Beverly Hills has been known for its
movie stars and mansions. Here, in over
300 color and black and white postcard
images, the story of the “Move Star
Capital" is presented. Experience the
Beverly Hills of a different era, when
one could stroll past the residence of
a favorite star, and perhaps even call
on them for a visit!
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 302 color photos
Price Guide • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2628-8 • soft cover • $24.95
Yosemite National Park: Past and
Present. I-Ting Chiang and Suzanne
Silverthorn. Yosemite National Park is
an American treasure best known for
its thunderous waterfalls and enormous granite mountains. See views
of Yosemite Valley, the giant sequoias
of the Mariposa Grove, the beauty of
the meadows and streams in the High
Sierras, the park’s diverse wildlife, and
historic properties such as The Ahwahnee, Wawona, and Camp Curry.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 355 images • Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4351-3 • hard cover • $24.99
UFOs Over California: A True History of Extraterrestrial Encounters in the Golden State. Preston
Dennett. Hundreds of verified sightings including cases
of healing, alien surgical implants, and UFO landings.
Size: 6" x 9" • 36 color images • 192 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2149-8 • soft cover • $14.95
Los Angeles Neon. Nathan Marsak. An eye-popping panorama of
blazing neon lights. Stop at glorious
entertainment palaces and night clubs,
famous restaurants, apartment buildings,
commercial establishments, bowling
and sports clubs, car agencies, drive-ins,
motels, and mobile home parks.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 355 color photos
Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1542-0
• soft cover • $29.95
LA’s Graveside Companion: Where
the V.I.P.s R.I.P. Steve Goldstein. Over
270 color photos, informative text, and
directions guide readers to 400 graves
of L.A.’s most famous and influential
citizens. Included are Rudolph Valentino,
Douglas Fairbanks, Cecil B. DeMille, Jack
Benny, Eddie Cantor, Eddie “Rochester"
Anderson, and Marilyn Monroe. The detailed text gives biographies for each star.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 278 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3154-1 • soft cover • $19.99
Greetings From Pasadena. Mary L.
Martin & Kim Hufford. View beautiful
Pasadena, California, through rare
vintage postcards from early 1900s
to the 1960s. Visit Marengo Avenues
overhanging pepper trees and East
Colorado Street, where the annual Tournament of Roses takes place every New
Years Day. See lovely landscaping and
exquisite architecture that has withstood
the test of time.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 345 postcards • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2852-7 • soft cover • $24.95
Historic Monterey. Anita Yusada. Step back
in time and learn what life was like for people
living in Monterey, California, in the 1800s. This
charming book displays over 400 beautiful color
photographs of the town and gardens, and the
area stretching to Carmel, with quotes from
sailors, travel writers, explorers, politicians,
clergymen, and tourists that capture the fascinating evolution of the region.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 406 color photos • Index
• 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2871-8 • soft cover • $19.95
Greetings from San Diego. Mary
L. Martin, Tina Skinner, and Lindsey
Hamilton. Vintage postcards show San
Diego as it appeared decades, and even
a century, ago. Relive the city’s history
through images of Balboa Park, the
1915 Panama-California International Exposition, Casa de Estudillo, and
much more.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 226 postcard images
Price Guide • 128 pp.ISBN: 0-7643-2562-0 • soft cover • $24.95
Greetings from San Francisco. Mary
Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price.
Vintage postcards from the 1900s to the
1960s will showcase the Golden Gate
Bridge, Alcatraz Island, Fisherman’s
Whart, Chinatown, the de Young Museum, Golden Gate Park, the Presidio,
Seal Rock, and the Cliff House.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 342 color photos
• Price Guide • 125 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2651-6 • soft cover • $24.95
CALIFORNIA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
California's Historic Haunts. Brian Clune with
Bob Davis. Visit 25 of California's most haunted and
historic sites. Each site is explored by the authors
and Planet Paranormal to give the visitor or potential
investigator all the tools necessary to conduct a rewarding investigation. All sites are open to the public
and this comprehensive historic guide supplies visitor
information, tools of the trade and a full glossary.
Size: 6" x 9" • 99 b/w & color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4706-1 • soft cover • $14.99
Hollywood Paranormal Films: Fact & Fiction.
Jim O’Rear. Delves into 10 blockbuster films, separating truth from fiction in horror entertainment.
Through behind-the-scenes stories and paranormal
case documents, compare and analyze evidence behind
paranormal blockbusters, such as The Amityville Horror,
The Exorcist, The Changeling, The Entity, and more.
Size: 6" x 9" • 72 color photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3812-0 • soft cover • $19.99
Classic Hollywood Stars: Portraits & Quotes.
Mike Oldham. The most famous Hollywood entertainers
of the 1920s to 1960s appear in postcard portraits
and personal quotes that help define their characters.
See June Allyson, Jack Benny, Gary Cooper, and Helen
Hayes, along with so many more. Today’s fans continue
to relish the personalities of these great stars.
Size: 6" x 9" • 200 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3050-6 • soft cover • $12.99
Strange California Monsters. Michael Newton.
Unknown creatures may appear at any time, to startle,
frighten, and in some cases devour unwary humans.
While Bigfoot is known to many, California’s other
strange creatures—giant birds and reptiles, lizard
men and winged apes, man-sized fish and salamanders—will surprise and fascinate you.
Size: 6" x 9" • 48 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3336-1 • soft cover • $14.99
Hollywood Homes: Postcard Views of Early
Stars’ Estates. Mary L. Martin, Tina Skinner & Tammy
Ward. This wonderful book takes you on an architectural
tour into the lives of over 100 early demi-Gods of the
Silver Screen. Then, as now, visitors paid to ride past
these homes, hoping above all else to glimpse one of
the giants of the screen so that a little bit of star dust
might rub off on them. Short bios of the celebrities
illuminate this golden era of entertainment.
Size: 6" x 9" • 505 images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2202-8 • soft cover • $12.95
Supernatural California. Preston
Dennett. This comprehensive guidebook
takes you to over 200 sites where the
supernatural, paranormal and unknown
are most likely to be encountered, including UFOs, Bigfoot, lake monsters
and coastal sea serpents, chupacabra
and other cryptozoological creatures,
haunted hotels, parks, museums, theaters, businesses, roadways, and more.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 66 illustrations • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2401-2 soft cover • $24.95
More Hollywood Homes. Mike Oldham. Tour the
homes of movie stars of the silver screen. Over 360
postcards and photos display the residences of Fred
Astaire, Lucille Ball, Charlie Chaplin, Joan Crawford,
Marlene Dietrich, Peter Falk, Judy Garland, Elvis
Presley, and many more. Facts about the stars and
the residences are revealed.
Size: 6" x 9" • 362 color photos
Price Guide • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2902-9 • soft cover $14.95
California Ghosts: True Accounts of Hauntings
in the Golden State. Preston E. Dennett. Presents
26 true, first-hand accounts of spooks, spirits, and
hauntings across the state, some funny, some scary,
and some absolutely bone-chilling. All of them are true.
Size: 6" x 9" • 26 illustrations • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-1972-3 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghosts of Hollywood: The Show Still Goes On.
Marla Brooks. Glitz, Glamour, and Ghosts! Read about
the celebrity apparitions who touch visitors at the
Hollywood Wax Museum, the phantom bartender at
the elegant Yamashiro Restaurant; lively spirits at The
Formosa Café who drink right along with the customers;
and many more. Curses, murder, and mayhem aplenty,
for in Hollywood, the show still goes on.
Size: 6 " x 9" • 47 b/w photos • Index • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2883-1 • soft cover • $14.95
97
98
THE WEST: CALIFORNIA
Ghosts of Hollywood II: Talking to Spirits. Marla
Brooks. The ghostly residents of Hollywood are not
shy. During séances conducted at Hollywood locations,
spirits come forth, denying accidental deaths, naming
murderers, and chit-chatting for fun. Hear what Marilyn
Monroe, Elvis Presley, Harry Truman, and Jim Morrison,
among others, have to say from beyond. Visit haunted
houses, banks, cemeteries, restaurants, and more!
Size: 6" x 9" • 71 b/w photos • Index • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2997-5 • soft cover • $14.99
Final Resting Places: Orange County’s Dead and
Famous. Michael Thomas Barry. Tour 24 graveyards
in Orange County, California. Photos help identify
burial locations and 200 life stories include President
Richard Nixon, murder victim Nicole Brown Simpson,
and John Wayne. Step-by-step directions.
Size: 6" x 9" • 57 b/w photos • Index • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3421-4 • soft cover • $16.99
Ghosts of Alcatraz. Kathryn Vercillo, photography
by Adam Vogt. Alcatraz Island near San Francisco, has
a chilling haunted history. Hear Al Capone’s mournful
banjo and Robert “Birdman" Stroud’s shriek in the
wind. Find Smitty, the amazing escape artist, and
Rufe McCain, murdered by a monster, and many more
stories. Visit with unsettled spirits on Alcatraz, but
make sure you catch the last boat home.
Size: 6 x 9 • 32 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2884-8 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghosts of Hollywood III. Marla Brooks. Tour
Hollywood’s most haunted studios, hotels, private
homes, and graveyards. Here, still more of the rich and
famous lived, died, and, in some cases, refuse to leave.
Size: 6" x 9" • 76 b/w photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3201-2 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghosts of Orange County. Victoria Gross. 26
haunted locations, including the ship Queen Mary
and Disneyland. Meet the ghost of Le Potager that
keeps the lights on when the kitchen garden is closed
and a phantom that inhabits an antique mirror in a
residence in La Habra. Walk the streets of Fullerton
to visit spirit actors at The Fox Theater and dine with
ghosts at Rutaborgze Restaurant.
Size: 6" x 9" • 58 b/w photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3171-8 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghost Stories and Legends of Alameda, Berkeley,
and Oakland. Karen Zimmerman. Never-before-published stories of Alameda, Berkeley, and Oakland’s
haunted locations. Includes homes, a restaurant, a
student co-op, and the historic Pardee Home Museum.
25 tales told from paranormal investigators, residents,
and psychics.
Size: 6" x 9" • 63 b/w photos • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3576-1 • soft cover • $14.99
Fade to Black: Graveside Memories of
Hollywood Greats 1927 – 1950. Michael
Thomas Barry. Visit burial locations and read
shocking life stories and extraordinary film
career biographies of award-winning actors,
actresses, and directors from 1927-1950. Trivia,
quotes, and facts for 446 stars.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100 b/w photos • Index
• 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3709-3 • soft cover • $24.99
Haunted Monterey Peninsula. Anita Yasuda. Spend
time with a ghostly lady in a black dress who occupies
a rocking chair at the Robert Louis Stevenson House.
Read about a phantom woman in Pebble Beach who
frightens drivers when she appears in the middle of the
road. Unusual paranormal stories are compiled here,
including the ghost of a Chinese fisherman, a Devil’s
Ship, a Haunted Lighthouse, and more.
Size: 6" x 9" • 55 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3151-0 • soft cover • $14.99
Murder and Mayhem: 52 Crimes that Shocked
Early California 1849-1949. Michael Thomas Barry.
Relive 52 notorious crime stories of early California
from 1849-1949. True tales, compiled here for the
first time, come to life with dozens of rare historical
photographs. Sit back, relax, and explore the darker
side of the history of the Golden State.
Size: 6" x 9" • 87 color & b/w photos • Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3968-4 • soft cover • $19.99
Coastal Ghosts of Southern California. Anita
Yasuda. Meet inhabitants of the Olivas Adobe in
Ventura County where icy hands pull at your clothes;
glimpse ghostly lights at Smugglers Beach as they
disappear into the waves, seeming to walk along the
bottom of the ocean. Dead sailors, sea monsters, and
evil apparitions abound here...beware.
Size: 6" x 9" • 66 b/w photos • Index • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3150-3 • soft cover • $14.99
Piercing the Veil: Examining San Diego’s Haunted History. Charles L. Spratley. Many people search
to find a good – and true – ghost story in San Diego. It
might surprise you to find that some tales you thought
were true, may be created from misconceptions, distortions, and even made-up historic events. Premier stories
about the famous “most haunted" Whaley House.
Size: 6" x 9" • 60 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4140-3 • soft cover • $16.99
Haunts of San Jose. David Lee. Whether it’s a
haunted house on Stockton Avenue, the ghost begging for a police officer to find his murderer outside
the Japanese Tea Garden, or the ghost in overalls
and a cowboy hat at Tres Gringos, on Second Street,
the haunts of San Jose will make you shiver as you
walk the streets!
Size: 6" x 9" • 43 b/w photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3029-2 • soft cover • $14.99
The Final Curtain: Celebrity Deaths. Catherine
Olen. Whether you are curious about the unsolved
mysteries around Rudolph Valentino, Elvis Presley, John
Candy, and Michael Jackson, or the tragic endings of
Judy Garland, John Belushi, and Chris Farley, the stars
are here to welcome you! So get ready to be up close
and personal with the crypts of Hollywood. It’ll leave
you dying for more.
Size: 6" x 9" • 40 b/w images • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3472-6 • soft cover • $14.99
1906 Earthquake: San Francisco’s
Great Disaster. Sandor Demlinger.
An amazing collection of vintage photographs, some never published, let
readers delve into the first earthquake
ever photographed.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 175 images • 144 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2404-7 • soft cover •
$24.95
Ghosts of Greater Los Angeles. Preston Dennett.
Greater Los Angeles is no stranger to ghosts. Take time
at Universal Studios to look for Lon Chaney who haunts
Sound Stage 28, or a ghostly little girl in a hurry not to
miss her favorite “killer" ride. From Ouija Boards and
levitation, to EVP and animal haunts, it just may be
that the ghosts in this town are what make it great...
Size: 6" x 9" • 17 b/w images • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3503-7 • soft cover • $14.99
Ghosts of San Francisco. Kathryn Vercillo. San
Francisco is a dynamic city rich with ghostly intrigue.
Learn about a rum-soaked body that haunts Atherton
Mansion, the eerie piano player at the York Hotel, lights
and footsteps in the abandoned Park Presidio military
hospital and many more spirited tales!
Size: 6" x 9" • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2765-0 • soft cover • $12.95
CALIFORNIA: ARCHITECTURE
The Life and Times of Lilian J. Rice, Master
Architect. Diane Y. Welch. Award-winning author
Diane Y. Welch resurrects the story of architect Lilian
J. Rice, retelling the life and times of this controversial
woman. Eleven of Rice’s homes are listed on the
National Register of Historic Places, more are county
landmarks, and several garnered her honor awards
from the American Institute of Architects.
Size: 7" x 10" • 94 color & b/w images • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4958-4 • hard cover • $34.99
Lilian J. Rice: Architect of Rancho Santa
Fe, California. Diane Y. Welch. Lilian J. Rice was
given the opportunity of a lifetime in 1922, when
she began to design and develop Rancho Santa
Fe, the master-planned, high class community in
Southern California, now renowned as one of the
wealthiest zipcodes in the USA. 394 illustrations,
floor plans, architectural renderings, and stunning
photographs included.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 390 color photos • Index
• 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3456-6 • hard cover • $49.99
California Bungalows: The 1911 Ye
Planry Catalog. The 1911 edition of Ye
Planry Building Company Inc.’s catalog of
bungalow plans, this reproduction serves
as an informative resource for today’s
architects, homebuilders, and homeowners.
This edition features 102 detailed, handdrawn “pencil sketches" of floor plans
alongside renderings and/or photographs
of completed homes that are typical of the early Arts & Crafts Bungalow style.
Size: 10" x 7" • 200+ photos & sketches • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4454-1 • soft cover • $34.99
Deco & Streamline Architecture in L.A.:
A Moderne City Survey. Elizabeth McMillian.
Showcases the two main categories of Art Deco
styles in L.A.: the zigzag, perpendicular Deco style of
the 1920s and the aerodynamic, cubist style of the
Streamline 1930s and early `40s. Exterior and interior
views of public buildings, office towers, theaters,
restaurants, religious structures, apartments, hotels,
and individual homes. An essential reference and a
stunning tribute to architectural expression in L.A.
Size: 9" x 12" • 231 color & 65 b/w photos
Index • 224 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2008-4 • hard cover • $49.95
California Colonial: The Spanish & Rancho
Revival Styles. Elizabeth McMillian. A deeply
researched text and stunning imagery explores
vernacular and religious structures built between
1769 and 1848, during the Spanish Mission and
Mexican Rancho eras.
Size: 9" x 12" • 363 color & 51 b/w photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1460-2 • hard cover • $49.95
THE WEST: CALIFORNIA
California Mission Architecture:
A Survey and Sourcebook. Jock M.
Sewall, A.I.A.. The California Missions
were built under the direction of the adventurous padres who organized an existing
agrarian culture to produce viable military,
commercial, and religious centers. With
nearly 800 photos and plans, this book
visually documents each of the twenty-one
Mission’s rustic, elegant features, artistic
details, and general architectural significance.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 797 photos and plans • 368 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4200-4
• hard cover • $75.00
Architecture Tours L.A. Guidebook: West
Hollywood / Beverly Hills. Laura Massino Smith.
These cities enjoy a rich tapestry of diverse and exciting
architecture. Drive down Santa Monica Blvd., Rodeo
Drive, and the Sunset Strip, and see architectural
landmarks including the Argyle Hotel, the Beverly
Hills Hotel, and the jet-age Union 76 gas station.
Size: 9" x 6" • 66 color photos • 64 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2122-6 • soft cover • $9.95
California Revival: Vintage Decor for Today’s
Homes. Carole Coates & Annie Dietz. A new movement, featuring vintage furnishings, art pottery, tile,
paintings and decorative arts from California’s Spanish
Revival period of the 1920s to 1940s, in today’s
homes. Go inside ten “real" homes, showing you
how to achieve this enlivening and color-saturated
style. Over 600 color images with detailed captions
and an engaging text.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 602 color photos • 256 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2635-6 • hard cover • $49.95
California Colonial Homes: Case Studies with
Prominent Architects. S.F. “Jerry" Cook III & Tina
Skinner. Work by over 30 leading architects of the
Spanish Revival movement in California during the
1920s and ’30s is featured, with 44 beautiful homes.
Architects include: Wallace Neff, Gordon Kaufman,
Roland Coate, and George Washington Smith.
Size: 9" x 12" • 313 b/w photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2392-X • hard cover • $39.95
Architecture Tours L.A. Guidebook: Silver
Lake. Laura Massino Smith. Students of architecture
worldwide make pilgrimages to Silver Lake specifically
to see the work of the Modernist architects Richard
Neutra, Rudolf M. Schindler, Gregory Ain, John
Lautner, and Frank Lloyd Wright, Jr., among others.
Size: 9" x 6" • 67 color photos •
Index • 48 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2085-8 • soft cover • $9.95
California Gardens of the Arts & Crafts
Period. Eugene O. Murmann. Historic California garden design as recorded by Eugene
O. Murmann (1900-1962). Released in 1914,
the book details 50 garden plans with 103
photographs of actual gardens. This book is
a wealth of imagery and ideas about Arts &
Crafts era sensibilities, Japanese gardens, and
Mission-influenced landscape design.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 154 b/w photos & illustrations • 128 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2861-9 • hard cover • $24.95
Palm Springs Mid-century Modern.
Dolly Faibyshev. Lavish color photos present the mid-century modern architecture
of Palm Springs, California. The desert
environment and Hollywood stars inspired
architects of the day to creative heights,
including Donald Wexler, E. Stewart Williams, William Krisel, Albert Frey, William
F. Cody, and Richard Neutra.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 178 photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3461-0 • hard cover • $29.99
Architecture Tours L.A. Guidebook: Downtown. Laura Massino Smith. The city’s most architecturally diverse area, with Victorian, Renaissance Revival,
European Beaux-Arts, Art Deco and Post-modern.
Highlights: Walt Disney Concert Hall, the new cathedral, Little Tokyo, the Historic Theater District,
and L.A.’s first suburb.
Size: 9" x 6" • 114 color photos •
Index • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2084-X • soft cover • $9.95
Beach Boundaries: Fences and Gates
of Southern California. Linda Byrne and
Robert Scott. Tour gardens and homes of Los
Angeles County: Hermosa Beach, Manhattan
Beach, and Redondo Beach. Here find compelling
photographs that act as a guide for homeowners
and gardeners who are looking to define their
outdoor spaces.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 114 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4097-0 • soft cover • $12.99
Palm Springs: Mid-Century Modern Postcard
Book. Dolly Faibyshev. A book of 30 color postcards
taken among the manicured neighborhoods nestled in
southern California’s desert landscape and Hollywood
playground, Palm Springs. The postcards views include
individual mid-century modern homes, details, city
shots, and photos of landmarks including the Palm Springs City Hall, Swiss
Miss Houses, and Elvis’s Honeymoon House.
Size: 6" x 4" • 30 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4521-0 • soft
cover • $12.99
Architecture Tours L.A. Guidebook: Hancock
Park / Miracle Mile. Laura Massino Smith. Identify
more than 100 sites, starting in Koreatown at the
Post-Modern “Chicken Shack," journey through the
grand neighborhoods of Windsor Square and Hancock
Park, to the Miracle Mile with its concentration of
early-twentieth century buildings.
Size: 9" x 6" • 120 color photos • 64 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2297-4 soft cover • $9.95
Tour of Frank Gehry & Other L.A.
Architecture. Laura Massino Smith.
Provides addresses and detailed history
and descriptions of the Walt Disney
Concert Hall, Museum of Contemporary
Art, Santa Monica including City Hall,
Santa Monica Civic Auditorium, the
Venice Renaissance Building, and wellknown “Binoculars Building," Gehry,
and the homes of Rudolf M. Schindler,
Venice Art Lofts, and Dennis Hopper.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 59 color photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2715-5 • soft cover • $14.95
Architecture Tours L.A. Guidebook: Hollywood! Laura Massino Smith. Here is THE way to
see Los Angeles’s rich architectural heritage! L.A. is
a “driving" city, best seen from the car. Home of
movies, celebrities, glamour, and over a century of
absolutely remarkable architecture. Original Victorian
homes, glamorous hotels and theaters, and work by
famed architects Frank Lloyd Wright, John Lautner,
and Frank Gehry, among others. History buffs, architecture enthusiasts, and L.A.
visitors all will love these unique and fascinating tours, which offer the best way to
see diverse architecture in L.A.
Size: 9" x 6" • 96 color photos • 64 pp
ISBN: 0-7643-2121-8 • soft cover • $9.95
Modern Tract Homes of Los Angeles. John
Eng & Adriene Biondo. Modern Tract Homes of
Los Angeles touches on the history of Modern
and explores five housing tracts built between
1948 and 1964. Through these unique tracts,
we gain an understanding of what the postwar
climate was like and learn why Modern housing
still remains relevant today as new homeowners
are drawn to the modern aesthetic and original
homeowners continue to enjoy them more than
half a century later.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 167 color images • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3865-6 • hard cover • $39.99
Hollywood Bachelor Pads. Carol Kipling. When
you’re a bachelor rock star, the bedroom can be a very,
um, significant feature. 300 vivid color photographs
reveal an insider’s view of these killer bachelor pads
of rock stars, actors, producers, and financiers. Get
an inside look at the rooms where discerning men
with demanding careers let loose at home. See the
bold architecture where dreams are made on screen
and off, and discerning men with demanding careers
let loose at home. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 304 color
photos • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3307-1 • hard cover • $34.99
Architecture Tours L.A. Guidebook: Pasadena. Laura Massino Smith. Over 100 sites
on this tour feature elegant hotels including the
Wentworth, The Hotel Green, and the Vista Del
Arroyo; brightly painted Victorian buildings; Arts
& Crafts bungalows by prominent architects
Greene & Greene, Alfred and Arthur Heineman,
Louis Easton, and others.
Size: 9" x 6" • 135 color photos • 80 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2483-7 • soft cover • $16.95
CALIFORNIA: ARTS & CRAFTS
Victorian Homes of San Francisco. Terry Way.
More than 200 color images showcase details of
homes in San Francisco. Styles include Italianate,
Queen Anne, Eastlake/Stick, and Victorian.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 204 color images • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3212-8 • soft cover • $19.99
Emerging from the Shadows, Vol. I: A
Survey of Women Artists Working in California, 1860-1960. Maurine St. Gaudens.
This is volume 1: A-D, of a four-volume set, that
explores the role of 320 women artists, many
previously unrecorded in the annals of art history
in California. Biographical information on the
life of each artist is presented with images of her
works, many never before published and culled
from private and public collections.
Size: 9" x 12" • 500-plus color images • 336 pp
ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4861-7 • hard cover •
$59.99
Emerging from the Shadows, Vol. II: A
Survey of Women Artists Working in
California, 1860-1960. Maurine St. Gaudens.
This is volume 2: E-K, of a four-volume set, that
explores the role of 320 women artists, many
previously unrecorded in the annals of art history
in California.
Size: 9" x 12" • 500-plus color images • 352 pp
ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4862-4 • hard cover •
$59.99
Emerging from the Shadows, Vol. III:
A Survey of Women Artists Working in
California, 1860-1960. Maurine St. Gaudens.
This is volume 3: L-K, of a four-volume set, that
explores the role of 320 women artists, many
previously unrecorded in the annals of art history
in California.
Size: 9" x 12" • 500-plus color images • 336 pp
ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4886-0 • hard cover•
$59.99
Emerging from the Shadows, Vol. IV:
A Survey of Women Artists Working in
California, 1860-1960. Maurine St. Gaudens.
This is volume 4: S-Z, of a four-volume set, that
explores the role of 320 women artists, many
previously unrecorded in the annals of art history
in California.
Size: 9" x 12" • 500-plus color images • 336 pp
ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4887-7 • hard cover •
$59.99
99
100
THE WEST: CALIFORNIA • ALASKA • HAWAII • PUERTO RICO • MEXICO
Tattoo Road Trip: California Cover Girls.
Bob Baxter. An amazing collection of over 60
gorgeous cover girl finalists from the first-ever
California Cover Girl Contest. And for even more
fun, with a special copy of the September cover
cleverly placed in the back of the book, see if
you can pick the winner.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1937-X • soft cover • $29.95
Hula Dancers & Tiki Gods. Chris Pfouts.
The dream of pure freedom in the South Pacific
islands has been distilled into two enduring
images: the hula dancer and the tiki god. This
book displays over 500 color images of collectible
hula dancers and tiki gods with which readers
can have a little exotic fun. Here lamps, figures,
posters, and souvenirs all come together for
entertainment and enjoyment.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 540 photos
Price Guide • 208 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1247-2 • hard cover • $39.95
Aloha Spirit: Hawaiian Art and
Popular Culture. D. Congdon-Martin
with the California Heritage Museum.
The infectious Aloha Spirit is something
tourists take home with them as memories, and in tangible reminders of their
trips: a print, a shirt, a carved perfume
bottle, a figurine. A wide range of these
items are captured in this full color book.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 500 color photos
• 192 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0489-5 • hard cover • $49.95
Tattoo Road Trip: Southern California.
Bob Baxter. Join Skin & Ink Editor Bob Baxter as
he drives from shop to shop visiting the state’s
brightest stars and living legends.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 565 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1839-X • soft cover • $29.95
Hula Heaven: The Queen’s Album.
Mark A. Blackburn. Photos taken in the
1880s and 1890s representing the
ultimate Hawaiian experience and art
form, the Hula, were gathered by the
last reigning monarch of Hawaii, Queen
Liliuokalani. They were presented in
an album to her personal nurse as a
token of her Aloha. A brief history of
the Queen’s fascinating life is included.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 101 color photos
96 pp.ISBN: 0-7643-1333-9 • soft cover • $19.95
Hawaiian Shirts: Dress Right for Paradise.
Nancy N. Schiffer. Over 1000 glorious color
photos of Hawaiian-inspired textile designs
on shirts. Fantastic florals, heavenly Hawaiian
designs, gorgeous geometrics, beautiful birds,
special surfing scenes, jumping Japanese prints,
fabulous fish, luscious landscapes, favorite foods,
compulsory cocktails, and plenty of styling
details will motivate your journey.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 1044 color photos
Price Guide/Index • 208 pp.ISBN: 0-76432143-9 • hard cover • $39.95
Hawaiian Fish. Mary L. Martin. 40 colorful
images illustrate the fantastic undersea kingdom.
At 5" x 7", these wonderful watercolors are
ready to enjoy as an art book, or to disassemble
and mail or frame.
Size: 7 3/8" x 5" • 40 5"x7" color postcards
perforated pages • ISBN: 0-7643-2139-0 •
soft cover • $14.95
Hawaiian Shirt Designs. Nancy N.
Schiffer. 425+ shirts displayed in color
photos, with history, women’s clothing,
20 different button styles, and 229
researched manufacturer’s and retail
labels to help date and identify the
shirts. The success story of aloha shirts
is woven with the words of the people
who themselves created and witnessed
the development of this Hawaiian classic.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 760 color photos
Index • 192 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0054-7 • hard cover • $39.95
ALASKA: SCENES
Alaskan Maritime. Jim Gibbs. Photos of
Alaskan sailing vessels, ports, lighthouses, and
historical figures are featured, along with epic
stories, unusual shipwrecks, and a history of the
cruise industry and modern cargo transport. A
vicarious tour of the “Frozen North."
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 311 photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-0035-0 • soft cover • $29.95
ALASKA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Ghosts of Alaska. Jody Ellis-Knapp. Visit the Historic
Anchorage Hotel where pictures fly off the walls, and
tour the Red Onion saloon in Skagway, where goodtime girls still party all night. Search for ghosts in
Eagle River’s Birchwood Saloon, where footsteps
can be heard on the roof. Read legends of creatures
like the Alaskan Yeti, Little People, and Hairy People.
Size: 6" x 9" • 11 b/w photos & Illustrations • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3303-3 • soft cover • $14.99
HAWAII: SCENES
Hula Girls and Surfer Boys. Mark
Blackburn. Over 270 original photographs and post card images are
presented chronologically from 1870
to 1940 to portray the evolving styles
and popularity of these icons of Hawai‘i.
The Hula and surfing traditions both
are deeply rooted in legend and myth.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 270 color photos
112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1042-9 • soft
cover • $19.95
Hawaii Remembered: Postcards from Paradise.
Tina Skinner, Mary Martin, & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price.
General history and more than 350 actual hand-tinted
photos capture the allure of native villages, early
city life, the first resort hotels, and natural wonders
including volcanoes, waterfalls, and amazing flora
and palm-studded vistas.
Size: 6" x 9" • 359 postcards
Value Guide . • 224 pp
ISBN: 0-7643-2219-2 • softcover $24.95
HAWAII: ARTS & CRAFTS
Creating Hawaiian-Inspired Quilts. Judith
Sandstrom. With 26 patterns to get you started
and easy-to-follow directions, learn to cut and
stitch both hand- and machine-appliquéd
blocks for your own Hawaiian-inspired quilt.
The designs begin with single color, appliquéd
blocks and progress to blocks adorned with
additional colors and motifs. For quilters of
all skill levels.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 83 color images & 26 patterns
• 80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4858-7 • soft
cover • $16.99
HAWAII: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Hawaiian Folklore: Encounters with the Supernatural. Timothy Befus. Here, find 20 tales that
include an unique, terrifying, and unusual glimpse
into the folklore of Hawaii with firsthand accounts
from people who have come face to face with the
supernatural.
Size: 6" x 9" • 27 color photos • 80 pp
ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4944-7 • soft cover • $9.99
Aloha Attire: Hawaiian Dress in the Twentieth Century. Linda B. Arthur. Filled with over
460 beautiful photos, this book gives a historical
account of Hawaii’s fashion industry. Unique
island designs, exotic fabrics, and traditional
garments are all included within this spectacular
display of Hawaiian paradise.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 469 color photos
Price Guide • 192 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1015-1 • hard cover • $49.95
PUERTO RICO: SCENES
Supernatural Hawaii. Judi Thompson. Ancient
Hawaiian warriors march in the night, mysterious
blue lights hover and zip, tiny people disappear, and
invisible spirits attack: These are just some of the
stories that Hawaii’s supernatural side has to offer.
Shiver as you delve into a unique and spirited slice of
Hawaii never before shared.
Size: 6" x 9" • 18 b/w photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3186-2 • soft cover • $16.99
HAWAII: MEMORABILIA
Women of Polynesia. Mark Blackburn. Beautiful Polynesian women
transport you to Hawaii, Tahiti, Samoa,
Tonga, Naratonga, Fiji, and the Maori
regions of New Zealand to view their
beguiling native inhabitants through
380 historic and rare color postcard
images that date from 1898 to 1920.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 380 color photos
• 160 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2174-9 • soft cover • $29.95
Tropical Shirts & Clothing. Nancy N.
Schiffer. Over 300 tropical shirts, dresses,
and bathing suits from the South Pacific,
Hawaii, California, Florida, Bermuda,
the Bahamas, the Virgin Islands, the
West Indies.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 1044 color photos
Price Guide/Index • 208 pp.ISBN:
0-7643-2143-9 • hard cover • $39.95
Hawaiiana: The Best of Hawaiian Design.
Revised & Expanded 2nd Edition. Mark
Blackburn. The romance and allure of the Hawaiian
Islands from 1900 to 1959. The objects shown in
the book all are from collections in Hawaii-Aloha
attire, jewelry, paper goods and prints, dolls,
woodenware, and souvenirs. This comprehensive
overview of Hawaiian objects and designs contains
the patterns that are so eagerly sought after.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 600+ color photos
Price Guide • 256 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1220-0 • hard cover • $59.95
Puerto Rico’s Surf Culture: The
Photography of Steve Fitzpatrick.Since 1992 photographer Steve
Fitzpatrick has been the dedicated
documentarian of Puerto Rico’s outstanding, world-class surfing conditions
and culture. These 160+ dramatic images present the best surf Puerto Rico
has to offer.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 160+ photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4195-3 • hard cover • $45.00
MEXICO: SCENES
Mexico City: Out and About. Kenneth & Karen Basile. Mexico City has
something for everyone and the elegant
parks and gardens captured in this
travelogue will beckon you to wind your
way through pedestrian thoroughfares,
along historic canals, and into the old
cathedral grounds of the oldest city in
the western hemisphere.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 297 photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3672-0 • hard cover • $45.00
MEXICO
MEXICO: ARCHITECTURE
Mexican Style, Sustainable. Tina Skinner.
Take a visually rich tour through a burgeoning
community on Mexico’s Baja Peninsula, and
learn how the dream of visionaries is shaping
the community of Loreto Bay as a model for the
future. That place is wonderfully illustrated here,
from the colorful adobe architecture and Spanish
mission furnishings, to the scenes presented by
the white sands of the Sea of Cortez and the
fertile desert beyond.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" 110 color photos • 112 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2743-8 • soft cover • $19.95
Architecture of Old Mexico. Mary
Martin & Tina Skinner. More than 300
antique images take readers through
Mexico’s streets and palaces, churches
and courtyards. Architects, designers,
and landscape professionals will find
endless inspirations in images of stucco
walls, wooden doors, carved columns,
tiled fountains, and more.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 126 color & 175
B&W and sepia images • 144 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2571-X • soft cover • $29.95
San Miguel’s Mexican Exteriors. Sandy
Baum. San Miguel’s elegant buildings display
Mexican history and architecture. Tour outdoor
living at its finest in extraordinary homes usually
closed to visitors. Facades, gates, patios, gardens,
fountains, columns, pools, cantera, windows,
walls, cupolas, wrought iron, street graphics,
construction. Include Mexican details into your
next building project.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 346 color photos • 224 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3004-9 • hard cover •
$39.99
Traditional Mexican Style Exteriors. Text by
Donna McMenamin. Over 300 color photographs
of beautiful new, old, and remodeled traditional
style homes and gardens are presented. From
Spanish Colonial facades in San Miguel de
Allende, Guanajuato, Mexico, to the best of
the Mission and Spanish Eclectic homes, this
volume is a must for everyone interested in
Mexican architecture.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 309 color photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-1726-1 • hard cover • $39.95
Doors of Oaxaca. Devon Fekete. Over
700 images create a portal into the
architectural style of Oaxaca, Mexico’s
most colonial city. Explore great wooden
doors, studded with hand wrought iron
hardware set in walls of desert-hued
sandstone dating back to the early 17th
century. The rich textures and colors of
the diverse doorways will inspire anyone
in search of a Southwestern palette.
Size: 9" x 6" • 703 color photos • 272 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2665-3 • soft cover • $29.95
Mexican Gardens & Patios. Sandy
Baum. Over 325 full color photos take
you into a little-known world of magic,
mystery, and color, behind the walls
of some of the most exclusive homes
in Mexico. Mexico’s private gardens
and patios illustrate outdoor living and
dining rooms, rooftop terraces and
shelters, garden walks and sculpture,
outdoor fireplaces, and gardens in all
the colors of the rainbow.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 320 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3267-8 • soft cover • $29.99
San Miguel’s Mexican Interiors.
Sandy Baum. San Miguel retains oldworld charm as many of its elegant
buildings have been preserved. In its
extraordinary homes see charming
doors, living rooms, kitchens, dining
rooms, bedrooms, stairways, lighting,
art, and talavera ceramics.
Size: 9" x 6" • 360 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2947-0 • hard cover • $14.95
Contemporary Mexican Architecture:
Continuing the Heritage of Luis Barragán.
Sandy Baum, with introductions by Juan Pablo
Serrano Orozco, Juan Carlos Name-Sierra, and
Gilberto L. Rodriguez. Showcasing the original
work of 26 contemporary Mexican architects in
a wide variety of impressive architectural designs,
this unique book has over 370 full color photos
and architectural plans displaying works of each
architect in a dedicated chapter showing one
of their recent projects.
Size: 9" x 12" • 363 color photos • 276 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4602-6 • hard cover • $75.00
Cerámica: Mexican Pottery of the
20th Century. Amanda Thompson,
with the California Heritage Museum.
Mexican ceramics of the 20th century
organized by geographic area, style,
family, and artisan. Over 1,200 pieces, each accompanied by a detailed
description, including the artist, style,
origin, date of production, and size.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 590 color photos
• 208 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1248-0 • hard cover • $49.95
Traditional Mexican Style Interiors. Text by
Donna McMenamin. Over 280 color photographs
of some of the most beautiful old, new, and remodeled Mexican-style homes are compiled here.
Twelve chapters illustrate beautiful entryways,
living rooms, kitchens, dining rooms, bedrooms,
bathrooms, ceilings and floors, stairways, niches,
fireplaces, lighting, and arts.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 298 color photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-1693-7 • hard cover • $39.99
Mata Ortiz Pottery Today. Guy Berger. This
distinctive pottery was made at the village
of Mata Ortiz, Mexico. It evolved from Juan
Quezada’s first efforts in 1955 into a business
that involves the village and now employs around
350 potters. Six distinct styles are presented:
black, polychrome, sgraffito (etched), colored,
miniature, and special shapes. It includes a
fascinating discussion of the bird motif in this
and Acoma Pueblo (New Mexico) pottery.
Size: 9" x 12" • 236 color photos • 176 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3470-2 • hard cover • $49.99
Colores: Mexican Interiors. Sandy
Baum. The blank exteriors of many
Mexican houses conceal interiors alive
with rainbows of color. Over 300 color
photos present fascinating doors, interior
rooms, stairways, fireplaces, lighting,
ceilings, floors, and details to inspire
today’s homeowners, architects, and
decorators who seek to live with authentic Mexican character.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 241 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3301-9 • soft cover • $29.99
Mexican Arts Series: Hammered
Copper. Sandy Baum. Introduction
by Roy Skodnick. See beautiful hammered copper vessels made long ago
and today at Santa Clara del Cobre,
Mexico, a small town in the southwest state of Michoacan. 393 colorful
photographs, an historical perspective,
introductions to 540 copper artists,
and detailed descriptions, combine in
this impressive reference.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 393 color photos •
Index • 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3502-0 • hard cover • $29.99
MEXICO: ART & CRAFTS
Saints & Sinners: Mexican Devotional Art. California Heritage Museum.
James Caswell & Jenise Amanda Ramos,
Editors. Over 350 beautiful color photos
depict 18th to mid-20th century Mexican
devotional art, including masks, devils
and angels, santos, milagritos, retablos,
and ex-votos.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 365 color photos
• 256 pp.
ISBN: 0-7643-2368-7 • hard cover • $49.95
Mexican Silver Jewelry Details.
Leslie Piña. Over 1150 photos the most
popular silver jewelry from Mexico, in
full color. The focus is on popular and
plentiful jewelry, from lesser-known or
anonymous makers, with strong artistic
merit. Includes in-depth information,
values, hallmarks, and an illustrated
glossary.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 1154 color photos
• Price Guide/Index • 304 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3081-0 • hard cover • $89.99
Mexican Folk Art: From Oaxacan
Artist Families. Revised & Expanded 2nd Edition. Arden & Anya
Rothstein. Contemporary Mexican folk
art, by prominent artists from Oaxaca,
is discussed and profusely illustrated.
Includes ceramics, weaving, woodcarving, embroidery, tin work, toys, jewelry,
candles, dried flower crafts, basketry,
and Day of the Dead handicrafts.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 700+ color photos •
Index • 192 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2673-8 • hard cover • $39.95
Mexican Jewelry & Metal Art. Leslie
Piña. Mexican jewelry and metal art
made of copper, brass, alpaca, and silver.
The variety in color, texture, and form is
wonderful. Detailed captions with value
ranges accompany the 1000+ color
photos of jewelry, boxes, tableware,
and wall art.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 1272 color photos
• Price Guide/index • 288 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3140-4 • hard cover • $89.99
Popular Arts of Mexico: 1850-1950. Revised 2nd Edition. Donna McMenamin. One
hundred years worth of quality Mexican popular
art, including pottery, clay figures, marionettes,
straw mosaics, Talavera, clay banks, coconut
banks, laquerware, wood panels and rugs, from
1850-1950, is covered here. Detailed information
about artists, styles and techniques are provided
along with collecting hints in every chapter.
Size: 9" x 12" • 397 color photos
Price Guide • 240 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3284-5 • hard cover • $59.99
The William Spratling Legacy. Sandy Baum.
Foreword by Violante and Consuelo Ulrich. This
book concentrates on how William Spratling’s
talent for creating silver jewelry in Taxco, Mexico,
led US Interior Department personnel to invite
him, in 1945, to create a similar program for
Alaska’s natives. Thirty never-before-seen Alaskan models and with their original designs are
presented here along with Spratling’s original
1945 Report to the Arts and Crafts Board.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 294 images • 168 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3886-1 • hard cover • $49.99
Mexican Popular Art: Clothing & Dolls.
Wendy Scalzo. This insightful study of traditional
Mexican clothing is based on authentic dolls
made by folk artists in Mexico. With over 550
color photographs, it relates customs, language,
music, and folk arts that are wholly Mexican and
now its national culture. Men's and women's
regional clothing is explored, including serapes,
sombreros, Colonial dress, skirts, and shawls,
through the dolls, period photographs, and
adult clothes.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 370 color photos • Price
Guide/Index • 208 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2887-9 • hard cover • $39.95
Margot Van Voorhies: The Art of Mexican Enamelework. Penny C. Morrill. In the
mid-20th century, the American Margot Van
Voorhies went to Taxco, Mexico, and established
a jewelry design business best known for exquisite enamelwork. Her designs are distinctive,
often based on spiral motifs inspired by vines
and floral imagery. Glorious colored enamels
in brilliant hues and original designs distinguish
the work of Margot de Taxco.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 485 color photos •
Index • 200 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3549-5 • hard cover • $49.99
101
102
MEXICO • IRELAND • UNITED KINGDOM • INTERNATIONAL
Mexican Silver: Modern Handwrought
Jewelry and Metalwork. Revised & Expanded 4th Edition. Penny Chittim Morrill &
Carole A. Berk. The silver renaissance in Mexico
from the 1920s to the present. Over 400 color
photos showcase jewelry, tableware and art
works in silver. This book is the definitive study
of Mexican silver jewelry and decorative objects.
The newly updated price guide is helpful in
today’s market. Greatly expanded marks section.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 445 photos • 272 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-2671-4 • hard cover • $59.95
Scottish Ghosts. E. Ashley Rooney. With centuries
of battles, seers, curses, and illicit romances, it is no
surprise that Scotland has more than its share of ghost
stories and legends. Follow the ambitious kings and
fathers, the family feuds, and the constant troubles
with the English. Reflect on the rich blend of Celtic
myths and legends and the fairy world.
Size: 6" x 9" • 43 b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3990-5 • soft cover • $16.99
Silver Masters of Mexico: Héctor Aguilar
and the Taller Borda. Penny C. Morrill. Master
designers and silversmiths with particular focus on
Héctor Aguilar, and the personnel at this workshop.
Valentin Vidaurreta, Los Castillo, William Spratling,
Antonio Pineda, Hubert Harmon, Enrique Ledesma,
and many more craftsmen are included. Beautifully
illustrated with 100s of examples of their artistry,
with current values.Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 484 color
photos • Price Guide/Index • 224 pp.
ISBN: 0-88740-961-X • hard cover • $49.95
Great Britain’s Royal Tombs: A
Guide to the Lives & Burial Places of British Monarchs. Michael
Thomas Barry. An essential and concise
reference guide to the true-life stories
and final resting places of the monarchs
of England from the warrior kings of the
dark ages to modern day, including their
final resting places. Brings history alive
through exciting narrative, illustrations,
paintings, and rare photos. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 237 images • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4129-8 • hard cover • $29.99
IRELAND: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Ireland’s Ghosts, Legends, and Lore. E. Ashley
Rooney, with Ciaran McHugh. Follow the ambitious
Irish chiefs and English kings, family feuds, and the
constant troubles with the English in over 30 stories.
Reflect on the rich blend of Celtic myths and legends,
and the world of fairies and leprechauns. When you
read these tales, you will soon appreciate why the
Irish have such a belief in the forces of the unknown.
Size: 6" x 9" • 34 color photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4508-1 • soft cover • $16.99
UNITED KINGDOM: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY
Lancashire Folk: Ghostly Legends and Folklore
from Ancient to Modern. Melanie Warren. Visit 155
places in Lancashire, England, where strange history
meets creepy modern times. Arranged alphabetically
by town and place, includes ghosts, the devil, witches,
dragons, fairies, and more. Indexed by type; a separate index lists postcodes and Ordnance Survey map
references for those who wish to visit the locations.
Size: 6" x 9" • 18 color images • 240 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4983-6 • hard cover• $19.99
Haunted London: English Ghosts, Legends, and
Lore. E. Ashley Rooney. Foggy London is one of the most
haunted cities in the world, with blood, death, intrigue,
and many ghosts tainting its colorful history. Read about
Margaret of Salisbury in the Tower of London, voices of
drowning Jews on the Thames, the She Wolf clutching the
casket of Edward II, and Anne Boleyn’s ghost who haunts
the room where she spent her last night.
Size: 6" x 9" • 30 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-3149-7 • soft cover • $14.99
UNITED KINGDOM: ART
America's Literary Legends: The
Lives and Burial Places of 50 Great
Writers. Michael Thomas Barry. A
concise, yet truly distinctive and comprehensive review of 50 authors and
poets who shaped American literature
from the 1600s through the mid-20th
century. Through succinct and engaging
biographies and 193 illustrations, the
lives of these great writers come to life.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 200 color & b/w photos • 160 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4702-3 • hard cover • $29.99
Literary Legends of the British
Isles: The Lives & Burial Places of
50 Great Writers Michael Thomas
Barry. Journey into the best of British
Isles literati in this comprehensive and
concise review of 50 of the greatest
writers and poets. Through engaging
biographies, extensive descriptive observations, and 158 illustrations, the
lives of great writers come alive.
Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 158 b/w & color photos • Index • 144 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4438-1 • hard cover • $29.99
100 UK Graffiti Artists. Frank
“Steam156" Malt. 100 of the UK’s top
writers and street artists. Alongside works
by pioneers, we sweep across the whole
of the UK, taking in Scotland and Wales,
running through the nineties, right up to
the modern day when more advanced,
technical graffiti, wheat pasting, and
stenciling are the new media on the street.
Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 810 color photos •
224 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4196-0 • hard cover • $45.00
INTERNATIONAL
Seven Continents: Photography
of Mohan Bhasker. Mohan Bhasker.
Seven Continents takes readers around
the world in 225 exquisite landscape
photographs. Adventure stories enrich
the images, documenting close calls with
nature and paying tribute to the beauty,
history, and significance of remote regions
where few people venture.
Size: 12" x 9" • 225 color images • 256 pp
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4980-5 • hard cover • $50.00
True Africa: Photographs by David Sacks.
A master at drawing out qualities of beauty,
dignity, and joy in his subjects, Sacks shows that
people are not defined by the outer shell of their
adversity. Enjoy this photographic journey into
the beautiful and joyful people who live there.
Size: 12" x 12" • 107 color & 67 b/w images
• 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4217-2 • hard cover • $75.00
Ladakh: The Culture and People of
“Little Tibet." David Vaala. More than
150 full-color images present the rugged
Himalayan region of Ladakh, India, featuring landscapes, seldomly seen Tibetan
Buddhist traditions, and intimate portraits
of Ladakhi nomads. An exclusive look at
the sacred cham ceremonies—masked
dance dramas about Buddhism.
Size: 12" x 12" • 167 color photos • 192 pp.
ISBN: 978-0-7643-4281-3 • hard cover
• $59.99
FOLLOW US ON
SOCIAL MEDIA
SCHIFFERPUBLISHING
SCHIFFERPUBLISHING
SCHIFFERBOOKS
SCHIFFERBOOKS
Ashland Oregon, Day Trips,
Page 33
SUBJECT INDEX
A
activities, children's 38
Adams, John & Abigail 37
Africa 102
Airstream 48
Alameda, CA 98
Alaska 36; cooking 36; ghosts 100;
maritime 100
Albany, NY 68
Albuquerque, NM 93
Alcatraz 98
Alexandria, VA 81
Allentown, PA 73
Amish, the 72, 73, 74, 75
amphibians 42
animals 40, 42, 50
Annapolis, MD 57, 76, 77
Appalachia 81
Appalachian musical instruments 45
architecture CA 98; Cape Cod 65; CT 67; DE 76;
FL 85; GA 84; LA 87; MA 65; MD 77;
Mexico 101; Mississippi River Valley 86;
NE 60, 61; NJ 72; NY 69; PA 75; TX 93
Arkansas ghost stories 86
artists 66; Boston, MA 66; Cape Cod 66
arts & crafts 61; AZ 94; CA 99; Chesapeake Bay
79; CT 67; FL 85; Great Lakes 87;
HA 100; LA 87; MA 65; ME 62;
Middle-Atlantic 67; NE 61; NJ 72;
NM 94; NY 69; OR 96; PA 75;
Pacific Northwest 96; South 81;
Southwest 90; TX 93; VA 81; VT 62;
Washington, D.C. 80; West 95; WV 80
Assateague, VA 81, ponies 42, 58, 80
Atlantic City, NJ 71
Austin, TX 31, 92
axinite group 43
B
baking 37, 40; for dogs 40
bald eagles 41
Baltimore Colts 77
Baltimore, MD 76, architecture 77
Baltimore Ravens 77
Bandelier National Monument, NM 93
barbecue 35
Barnegat lighthouse 72
Barney, Rex 77
barns, Berkshires 65; Cape Cod 65
103
baseball, MD 77
baskets, Nantucket 66; NE 61
Bedford, MA 64
beer 37
Berkeley, CA 98
Berkshires, MA 64
beryl group 43
Beverly Hills 99
Beverly Hills, CA 97
bicycle trails, CT 66
birds 40; Chesapeake Bay, for children 57;
photography 40
boating 79
body, mind, spirit 35
Bordentown, NJ 71
Boston, MA 26, 64
bouquet, bridal 37
brandy, distilling 36
brassieres, art 48
bridal bouquet 37
Bridgewater Triangle, MA 65
Brooklyn, NY 68
Bucks County, PA 73
Buffalo, NY 67
Burlington, VT 62
business 40
butterflies 42
C
cakes 37
California 96; architecture 98, 99; arts & crafts
99, 100; ghost stories 97, 98; scenery 96
Calvert, Leonard 57
Cambridge, MA 64
Camp William Penn 47
canvasbacks 41
Cape Canaveral, FL 84
Cape Cod, architecture 65; artists 66; birds 40;
farms 63; lighthouses 65; recipes 34;
scenery 62; travel guide 63
Caplin, Harvey 45, 94
Cashtown, PA 75
cemeteries 73
Cenozoic fossils 42
centerpieces 34, 38
Central Park, NYC 68
Chadwick the Crab 58
Charles River, MA 64
Charleston, SC 82
Charlottesville, VA 80
Chatham, MA 64
Chesapeake Bay, arts & crafts 79; boats 78;
children's stories 52, 56; fishing 78;
history 78; scenery 77, 78
Chesapeake Beach, MD 76
Chester County, PA 73, 74
Chicago, IL 89; recipes 36
children’s books 17, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59
Chincoteague, VA 80; birds 41; ponies 58, 80
Christmas, decorations 39, 40
Cincinnati, OH 87
Civil War Re-enactment 47
Civil War, The 47
Cleveland, OH 87; ghosts 88
coffee 37, 45
coffee houses 37
Colonial Beach, VA 80
colonial law 40
Colorado, 95; ghosts 95; scenery 95
Colorado Springs, CO 95
Columbus, OH 87
Concord, MA 64
Connecticut 66; architecture 67; arts & crafts 67;
ghosts 66; history 66; scenery 66
cookbooks 34, 36
Coolidge, Calvin 47
country music 45
covered bridges, PA 73
covered bridges, VT 62
cowboys 95
cowgirls 45
Crawfordsville crinoids 42, 88
cryptozoology 51, 74, 97
crystals 43
cupcakes 37
D
Dallas, TX 92
Davis, Don 45
Daytona, FL 85
decor, California revivial 99; children's 59;
table 37
decoys 49; birds 49, 62, 67, 72, 79, 82; fish 49
Delaware 75; architecture 76; beaches 76;
ghosts 76; history 76; scenery 75
Denver, CO 95
deposition 40
Destiny's Children, NYC 69
diamonds 37
distilling 36
SUBJECT INDEX
104
Dreary & Naughty 56
drought 44
ducks 41
Durango, CO 95
Dutch oven cooking 35
E
eagles 41
East Berlin, PA 75
Eastern Shore, MD 57, 77
engagement rings 37
entertaining 37
Epidote group 43
Esherick, Wharton 48
EVPs 50
F
fairies 51
farmer's markets 36
farming 46, Cape Cod 63
feldspar group 43
Finger Lakes, NY 68
firefighters 44
fishing 42, 49
flags 44
flax 46
floral jewelry 38
Florida 84; architecture 85; arts & crafts 86;
lore 85; memorabilia 86; scenery 84, 85
flower arranging 37, 38
fluorescent minerals 44
fluorite 43
folklore and food 37
food history 37
food sculpture 34
Fort Lauderdale, FL 84
Fort Myers, FL 85
fossils 9, 42
Frank Leslie 47
Franklin County, PA 75
fraternal organizations 44
Freetown State Forest, MA 65
G
games 11, 48
gardening 38
garden plants 38, 60, 81, 82
garnet group 43
garnishing 34
geese 41
gems 43
general interest, children's 54
geology 42
Georgia 82; lore 83; scenery 82, 83
Gettysburg, PA 74
ghostly phenomenon 50
ghost stories 61; AZ 94; CA 98; Chesapeake Bay
78; CO 95; CT 66; England 102; FL 85;
GA 83; IL 89; IN 88; KY 86; MA 64;
MD 76; ME 62; MI 88; MN 89; MO 90;
NC 82; ND 90; NE 61; NH 62; NJ 71;
NV 95; NY 68; OK 93; PA 74; SC 82;
Scottish 102; TN 86; TX 92; VA 81;
VT 62; WA 96; West 94; WI 89
global warming 64
Grand Canyon 90, 94
granite pegmatites 43
Great Britain, coasters 15; tombs 102
Great Lakes 87; arts & crafts 87; lore 87;
mining 46
Great Swamp, The, NJ 70
Green Business 40
J
Jacksonville, FL 85
James River, VA 80
Jersey City, NJ 70
jewelry, floral 38
K
Kansas, ghost stories 90
kansuko 48
Kentucky 86; architecture 86; lore 86; scenery 86
L
Lacy, Sam 77
Ladakh 102
Lake Champlain, VT 62
Lancaster County, PA 73
Las Vegas 95
law, colonial 40
legal 40
Lehigh Valley, PA 74
Leslie, Frank 47
Lexington, KY 86
Lexington, MA 64
H
lifeguards 72
hairstyles 44
life saving 59
Hampton Roads, VA 80; ghosts 81
lighthouses
Harrisburg, PA 74
Cape Cod 65; Chesapeake Bay 79; MA 65
Harry Potter 48
NE 60; NJ 72; NY 69; Pacific 95; RI 66
Havre de Grace, MD 76
Lincoln, Abraham 47
Hawaii 100; fish 100; lore 100; memorabilia 100;
Lincoln, Joseph 64
quilts 100; scenery 100; shirts 100
linen 46
herbs 37
literary legends 102
Herkimer diamonds 43
logging 45, 46
Hershey, PA, ghosts 75
Lollipop Monster 54
history, for children 54; general 44
London, UK 102
Hoboken, NJ 70
Long Beach Island, NJ 70
Hockomock, MA 65
Long Branch, NJ 70
holidays 39
Long Island, NY
Hollywood 45, 97
fishing 49; lore 68, 69
honey wine 36
Los Angeles, CA 97
Houston, TX 92
Louisiana 86; architecture 87; arts & crafts 87;
Hudson Valley, NY 67; haunts 68
lore 86; scenery 86
hydrangeas 39; Cape Cod 63
Louisville, KY 86; architecture 86; scenery 86
I
Illinois 89; architecture 89; lore 89
Indiana 88; ghost stories 88; scenery 88
Indianapolis, IN 88; haunted 88
Intercourse, PA 73
Ithaca, NY 67
M
Maine 61; arts & crafts 62; lore 62; scenery 61
mallards 41
Manchester, NH 62; ghosts 62; scenery 62
marine life 42
SUBJECT INDEX
Martha’s Vineyard: architecture 65; scenery 62, 63
Maryland 76; architecture 77; children's stories 57;
ghosts 76; lore 77; scenery 76; women 57
Massachusetts 62; architecture 65;
lighthouses 65; lore 64; scenery 62
mead 36
Meadowlands, the 41
Memphis, TN 86
Mesozoic fossils 42
meteorites 43
Miami, FL: artists 85; graffiti art 86; scenery 30, 84
mica group 43
Michigan 88; ghost stories 88; graffiti 88
Middle Atlantic 67; arts & crafts 67; lore 67
middle readers 56, 58
Middletown, NJ 70
Midwest: arts & crafts 87; lore 87
minerals 9, 43, 44
mining 46
mining, equipment 46
Minnesota: lore 89
Missouri: lore 90; scenery 89
Montana: lore 95; scenery 95
Monterey, CA 97
Morgantown, WV: glass 80
Morris Park Crew, NY 70
motion pictures, history 45
music 45
musical instruments, Appalachia 45
N
Nantucket 25; architecture 65; arts & crafts 65
scenery 63
Nantucket basket 66
Nashville: lore 86; music 45
natural history 40, 42
nature stories, children's 52
Nebraska: history 90
Nevada: history 95; lore 90; scenery 95
Newcomb Pottery 87
New England: architecture 60; arts & crafts 61;
lighthouses 60; lore 61; scenery 60
New Hampshire: lore 62; scenery 62
New Jersey: architecture 72; arts & crafts 72; birds 41;
lore 71; Olmsted Parks 39; scenery 70
New Mexico: arts & crafts 94; lore 93; scenery 93
New Orleans: architecture 87; lore 86; scenery 86
New Oxford, PA: lore 75
New York City: architecture 69; arts & crafts 69,
70; ghosts 68; surfing 27
105
Niagara Falls 67; lore 68
North Beach, MD 76
North Carolina 82; lore 82
North Dakota 90; lore 90
North Shore, MA 64; lore 64
O
Oakland, CA: lore 98
Ocean City, MD 76; children's stories 57
Ocean City, NJ 71
Ocean Grove, NJ 70; architecture 72
Ohio 87; lore 88; scenery 87
Oklahoma 93; ghost stories 93
Old West 45; jeans 94; photography 95
Olly the Oyster 58
Olmsted Parks, NJ 39
Orange County, CA: lore 98
Oregon 96; lore 96; quilts 96; scenery 96;
tattoo 96
Orlando, FL 84; lore 85
Ormond Beach, FL 85
owls: great horned 40; small mountain 41
Oxford, MD 76
P
Pacific Northwest 95; arts & crafts 96;
logging 46; lore 95; tattoos 96
Paleozoic fossils 42
Palm Beach, FL 85
paranormal phenomena 16, 47, 86
Pasadena, CA 97; architecture 99
Pawnee Bill 45
Pennsylvania 72; architecture 75;
arts & crafts 75; lore 74; scenery 72, 73
Petersburg, VA 84; paranormal 67
pets 40; paranormal 50
petscaping 40
Philadelphia 72; architecture 75;
cemeteries 73; lore 74; scenery 72
photography: aquatic 70; bird 40; medical 46
Pinelands, NJ 70
pirates 79; children's stories 54
Pittsburgh, PA 72, 74; ghosts 75
Plainfield, NJ 70
Poconos, PA 72
Portland, OR 96; ghosts 96
Potomac Pathway, VA 79
Pottstown, PA 73
presidents, U.S. 47
Princeton, NJ 70
Provincetown Artist Colony 66
Puerto Rico 100
pyroxene group 43
Q
Quantico, VA 81
quartz 43
R
radio: amateur 48
radioactive minerals 9, 43
redwood 46
regional books 60; for children 56
Rehoboth, DE 76
reptiles 42
Rhode Island 66; lore 66; scenery 66
rhythm & blues 45
Richmond, VA 80; haunted 81
Ripken, Cal 77
Rochester, NY: ghosts 68
roller coasters 15, 48; UK 15
Route 66, MO 89
Rupert 23
RVs 48
Ryman setter 40
S
sailing 48
Salem, MA 64
saltbox house 59
San Antonio, TX 92; architecture 93; lore 92
San Diego, CA 97; haunted 98
San Francisco, CA 97; architecture 99;
earthquake 98; ghosts 98
San Jose, CA: haunts 98
Santa Fe, NM 93; ghosts 94
Sarasota, FL 85
Saratoga Springs, NY 67
Savannah, GA 82; plants 82
scenery: AK 100; AZ 94; CA 96; Chesapeake Bay 77;
CO 95; CT 66; DE 75; FL 84; GA 82;
HA 100; IL 89; IN 88; KY 86; LA 86;
MA 62; ME 61; Mexico 100; MN 95;
MO 89; New England 60; NH 62; NJ 70;
NM 93; NV 95; NY 67; OH 87; OR 96;
PA 72; Puerto Rico 100; RI 66; SC 82;
South 81; Southwest 90; TN 86; TX 92;
VA 80; VT 62; WA 96; Washinton, DC 79;
West, the 94; WV 80
schooner yachts 48
SUBJECT INDEX
106
Scotland: ghosts 102
Sea Feather 58
seafood, recipes 36
Sea Isle City, NJ 71
Shaker ghosts 50
Shaker society 61
Shaker Village kit 58
shorebirds 41
sideshows 44
silicate crystals 43
soap carving 59
songbirds 41
South Beach, FL 84; architecture 85
South Carolina: birds 41; lore 82; scenery 82
South Shore, MA 63
South, the 81; arts & crafts 81; lore 81
Southwest, the: arts & crafts 90, 91, 92; lore 90
spices 37
stagecoaches 45
St. Augustine, FL 84
St. John’s River, FL 85
St. Louis, MO 89; ghosts 90
St. Michaels, MD 76
St. Petersburg, FL 84
sugar art 37
Susquehanna Valley, PA: ghosts 74
swans 41
Sweet Rot 56
T
table decor 37
table decoration 34
Talbot County, MD 76
Tampa, FL 84
tea 37
Tennessee 86; lore 86
Texas 92; architecture 93; art & crafts 93; lore 92
Thanksgiving 40
titania 44
Tombstone, AZ 94
tourmaline group 44
trains 47; wrecks 48
transportation: calamaties 48; history 47
Tuckerton, NJ 71
Tucson, AZ 94; lore 94
Turkey Hill 74
U
Y
UFOs 51; CA 97; Long Island, NY 68; ME 62;
Mid-Atlantic 67; Midwest 87; MO 90; NJ
71; NM 93; NV 90; NY 68; PA 74; SC 82;
TX 92
undertaking 46
underwater photography 42
United Kingdom: art 102; lore 102;
roller coasters 15
Yankee Chef 36
Yellowstone 94
York, PA, haunted 74
U.S. presidents 47
V
Valley Forge, PA, ghosts 74
vampires 51
Vermont 62; haunted 62; scenery 62
vesuvianite group 44
Victorian doll house kit 59
Virginia: lore 80; quilts of 81; recipes 36;
rivers 80; seafood 36
Virginia Beach, VA 80
voodoo 87
W
wading birds 41
Warwick Valley, NY, ghosts 68
Washington 96; lore 96
Washington, D.C. 79; arts & crafts 80; lore 79
waterfowl 41
weddings 37; Indian 37
West Chester, PA 73; ghosts 74
West Point, NY, ghosts 68
West, the 94; arts & crafts 95; lore 94
West Virginia 80; arts & crafts 80; lore 80;
scenery 80
whales 42
whips 45
wild game recipes 35
Wildwood, NJ 71
Williamsburg, VA 80; lore 80
windmills activity book 59
Winter Park, FL 84
Wisconsin lore 89
women 44
wood ducks 41
wood-fired oven recipes 35
Worcester, MA 64
world, the 44
Wyoming 95; haunted 95
Z
zuni jewelry 91, 92